Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D99-0126 - Southcenter Mall - Renovation:,',:;.atatiDav-jd,t0ativziiiaig$ • D99-0126 633 Southcenter Mall Southcenter Mall Renovation • City of Tukwila Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Contractor License No: BAYLECG034JC DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES. APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 262304 -9023 Permit No: D99 -0126 Address: 633 SOUTHCENTER MALL Status: ISSUED Suite No: Issued: 08/31/1999 Location: Expires: 02/27/2000 Category: NRET Type: DEVPERM Zoning: TUC Const Type: II N Occupancy: STORE Gas /Elec.: UBC: 1997 Units: 001 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED /AFA Setbacks: North: .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: .0 Water: TUKWILA Sewer: TUKWILA Wetlands: Slopes: N Streams: OCCUPANT SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Phone: 633 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA, WA 98188. OWNER SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE ATTN: JAMES J GUDIN, 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD, CLEVELAND OH 44145 CONTACT DAVE SIRCOLOUMB Phone: 206 - 971 -5546 414 OLIVE #500, SEATTLE, WA 98101 CONTRACTOR BAYLEY CONSTRUCTION GEN. PTNSHP Phone: 206 - 621 -8884 PO BOX 4549, SEATTLE, WA 98104 ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: NEW MAIN ENTRANCE REMODEL AND ADDITION OF GROSS LEASABLE ARE NEAR MAIN ENTRANCE. ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Construction. Valuation: $ 238,833.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: Fire Loop Hydrant: No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversized Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: No: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Private: Public: ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 2,928.55 ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Center Authorized Signature:__ (206) 431 -3670 V-5Q.4 Date : e": I hereby certify that I have read and examined t permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development •ernit. G Signature:__.�r Date: 5.ia1 qa Print Name: _505kf\,_ 1' Cf .1 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. mi t: • No: '. t•..`u - I'' '�IdECr "q lr 1 .i' e O . 'r) 4 .. 1 !9;':199 a" .I sued: Oi3' i 1.9 9 4F:kk'k'4kk4k4:kk.:+k"k.4k;-k•' 444 .kk h 4:44 H 4.' Atfd'i .c?'s S u f it`e ,1�.�T'Yiarit �t(�C�ryM� 11;p' ('EVPERM . e s . #:: -k ** *. -Ii..* ,•k'k 14.4..•k 44 4 , •k 'k •k •k :'k k $ :4 k`•k 'k .'k •k 'k 'k.'k 'k kk 'e'r "mit ,t:oitdition . be., made tp: the" r,,lar}s: un :1es�., ail s�O�reo Lr3gi veer and the 1ul;wt 1,�" ; i isi:lcii :rte Tt ,curt Al I tler;rnit l nsrec`i roir record , anti : ,actr:tr i�ved puny shall : tie. •avaY`lab le ai",. t h e job "" • 'i't:c pr Tor to the • s"G uct.iari.. iIh,e.seviii :.0 a to,,be ma •hitai;ried .and a ail • Fa ble :tint i i ' ira,I ririspect;`TO'n F :aubr- t'- 'ac .aric.ed L`.f c tri d T. :nerrn t shalei; be'obt,3 "ireed.throtiQl t he t S tate. Ll,•'44.t :and:.Indu_.,tr ie and a I e1e wo:r. I; w,i 1 l Iie ttrt �ie.cted ,b: ? y t:17at aoeric�v t �1�- 63 f';l armb i tia ", rm,i. t fb e oh ta.i ry eci thr=tluyh .thy Seattle ' i; uritstf I=ti�,i ar t�nartt '.ut'` Pubi i 4 W144 be in4*.p,teci ° °by that agerT;c�t+ uric. :l all :gas p:ipirara'• . (296-4722 I 1. mech i oat 'wor 1 lih 1 be under separate,- ate permit. ,the ,Ci.t of 1 u },w114. ;11 corisl:r °on to.he dorie;'in coni - Orntance.•witl ao0ro.V. k:V j iris and r~e its :of the Un,iform Bui'Tciiri ±� rode `t 199 fcdistJio as amended. Uti,itorm Medliantr,a I : ode : f l 99:' Edition) ary.d s ashin'zten �t�ate En r v, ode;,. c1a9 iot) • Va.ff'i�i is 'ty cif F er=mi t the t ua re cat a perr►r i t or aoorova 4 o • : aloec:if1c :as;tons and comu crtatio n . shall not be c s trued to be.,a :per mi t for t ors. t • approval : of. any violation 4S '�ary of rile provisions of til�";kiU'7'lCitriC(", or" 'of' MW other of the 'j ur sd I c t ion - No per mi t br *esum,I nq to :. • !�;ive. ,author I tv , t o 'v io late:; or cancel .-tili.'t dui: ions o1+ csiie hal l' %be ,va'l id. • s,tructura I 6)1 :halt be s "percial `+inspected tUE {L tec . li(“a) 1 ?.. 9 Al i. el" Lic.tLii °a } 1. ',wefdirtg shall he done by W A :8'. ca r titled w "el d,ers and special inspected tUl3t". 10 ?T.1 'high='s tr. e bolting '�11 a1.1 ,be:, speCial ins e • Sec` 306(a) 6:) • 11 hol c•s i rt:.t:,'1:.1e,ii in concrete'• shall " `be spec, is 1 irts.pec,te 1 tUEit ` Sec: . • i4, When.•specia1 insp'ectiun i s• required eitiler� the;•.owner, ar h i tee: t or eng i ricer s hall . rio.x.i f,Y . t lir ,fi< "irl;w'i T a Liu i l ci i ri,x . Division of appointment "of:' he Inisoecr:`i•on agenc ies prior the first building inspection. Copies of all special inspection reports" shall be submitted to the Building iivi .ion in a timely manner.. Reports shall contain address, • project' name, permit number and type of inspection being performed. i_. •The special. inspector shall ,submit a final 'signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conrrir•mance with approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the U8G. 14. COLORS AND MATERIALS SHALL SATISFY BOARD OF ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW APPROVED DESIGN AS REFLECTED IN FILE L99 -0016. THE PLANS, DO NOT NOW CONFIRM THAT THE COLOR'S, AND TEXTURE FOR 1 Er4TR i ARCH AND OTHER GE rAIL'S ARE CONSISTENT WITH THE DE'SItsr1 PROPOSED BY THE APPLICANT AND APPROVED BY THE EAR. Project NamelTenant: 14 �od t ��� ffe ��R 0 Value of Co !ruction: y-00 o ob . ao Site Address: 2 s � /_ ! ,City y S I , 4 7 j ! ( l i/(J !S t arcel f2 23 _ Property Owner: - ',�,. '', : `,• F-1 .ch . • *Oacohs 6 Pho ne: 4¢0 • S ;l ` Street Address: * v . • C / / Skate /Zi Fax #: :� r ea w . el Contractor: '�/ fJ Phone: Street Address:go� L y/) ! _ I Cit t- a /Zip: / l Fax #: �/ //� {/ � r/ Architect: ,�^ /mo Paktticvs 16 , vl [� ` Phone: 2 o � - G25-334.4 Fax #: � - q T2/ ^ I /5/1 Street Address; /� 6 -$ .. e fJJ Sta1e2 p •v 4 L Engineer: n k 0 - /r I Phone: • 540 ` 22r5 Street Ad ss: City State /Zi in/e., mat �t4 /o4- F Fax ax #: 24 • , ;10 - 2ZGG Contact Person: /11'. P� e ,r / OU v Phone: 4 ` 1 71-0 Fax #: TO-IF-I-1;11 Street Address: 4/4 D /i ceirer ilia State/Zip: Description of work to b9 done: ek! 1441,i0 gv lreola: rc 1 otter acra�l77°'i or veSS (eGta. e_ aowea !?ea v a 1 * /A-7 e47 Existing use: Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse 7) Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: HRetail Cl Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel Cl Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other r Will there be a change of use? ❑ s L� no If yes, extent of change: Existing fire protection features: Ll sprinklers automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) S 5c5 new Area of Construction: dttl e '. me, e eit Building Square Feet: existing Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating ❑ yes g no quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets Date application accepted: CITY OF T''KWI LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 NCPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 Date application expires: / 0 ` FOR STAFF USE ONLY New Commercial / Addition / Multi - Family Permit Applicatio Application and plans must be complete In order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mall or facsimile. APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Adel° al reviews maybe determined: by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping Ilturb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. ❑ Moving an Oversized Load: Start Time: • anitary Side Sewer #: Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # ❑ Water Meter Temp # ❑ Miscellaneous ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling End Time: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public Size(s): 0 Deduct 0 Water Only Size(s): Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Ap !/cation taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM BUILDING OWNER OR AUTH IZED AGENT: Signature: % %YID........ ( {. Date: ! IliFI Prit name: / Phone: /- t ax t 765 . A ddress: �� CC�t „ << Sf P b • 6� / ys 7 City /State /Zip: st'C` GC j4 c7 , 7 ALL NEW COMMERCIAL/ADDITION /ML ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER • ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN D BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ' ❑ Copy of recorded Legal Description from King County LM ❑ Certificate of water /fire flow availability (Form H -11a). Contact the Public Works Department (206) 433- i „ , ,0179,for gerviicjng district. , , . , ., ❑• Certificate of sewer availability (F61'631+11). Contact the Public Worke Dep (206) 433 -0179 for servicing district. ' r ' . • , 's, • ' ,. , , 5( ,, po k Metro: Alan- Residential Sewer Uie Certification if there is a C nge�in the amb l tubing fixtures ` 3 • ,rl=or •H-`131 H -4b): nt of p _ business Declaration required (Form •J • Fie` ' (5) Isets of r�tpNcing. IraWirigs, which include,. , : e ' , : :, . +V „ : , ,, '- • , ❑ ❑ Site P -. 1 . ` • " "■ ` ' 14 North arrow and scale. ” ' ' , '' )1 •, 2—Existing and proposed ujiljties and existing hydrant tocation(s).�';. . , ' r • • • 1.' Prdperty lines, dimensions, setbacks, ,names`of adjabent roads, any•proposed or existing•easements. . •. Packing Analysis of existin6'4&',liroposed capacity.,; prbposed stalls .with dimensions.' : . • ' '5. Location of' driveways, parking, loading & service areas, with parking calculations •& lbcatioh'& type of dump- • :• g. stet iecycling screening.• •. , ♦ . : •, • ' . it . • ' • ' . Location and screening of dutdbor storage. ' - 7,, - ,' '.:7. ••limit's GI glearing /grading with existing & proposed topography at 2',intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries, erosion control measures & three buffer protection measures. • ••r r, :8: ' ldentifyloga'tion of sensitive erbas;siopes 20% ot•greater, "vletlands, watercourses and their Buffers (TMC 18.45.040). . . .. • -•. 1 4 and size of existing trees, note by size a id,speeies those to bemalntained and those to be removed: • . • .'" 1.0. L p l a t with irrigation: Existing trees to be saved '' y size and spec Proposed: Include size, , , . '� .,.spy fe$,_locatiot�i Option of ge v areas and,vault wits proposed screening. 11. Locatlpn,of Jvater mark of t e, G' been /D•uwamish River if 4ite is.locateg within1200• of the high•water mark. 12. Lowtst finished flbor•e1eVation Of flood control zone permit required). 13. Civil plans to include size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation frorrycontractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. 14. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). ❑ ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site ❑ ❑ Building Elevations (Include dimensions of all building facades and major archit elements) ❑ ❑ Mechanical Drawings ❑ ❑ Structural Drawings (detail of sprinkler hangers, pipe, duct • & vent penetrations in structure) ❑ ❑ Architectural drawings in in Specifications (if separate document) s is •Q,.., ^' *• ulations :•" •' . ❑ ❑ Sprinkleostructural calculations indicating load of water - filled sprinkler piping ❑ ❑ Height Analysis ❑ ❑ Soils Report stamped by Washington State licensed Geotechnical Engineer ❑ ❑ Topographical and Boundary Survey ❑ ❑ Tree Coverage Analysis (Multifamily only) ❑ ❑ Washington State Energy Code Data and Non - Residential Energy Code Compliance Form H -7 ❑ ❑ Completed Land Use Applications if not previously submitted (i.e. SEPA, BAR, Variance, Shoreline or Tree permit) ❑ ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance oi land use or SEPA decisions ❑ ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Pub- lic Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OF? submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal, I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. NCPERM1T.DOC 1/29/97 FAMILY PERMIT APPLICATIONS MU E SUBMITTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: • 'tTy )) Et (4 W -r;01 • ftWMtT NSM IT uflIbEr 1 800 139 inicusi L; I T7 65 0/ t/9.4 09 '42 .1}'y L ft ..:.;'.,.1!40;4111t .1) EY ELO Parcel 1o: 2(2304-9023 • rl C Cit *4.44.A k -4—A; ** * * * *44, A * * * * * * *A*Aik***4** . , ACE:01111i; COd4 Des.cription . • Amottryt, 000/;:42...100 NONRES 1,.772« 15. : 000/3P6.904 tiTi41E.1311I.1:1>IG ti1J12C14ARGli 4 50 .L.776.E.5 Idttl ALL .Pmts. r.. -2 I928.55 6462 09/01 97 TOTAL 1776.65 • • • • • • ." • 1-71- ". 1R,H€M11 '',2•,•• it**A IV* * tir * * 44. 4-14 %VA- * * '• • • S MIT Nt{mber. ft:0 06 mourt - 4 9 o4/),q 1.6•;3',3 :.',..•••••.• • •• 1 LE y efiNSTRPcTH• ,T LB • • Perniit • N p e *:••••. DE V PE:11M EVELOPMLUf '... PEK14,IT Prce1 No '•'• • „ ". • •• .•:. • • •.. •••. . , ?, , :..:•:. 1 •Sit . e'::.1:144 r e*%:: G33 SOtJfHCENfLR MOL.L• • • T o t a. 1 . F es •• • •:. .• '• Thn Paymrt 1.• 1ot1 ALL Pmt J..• 1 IO • 2 • :•• • • ••—•• '• • • ..;•• fcount • 1;4* * *4; * i6c• *4* *444 ':Code••;•:• De's6r.tpt.i • .• • • • A!tioLin:t. ' •••• PLAN .CEtE.CK .NONP.ES . t . 41510, •.• !••■• •••• •••• •.■ ••• „ • • 2736 04/20 9717 TOTAL 14287.59 • Pr 3C- MA LL Typ of pe tion: / Address: C=7,55' SC. M Ptl, Date call • Special instructions: ... .., Date Requester: WAIL- gisi c a./ Phone: ( INSPECTION RECOKD Retain a copy with permit 1399-ol INSPECTION No. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9 -„(206)431-3670 kr Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: __ ex". D a t Zp EJ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to ins ction, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Pro ect: T pe of Inspection: A r 3 — SG 41 JCL Date called: Special instructions: Date want a.m. P.m. R . _?3 Ph t( 037? INSPECTION RECO Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: gef 6 9T1 3 i /V/lisoz, /40 5'7i,cr,, dei4 , TX1,'iS 7V Date: 5 El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: PROJECT: SUBJECT: CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON , . ANCHORAGE, ALASKA'. • . , ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC: • .4 1 . e_ / 1 714 2') e 2/e/7eck ,/v,4 '4 A//1 /e.EA/177‘)//5 7__a/6w/12A 1 .5whvoi 1EXPOIES ICi/30/60 1 JOB #fi/e z •V BY: A IJ / DATE ‘1 SHEET # EC JUL 1 5 1999 REID MIDDLETON 7 1, th :* ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS,. INC. • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 'ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • PROJECT: .• • SUBJECT: 6 hv /PC, A I 2 1 ' I 7 •417 3 . •ef — 2.- 49 • /0 1 2 I 7 I, jOB # BY: c • ,-(1/ A IJ B DATE of, SHEET # 3,0 Ao.a /- I r 77/ ,;>./ 62 ;-• 1//e,&; / 0 /://.: -- 725 fX:iza/ A. /7G>tin, /-*" e: /e / !),' (16 /6 t!• ,1 fl 23y - 'I T /5 »4 /Wye/ (;61=Z///wr/ ./ / - II CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: ,91:, • '"er-jf." r f SUBJECT: : e . / / /%'/ /),C6 e/Ac ///ev. i ie ) /gc),; U gc(3) 44( / /,`);;,.! , 7-7/J •it/ = rm..' • JOB # BY: 7A8-Cx %,3•0 45 (tAl 3 4. P) If - 777 DATE 1-S SHEET # z A B gp e• 4/Z • 2b, ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS ■ INC. • CONSULTING ENGINEERS . SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA , PROJECT: JOB # SUBJECT: ,yir4f1.4 r 4: 64vAc xei 7,47 /:'" BY: /7 r 7. a, .61 o, o/d fix ith/411,4e/y Avow?: /5 W 44;;‘,..z ‘A-Itbr. (//e) tiMi4W5.5) c rAvenz l ie /r; ‘Vtall 4A C'et 7 . FS X /7C/ zioec. DATE 1- _ SHEET # ) ...•••■• '/ /. • •:;r: • I' J. / / t /:;/ 4 /:. 0,67) (//) W Is 0, 471s/ ds/0/ = a -; ,/// ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC.' CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA , i.t. , •-• PROJECT: SUBJECT: 5re>14,4 itt / /it . • • '2, ,; //?, ) v 7 9 9' "--/ it, 1,,A -.,, y. A . ) , „..,....- '1 • -...- . .:,/ ..,) , i / 7 ``. -6-- • • I . ( / /f./ ,4kp Cr. 4 • / ( /71 A //2f/p.,--4 /?.7)/ .... 75 ,-) 97 -= /72 JOB # t, er BY: DATE fc - SHEET # • re 1 lrr -1 t • , #. • A.; tq l •-` /, • . -• 3 Mk /5 (32/2) :1j5 22C /72` 22-` 144A. 70.0) Ot f r5e-: 0 or)VS., ) ' 0 • ' ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS .; INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON - ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: /2, vor c/ice . /2_ tff • /43 • • • • ' •-*" • C--//eX /f4tot At../ j / /IC 7:7 r • )7 M, •,e, <'/ 31'S 72 07",/, etc, aci/ - c/, A4.1 / 1 57 .e 0-0 JOB # / BY: /7 e - 2c; •-•• agtx /Q Wit 260 A la/ • /4(,-,/tito A _t 7L,C(/2)i‘rs..- • CONSULTING ENGINEERS . :,SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: JOB SUBJECT:' '< 4 BY: 4 • DATE SHEET # A 4 ` t (f- ■ /(1 )(/ 14 b ff: 4 Y 5 ( a / // je,//e l 04 / 4 . ) ,/APTA/ nil c/2 7" 4 .1;•.„/ r•-•1 y7'c g/c „5- t •i t i e y n:;P:e e / / / 7. -.7 - ANDERSEN .BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: 6/15 11:1G (2I/a • ///:// ./, BY: 1/ f / I / .••/ nen't" • ' I ,/ 'NO! ,„.; 25/3 i 14',.>" ( .1",/:- 4 ) )K '2 "•,, I (• 1 -2 4... i ) T K JOB # p •- •"7 s (.. e). (.7 I • " DATE SHEET # 7 A B gp 7/2) ‘7, 2 .:.-. /9, 51' . . . • • ,. • . '. .. .' . . • : ' . „ ' , , , . . 'CONSULTING . ENGINEERS . .. . •..., SEATTLE ; WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA JOB # DATE BY /7 SHEET # ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS .:INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE. WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE. ALASKA PHOJECT: ar..1/ 6 /PI/12 JOB # DATE SUBJECT : " 6' / 7 ) 4 BY: /1"E SHEET # &fr ./ f / • 1 " 71- - K = ° / ("?r3' I:- le ./ 3 H; /if '0 SEATTLE; WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: . 5 - al ..///e:<,•9 SUBJECT: • Z /, 4 ' 7 5 /Aa/ BY: e/) .‘7;eteer' 7/4 4 / Gi g 7. /72 ,/;.• r ,e t e. 7t;) g// /57(reer „-/:/;<• JOB # 7- ,.2 =.77 YZ./ r „.„ • DATE SHEET # / /. .7?1 Ers) /Z„9s _,rr / 4 2 6".e.) (9,/?,//dZ „e4ve ■■•••••"-- • • : .. ' ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD CL) • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: (.... 1 .7; 4 . 1 <6 . e.-•77 ,, F;E:: ° JOB # SUBJECT: . . " 5 0 Z / . 6 . / 7 / 7 7 . S . * * ye" BY: \ • . Y . . ... — N \ • --;------ z... .,N\i■ * I■ic:1 '. --t,-,-- ------ --- — • — \ 1 \,... k • KANE JACOBS •.INC: 0 57 ) 6- 7 r,■-.5G '0) cjvA(f67 L W/dic26. _ 69) /m/4-i-Thri, , . K • • ( 1, • 7/%. c" 7j 74' DATE SHEET # la A 11 B .f , ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS •INC. • • • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • PROJECT: 577e../z.ve.,e/z Xxi JOB # SUBJECT: , /‘//. 5 A/i0V6i*: 66/ z; / /AS F 74' 7 r, / ' -- L 41 BY: 755 (/2) 67) ' 1.4-1--t , • ,F1-1 . gi - 1,fre )( 4. 1 .6( 2 / • tti DATE SHEET It /2 99.. -- ' ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: �JTi` /f'.ci ✓T� =.''' //.f. • 5,1/ / //T A 4 P BY: JOB # .7/7s7" rep r /7 SHEET # DATE A ®i B X/Sr p/5CR 1.1 Ls iX/5T 1s/r/ x 7L '1- 2 x 2 / x / ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • • • PROJECT: SUBJECT: „re? v 77 gr/57: //f ef:),}r/e-P! //Cv 4.Z o,/) OL- 4 7 12,4z) Ze, //7 JOB # BY: 211 7g toe P-fP 3, 7J" WC L44/0/ (I / ■/40 0eG x(A) 4 ((/ k7//7 •■•■•• ,•■••••• DATE /4 SHEET # 4 0A1 /7 • /5/ " zr,7 ANDERSEN BjORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC.- CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: A) /t/e-iJ e7- J774 , .;'itfirT 760 ,L 2.< ,r-) 2‹ aec ) / /J 2 ,it/z (i-tif 97. wx JOB # BY: //1 z c9 DATE SHEET # /,/> , Pa x% /10 . , ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: //41\.) BY: a A- 2 7 JOB # 47(' d'7 — /1,77z- /Pi -I 7/ 6 a/ a 4791-7 =- 64e_ /t DATE SHEET # er- A cli B SEATTLE, WASHINGTON •ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: c•-&•' • 1•, .•.:' .• • , ANDERSEN 'BJORNSTAD KANE ° JACOBS • INC CONSULTING ENGINEERS 97 JOB # • BY: • < /S 4, 9 /4. , // g 96 A- ‘',) 4/ . g ,e g/,e- ,.7"; 7" /0 0 - 70 / -(/ - 7 A- g///o I-- 21e / 4 ----- / • 7 /77/<._ /<- DATE SHEET # 477 ' ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS' INC.. .. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • V 1. L-: /6 //. • i( • . • e/h.5 7 df JOB # BY: / f* ------ iti/a DATE SHEET # jj Z7 - / 60 PROJECT: • • ' iUBJECT: /e=4zi• • • • , , • , .•' ‘,‘ •.•. . ....... ..;‘. '...-.,..... ., •,.. '. „.. . . , . . ,, , , ,,',.;:' '„ '''• ' , ",, • ..•• ,•,.,: , .• .. - . ' ., . ' : ,•::.• '' •' • " • . . . • .... ' •• ', . •,•, . . , ... . . . .. : f, ,."'... '• ,, .. ... • .. , •.' ,,,.' . , . • ... .. ...•, . PROJECT: SUBJECT: CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA //47 / 1 : 39 -- A / BY: (1 1,4 ' 31j JOB # DATE SHEET # . 6 j V /. , .2. ,1 ik- 72 h -- Pr" R"e" Al/ . 4 ..2- — e, • .. • .. • . CONSULTING ENGINEERS • • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 'ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: • • SUBJECT: / Z • • . r74 /J -(4 3-( (21)) / 2,0 /6 (%9 .5 . //4, / /2 Q 4 ( 4 ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC: CONSULTING ENGINEERS • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON , • ,ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • PROJECT: SUBJECT: / sr ,t- • . , Li_ , 4 7 7/771 fe:ficev'Po /1A BY: • 9, / & ---••-. • DATE C0 0 " /M/7 SHEET # (t) A cli B PROJECT. . SUBJECT: • . . ,•„ CONSULTING Nt,INEERS §EATTLE. WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA NDERSEN ,B1CiRNSTAD , kANE JACOB'S INC. • . „ , • ; , • ' •, • . • ',.•,•••-•.•-",••, „7/ PROJECT: ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD *KANE JACOBS. INC. • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON •• :ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • • ••. • ":■`•' 2,1 JOB # 19: (P%1 7t) 17%) /2,< , PROJECT: JOB # DATE SUBJECT: . BY SHEET # 2c :." CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA / ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS. INC. , • , •• •••-. • . • '..6014SULTING'ENGIN,EERS . . SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • .• • . • :ANCHORAGE, ALASKA . . • . • ••.' ' .; , , ••-‘ • . • ' , • •• •:• • '• . •. • • •• • . ; •••• • • •: .•. • • • •,..: • • • . , " ! ••••• , • ' ' PROJECT : ''1y SUBJECT: /64.44; 4 -1.7,K 72 ee • • • • • • • • • , , • • „ • , • • - • : ••"• 2:1 11 /:' , ) 51; 1 70 -Nifie) "." • l• / •:•" 4,1,1C / 2 k/ • / s" 7:2 • JOB # DATE BV: /7 SHEET # ("°' f _Z A Software licensed to demo user Part MAIN ENTRANCE Ref Job Title SOUTHCENTER MALL Client MITHUN PARTNERS Whole Structure (Liec...5c5 IO r in.ss Print Time/Date: 12/04/1999 13:44 STAAD/Pro Release 1.6 ' File Main Entrance.std I Date/Time 12-Apr-1999 11:45 p it,o, - co- 1^ .V. Print Run 1 of 1 STAAD /Pro -III Revision 2.0 Proprietary Program of RESEARCH ENGINEERS, Inc. Date =. APR 13, 1999 Time= 15: 6:25 USER.:ID' Authorized User *, r*******, r,► ir ****** * * * * * * * * * * *;r * ;r * * * ** * * ** **** ** . PAGE" NO'. STAAD SPACE SOUTHCENTER MALL -MAIN. ENTRANCE ▪ START JOB INFORMATION :" = `'JOB NAME` :SOUTHCENTER MALL.` • JOB`.. CLIENT MIT}IUN PARTNERS • JOB NO 98160' . JOB PART MAIN ENTRANCE .:'"ENGINEER ' NAME PJK . ENGINEER: DATE, 12- APR-99 9.:' END "JOB INFORMATION 10. INPUT WIDTH 79 11. UNIT FEET KIP 12.'JOINT COORDINATES 13 1 0:000.' 0.000 .. 0.000 14 2 0.000 16.500 0.000:. 15 3 0:000 28..000 0.000, 16 9. 0.000 33.000 0.000'. 17." 5 0.000 0.000 24.000 0.000.. 16.500 24.000 0.000 28.000 24.000 20. 8. 0.000 33.000 24.000 21. 9 0.000 28.000 12.000 22... 10 0:000 33.000 6.000 23. 11 0.000 33.000, 18.000 24. 12 9.000 0.000 0.000 25. 13 9.000 16.500 0.000 26. 14. 9.000 ." 28.000 0.000 27. 15 9.000 33.000 0.000 28. 16 9.000 . 0.000 24.000 29. 17 9.000 16.500 24.000 30. 18, 9.000. 28.000 ' 24.000 31.., 19 9.000 33.000 ' 24.000 32. ' 20 9.000 28.000 12.000 33. .21 9.000 33.000 . 6.000 34. 22 9.000 33.000 18.000 35. MEMBER. INCIDENCES ' 36, 1 1 2 37. 2 2 3 38. 3 3' 4 39. 4 5' 6 40. 5 6 7 41. 6 7 8 SOUTHCENTER•MALL -MAIN ENTRANCE PAGE N0.`. . ;62 27:. 14 21 '63. 20 :. 21 29 20 22 30 18 ,22 6 31:'. 2 13 68. MEMBER PROPERTY AMERICAN 69: 1', TO 12 : TABLE . ST TUB1401406 70. 13 TO 22 TABLE ST TUB120404 71.;'23 TO 30 TABLE ST TUB80303 32 TABLE ST TUB2001205 73. UNIT ,INCHES KIP 74. CONSTANTS E. 29000, ALL 76. POISSON 0.3 ALL 77. DENSITY:. 0.000283 ALL ALL 79.. BETA' :90 MEMB 13 TO 22 80. SUPPORTS 81.,,.1 5 12 16. PINNED 82. MEMBER RELEASE 83. 1 4 7 10 13 TO 15 17 TO 20 22 START MX MY MZ KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 84. 3.6 9 12 END MX MY MZ KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 85 MEMBER TRUSS 86. 23 TO 30 87. UNIT FEET KIP 88. LOAD 1 WIND E -W 89. MEMBER LOAD 90. 17 UNI GZ 0.035 0 14 91. 1 7 UNI GZ 0.105 14 92. 2 8 UNI GZ 0.105 0 0.5 93. 2 8 UNI GZ 0,065 .5 94. 3 9 UNI GZ 0.065 95. LOAD 2 WIND N -S 96. MEMBER LOAD 97. 1 4 UNI GX 0.035 0 14 •.SOUTHCENTER" ENTRANCE 6x 0.15 14 :).6 • o 102. LOAD 3 SEISMIC E-W 103. JOINT LOAD 105. LOAD 4 SEISMIC N-S 106. JOINT LOAD 107:.- 4 108. PERFORM AtulLysTs.:: • , , •••••• , PROBLEM STATISTICS . . ,. ., NUMBEROF-JOINTS/MEMBER+ELEMENTS/SUPPORTS:= 22/.. 32/ , .y.1. "I ' . ORIGINAL/FINAL BAND-WIDTH = 11/ 5 , . TOTAL PRIMARY .1LOAD CASES = - 4, TOTAL 'DEGREES OF FREEDOM = - 120 'SIZE OF STIFFNESS MATRIX = 3960 DOUBLE PREC. WORDS .... . ' -. REQRD(AVAIL. DISK SPACE = 12.07/ 337:8 MB, EM = 1166:0 MB . , . ++ Processing Element Stiffness matrix. 15: 6:27 ++ Processing Global Stiffness Matrix. 15: 6:27 ++ Processing Triangular Factorization. 15: 6:27 ***WARNING - IMPROPER LOAD WILL CAUSE INSTABILITY AT JOINT - 11 • _ bIaECTION= MZ PROBABLE CAUSE MODELING PROBLEM 0.000E+00 •• ''‘• • ***WARNING IMPROPER LOAD WILL CAUSE INSTABILITY AT JOINT 22.: • ''DIRECTION = MZ PROBABLE CAUSE MODELING PROBLEM 0.000E+00 ++' Calculating Joint Displacements. 15: 6:27 ++ Calculating Member Forces. 15: :6:27 .„. 109. PRINT ANALYSIS RESULTS , •• SOUTHCENTER MALL -MAIN ENTRANCE JOINT DISPLACEMENT (INCH RADIANS) STRUCTURE TYPE =SPACE JOINT LOAD X -TRANS Y -TRANS Z -TRANS X -ROTAN 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0 0.00000 0.34427 0.00000 0.38048 0.00000 0.53693 0.00000 0.60973 1 0.00000 2 0.64678 3 0.00000 4 0.76096 1 0.00000 2 0.00000 3 0.00000 4 0.00000 1 0.00000 2 0.34427 3 0.00000 4. 0.38048 1 0.00000 2 0.53693 3 0.00000 4 0.60973 1 0.00000 2 0.64678 3 0.00000 4 0.76096 9 ' 1 0.00000 2 0.53693 3 0.00000 4 0.60973 10 1 0.00000 2 0.64678 3 0.00000 4 0.76096 11 1 0.00000 2 0.64678 3 0.00000 4 0.76096 12 1 0.00000 2 0.00000 3 0.00000 4 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00049 0.00317 0.00168 0.00448 0.00082 0.00317 0.00285 0.00448 0.00082 0.00317 0.00285 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00049 0.00317 - 0.00168 0.00448 - 0.00082 0.00317 - 0.00285 0.00448 - 0.00082 0.00317 - 0.00285 0.00448 0.00109 0.00317 0.00000 0.00448 0.00069 0.00317 - 0.00088 0.00448 0.00120 0.00317 0.00088 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.47345 0.00169 0.00000 0.00000 1.20255 0.00474 0.00000 0.00000 0.60968 0.00028 0.00000 0.00000 1.62420 0.00102 0.00000 0.00000 0.61321 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.63957 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.45077 0.00177 0.00000 0.00000 1.20255 0.00474 0.00000 0.00000 0.60833 0.00038 0.00000 0.00000 1.62420 0.00102 0.00000 0.00000 0.61368 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.63958 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.61012 0.00001 0.00000 0.00000 1.62808 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.61220 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.63569 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.61244 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 1.63569 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 Y ROTAN. Z - ROTAN 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 - 0.00180 0.00000 - 0.00238 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 - 0.00180 0.00000 - 0.00238 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 DISPLACEMENT (INCH RADIANS). STRUCTURE TYPE = 'SPACE LOAD : X -TRANS Y -TRANS Z- TRANS X -ROTAN '.Y -ROTAN Z- ROTAN' 0.00000 0.00049 0.47345 0.00169 0.00000 0.00000 0.34388 0.00317_ . 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00024 0.00000 0.00168 1.20255 0.00.474 0.00000 0.00000 0.38048 -0.00448 .0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 0.00082 0.60968 0.00028 0.00000 0.00000 0.37664 - 0.00317 ' 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00024 0.00000 0.00285 1.62420 0.00102 0.00000 0.00000. 0.60973.. -0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 '0..00000 -0.00238 0.00000 0.00082 0.61321 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000. 0.39088. - 0.00317.. 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000: 0.00285 1.63958 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.76096 - 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 '0.00000 0.00000 .0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ' 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000.. 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00049 0.45077 0.00177 0.00000 0.00000 0.34388 0.00317. 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00024 0.00000 -0.00168 1.20255 0.00474.. 0.00000 0.00000 0.38048 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 - 0.00082 0.60833 0.00038 0.00000 0.00000 0.37664: - 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000. 0.00000 - 0.00024. 0.00000 -0.00285 1.62420 .0.00102 0.00000 0.00000 0.60973 - 0.00448 '0.00000'.0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00238 0.00000. - 0.00082 0.61368 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.39088 - 0.0031.7 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00285. 1.63958 0.00000. 0.00000 0.00000 0.76096 - 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 .0.00000 0.00109 0.61012 0.00001 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.37664 - 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 1.62808 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 4 ' 0.60973 -0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 21' 1. ' 0.00000 0.00069 0.61220 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.39088 - 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000. 3 ' . 0.00000 - 0.00088 1.63569 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.76096 - 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 22 . 1 0.00000 0.00120 0.61244 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.39088 - 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00088 1.63569 0.00002 ' 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.76096. - 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 . 'SO,UTHCENTER MALL -MAIN ENTRANCE -- "PAGE NO - ALL UNITS ARE:" KIP FEET - 1.43 2 1:93 1 - 9.32 : '2 :. ; 1. -13:20 13.20 -1.17 0.42 0 :00 0.00 -1.80 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.81 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1:77 -0.90 0.00 0.00 1.80 - 1.80 0.00 -0.42 0.00 0.00 -0.35 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 -1.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 1.80 0.00 1.80 0.00 0:00 - 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 2.75 0.00 -14.55 0.00 0.00 -3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 10.08 0.00 -50.40 -0.01. 0.00 - 10.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.43 0.00 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 -1.43 0.00 0.68 0.00 11.17 0.00 5 -9.32 1.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 9.32 -0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 24.04 5 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 29.70 0.00 5 -13.20 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 13.20 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 1 6 1.43 0.00 -0.68 0.00 -11.17 0.00 7 -1.43 0.00 0.68 0.00 18.95 0.00 2 6 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.49 7 0.00 -1.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.81 3 6 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 0.00 7 -4,95 0.00 1.80. 0.00 50.40 0.00 4 6 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 7 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.00 MEMBER END.FORCES. STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD 'JT . AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z 0.00 0.00 3.79 0.00 -18.95 0.00 0.00 -3.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 10.08 0.00 -50.40 0.01 0.00 -10.08 0.00 0.00 4 7 0.00 1.80 000 000 0.00 9.00 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 -1.43 0.00 -1.17 0.00 0.00 13 1.43 0.00 0.42 0.00 14.29 p.00 2 12 9.32 2.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 -9.32 -2.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 33.38 3 12 -4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 29.70 0.00 12 13.20 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 -13.20 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 13 -1.43 0.00 -0.42 0.00 -14.29 0 00 14 1.43 0.00 -0.35 0.00 14.55 0.00 13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 -4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 0.00 14 4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 50.40 0.00 13 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 14 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.00 14 0.00 0.00 2.75 0.00 -14.55 0.00 15 0.00 0.00 -3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 14 0.01 0.00 10.08 0.00 -50.40 0.00 15 -0.01 0.00 -10.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 14 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 15 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 1 16 1.43 0.00 -0.68 0.00 17 -1.43 0.00 0.68 0.00 2 16 9.32 2.02 0.00 0.00 17 -9.32 -2.02 0.00 0.00 3 16 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 17 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 4 16 13.20 1.80 0.00 0.00 17 -13.20 -1.80 0.00 0.00 11 1 17 1.43 0.00 -0.68 18 -1.43 0.00 0.68 TORSION 0.00 11.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 -11.17 0.00 18.95 0 . 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 33.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 SHEAR TORSION ..".•••• • SOUTHCENTER MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE ALL UNITS ARE I-- KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y 2 17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 17 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 18 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 50.40 0.00 4 17 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0 00 0.00 • 0.00 3.79 0.00 -18.95 0.00 0.00 -3.79 0.00 0.00 12 1 18 0.00 19 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 10.08 0.00 -50.40 0.00 19 0.01 0.00 -10.08 0.00 0.00 4 18 0.00 1.80 0.00 19 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.75 9 -2.75 7 0.00 9 0.00 7 5.93 -5.93 7 0.00 9 0.00 15 1 4 3.07 0.00 10 -3.07 0.00 2 4 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 3 4 11.88 0.00 10 -11.88 0.00 4 4 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 16 1 10 -0.36 0.00 0.00 11 0.36 0.00 0.00 2 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.03. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.00 0.00 - 0.01 - 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • ktratia404624.1titi. :600116ENTER.MALt-i4AIN.ENTRANCE MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACR'::% ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET • MEMBER LOAD AXIAL SHEAR-Y .HEAR=Z TORSION .110M4, 3 10 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 -0.07 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 -0.07 0.00 4 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0:00 8 -3.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 -11.88 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 11.68 0.00 -0.01 0.00 -0.07 0.00 8 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 70.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 '0.00 0.00 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 -2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 15 3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 -3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 2 15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 15 11.88 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 -11.88 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.07 0.00 4 15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 1 21 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 22 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.03 0.00 21 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 3 .21 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 -0.07 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0,00 -0.07 0.00 000 000 SOUTHPENTWMAtL-MAINENTRAi4CE PAGE NO 11 - MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE ='SPACE. MEMBER ..LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z TORSION MOM7.X • ALL UNITS ARE -- FEET: 4 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 19 .-379 o.00: 000 22" 3.79 0.00 0.00 : 600 19 0.00 0.00- 0.00 - 000 22 6.00 • - 0.00 0.00: 0.60 0..06 0.00. " 19 ' -11.88 • 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 • 22 11 88 . 0.00 - -0.01 '0:00 -0,07 0 00 19 ' 0.60 0.00 0.00 o.00 '0.00 o.00 22 . . 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 - T.00 . 0.00 -2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 775 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 2.23 10 -2.23 10 0.00 0.00 7.71 0.00 10 -7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • 25 9 -2.23 0.00 11 2.23 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 9 -7.71 0.00 11 7.71 0.00 4 9 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 3 26 1 7 2.24 11 -2,24 2 7 0.00 11 0.00 3 7 7.75 11 -7.75 4 7 0 00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ;a! 20 .. '.22.._ ,20 22 - ; PAGE : NO. ALL UNITS ARE - - KIP FEET. MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR -Y SHEAR -Z TORSION. MOM -Y MOM Z:. 20. ' 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21: -2.23 0..00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00, 21. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 7..71.. 0:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21. 7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00- 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 27. 1 14 2.29:. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 21 2.24 0.00 0.00 0..00 0.00 0.00 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 21 0..00 0.00 0.00 0.00: 0.00 0.00 -7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0:00 21 7:.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00: 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 21 0:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.00 - 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 : 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.00 0.00 0.00 - 7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 18 2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 22 -2.24 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 .0.00 0.00 22 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 . 0.00 22 -7,75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31 1 2' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 2' ..2.02 -9.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 -50.53 13 -2.02 . 9.32. 0.00 0.00 0.00 -33.38 3 2. '0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 2 0.00 -13.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' - 59,40 13 0.00 13.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 -59.40 32 1 6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 = ALL UNITS ARE KIP . .. INCH • ( UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER , . TABLE . RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ 'RATIO/ .; LOADING!• , . ;•;.- : ST TUB. 1401406 : PASS H2-1 0.171 4 13.20'T 0.00 ..356.40 • 198.00 6 ST TUB :1401406 . PASS :"•1 AISo*: H2-1 0.249 3 ST Tuiv.1401406 PASS'. ", • 0:184 8 ST TUB . .: 1401406- ..:;".pAss : 0.258 • 3: ' • • : • . • ST TUB 1401406' PASS AISC- H1 -3 -604.80 S T ; :.TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- 1-11-3 9.32 C ` 0.00 S T.` ` TUB :1901906 PASS AISC H1 -3 4.95' C 60 S T;. TUB '.1401406 PASS _ . ,.H2 -1 0.01 T -604 .80 S T': TUB :120404 PASS AISC- H2 -1' TUB : :120404 PASS AISC- 5.93: :C 0 . :00 S T.: TUB 120404 PASS AISC- ..H1 -3 11.88 C ST; TUB .120909 PASS AISC H2; -1 0.36. T 0.33 S T TUB 120404 PASS " AISC- 112 -1 11.88 T 0..84. ST TUB__ 120404 PASS AISC- 5 :93: T '0'.00.. 0:184 400.51 . 0.259: 0.249 .0:028: 0 00 0.04 0.00. 0.100 0`.00 :0.00 0.061 0. 00 :. 0.028 0.00- " ;PAGE': NO'. ALL UNITS ARE KIP INCH (UNLESS -OTHERWISENOTED) i TABLE :.RESULT/ CRITICAL :COND /:: RATIO/ LOADING /. MZ LOCATION a te======= =X=== == s= = =as == ==a=ri== ====== =a 198 :00 138.00' 3 „ 3 0.00 • 3 1. •.149 3 . 72.00' 3i ENTRANCE PAGE NO :: ALL UNITS ARE - KIP INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER TABLE RESULT/ CRITICAL COND / RATIO/ LOADING/ FX, MY MZ LOCATION ======= ___== =___- _==__====== _= = = = - - -_ ____ __=== = === = = = = =.' 19. ST `:TUB 120404 PASS AISC- H1 -3 0.045 3 5.93 C .: 0.00 : 0.00 0.00 .: 20 ST TUB 120404 PASS AISC H1 -3' 0.100 3 11.88 C ".' 0.00 0.00. 0.00 21 ST. TUB. 120404. PASS AISC- H2 -1 0.003 0.36 T 0.33 0.00 144.00 22 ST TUB 120404 PASS AISC -.H2 -1 0.061 3: 11.88 T 0.84 0.00 72.00 ` ST- °TUB. 80303 PASS TENSION 0.072 3.`. 7.75 T 0.00 0.00 0.00 24 ST TUB 80303 PASS AISC H1 -3 0.146 7.71 C 0.00 .. 0.00 0.00 25 ST TUB 80303 PASS. TENSION` 0.072 3 7.71 T 0.00 0.00.. 0.00 26° ST TUB 80303 PASS AISC H1-3 0.146 3 7.75 C: 0.00 .: 0.00 0.00 :. 27 :ST '.:TUB 80303 PASS TENSION 0.072 3. 7.75 T 0.00 0.00 0.00 28 ST:. TUB 80303 PASS AISC- H1 -3 0.146 3 7.71 C 0.00 0.00 0.00 29. ST TUB 80303 PASS TENSION 0.072 3 7.71 .T 0.00 0.00 0.00 30 ST. TUB 80303 PASS AISC- H1 -3 0.146 3 7.75. C 0.00. 0.00 0.00 31 ST TUB 2001205 PASS AISC- H2 -1 0.234. 4 0.00 T. 0.00 -712.80 0.00 32 ST TUB '2001205 PASS AISC- H1 -3 0.234 4 0.00 C 0.00 -712.80 0.00 ? • END OF STAAD-III OUTHCENTER MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE • ••••• DATE=APR 13,1999 TIME= 15: 6:V28 '*' FOR QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS VERSION OF PROGRAM * V ***,4,4 ,•• • • •", , ";,, • , .".' • ", " „ , • , • • ":•-.■■•• ‘;. • • CONSULTING ENGINEERS.. SEATTLE, WA 'ANCHORAGE, .ALASKA vV ` 2 370 (//' 5 7/ 9 : -41 • . t 1f 111 Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. j°b N° 98160 File Sears Entrance.std j Date/Time 12-Apr-1999 12:54 Job Title . Software licensed to demo user SOUTHCENTER MALL Client MITHUN PARTNERS Whole Strur-,Re jec,50.5 Print Tune/Date: 12/04/1999 1345 3 Sheet No Rev i STAAD/Pro Release 1.6 PrInt Run I of .START JOB INFORMATION 'JOB:NAME SOUTHCENTER.'MALL ' JOB CLIENT MITHUN PARTNERS 5. JOB.',NO `98160 • JOB ..PART.. SEARS: ENTRANCE 7,,:,ENGINEER ,NAME PJK 8•` 'ENGINEER;DATE 12= APR -99 9 . END JOB 'INFORMATION • INPUT "WIDTH 79. 1.. UNIT FEET KIP 2: JOINT !COORDINATES ** **** * *` * * * * * ** ** * * * * * * ** * * * ** **4444** *1444,** * *. * *.** STAAD /Pro STAAD -III *: Revision 2.0' * ,Proprietary Program of RESEARCH ENGINEERS, Inc. * bae= APR 13, 1999 Time 15:14:41 USER ID: , Authorized User 4******************** * * * ** * * * ** * * * * * * * ** * *** *ii** ** 18. :'. 19 22: ' '10 24:., 12 25..'' MEMBER :INCIDENCES 0,.000 r.. 0.000 ' O..000 18.333. 18.333 18.333 18.333 18.333 18.333 11 12 6 , 12 8 11 0.000 .`.." 11.000 21.500 0.000 .::. ` 21:500 0.000 11:000 21.500 .... 0.000 11.000 21.500 0.000 0.000 0.000 16.833 16.833 16.833 '0.000 0.000 0.000 16.833 16.833 16.833 .. 26. 27. 28, 3 . 4 5 .. 29. 4 5 6 30. 5 7 8 31. . 6 8 32. 7 10 .'. 33. 8 11 34 . ,. 9 3 35. 10. 9 36, 11 2 37. .. 12 .. 5 38. SUPPORTS 39. 1 4 7 10 PINNED 40. MEMBER RELEASE 41. 1 3 5 7 START MX MY MZ KFX .0 KFY. 0 KFZ 0 • •SOUTHCENTER "MALL- SEARS'ENTRANCE .; MEMBER: PROPERTY AMERICAN .:..` 1,TO 8_ TABLE..ST.;TUB1.401406'.. 9. T0:•12= TABLE ST TUB2001206 5. UNIT INCHES KIP CONSTANTS. E ' :'29000; ALL POISSON: 0:3 ALL 9. DENSITY 0.000283: ALL ,, 50. :ALPHA'6..5E -006. ALL_. 51 UNIT'. FEET" KIP 52 r LOAD :1 ;:'WIND, E -W 53.:MEMBER LOAD'.. 1 •5: UNI'.GZ 0.03,5' 0 ,9 1 '5 %UNI GZ'0.18 9 2..6;:UNI GZ',0•.08 LOAD' 2 WIND N -S 58 :MEMBER ".LOAD 39. 1'3. UNI< GX 0.035 0 :.9 60 1 :3 0.12 9 61 .'2 4:UNI " GX 0.12 :0 4, 62 2;" 4 9 63:,?LOAD 3 SEISMIC E -W 6.4 :JOINT ;LOAD 2:15: 'o,:` LOAD: 4;: SEISMIC N -S 67. JOINT . LOAD 68 "3 6 ;12 FX 2 .15 69 :PERFORONALYSIS, PROBLEM S TAT I .. S : T ., I C S NUMBER. OF. JOINTS /MEMBER +ELEMENTS /SUPPORTS 12/ 12/ ORIGINAL /FINAL BAND-WIDTH = 6/ .3 TOTAL PRIMARY LOAD CASES = 4, TOTAL DEGREES OF FREEDOM = SIZE. OF STIFFNESS MATRIX = 1260 DOUBLE PREC: WORDS REQRD /AVAIL. DISK SPACE = 12.03/ 338.0 MB, EXMEM = 1165.1 MB Processing Element Stiffness Matrix. Processing Global Stiffness Matrix. Processing Triangular Factorization. Calculating Joint Displacements. Calculating Member Forces. - 0. PRINT ANALYSIS RESULTS 15:14 :41 15:14:41 15:14:42 15:14:42 15:14:42 -7`pAGD.0o^' • • • • • • • SOUTHCENEli MALL-SEARS ENTRAM6E '.JOINT DISPLACEMENT (INCH RADIANS) �� TYPE 4 SPACE. JOINT LOAD 3 X -TRANS Y -TRANS 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.07196 0.00000 0..10252 0.00000 0.13322 0.00000 0.25210 U^OOOV0 0.00000 0.00000 ' 0.00000 0.00000 0.07196 0.00000 0.15653 0.00000 0.13322 0.00000 0.30698 7 1 0.00000 2 0.00000 3 0.00000 4 0.00000 8 1 0,00000 2 0.07155 3 0.00000 4 0.10205 9 1 0.00000 2 0.08756 3 0.00000 4 0.15409 10 1 0.00000 2 0.00000 3 0.00000 4 0.00000 11 1 0.00000 2 0.07155 3 0.00000 4 0.15646 12 1 0.00000 2 0.08756 3 0.00000 4 0.27489 2 3 _4 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 O'OOO25 0.00039 0.00124 O'OOV72 0'OOO49 0.00039 0.00243 O.O0D?4 0.00000 O'nOOOU O'OOUOU 0.00000 - 0.0UO25 0.00039 - U'pOl24 0.00099 - O.VOV49 U'O0U39 - 0.00243 0.00097 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 - O.OVO39 O'O0l24 - O.0UO?2 0.00049 - O'OOU39 0.00243 -0.00074 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -O.00D25 -O'O0039 -0.00124 -O.8U099 -U.OUU49 - U.O0U39 -O.Un243 -O.00O97 Z , X Y Z 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.14796 0.00000 U'55973 O'Ol745 0.20369 0.00000 U'8393V 0.02306 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 O'13454 0.00000 0'55973 0.01745 0.20354 0.00000 0.83930 0.02306 U'OOOOO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.14796 0.00000 0.55973 -0.Ol745 0.20369 0.00000 0.83930 -O.O23O6 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.13454 0.00000 O,559?3 -0.01745 0.20354 0.00000 0.83930 -8'O23U6 0.00000 . 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00083 0.00000 0.00352 0.00008 0.00007 0.00000 O'0O056 0.00001 0.00000 0.00006 0'0OOoO 0.00000 u'nOOO5 0.00000 0.00352 o'00008 V'0VOlG 0.00000 0.00056 0.00001 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 O'UO003 0.00000 O'00352 - U'OOVU8 0.00007 0.00000 D'0UO56 -D'U0UOl 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00085 0.00000 0.00352 -O,ODOU8 0.00016 0.00000 0.00056 - O.00VOl 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00015 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00015 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 0.00000 0.00000 ` 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00054 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00025 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0,00054 0.00000 0.00000 D'0OODU 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.UOO27 0.00000 -O'OOO5l O'OOOOO - O.00O55 0.00000 - O'nOl50 O'O00VV 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - O'OOO27 0.00000 -0.00056 0.00000 - 0.00055 O'OUOOO - 0'00l49 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -O.0U0l3 0.00000 - 0.00021 0.00000 - 0.00013 0.00000 - 0.00057 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -O.UUOl3 0.00000 - O.00O48 0.00000 - 0.00013 0.00000 -0.00108 - 1 ,.. 11; - 1.71.` -5 .;49 - 3 1' 11, -1.71 5.49 - 4.39 -1 1.71 5.49... 3.18 1.71 4.39 1. 0;15. ': :: , .; -2 15 -0 16 -1:01 0.00 2.'15 ...., 0.16: -0.'50 0.0.0. _ 15 0.16. 0: 0 0 0.00, 0:00 0.00 ; '. 0.00 0.00: 0.00 0.00..':. -. SUPPORT REACTIONS - UNIT KIP `' FEET STRUCTURE TYPE.., : SPACE 0.00 0.00 0 .0 0 ' 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 '. 0.00 0 :00. 0.00 0.00 -' PAGE:: NO : : JOINT - LOAD FORCE -X FORCE.Y' FORCE Z mom-x• MOM -Y MOM. 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0:00 ; : 0.00 .. 0 : 0:00 :0. 0 0 : ,> 0.00 ,' ,1 ' MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = .SPACE' ALL - UNITS ARE KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD JT, AXIAL' SHEAR -Y. SHEAR -Z` TORSION `MOM -Y MOM -Z 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.31 0.0,0 0.00 0.00 20.53 - 1.11: 0.00 -1.01 0.00 0:00 0.00 :., 1.11 0.00 0.34. 0.00 8.79 0.0.0 - 1.71 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.71 -0.41 0:00 0.0.0 8:31: - 5:49. 0..00 -2.15 0.:00 0`..00 0.0.0 0.00 2.15 0.00 23.65 :.' : ,0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00, :. 0..00 1.71 8..89 -1.11 0.00 -0.34 0.00. 8.74: 0:00 1.11 0.00 -0.50 > 0.00 7.88: 0.00: 0..00 1.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.44 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 - 5.49 0.00 2.15 0..00 23.65 .;. 0.00 5.49 0.00 2.15 0.00 46.23 0.00'. -0.10 2.24 0.00 -0.76 -0.85 23.45 0.10 -2.24. 0.00 0.76 .' 0.85,. 0.07,. 1.11 0.00 -0.50. 0.00 0.00 - 1.11 0.00 0.50 0.00 5.52 - 1.71 0.96 0.00. 0.00 0.00 1.71 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.49 0.00 -2.15 0.00 0.00 - 5.49 0.00 2.15 0.00 23.65 - 4.39 1.87 -0.16 0.00 0.00 4.39. . -1.87 0.16 ' 0.00 1.7.1 1.11 0.00 ' -0.50 0.00 -5.52 0.00 6 -1.11 0.00 0.50 0.00 10.79 ' 0.00 5 0.00 1.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 9.44 6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5 5.49 0.00 -2.15 0.00 -23.65 0.00 6 -5.49 0.00 2.15 0.00 46.23 0.00 5 0.10 2,06 0.00 -0.76 -0.85 21.70 6 -0.10 -2.06 0.00 0.76 0.85 -0.07 5 1 7 -1.11 0.00 -1.01 0.00 0.00 ' 0,00 8 1.11 0.00 0.34 0.00 8.74 0.00 2 7 1.71 1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 ' -1.71 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.66 3 7 -5.49 0.00 -2.15 0,00. 0.00 ' 0.00 8 5.49 .0.00 2,15 0,00 23.65 0.00' 4 7 3.18 ' 1.68 0.16 0.00 0.00 0,00 8 -3,18 -1.68 -0.16 0.00 ' -1.71 .18.48 ' MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP . FEET " _z• • MEMBER : LOAD 'JT : SNKAR . .74 SHEAR- : TORB I ON: .1, MOW-T . • • . 8 -1.11 0.00 -0.34 0.00 -8.74 , 0.00 ' 9 1.11 0.00 -0.50 0.00 7.88 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.15 0.00 723.65 0.00 , 9 5.49 0.00 2.15 0.00 46.22 0.00 0.25 0.00 -2.09 0.85 . 5.57 -0.25 0.00 2.09 i -0.85 -2.96 1 10 1.11 0.00 -0.50 0.00 0.00 11 -1.11 0.00 0.50 0.00 5.52 0.00 2 10 1.71 1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 -1.71 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.66 3 10 5.49 0.00 -2.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 -5.49 . 0.00 2.15 0.00 23.65 0.00 4 10 4.39 2.10 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 11 -4.39 -2.10 -0.16 0.00 -1.71 23.05 11 1.11 0.00 -0.50 0.00 -5.52 0.00 12 -1.11 0.00 0.50 0.00 10.79 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 5.49 0.00 -2.15 0.00 -23.65 0.00 12 -5.49 0.00 2.15 0.00 46.22 0.00 11 -0.10 1.90 0.00 -2.09 0.85 17.01 12 0.10 -1.90 0.00 2.09 -0.85 2.96 3 0.50 -1.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 -7.88 6 -0.50 1.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 -10.79 2 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 3 0.00 -5.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 -46.23 6 0.00 5.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 -46.23 4 3 0.00 -0.10 0.09 -0.07 -0.76 -0.85 6 0.00 0.10 -0.09 0.07 -0.76 -0.85 , MOM _Z 10 1 9 0.50 -1.11 0,00 0.00 0.00 -7.88 12 -0.50 1.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 -10.79 2 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 9 0.00 -5.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 -46.23 12 0.00 5.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 -46.23 4 9 0.00 0.10 0.25 2.96 -2.09 0.85 12 0.00 - 0.10 -0.25 -2.96 -2.09 0.85 11 1 2 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SOUTHCENTER: : ENTRANCE "'UNITr"INCHES .KIP :PARAMETER CODE'`AISC 74 FYLD 46 ALL 75. 'CHECK'. CODE ALL ;. 0.00 0.00 0:00 0:00 0.0 0.00 1.29 1.7.1 0.00 -1: 1.71.. 0.00 .. 0:00 0.00 0.00 0 0:00: 0.00 0.19 -4.49 -0.16 - 4.49 0 0.0 0.00:: 0.00 0.00 0.86 .::; 0.86 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00. 0.00. 0.00: 0.86;.. -0'". 86 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * END :OF LATEST' ANALYSIS .RESULT * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 0::00 0.00 0.76 2.09: ; „ . • • • ENTRANCE •. „. -•'•••‘•• •• • - . . • , . •••• •-•'• • ••"- STAAD :;CHECKING :2.-'. (AISC) " ;••••'••:•••1*.. •••• ;*:•••••••*:. • • • • . , • . - ALL 'UNITS ARE - KIP : INCH (UNLESS' OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER . TABLE 1 RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/ . LOADING/ MZ LOCATION'. ==== • 1 2 ST TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- H2-1 2 : ST- TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- H2'-1 6.239 • 3 . • ; ,"." „ . • • • . • • . ST •: T081401406 ' PASS •:AISC-; 112 ' 0.127 3 ST TUB ,1401406, PASS • H2-1 0.239 •• • 3 5.49 ;T -554':70 ST TUB 1401406 • '••••1).As •;•.•,•4.39.0 20.1'49 7276..64 132 00 • ST TUB 1401406 PASS •i• • 0:239. OUTHCENTER :MALL - SEARS'. ENTRANCE ALL UNITS ARE - KIP INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) TUB 2001206 PASS, ' AISC- 'H2 -1`'. 0.00 T•..' 0.00 . .. T TUB 2001206 PASS AISC- 112-1 0.00 T 0.00 , TUB .:2001206 '.`PASS: AISC H1 -3., 1.43: C 9.07. TUB 2001206 PASS AISC - 111-3 0.19 C 9.07 `MEMBER TABLE' RESULT /•" CRITICAL COND /• RATIO /;' ,LOADING/ ;' MZ _ ':LOCATION:::',' ___________ _= = = = =a = = = = am == == _=== == r = == = == = = == = * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** END`, OF .STAAD III : * * * * * **. *, * * * *a* * * ** DATE= APR 13,1999 TIME= `15:19.:92 * * ** :****:**************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * *. *' * * * * * * * * *....` FOR QUESTIONS REGARDING; THIS •VERSION,OF PROGRAM RESEARCH.. ENGINEERS, Inc at Ph:•(714) 974 -2500 Fax (714) -2543 '; * * ar************************ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** PAGE 559.70 0.00 0.157 -554 70::` 0.00 0...116, -388 06:. ' 0.00..: 0. -506 .:77 0:,00 , • ,• • • ••• SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • . . . „.. . , -,"ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • • ' . • '• " .. • . . . ;.. • , Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. j°b N° 98160 Part WEST ENTRANCE • 2 Software licensed to demo user Job Title SOUTHCENTER MALL Client MITHUN PARTNERS Ref Sheet No B y PJK Dat°12-APR-99 Chd Pile West Entrance.std . I Date/Time 12-Apr- Whole Structure ke.(e vtne ke 6 Print Time/Dale: 12/04/1999 1136 STAAD/Pro Release 1.6 199913:32 • Print Run 1 fit 1. * * * STAAD/Pro STAAD-III Revision 2.0 * Proprietary Program of RESEARCH. ENGINEERS,: Inc. * Date= APR 13, 1999 *`. Time= 14:50: 3 USER-'ID: Authorized User *.****************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 1 STAAD SPACE SOUTHCENTER MALL-WEST ENTRANCE 2. • START JOB ;INFORMATION 3 • JOB:, NAME SOUTHCENTER MALL 4 2 JOB CLIENT MITHUN PARTNERS 5 J OB NO 98160 6 • JOB. PART'. WEST ENTRANCE 7. ENGINEER: NAME PJK 8.' ENGINEER DATE 12-APR 99;., 9. END JOB. INFORMATION_' 10. INPUT WIDTH 79 11. UNIT.; FEET KIP 12. 'JOINT :COORDINATES 1 l 20:. B 5.000 21.. 9 5.000 22:: 10 5.000 23 11 40.000, 24. 12 40.000, 25. 13, 40.000 26. 14 _ 40.000 27. 15 40.000 28. 16 45.000 29. 17 45.000 30. 18' 45.000 31. 19 45.000 32. 20 45.000 33. ' 21 22.500 34. 22 22.500 35. MEMBER INCIDENCES 36. 1 '1 37. 2 2 38. 3 39. 4 40. 5 41. 6 0.000 0,.000 .0.000 0..000 0.000,• 5.000 5.000 0.000. 8.000 16.000 25.000 31.000. 0.000 8.000 16.000 25.000 31.000 0.000 8.000 16.000 , 25.000 31.000 0.000 8.000 16.000 25.000 31.000 31.000 25.000" 0.000, 0.000. 0.000. 0.000: 11 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.'000 0. 000, 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.,000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3 4 6 7 3 4 5 7 8 SOUTHCENTER' :MALL - .WEST. ENTRANCE PAGE NO.. 42 r; 43 49 9 11.. '12,', 13.:.:: 46 11. 13 14 12: • 14 15, : ~;. 1.6 17 :' .. . 99 4' 17 18 50 15. 18,. : : : 19 51 .16 : 19 20 10 18" 10. 21 19;' 15; 21 55 20 15': 2 21:. 12 16 12 14 .. 18 9.:. 21. . :14::; 21 9 22' 97 48 53 54 5 6; 57. 58 .. 59:;. 62' ;: 63 64. 65. 66. 67 , ;' 32.. 68. .. 33 69 34 70. " 35 71 36 72.; 37'. 7 4 . '.. 39 75. SUPPORTS 76. 1 3 6 8 11 13 16 18. PINNED" :77. MEMBER. PROPERTY AMERICAN 78.'..1 TO 16 :TABLE •ST TUB1401406 79. 17. TO 23 38 39 TABLE ST :TUB140606 80. 24 TO 35. TABLE ST'TUB60303 81. 36 37 TABLE ST TUB60603 82. UNIT INCHES KIP 83. CONSTANTS 84. E 29000 ALL 85. POISSON 0.3 ALL 86. DENSITY 0.000283 ALL 87. ALPHA 6.5E -006 ALL 88. BETA 90 MEMB 17 TO 21 23 38 39 89. MEMBER, RELEASE 90. 1"5 9 13 17 38 39 START MX MY MZ KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 91. 4 8 12 16 20 END MX MY MZ KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 92. MEMBER TRUSS 93. 21 TO 37 94. UNIT FEET KIP 95. LOAD 1 WIND N -S 96. MEMBER LOAD 97. .1 5 9 13 UNI CZ -0.065 'SOUTHCENTER'MALL -WEST. ENTRANCE 6.'10;14:UNI GZ 70.065:0 99 2 6 �10 14 UNI' GZ -0 :085 .2,; GZ 0.085 0:; 8 101. 17 TO .21:23' 38 39: ,UNI GZ 102' ':LOAD: 2- SEISMIC N S . ;: 1,03 'JOINT.. LOAD • 2,104 MEMBER :LOAD 105 17 :TO 20,UNI GZ -0.2, 1'06 :'`LOAD. 3 SEISMIC. E -W '107 JOINT LOAD .511(t :, , '109 PERFORM.ANALYSIS NUMBER OF JOINTS /MEMBER +ELEMENTS /SUPPORTS = 22/ 39/ 8 ORIGINAL /FINAL BAND- WIDTH = 13/ 4 TOTAL PRIMARY LOAD CASES = 3, TOTAL DEGREES OF FREEDOM =. 108 SIZE OF STIFFNESS MATRIX = 3240 DOUBLE PREC. :WORDS REQRD /AVAIL. DISK SPACE = 12.08/ 338.5 MB, EXMEM = 1168.1 MB . ++:.Processing Element. Stiffness. Matrix. +:,,.Processing..Global Stiffness Matrix: ++.Processing_ Triangular Factorization.: ** *WARNING - `IMPROPER LOAD WILL `CAUSE : INSTABILITY , D =:MX PROBABLE CAUSE'MODELING . PROBLEM + +Calculating Joint Displacements'. +:,Calculating Member' 110..PRINT ANALYSIS 'RESULTS 14:50: 4 14:50: 4 14:50: 4 ` ' , ` �' ooOrKDNTOR MALL-WEST ENTRANCE': ' ` . ` � ` JOINT LOAD X-TRANS Y-rmxmaa Z-TRANS X-monAmv Y-ROTAN m zoez���omx�r z��o '� �.� � RADIANS) ` STRUCTURE TYPE SPACE 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 ` 0.00000 0,00000 0,00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 . 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 1 O.00000 0.00000 '0.01895 0,00008 0.00000 0.00000 �� 0.00000 0.00000 0.03332 0.00010 0.00000 0,00000 -0,00228 0.00000 0'00000 0,00000 0.00000 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 _0,00061 8,00000 ` 0.00000 U.00OOO. 0,00000 0.00000 -0,00091 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 'O,DVODn 0.00000 0,00000 0.00000 -0,00011 0.00000 0.00000 -0'1I279 -0'00132 .0.00000 0.00000 O'00V0O� O OOD00 -0.16488 -0.00197 O OOOOO 0.00000 ' . � ' 0.02000 0,00062 0.00000 0^00000 0'00000 -0 0.00000 0.00000 -0'21408 0'00000 0'00000 0'00000 O.UUOOO. 0.00000 -0.3I723 0,00000 0.00000 0.00000 3' 0,03020 .0,00104 0 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 ' 0.000O0 0.00000 0,00000 0.00000 0.00000 O 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0'00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0,00000 1 0.00000 0.00000 0,03837 0'000I4 0.00000 0,00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.07232 0.00023 0.00000 0.00000 3 -0.00200 0.00000 0,00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00002 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00115 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0,00008 0.00000 -0,00203 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -O.OV011 9 l 0.00000 8.00000 -0,20629 -0.00234 0.00000 0.00000 2 0,00000 0.00000 -0.36897 -0.00441 0.00000 0'00000 3 0.02015 -0,00144 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0,00017 10 1 0.00000 0.00000 '-0,38124 0.00000 0.00270 0.00000 ' 2 0.00000 0.00000 -0,70987 0.00000 0.0064I 0,00000 3 0.02925 -0,00143 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00003 11 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0,00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.80008 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 12 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.03837 0.00014 0.00000 0.00000 2 0,00000 0,00000 0,07232 0.00023 0.00000 0,00000 3 -0.00203 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0'00002 13 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0,00115 0 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00203 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0,00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00011 14 1 0.00000 0.00000 -0.20629 -0.00234 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 -U.36897 -0.OU44l 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.01927 0,00114 0.00000 0.00000 0,00000 -0.00014 15 1 0.00000 8.00000 -0.38124 0.00000 -0.00270 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 -0.70987 0.00000 -0.00641 0.00000 3 0.02543 0.00114 0.00800 0.00000 0.00000 -0,00002 16 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 NO • „., ‘, JOINT DISPLACEMENT. (INCH RADIANS): STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE • , • . : • • . 4 JOINT ' LOAD • XTRANS : Y -TRANS Z-TRANS -X-RoTAN Y4ROTAN Z."ROTAN::: SOI/THCENTER MALL-WEST: ENTRANCE 7, • 2 3 22 ‘ ..1 ' - 3 6.00000 - 0.000002 0.01895 0.00008 0.00000 0.00000 . 0.03232 0.00010 -.0.00231 6.60000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 . 0.00000 -0.00061 0:00000 0.00000 0:00000 -0.00091 0. 00000 o . 000Oo' 0.00000 0.00000 0. 00000 0.00000 -0 .11279 -0.00132 0.00000. 0.06000 -0.16488 -0:00197 0.01908 70.00035 0:00006 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.21408 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0:31723 0.00000 0.02528 -0.00058 - 0.00000 ' 0.00000 1 0..00000 0:00000 --0.71643 0.00000 6.00000 0:00000 . -1.52443 0.00000 0.02569 0.00103 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 . 0.00000 -0.45964 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 .-0.36897 0.00000 0:01971 , 0.00103 0.00000 0.00000 • 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00011 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00014 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00001 • ' • • ' .JOINT LOAD FORCE -X FORCE -Y ;: FORCE =Z MOM =X MOM -Y ' MOM Z ,`,' 0.00 0.00 -0.47* 0.00' 0'.00 0.00:'`: 0.00 0.00 -1.30 0:00 0.00 0.00 0.48 072 0.00 0.00 : 0.00 :0.00... 0 .00 . 0 : : , 3 ".28 0 00 0.00 0.00. 0' .00 0.0 0. 2.69 0.00 0.00 0'.00 3.6 ` -9.58 ` 0.00 : 0.00 0..00 ', . 0.00 0.00. 0.00: - 1.25.. 0:00 .:. 0.00 0.00 '0.00 :' 0.00 - 2.92. : 0 00 0.00 '0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 . 0'.00 .0.00 '. 0.00. "0.00 5.41 0.00 0:00 0.00; 0 0:00:' 6.03 0.00 .:. '; 0.00:, 0.00' 1.22" 7.75' 0.00 0 00 0.00 .0.00 ::•': 0:00 0.00 -1.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00- -2.92 0.00 `. 0.00 0.00 0.01 0..00 ':0.00 0.00 0.00 0 ''. 0.00 0.00 5.91 0.00 0.00 0.00; 0.00 0.00. 6..03 0.00 .: 0.00 0.00': ' -1.30 6.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 '.•0.00. 0.00 .. 0.00 ". -0.47 0.00 ''.0.00 :: :0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.30 .. 0.00 0.00 .,: 0.00; 0.49 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 .. 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.28 0.00 0.00 0 '^ . 0.00 0.00` 2.69 0.00 0.00 0 .00 3'.77. 7.99. 0.00 .0 . 0.00:: 0.00 ; MEMBER END FORCE SO MEMBER LOAD 6 AXIAL 'SHiAR .SHEik+ C. . „ 2 1 2 0.00 0.00 -0.99 , 0.00 -5.82 0.00 .' 0.00 16.17 ' 0.00, 2 2 0.00 0.00 -1.30 0.00 -10.42 0.00 20.85 . .0.00 0.00 - - 1 ' " 0.00. 0.00 0.00 -3.80 , 3 1 3 0.00 , 0.00 1.65 0.00 -16.17 , 0.00 4 0.00 0.00 -0.97 0.00 4.72 0.00 0.00 1.39 0.00 -20.85 0.00 4 0.00 0.00 -1.39 0.00 8.34 0.00 0.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 " 3.80 -0.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.01 0.00 0.79 0.00 -4.72 , - 5 0.00 0.00 -0.79 0.00 0.00 '4 0.00 0.00 1.39 0.00 0.00 5 0.00 0.00 -1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 -3.36 -0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.01 5 3.36 0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 0.00 0.00 -1.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 1.77 0.00 ' 12.09 0.00 2 6 0.00 0.00 -2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 - 0.00 2.92 0.00 23.33 0.00 3 6 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.06 6 1 7 0.00 0.00 -1.77 0.00 -12.09 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 2.41 0.00 28.69 0.00 2 7 0.00 0.00 -2,92 0.00 -23.33 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 2.92 0.00 46.65 0.00 3 7 0.00 -0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.06 8 0,00 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 -4.03 7 1 8 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 -28.69 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 -2.32 0.00 5.13 0.00 • . " .• • • 1.• • • • STkUOTUXE:TYPE.SPACX, 1 0.00 0.00 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 0.00 0.00 0.99 0.00 5.82 0.00 , 2 0.00 0.00 1.30 0.00 10.42 0.00 ALL UNITS ARE -. KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD JT. AXIAL'. SHEAR -Y SHEAR -Z TORSION : MOM-Y MOM -Z 0.00 0:00 3.11: 0.00 .46.65 0:00 0.00 0.00 3.11 0..00 ;: . 18',66 0..00 7.75 0.72 0:00.. 0.00. 0.00. 4.03• _7.75 -0.72 0.00: 0.00 0.00 2-.46•_ 9 :.•. 0.00 0.00 0.86. 0.00. -5,13 0.00' 10 0.00 0.00. 0.86 0.00. 0.00. 0.00,...• 9 0.00 0.00'. 3.11 0`.00 -18.66 0.00 10 ` ... 0.00 0.00: -3.11. 0.00. 0.00. 0.00,: 9 0.04: 0.41 0.00 0:00 0..00 2..46 0.04: 0.41; ,. 0.00 0.00. 0.00`; 0,00 0.00 0.00 -1.25 0.00 0.00 0.00... 12 0.00 0.00 1.77 0.00 12.09 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 -2.92 0,00 : :. 0.00 0.00. 12 0..00 0.00 2.92 0.00 23.33 0.00,•`' 11 0.00. 0.01:. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00, 12 0.00: 0:01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 ". 12.',' '` , 0.00 0.00 1.77. 0.00. 12.09.• 13 0.00 0.00.. 2.41' 0.00`. 28.69 12 '. 0:00' 0.00 -2.92 0.00 23.33. .13 .. 0.00 0.00 2.`92 ' 0.00 .. .. 46.65 .. 12 0.00 -0.50 0.00' 0..00 0.00. 13 ,. 0.00 0,.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 13. 0:00: 0.00 3.00 0.00 28.`69 14 0.00 0.00 -2.32. 0.00 5.13 13, 0.00 0.00. 3.11 0.00 46.65- 14 0.00 0.00 -3.11 0,00 18.66 13 6.16. 0.81 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 6.16 -0.81 0.00 0.00 0.00. 14 14 15. 14 15 0.00 0.00, 0.00 0.00. 0.01 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.54 0.54 0.86 -0.86 3.11 -3.11' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 .0.00 0.00 0:00 -5.13 0.00 -18.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 -3.23 0.00 16 0.00 0.00 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 '0.00 0.00 0.99 0.00 5.82 0.00 16 0.00 0.00 ' -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 0.00 ' 0.00 1.30 0.00 10.42 0.00 16 0.00' -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 . 0,00 0.03 0.00 0,00 0.00 -0.23 14 1 17 0.00' 0.00 -0.99 0.00 ' - 5.82 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 1.63 0.00 16.17 0.00 : MALL-WE : ENTRANCE MEMBER END FORCES . STRUCTURE TYPE = SOA6E. ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z TORSION MOM-Z 17 0.00 0.00 -1.30 0.00 0.00 1.30 0.00 20.85 0.00 0.00 -0.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.23 18 0.00 0.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 -3.88 18 0.00 0.00 1.65 0.00 -16.17 0.00 , 0.00 -0.97 0.00 4.72 0.00 18 , 0.00 0.00 1.39 0.00 19 0.00 0.00 -1.39 0.00 8.34 0.00 0.00 19 ' -1.87 -0.78 0.00 0.00 19 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.00 -4.72 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 -0.79 0.00 0.00 19 0.00 0.00 1.39 0.00 -8.34 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 -1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 19 1.87 -0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 -1.87 0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5 0.00 0.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 5 0.00 1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.45 5 6 51 0.00 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 -6.51 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.14 0.00 0.00 1.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 -3.02 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14.20 2 10 0.00 3.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 -4.45 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.07 3 10 6.92 0.00 0.01 0.00. -0.14 0.00 21 -6.92. 0.00 -0.01 0.00 -0.04 0.00 19 1 15 0.00 -1.28 0.00' 0.00 0.00 3.02 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -14.20 2 15 0.00 -3.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.45 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -35.07 3 15 0.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.00 21 -0.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.04 0.00 20 1 15 0.00 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 -3.02 20 0.00 0.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 15 0.00 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 -4.45 20 0,00 1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 15 1.05 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.05 0.00 20 -1.05 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 1 4 0.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 800THCENTER:MALL-WSV.ENTRAkE 26 MEMBER END 'FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE • ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y. SHEAR- Z TORSION 25 1 13 0.00 0.00 • MOM MOM 2 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 0.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19 0.00 0.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19 -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 V 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 V 0.00 0.00 18 V 0.00 V 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 13 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 13 0.00 0.00 0.00, 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 2 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7. 0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 27 1 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 12 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 12 0.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 17 -0.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 28 1 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 r• SOUTHCENTER MALL-WEST ENTRANCE.:. :.?:MEMBEREND FORCES, . . - STRUCTURE TYPE := SPACE: , UNITS ARE KIP FEET. MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-i',SHEARL MOM7Y 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 o.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 •0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 12 -0.86 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16 0.86 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 12 -0.86 0.00 0.00 18 0.86 0.00 0.00 34 1 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0,00 0,00 3 14 6.16 0.00 0.00 18 -6,16 0.00 0.00 0.00 •0.00 2 . '.5 ' 000 : 0.00 9 0.00 . 0.00 5'. 4.41 0.00 9 -4.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35 1 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 o.00 0.00 MOM -Z 0. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 - . MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = 'SPACE - MEMBER LOAD : JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z TORSION MOM-Y MOM-Z 9 .0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 .21, 0.00 0.00 o.00. 0.00 • 0.00 0.00 2 9 0.00 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 2, o 00 0 00 0 Oo o:00 21 - 3.37 0.0 0 .0 0 oo o oo 0.00.. o.00 0.00 „ 37 1 14. .: 0.00 o.00 -0,O0 0.00 o.00 • 0.60 o.00 o.00 1 9 0.00 ' 1.28 6.00 o:oo 22 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00' 2 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 --.PAGE 'NO. 20 0.00 '0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 -2.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 000 000 000 000 0 . 00 0 . 00 000 000 p.00 0.00 .0.00 0.00 22 -0.85 '0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.02 0.00 39 1 14 0.00 -1.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0..00 -11.18 2 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14 0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 ' 0.00 G.00 0:00 -0.02 0.00 END OF LATEST ANALYSIS RESULT 111. UNIT INCHES KIP 112. PARAMETER 113. CODE AISC 114. FYLD 46 ALL 115. CHECK CODE ALL * * * * * * * * * SOUTHCENTER MALL-WEST ENTRANCE STAAD-III CODE.: CHECKING UNITS ARE - KIP INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER TABLE . • ' • ' RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/ LOADING/ FX MY MZ LOCATION 1 T TUB 1901906 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.052 2 0.00 96.00 2 ST TUB 1401906 PASS AISC- 1I1-3 3 ST TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.00 96.00 0.103 2 0.00 o:oo. 4 ST TUB 1401406 ,' PASS , AISC- H173 , 0.091 2 . , 0.00 C -100.07 ' 0.00 ' - 0.00 5 '- ST TUB 1901406 PASS ' AISC- H1-3 0.115 2 ' ••• ; " 0.00 C -279:91 0.00 96.00 6 ST' ' TUB 1401906 PASS AISC- 0.231 • 0.00 96.00 ". 7 ST TUB 1401406 . PASS AISC- H1-3 0.231 0.00 C '-559.82 0.00 8 ST TUB. 1401406 PASS 0.092 0.00 0.00 . .•• • ' • . , • •. • „ PAGE SOUTHCENTER MALL-WEST ENTRANCE -•, ' , ". •- , ' • „- ALL UNITS ARE - KIP ' INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER TABLE RESULT/ CRITICAL" COND/ RATIO/ LOADING/ MZ LOCATION ...• . • • = ===== • . ' , „ : 9 ST ' TUB 1401406 PASS - AISC- H1-3 .0.115 2 10 ., ST TUB .1401406 ' ',PASS • . 11 ST TUB 1401406 '• PASS or.00 C • : 12 ST TUB 1401406 PASS 13 V ST . • , . TUE'. 1401406 . PASS 14 ST TUB 14014 : PASS 0.00 C 15 ST • PASS' .........' 66 16 ST TUB 1401406 -PASS'" 18 'ST TUB 140606 AISC- H1-3 0.231 2 0.00 V VVV 96.00 AISC- H1-3 0 . 231 2 -559'. 82 000 , 0 00 H1; 0.092 2 AISC- H1-3 AISC- H1-3 - 250 18 • AISC- H1-3 - 250.18 0.00 96.00 0.103 2 0.00 96.00 0.103 2 0.00 0.00 AISC-- H1-73 000 000 17 ST TUB '140606. PASS , H1-3 0 037 2 9 60 00 89 21 ALL WITS'ARB- KIP INCH,(UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER TABLE ' RESULT/ :CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/. LOADING/ ,.. : MY ME: LOCATION == == === ====== TUB 140606 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.317 000C 0.00 420.89 ST TUB 140606 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.037 0.00 C 0.00 -53.39 0.003 0.00 22 ST TUB 140606 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.000 000C 0.00 0.00 23 ST TUB 140606 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.004 000 000 • , 24 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.000 000C 0.00 0.00 25 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.000 0.00 C 0.00 0.00 26 ST TUB 60303 PASS TENSION 0.005 0.00 0.00 27 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.006 0.00 0.00 28 'ST TUB 60303 PASS ' AISC- H1-3 0.017 085C 0.00 0.00 29 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.017 0.85 C 0.00 0.00 30 ST TUB 60303 PASS TENSION 0.073 6.29 T 0.00 0.00 31 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.075 4.41 C 0.00 0.00 32 ST TUB 60303 PASS TENSION 0.010 0.86 T 0.00 0.00 33 ST TUB 60303 PASS TENSION 0.010 0.86 T 0.00 0.00 34 ST TUB 60303 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.136 6.16 C 0.00 0.00 35 ST TUB 60303 PASS TENSION 0.028 2.45 T 0.00 0.00 36 ST TUB 60603 PASS TENSION 0.029 3.37 T 0.00 0.00 37 'ST TUB 60603 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.051 3.41 C 0.00 0.00 OUTHCENTER MALL-WEST ENTRANCE 21 ST TUB 140606 . • PASS TENSION 2 210.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 0.00 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00 3 0.00. 3 0.00 •Y'' "- '.'-', ilEMEIEN''': :„...i' === ==== .; 1 .' ..: ' . ':" ." : ... 2 ...' . :. .,....,.. '-' •.1....... ' ........: '. : . . ' .: ::.....: . • UNITS :ARE 7% KIP... - INCH ..' (UNLESS OTHERWISE : NOTED) TABLE RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/ ',.•-•.. '.. ,... . .,..-. .' • - ' - 606 AiSC7.7-H113.73 ......... :: . 134 '14 • .''''''.. ''''' • '..::;.:'..;.'f';::1''''''''''''....:::' 0.00 C 0.00 '',:.!Y,..: ." ' '' ' ' ' ' - _._..=____= ...._=, - .....; .7. 'a......=7:-.....:-.=====•;.,...: '. - .-'..•..:,--,',.,..,''::::..;',.• . . '.:if.:,.:.;,,:::.±:;;••••.-...:1...::::, ..:;....i.'...,. 38,...• .19 ...,. 1 ....,,, . ::. AISC7 0.00 ' 171.73 ,.,. :. .,..,..::: , . . , • — ' — ' ' . , _ .. , . . ... • ,, ... - • • , . -'-., – 116. FINISH 134 '.I.4 :• .,. ......3.1::!O. .. ,,:,. ... :, .:::- •'..::;:::"`;•.•'-::',.:'.;'-'''..':.1:‘,...'.....',...:.';'.:•:-......'''.:'''',...::...i,.......:.-1:::::'....:::''1;::'.'.TF.:'1.:...,:'•-..;-i-'..'.:.....‘j:.. ....'',•.... ''-.,. ', ',..-:::- ::.. ,';'::;:".,.. ..' :..",•.:...-.... .:',.....•••:.; .:'....:-':•:•.::-.:.:':...1.::,-,..:.,,•.:.';''...[..:‘;':•:'.....: "f:.....*::•:::,.';'-.:,E,..,....,,.:.:,;....•,:,;:;'..-:........-..:;,2: '... -p,.,,,,,,..:.,,,i,::::-,.!•*:;,•.:i.::,;',.,'::,.;:::::...;:••.....:....;.::'2...':''::.-.:::-;,-,:::::...‘;':;;',4,..*f..,A.,,,.?k.:*,:,:k:'.'.'.1D,,....,.:•,...,. ''' : ..•.:,".:'..•,.'.; .'....*:•.- •':.: .., ''. ‘,'...•'..::::::',...., '-:-,.:...;‘...•,:, .,.:4;',;',„-...-...••-••• ...'Z...:•.,:::,:.':.:......'-':'..:', ''..'''.*::.:::.'''',[..•:.:.:..:'.:::::.:1,:':'.'. '''...":.:.::-.'::',., ;.:::, ;:,.....-:., • !.4*5::'...:Y''PI2qE777...H..„.,-,, .,'...• -..,,y.:......H.-.,.. *44,..t*4..i.,*** ,..Hi,;.....,..:.::....::::,...,..*:ii::,:.;...,.:„...,:i.:-„,-.., .:., l'i::'.::''....::.....-'1:::::-..,::',:'.::'..,::---.:;',::::::::.i';',......::,',.:...:....-;:'..:;',-,:::',':',:r..:1.:,'1.:-.,:..•:•::`,..,-,.' ; :',.., :-. .,.....*,,,,,„,•..4.4.**+y r .l'k ** 44 ..... r. -.• PROGRAM , . , ::o ,- ; . . ,...;'•:.. '.....:1:'•-,,-; . -,..:':•:,.....: -.,,,..-..-:.., ....,':::.:. ..,,,.. . 4'.**i,;:., ; ;;'p; ; Itq6:. i ii ip, ii11SION.'. O E '':. ,1 ?R9, G ,„,......,.. , ..., :., .. : .. :„. , :..:. , ,..,..,,... ,... y,:.,,.,..m.,,,,,.,....,,..,, Inc . 'at * i : -IH : ' ; .. :-: ' : • : • - • • ...' • • ,:••..'..- .; .• ...''.::::.;..:...,...:::,,••••• ....:' • :: .:•:'''.;::',. :.2;; r'....' :' : . :',..: „..:::-•••• • c-•:-....::.-:.,.,*:•';:.....::::.:•;.:•::...,.:..:•?:::::;,.,,.•::.."-}.:,.........'•,:':'::::::.i-. ::: 7 14) :'.... 2 " 14 ?• 5 4,. ..?? ,,....„...,; * ',.•,,,,;'. * ,,,ii: ..,, .** ........4 k 7! * .'Y ' 7 -• •... - : ::::•.-:;':..: i :•: ....:...:*••;•••. :::::...,.. :: , . .,':....." ,:,,,•,...,: :: •;;:,...; :.-..:. .•,..; ,•;:•....••::.... :::.:.' - . , . ,.. , .::•,, •,,,,,.....:•••,.. •••• .,.. • .. . •.• . ' . ..... • • • . . ' , , , : .....,.: : ;12 : I,. : --, ' ."......:. : ..- - ' . - ••,... • .,,,, , ._. , _. • , ' , • : ' . • ; • . . ' • • ; • • . , • • • $OUTHCEN7ER':MALL-WEST, ENTRANCE , . • . . „ ; SOUTHCENTER MALL JTRANCE REMODEL AND RENOVATION. TUKEILA, WASHINGTON MITHUN PARTNERS ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS. INC. ONSULTING ENGINEERS • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA o rt wit OW: L. V k o k(; ;1.,, \/P c/a ( ANCY ( / V to C� 1 � x(D r SUBJECT: CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1 ' . SEATTLE , WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE ALASKA • PROJECT: WPE ( BY: umt, Vco\z ) ■c,(.40 6q,/ke,ki ( 0 -0 I -7.. 4.0 e)F- 7C) LAJ zt-C2 tt,‘ ( 6` ,Vco x u44-t c. (:),"? X ,c) 07; ki<-I u vki Trtkt *22 NC) )//%( 4 0 1e C I ((o rtt 2-5;0 ok I S '2. 0 k(, 2 4,a ),c I g, "'CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE. ALASKA AISC Code Checks : 9th Edition ASD • Shear Deformation: No P-Delta Effects : No Redesign : No Edge. Forces .A.S.I.F. 1 0.00 2: 16.00 • 3 40.00 4 0.00 5 16.00. 6 40.00 28.00 8 0.00 9 16.00 10 40.00 11 0.00 • 12 8.00 13 16.00 14 0.00 15 8.00 a500 Section Label brace bm col : No 1.333 Node Boundary Conditions No X-Coord Y-Coord X-dof Y-dof Rotation (ft) (ft) R 0.00 R R 0.00 R R 15.80 Material Elastic Label Modulus (Ksi) a36 29000.00 29000.00 Database Shape TU4X4X3 W18X55 W12X50 15.80. 15,80 . 15.80 25.75. 25.75 25.75 35.08 35:08 35.08 47.25 47.25 Poisson's Ratio 0.30000 0.30000 Matl. Set a500 a36 a36 Thermal Coefficient (F) 0.65000 0.65000 Area (in 2.77 16.20 14.70 Weight Density (K/ft3) 0.490 0.490 Moment of Inertia (in 6.590 890.000 394.000 1.20 1.20 1.20 Temp. (F) - 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 • . 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 Yield Stress (Fy) (Ksi)-- 36.000 46.000 As Y/Y Coef No Node Node Section 1 1- 4 Col 2 . .4 - 8 col • 3. 8 - 11 col 4 11,- 14 col 5 2- 5 col , 6, 5 --. 9 col 7 9' 7 13 col 8 3 - 6 ••••• - • . 9 6" - 10 col', ::•„: 10. , .4 - 5 bm 11 5- :7 bm 12 7- 6 bm . 13 '8 9 bm 14 9- 10 bm 15 11- 12 bm 16 12 - 13 bm .„ . 17 14 - .,15 bm 18 12 - 15 brace 19 4- 9 brace 20 7 - 10 brace - 21 7 - 9 brace 22 9 - 12 brace 23 12 - 14 brace Releases J • I J Unbraced Lengths No Node Node Lb-in. Lb-out , Lc (ft) (ft) (ft) 1 1 4 2 •4 8 3 8 •11 4 11.- 14 5 2 5 6 5- 9 7 9 - 13 8 3- 6 9 6 10 10 5 11 5 - 7 12 7 6 13 8 9 14 9 10 15 11 12 16 12 13 17 14 15 End Offsets xyz xyz Sec Sway I J Length (in)- 15.80 9.95 9.33 12.17 15.80 9.95 9.33 15.80 9.95 16.00 12.00 12.00 16.00 24.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 12.17 18.84 15.59 15.59 12.29 14.56 K Factors Bending Coefs In Out Cm Cb Nodal Loads,, Node Number I J Unbraced Lengths K Factors Bending.Coefs No Node Node Lb -in Lb -out Lc. In ': Out Cm Cb (ft) -- (ft) (ft) BLC Basic Load Case Load Totals No Description Nodal Point: Dist.: Load Combination Self Wt BLC BLC BLC BLC BLC W E No Description Dir Fac Fac Fac Fac Fac Fac DYNA S V 1 total Global : X Global Y Moment (K) (K) (K-ft)---- 5 .530 0.000 0..000 2.000 0..000 0.000 2.500 0.000 0.000 6.900 0.000 0.000. 1 1 Dynamic Analysis Data Number of modes (frequencies) 3 Basic Load Case for masses None BLC mass direction of action X only Acceleration of Gravity 32.20 ft /sec * *2 Load Combination is 1 total Nodal Displacements Node Global X Global Y Rotation (in) (in) (rad) 1 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00988 2 0.00000 - 0.00000 - 0.01011 3 0.00000 - 0.00000 - 0.00978 Load Combination io 1': total Reactions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Nodes No I J I- 4- 8- II- 2- S- 9_ 3- G- 4- 5- 7- 8- g- II- 4 8 11 14 5 9 13 6 10 5 7 6 9 10 12 Global X (in) 1.32181 1.32067 ' 1.31971 I,]22l6 1.35064� I.34804 . 1.34689 1.38059 1.38031 � 1.38022 ' 1.44493 1.44493 I 2 3 � Totals� Load Combination is 1 : total Member End Forces Axial (K) -17.97 -7,93 -7.93 -8.35 8.92 3.87 0.42 9.05 3.73 2.80 -4,88 8.00 6.36 1.88 1.37 Global X '(l{) ` -6,54956 -5.997I9 -5.38335 -16.93000 I-End Shear Moment (K) (}{-ft) 5.55 0.00 -3.30 -35.12 0.67 6.69 0.04 0.46 6.00 0.00 -I.68 -12.69 0.43 3.99 5.38 0.00 -3.61 -26.0I - 7.15 -62.56 -2,I0 -30,16 - 5.33 -4.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.42 0.00 Global ![ (in) 0.00799 -0.00397 -0.00403 0,00346 0.0102I - 0.00505 -0-.0 0.01230 - 0'00I29 _0^005I6� 0.01516 . �-0'00I29 Global Y (I{)' -17.97167 8.91747 9'05420 0.00000 J-End Axial Shear (K) (K) 17.97 -5.55 7.93 3.20 7.93 -0.67 8.35 -0.04 - 8.92 -6.00 -3.87 1.68 -0.42 -0.43 -9'05 -5.38 - 3.73 2.61 -2.80 7.15 4.88 2.10 -8.00 5.33 -6.36 0.00 -1.88 0.00 -1.37 -0,43 Rotation (rad) -0,00115 -0.00068' - O. O0I3I 0.00050 '�� 0.00000 `'� - 0.00013�'� 32 O.00 - 0.00042 -O,OOOOS _0^00037� - 0.00045 - 0'00044� Moment (lI-ft) O'DOOOO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 Moment (I{-ft)-- 87'G8 -6.S9 -0.46 -0.00 94,76 -3.99 0.00 85.06 -0.00 -51.91 4.90 -59.04 0.00 0.00 3,48 Nodes No I J 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 12- 14- 12- .4- 7- 7- 9- 12- 13 15 15 9 10 9 12 14 1 1 -. 4. 2 4= 8 3 8- 11 4 11- 14 5 2- 5 6 5- 9 7 9- 13 8 3- 6 9 6- 10 10 4- 5 11 5- 7 12 7- 6 13 8- 9 14 9- 10 15 11- 12 16 12- 13 17 14- 15 18 12- 15 19 4- 9 20 7- 10 21 7- 9 22 9- 12 23 12- 14 Axial (K) 0.43 - 0.00 -0.00 -5.47 - 5.84 10.89 9.89 10.00 Load Combination is 1 : total AISC Code Checks Nodes No I J Maximum 0 0.8102 0.2408 0.0825 0.0303 0.8597 0.1242 0.0359 0.7771 0.2382 0.4823 0.1844 0.3675 0.0359 0.0232 0.0240 0.0207 0.0000 0.0000 0.0715 0.0763 0.3871 0.2341 0.3103 I -End Shear Moment (K) (K ft) -0.42 -3.40 0.00 0.00 - 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 - 0.00 . 0.00 0.0566 0.2408' 0.0825 0.0303 0.0454 0.1242 0.0359 0.0461 0.2382 0.4823 0.1844 0.0615 0.0359 0.0232 0.0048 0.0207 0.0000 0.0000 0.0715 0.0763 0.3871 0.2341 0.3103 Member Quarter Points 1/4 1/2 3/4 J -End Axial Shear (K) (K) -0.43 0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.47 0.00 5.84 -0.00 -10.89 -0.00 -9.89 0.00 -10.00 .0.00 Moment (K -ft) -- 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 •. 0.00 L Shear 0.2450 0.4334 0.6218 0.8102 0.0854 0.1725 0.1042 0.0358 0.0825. 0.0492 0.0691 0.0557 0.0423 0.0290 0.0103 0.0293 0.0283 0.0273 0.0263 0.0006 0.2490 0.4526 0.6561 0.8597 0.0923 0.0884 0.0525 0.0167 0.0495 0.0258 0.0274 0.0188 0.0102 0.0016 0.0066 0.2288 0.4116 0.5943 0.7771 0.0829 0.1823 0.1264 0.0705 0.0146 0.0403 0.2689 0.0555 0.1895 0.4029 0.0703 0.1487 0.1130 0.0773 0.0416 0.0207 0.0964 0.1868 0.2771 0.3675 0.0524 0.0359 0.0359 0.0359 0.0359 0.0000 0.0232 0.0232 0.0232 0.0232 0.0000 0.0096 0.0144 0.0192 0.0240 0.0042 0.0159 0.0111 0.0063 0.0015 0.0042 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0715 0.0715 0.0715 0.0715 0.0000 0.0763 0.0763 0.0763 0.0763 0.0000 0.3871 0.3871 0.3871 0.3871 0.0000 0.2341 0.2341 0.2341 0.2341 0.0000 0.3103 0.3103 0.3103 0.3103 0.0000 center Mall` Renovatio 'ukwila, `fWashington :Supplemental ructural C alculation s •pa S1, to S 10 Prepared By: Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc 800 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3800 Seattle, Washington 98104 -3103 • . • .... ANDERSEN BJC*NSTAD KANE. jACOBS: INC.' . , • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 'ANCHORAGE, ALASkA ' &,4C1/ 44/in t)i('4 i JOB tt PROJECT: • SUBJECT: cy•..)0 t pj 0 1/2 j BY. SHEET # ZDD4 • okA) v `-'\-) -- 4D LAA se lA) /Ni 0 L/t.) 0 A.09 ■.?! A.:(._k-) r 4.5 J-70 kv ok6 A y2...( - ( 1 ' P113- ) D W 1 /)S1 .1■••••• 0H 3 I 7.9 1 - HS 3.1 DA1 12.137c 1 z I1.0.1 (Li s DATE (f:/ 50-t.tiller (7-1' CONSULTING ENGINEERS • .SEATTLE; .WASHINGTON • , ANCHORAGEf• ALASKA NDERSEN BJORNSTAD:.KANE CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE. WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA JOB # BY: A: SHEET .# 5 C c_ • Pnv 64 e-vt • s LL tP 4 _1 J j 1 1 .1 J rikA/ 3 .-3. 3 y- I 3 (?) 2. p 1 6, 3 3 `c- I 0 4 • VI 1 ) >c 1\4 • ,33 3. L& I Li S-e12 . L yl.A2D14- vvI 7 y cc) SL Detic.. 2 , / — CONSULTING ENGINEERS , • SEATTLE WASHINGTON '• - ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: t..4+ p tic( JOB DATE (4/314 SUBJEdT: BY SHEET # 5 (-1 7 : - • .•....:- • " \;--( . , • „ , . . „.. ' C. (:.friA ( LL v 9-5-0 (.4 al' 1 L 410\„ v 1 ? .6 •S • • 41, 30. I 12's 6. 33 3D, i, 0)C-/A-±j 6 41+:c1.: ynew.e.s.�x...n oe:�..«.�. .+rn.drMa1510414MITlP�S'%1. • Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 - 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 - 340 -2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN Ni C 'V 1 32.6 t w1 BEAM DATA Center Span Length - 24.00 ft Left Cantilever - 0.00 ft Right Cantilever - 0.00 ft Unbraced Length - 0.00 ft Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ks Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin Dead Load Live Load Distance To Start Distance To End Live Load @ Left - 0.32 klft, @ Right - 0.00 klft Start Location - 12.00 ft, End Location - 24.00 ft 1iV tT1_t St.3O■Ai AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area i Section Weight rT, y APPLIED LOADS Uniform Loads 0.08 klft 0.06 klft 0.09 klft ▪ 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 12.00 ft - 24.00 ft 12.00 ft 24.00 ft Trapezoidal Loads STEEL SECTION DATA • • w12x14 11.91 in lxx ▪ 0.200 in Iyy ▪ 3.97 in Sxx ▪ 0.225 in Syy ▪ 4.16 in2 r:xx ▪ 14.12 b r:yy - 0.95 in SUMMARY USING w12x14, Max Stress Ratio - 66.78%, Min Defl. Ratio - 378.84 TABULAR SUMMARY Maximums... Actual Moment - 19.7 Stress - 15.87 Shear - 3.27 Stress - 1.37 Deflection - -0.760 fbIFb : %max - fv l Fv : % max - Min. DL Defl Ratio - Min. TL Defl Ratio - :L• 0.06kIf t 0.32 Buulllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll DL. 0.08kif 11111111111111111111111111111111111111 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 Allowable 29.5 k -ft Placed 23.76 ksi for Max 34.30 k 14.40 ksi Moments.. M+ @ Center M- @ Center 0.668 @ Left 0.095 @ Right 1208.91 Shears... @ Left 378.84 @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right LL• 0.04 klf 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 24.00 0.00 19.7 2.46 3.27 .0.760 0.000 0.000 2.46 ▪ 3.27 Date: 06116199 CwI -T L A I.1(.7 55 Page: - 88.60 in4 ▪ 2.36 in4 14.88 in3 1.19 in3 ▪ 4.615 in 0.753 in OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants 5.9 19.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft -0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.98 2.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 k 0.98 3.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 k -0.238 -0.760 -0.238 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.98 2.46 0.98 0.00 0.00 k 0.98 3.27 0.98 0.00 0.00 k V4.4D Cc) 1963.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 -a BEAM DATA Center Span Length Left Cantilever Right Cantilever Unbraced Length Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor 1.00 Beam End Fixity Pin:Pin Dead Load Live Load Distance To Start Distance To End LL= 0.13 kIf 11111111111 STEEL BEAM DESIGN 24.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft ▪ 0.00 ft LL= 0.20 kit 24.00 • Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc: 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 - 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 - 340 -2266 Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment - 21.2 29.5 k•ft Stress - 17.08 23.76 ksi Shear - 3.75 34.30 k Stress - 1.57 14.40 ksi Moments.. Deflection - .0.851 fb 1 Fb : % max - 0.719 fv I Fv : % max - 0.109 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 780.56 Shears... Min. TL Def I Ratio - 338.28 wv 1 A5 Pe r\c -L.4 L o tk.k Iv, AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y - 0.13 klft 0.13 klft 0.21 klft - 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 12.00 ft - 24.00 ft 12.00 ft 24.00 ft SUMMARY USING w12x14, Max Stress Ratio - 71.89%, Min Defl. Ratio - 338.28 TABULAR SUMMARY OF LOAD Deflection.. at Reactions Reactions IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII DL= 0.13 kI 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII M+ @ Center M @ Center @ Left @ Right @ Left @ Right @ Center @ Left @ Right 0.00 ft @ left @ Right i • • APPLIED LOADS Uniform Loads STEEL SECTION DATA w12x14 11.91 in lxx 0.200 in lyy 3.97 in Sxx 0.225 in Syy 4.16 in2 r:xx 14.12 N r:yy 0.95 in Placed for Max Date: 06116199 De DL Only COMBINATIONS 5 Page: 88.60 in4 2.36 in4 14.88 in3 ▪ 1.19 in3 - 4.615 in ▪ 0.753 in ad Load + Loads Placed as follows LL LL +ST LL LL +ST @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants ▪ 21.2 9.1 21.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 k•ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k•ft - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k.ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k-ft ▪ 3.28 1.52 3.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 k ▪ 3.75 1.52 3.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 k ▪ .0.851 -0.369 •0.851 .0.369 0.000 0.000 in - 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 3.28 1.52 3.28 1.52 0.00 0.00 k ▪ 3.75 1.52 3.75 1.52 0.00 0.00 k V4.4D (c) 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw•060114s1•a NDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS. I • ' AND ERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE INC • , CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE; WASHINGTON : ANCHORAGE; ALASKA • PROJ'ECT: 5 1 Lick •krt •( 1 ,..4 . 4-1/ r-e."V\ DV I CA- JOB d SUBJECT : yk) 0 • 1:t_J • 17 z i T , ,• •. .„ •• ". ' • , -• -e LAv 6 AI_ \AP - Trr 1' tLj f Lf. () l 7.0.1 o 7-- )6 ■,2) (A Y- 1 } 1 ,--( 'DATE BY ' ) SHEET # OD ' Y't I \?; • 1 12.op}c 5D M T6- /If MOW • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA DATE.. L' f i S SHEET # S S� 1.1 LOLL = C 7 S ' f SD — I i'D p 4 6 .31 r ,e.( \e.3ya 00.t.. I LL I -2,Z� =- D ) --� lam {. I= I e'oo f-33,3 ) - l� r.-U� v a L / p J 11 \)-i-1 C b.„ Ul. i +i D s-, : 1t Snciersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc., 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 - 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 - 340 -2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN S T Av A-r E,urt -z_ BEAM DATA Center Span Length - Left Cantilever - Right Cantilever Unbraced Length Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin Dead Load Live Load Distance To Start Distance To End 37.33 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft - 0.12 klft - 0.08 klft - 0.00 ft - 37.33 ft Live Load @ Left - 0.11 klft, @ Right - 0.00 klft Start Location - 0.00 ft, End Location - 4.40 ft SUMMARY USING w14x22, Max Stress Ratio - 62.27%, Min Defl. Ratio - 288.32 TABULAR Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment - 35.7 57.4 k.ft Stress - 14.79 23.76 ksi Shear - 4.04 45.51 k Stress - 1.28 14.40 ksi Deflection - •1.554 fb I Fb : % max - 0.623 fv I Fv : % max - 0.089 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 493.07 Min. TI Defl Ratio - 288.32 o 11 tot._ o.00 11= 0.06 kit i V4.4D Ic) 1983.96 ENERCALC 37.33 AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y Moments.. M+ @ Center M. @ Center @ Left @ Right @ Left @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right Shears... 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 DL= 0.12 k1 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 APPLIED LOADS Uniform Loads Trapezoidal Loads f 1 • • Date: 06116199 STEEL SECTION DATA w14x22 13.74 in lxx 0.230 in lyy 5.00 in Sxx 0.335 in Syy 6.49 in2 r:xx 22.04 # r :yy 1.25 in • S i D Page: 199.00 in4 7.00 in4 28.97 in3 2.80 in3 5.537 in 1.039 in SUMMARY OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows Placed DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST for Max Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants ▪ 35.7 20.9 35.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft -0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft ▪ 4.04 2.24 4.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 k 3.82 2.24 3.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 k ▪ .1.554 .0.909 .1.554 -0.909 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000 0.000 in - 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 4.04 2.24 4.04 2.24 0.00 0.00 k 3.82 2.24 3.82 2.24 0.00 0.00 k ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1•a outhcenter Mall Renovation Main Entry Tukwila, Washington Structural Calculations Pages 100 - 106, 200 - 216, 300 - 301, & 400 - 437 EXPISIES I 0/30/ OD August 5, 1999 Prepared By: Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc 800 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3800 Seattle, Washington 98104-3103 REID MIDDLETON CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: JOG 777 e SUBJECT: Pir-CI 41) . I2: 3 4to 77/? G 0 ,k/c/z fr itexe 2‘a,e JOB # BY: GC, / / ) ieei v. 4 yyy: co. P atiA L s' , /7 2 /1/.- gi? 7g /at /9/P ,0( DATE L 17 4 C I • SHEET # Dv A cli ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: 0 1 .vt ks vAID /e--7407.0 7 CJ ‘ (2/ 2•< ,r) 2<(‘.)- )74 (z,t)(‘' 2, r / 2 /3 tdr /46 e-77,Pie-tyx De /I- 2 e ‘409-ov t7pof /4 / 04 9 • , "x 7 42 , //I( JOB # BY: e go , Jae3 AWo DATE SHEET # A Ii B (9Z.. 7e2 ,‹ 4 2 Iror.1•••••■•■••••••••■•••••■■■•■••••••••••■■•y...• ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS . INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: 50 `1�HG�.rJ'Y�� t2ti/3 . ,% T-7 '. / o if /6,c ‘e--/i77 /x 2' S7 4 74_ / ;�►' 2- = e/- 9% 2— - = //7 ix--40 / 0/ 4(Ce 2- / ,": 7 ;k - /erg/ /G J. /z " A A ®i DATE I I i"/ 1 SHEET # l (0 JOB # BY: PP -ar /X = : g/ , /4 'y�' A' A‹ e ANDERSEN WORNSTAD • CONSULTING ENGINEERS • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA KANE JACOBS • INC. PROJECT: 4o LI:TA- SUBJECT: 644,14, (In Lt.,4w0t.. a •VI.A - gA...) 54.1.11t.r. ct7i, . cr 6 skil ). e ' ( - 46 's - k Cf taitga- 43wN `—`- c51. - Vi Y "Lb r z, v i evik c., - e € C4Surr• ae- ti.. t- 0 I •I• I I - P , f" a., *4-1 9 t, - 0 ----■,_ plm.) I— 4fS ----,, oz, &Di- \ C O i , LoCf-tifIV't J 1 i s -- jP V - p b e7e. TU. t r'5 c, PL' - o'r 5.6.45 C ) BY: - 0,42, qp't , - 0, /4 (9T. rakt) 1/of( JOB # et tat Le CZ DATE k el /v3 I, 1- /7 k. ---- ( , 2/4-10. (.4-).046.10 i- oi-s- 6. ,-;-, 3 SHEET # os. rift Tv r. •. ( . 1+' rc. A cli , . CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: .'dl' w" x:. F: ir.: or,.^ �. vrav�.,«... uw.,...,..... ...............:.M•,.w.w�e mu�.i�s�i#s3Y+tS Andersen Bjomstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 St attle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206- 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 -340 -2266 MULTI -SPAN CONCRETE BEAM DESIGN GENERAL DATA 1 2 All Spans Simple Support ?? : NO Span Lengths ft : 24.00 End Fixity: : Fix:Pin Beam Width in : 12.00 Beam Depth in : 28.50 CALCULATED VALUES -OK- Left: Max Mu kit : 1.9 Mn • Phi k -ft : 173.0 Center: Max Mu k -ft : 13.4 Mn • Phi kit : 132.8 ...Dist. to Mu ft : 5.60 Right: Max Mu k -ft : -106.6 Mn • Phi k -ft : 173.0 Max Vu: Left k : 4.05 Right k : 13.09 Reactions: Left: Dead k : 1.73 ..(service) Live k : 2.81 Total k : 4.55 Right: Dead k : 32.40 Live k : 12.52 Total k : 44.92 Max. Defl. @ Mid Span in : 0.054 X -Dist ft : 18.08 BEAM DESIGN DATA f'c psi : 4000 Fy psi : 60000 Left: As -Top in2 : 1.58 'd' to Bars in : 3.00 Center: As- Bottom in2 : 1.20 'd' to Bars in : 25.50 Right: As -Top in2 : 1.58 'd' to Bars in : 3.00 APPLIED LOADS Use Live Load on This Span Uniform DL LL Point DL LL X -Dist. Point DL LL X -Dist. SHEAR STIRRUPS Stirrup Av @ Section Spacing Req'd @ Left " Req'd @ .2L " Req'd @ .4L " Req'd @ .6L " Req'd @ .8L Spacing Req'd @ Right QUERY VALUES Location Shear Moment Deflection klft : klft : k: ft . k : ft. in2 : in . in . in . in . in : in . ft : k: kit : in : Yes 0.42 0.30 24.00 Pin:Pin 12.00 28.50 -OK- -106.6 173.0 117.6 132.8 7.04 -77.6 - 2 3 ,- 17.57 32.40 12.52 44.92 18.65 9.24 27.89 -0.255 10.56 4000 60000 1.58 3.00 1.20 25.50 1.89 3.00 7.00 3 24.00 Pin:Fix 12.00 28.50 -OK- •77.6 204.9 11.4 132.8 15.84 -12.6 11.28 5.86 18.65 9.24 27.89 3.06 3.13 6.18 0.015 4.64 4000 60000 1.89 3.00 1.20 25.50 1.20 3.00 Yes Yes 0.42 0.42 0.30 0.30 10.10 6.10 7.00 15.50 0.22 0.22 0.22 12.75 12.75 0.00 4.00 0.00 4.05 31.70 11.28 1.87 25.96 -77.64 0.00 -0.13 0.00 LOW° ! , 0 , 7 O$ L l_ Date: . Zb/ it Page: C • e V =° .6 14 -I 400a � uS GT ie s4, 0ZZr fri=._ 34,3 4-//, 413 'T' CG g � Z (continued on next page....) V4.40 (c) 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 -a Andersen r Jacobs, Inc.. 800 Fifth Avenue ' •-• Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104-3122 " s : (P) 206-340-ABKJ (F) 206-340-2266 0.72 24.00 1 24.00 M1= -77.65 R1= 27.89 V1= 11.28 -12.59=Mr 6.18 =Rr 5.86 =Vr continued) 0 .7 2 • . i 24.00 M1 = 1.87 R1= 4.55 V1= 4.05 • -106.56=Mr 44.92 =Rr 13.09 =Vr V4.40 (c) 1983•96 ENERCALC M1=-106.56 R1= 44.92 V1= 34.56 -77.65=Mr 27.89 =Rr • 17.57=Yr ABKJ Inc., kw•060114s1-a " ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: S OI Th/ l-G MTV I�!/1�1 D V a- + 1 a' JOB # BY: a r J SUBJECT: 9wow r�✓L 1- I 311 OLA) 4✓i f (ice- YD!4 L-TA 9 ma w ( o cC_G( - � �o wt S E A ) .5 NJ 0 LA) L 0 )4 19 A) ALy 5 t , ►-vz.. w /_5 -/ i `v v T D J - Z p — ?.o } 0.s u is L 1 5. -1-■ vx--) 1 ems. y 1"Jy Lo " 0 1 AT EL 3v' 14 DATE SHEET # -(1) LV w al. I ' oD 5 Di, L i tiD o 93 Zo1I0 - tI_ 3,1 -.:. \Ito) yttii lid r CD = b,13 �� -t I�117 v•13 ' ► lo•lo 2oO ►2e.. 1v CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE; WASHINGTON •ANCHORAGE,ALASKA ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: S o u+l&cPi1. -4V &WD-I -4D NI W 3 L � A 4i I.-,r ► Vj ( ? . ..221 bk.) L (2.33 x to ► - � j ►r b - p ►► wIZ W3 wl IA) 11, w I Li D\ t) ) JOB # BY: 4_ L , t I I t.a I' S it -U1`*e 4 '1&j. C��li�. LL = LD �S -t� �3 . A ©i DATE ko i5 /'?k SHEET# p .(/ C a s e I 5 wo►a t )-e. IA) Ism i 7 i�1(� . e z�Is� 7 frti 104 C'-s6 Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 - 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 - 340 -2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN N O'A) VICkt w1 Center Span Length BEAM DATA Left Cantilever Right Cantilever Unbraced Length Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ks Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity . Pin:Pin wa. awmva.x.. s ..•+>.GMtff+✓u °.YS`iY :N':f P'.'i.A'h94'X:d+mlv�ximn+ nay ..wa.....- ........___...._.., 24.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area i Section Weight rT, y Dead Load - 0.08 klft Live Load - 0.06 klft 0.09 klft Distance To Start - 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 12.00 ft Distance To End - 24.00 ft 12.00 ft 24.00 ft Trapezoidal Loads Live Load @ Left - 0.32 klft, @ Right - 0.00 klft Start Location - 12.00 ft, End Location - 24.00 ft Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment - 19.7 29.5 k•ft Stress - 15.87 23.76 ksi Shear - 3.27 34.30 k Stress - 1.37 14.40 ksi Deflection - •0.760 fb I Fb : % max - 0.668 fv I Fv : % max - 0.095 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 1208.91 Min. TL Defl Ratio - 378.84 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 DL- 0.08 klf 11111111111111111111111111111111111111 111111111 t LL■ 0.06 klf 0.32 LL- 0.09 klf 111111111111111 24.00 v1/4.) vrt.4 • • MB APPLIED LOADS Uniform Loads SUMMARY USING w12x14, Max Stress Ratio - 66.78%, Min Def I. Ratio - 378.84 Moments.. M+ @ Center M. @ Center @ Left @ Right Shears... @ Left @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right 1 f 0.00 Date: 06116199 O z- I r T Loo to f ,J STEEL SECTION DATA w12x14 11.91 in lxx 0.200 in Iyy 3.97 in Sxx 0.225 in Syy 4.16 in2 r:xx 14.12 # r:yy 0.95 in Page: ▪ 88.60 in4 2.36 in4 14.88 in3 1.19 in3 ▪ 4.615 in ▪ 0.753 in TABULAR SUMMARY OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows Placed DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST for Max Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants 19.7 5.9 19.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft .0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k•ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft ▪ 2.46 0.98 2.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 k - 3.27 0.98 3.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 k •0.760 •0.238 •0.760 •0.238 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 2.46 0.98 2.46 0.98 0.00 0.00 k 3.27 0.98 3.27 0.98 0.00 0.00 k V4.4D Ic) 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 -a CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE;ALASKA Andersen Bjomstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206- 340 -ABKJ (F) 206 -340 -2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN Southcenter Mall BEAM DATA Center Span Length - 24.00 ft Left Cantilever - 0.00 ft Right Cantilever - 0.00 ft Unbraced Length - 6.00 ft Beam Wt. is ADDED To applied loads Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin APPLIED LOADS Concentrated Loads 1.50 k 1.80 k 1.50 k 0.90 k 2.50 k 3.00 k 2.50 k 1.50 k 6.00 ft 12.00 ft 18.00 ft 22.00 ft SUMMARY USING w16x31, Max Stress Ratio - 70.38 %, Min Defl. Ratio - 526.51 TABULAR SUMMARY Dead Load Uve Load Distance To load Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment - 59.8 85.0 k -ft Stress - 15.20 21.60 ksi Shear - 9.17 62.88 k Stress - 2.10 14.40 ksi Deflection - -0.547 fblFb : %max - 0.704 fv I Fv : % max - 0.146 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 1318.63 Min. TL Defl Ratio - 526.51 NN N II 11 J -) 0 T lo V4.4D lc) 1983-96 ENERCALC - 0.90 k - 1.50 k - 2.00 ft II J j 0 T 24.00 AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y Moments.. M+ @ Center M- @ Center @ Left @ Right Shears... @ Left @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right .Y Y N N II J OJ 1 • • Date: 05121199 STEEL SECTION DATA w16x31 15.88 in lxx 0.275 in Iyy 5.53 in Sxx 0.440 in Syy 9.12 in2 r:xx 30.97 # r:yy 1.39 in Placed for Max t� tAi 1 06-31 io Page: ▪ 375.00 in4 ▪ 12.40 in4 ▪ 47.23 in3 4.49 in3 6.412 in 1.166 in OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants 59.8 23.8 59.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 kit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 kit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 9.17 3.67 9.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 k ▪ 9.17 3.67 9.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 k •0.547 -0.218 -0.547 -0.218 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 9.17 3.67 9.17 3.67 0.00 0.00 k 9.17 3.67 9.17 3.67 0.00 0.00 k 1.•.N C,tstF, 120 -Tt.�> ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 -a PROJECT: SUBJECT: JOB # BY: A NDERSEN 'KANE "JACOBS ' • . ••• ." . • • . SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • .• .••• • ' ANCHORAGE, ALASKA . . . ••• • • • Andersen Bjomstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 " (P) 206 -340 -2255 (F) 206 -340 -2266 1. STEEL BEAM DESIGN Dead Load Live Load Distance To Load ter) w t 1 fG r Pd Z6 tdi BEAM DATA Center Span Length - 24.00 ft Left Cantilever - 0.00 ft Right Cantilever - 6.00 ft Unbraced Length - 6.00 ft Beam Wt. is ADDED To applied loads Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin ▪ 2.00 k ▪ 5.60 k 0.00 ft Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment - 81.6 85.0 k•ft Stress - 20.72 21.60 ksi Shear - 14.42 62.88 k Stress - 3.30 14.40 ksi Deflection - 0.593 fb 1 Fb : % max - 0.959 fv 1 Fv : % max - 0.229 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 343.42 Min. TL Dell Ratio - 242.72 Y yY AO,/ AC 0 �D °. 4) 0 0 �D NN N N N IA NN II II III 11 J J J JJ DJ DJ OJ T 24.00 AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y LL e v -�- � - i l l APPLIED LOADS Concentrated Loads 2.00 k 2.00 k 2.00 k 2.00 k 10.50 k 5.60 k 5.60 k 5.60 k 5.60 k 3.00 k 6.00 ft 12.00 ft 18.00 ft 24.00 ft 30.00 ft SUMMARY USING w16x31, Max Stress Ratio - 95.94 %, Min Defl. Ratio - 242.72 TABULAR SUMMARY • • Date: 07122199 STEEL SECTION DATA w16x31 15.88 in Ixx 0.275 in Iyy 5.53 in Sxx 0.440 in Syy 9.12 in2 r:xx 30.97 # r:yy 1.39 in OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows Placed DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST for Max Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants Page: 375.00 in4 ▪ 12.40 in4 ▪ 47.23 in3 4.49 in3 ▪ 6.412 in 1.166 in Moments.. M+ @ Center - 81.6 3.8 61.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft M- @ Center - -63.6 -63.6 0.0 •81.6 0.0 k -ft @ Left - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft @ Right - -63.6 •63.6 0.0 -81.6 0.0 k -ft Shears... @ Left - 9.12 0.72 9.12 0.00 0.03 0.00 k @ Right - 14.42 10.68 14.42 0.00 13.68 0.00 k Deflection.. @ Center - -0.489 0.153 -0.489 0.153 0.254 0.153 in @ Left - 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in @ Right - 0.593 -0.419 0.073 •0.419 -0.593 •0.419 in at 0.00 ft - 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Reactions @ Left - 9.12 0.72 9.12 0.72 -0.03 0.72 k Reactions @ Right - 28.86 16.71 25.11 16.71 20.46 16.71 k l61 6.00 V4.4D (c) 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 -a Andersen Bjomstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 -340 -2255 (F) 206- 340 -2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN r,osf, irrAgA. Grid T 26 BEAM DATA Center Span Length - 17.00 ft Left Cantilever - 7.00 ft Right Cantilever - 0.00 ft Unbraced Length - 0.00 ft Beam Wt. is ADDED To applied loads Live Load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin APPLIED LOADS > > All distances refer to left support, •' identifies load as being on left cantilever. Concentrated Loads Dead Load Live Load Distance To Load Dead Load Live Load Distance To Start Distance To End - 18.70 k - 18.30 k - -7.00 ft - 0.12 klft - 0.15 klft - -7.00 ft - 17.00 ft SUMMARY USING w24x68, Max Stress Ratio - 87.52 %, Min Defl. Ratio - 352.29 TABULAR SUMMARY OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows 3 5.4 k ft Placed DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST for Max Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants Maximums... Actual Allowable Moment 267.3 0 Stress - 20.80 23.76 ksi Shear - 39.34 141.81 k Stress - 3.99 14.40 ksi Deflection - 0.477 fb I Fb : % max - 0.875 fv I Fv : % max - 0.277 Min. DL Defl Ratio - 704.57 Min. TL Defl Ratio - 352.29 AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y Uniform Loads Moments.. M+ @ Center M. @ Center @ Left @ Right Shears... @ Left @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right • • INS Date: 07122199 Page: LSO STEEL SECTION DATA w24x68 23.73 in lxx - 1830.00 in4 0.415 in lyy - 70.40 in4 8.97 in Sxx - 154.24 in3 0.585 in Syy 15.71 in3 20.10 in2 r:xx - 9.542 in 68.25 N r:yy - 1.871 in 2.26 in ▪ 267.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k•ft •135.5 -135.5 0.0 -267.3 0.0 k -ft -135.5 -135.5 0.0 -267.3 0.0 k -ft 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 k -ft 39.34 20.00 20.00 0.00 39.34 0.00 k ▪ 14.12 6.37 5.10 0.00 14.12 0.00 k • 0.155 0.075 0.070 0.075 0.155 0.075 in ▪ 0.477 .0.238 -0.230 -0.238 -0.477 .0.238 in • 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 57.97 29.59 30.86 29.59 56.69 29.59 k • -6.37 -6.37 -5.10 -6.37 -14.12 -6.37 k (continued on next page....) V4.4D (c) 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw- 060114s1 •a Andersen ijOineteid Kane Jacobs, Inc 800 Fifth Avenue State 3800 .' . Seattle,ANA 98104-3122 . " (P) 206-340-2255 (F) 206-340-2266 : I continued) 0.15 klf 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 DI.: • 0.12k) IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ''•' !cc' V4.40 (c) 1983•96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw•060114s1.a Dead Load Live Load Distance To Load Dead Load Live Load Distance To Start Distance To End Maximums... Actual Moment - 221.2 Stress - 17.21 Shear - 34.13 Stress - 3.47 Deflection - 0.383 fb l Fb % max - fv I Fv : % max - Min. DL Defl Ratio - Min. TL Defl Ratio - • Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104 -3122 (P) 206 -340 -2255 (F) 206- 340 -2266 STEEL BEAM BEAM DATA Center Span Length - 17.00 ft left Cantilever - 7.00 ft Right Cantilever - 0.00 ft Unbraced Length - 0.00 ft Beam Wt. is ADDED To applied loads Live load Not Acting with Short Term Fy - 36 ksi Load Duration Factor - 1.00 Beam End Fixity : Pin:Pin APPLIED LOADS > > All distances refer to left support, '= identifies load as being on left cantilever. Concentrated Loads - 8.60 k - 20A0 k •7.00 ft - 0.30 klft - 0.38 klft - -7.00 ft - 17.00 ft SUMMARY USING w24x68, Max Stress Ratio - 72.44 %, Min Defl. Ratio - 438.51 TABULAR SUMMARY OF LOAD COMBINATIONS Dead Load + Loads Placed as follows Placed DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST for Max Only @Cntr @Cntr @Cants @Cants Allowable 305.4 k•ft 23.76 ksi 141.81 k 14.40 ksi 0.724 0.241 1562.13 438.51 AISC Section Section Depth Web Thickness Section Width Flange Thickness Section Area Section Weight rT, y Moments.. M+ @ Center M- @ Center @ Left @ Right @ Left @ Right Deflection.. @ Center @ Left @ Right at 0.00 ft Reactions @ Left Reactions @ Right Shears... G .Iywvl/ Cry l,{ • Uniform Loads Date: 07122199 Z10 Page: STEEL SECTION DATA w2 4x68 23.73 in lxx 0.415 in Iyy 8.97 in Sxx 0.585 in Syy 20.10 in2 r:xx 68.25 # r:yy 2.26 in - 1830.00 in4 - 70.40 in4 - 154.24 in3 - 15.71 in3 - 9.542 in 1.871 in 221.2 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 k-ft -69.2 •69.2 0.0 -221.2 0.0 k•ft •69.2 -69.2 0.0 -221.2 0.0 k-ft 0.0 110 0.0 0.0 0.0 k-ft 34.13 11.14 11.14 0.00 34.13 0.00 k ▪ 9.88 0.94 2.25 0.00 9.88 0.00 k 0.121 0.029 0.017 0.029 0.121 0.029 in 11383 -0.108 •0.090 •0.108 -0.383 -0.108 in ▪ 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ▪ 53.53 18.38 21.57 18.38 50.35 18.38 k ▪ 2.25 •0.94 2.25 -0.94 -9.88 -0.94 k (continued on next page....) V4.4D Icl 1983.96 ENERCALC ABKJ Inc., kw•060114s1•a Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. 800 Fifth Avenue , • 7 : Suite 3800 Seattle, WA 98104-3122 (1 206-340-2255 (F) 206-340-2266 STEEL BEAM DESIGN • ' • . • . , continued) LL r- 0.37 klf . „ 7.00. • . V4AD (c) 1983.96 ENERCALC 111111111111111111111111111111111111111 DL. 0.30 klf IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ABKJ Inc., kw•060114s1.a •••• •-•.• „ .• .•. • . . , . . ...• • . • - • '• • . • • • , • • , • .„ • ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. • CONSULTING ENGINEERS " SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: 9 (Jstil, A2 OD ><- I JOB* BY: ) le b QL7 '-44'c ( IL ) 6 I/ )— 00 1e) z.„ OT 53/7 S" ) L I 0, °CDS A Ii B DATE 7/ SHEET# 1/( / 5- "Yolo , Pi O 0 vitO CONSULTING ENGINEERS 'SEATTLE; WASHINGTON :ANCHORAGE, ALASKA JOB # BY: A-I- j DATE 91/ SHEET # L I3 CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: Q LI 0.0.....r.)71.4 /MIA/ vs>= 09)k) it) JOB # BY: =• '9(rx 1 r. =_- A / /* . e 7 / DATE SHEET # / 2 (Li A IJ . . . ANDERSEN- BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: 5 cg..•..) re:4-p SUBJECT: / • ( ov . 7 / 7 e N/Or zy tf ;sr-yc Ze z (€,‹ /6< f .„(/1)!"- )") A-- J k JOB # BY: A B DATE L il q.. SHEET # G ••••ItrerrririA .....LL:•-rorrrrrrrriftwororrxriAxtrzowitte44hiat ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS •,INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: ,i 77-1 6 ; 1 / 41 ' - e% SUBJECT: "MIA/ ts-VkIP r n e 6 2?7,e_e - / JOB # BY: ci/te o/7sea')v ( hod>,J,4p_ e c z _ / 1 z fivvr. Fr( 11 Y,6 - -;-/J; / 14-- . 62 'oa r • DATE SHEET # A I1 B , ,r2 4 --- )(e1/00,k-r- • 71 `-. I • I • CONSULTING ENGINEERS ' ' ' ' ' *" - ' .. • . : . . .. . .. .., .. ,, , ,, . r:.::',:,..„:•.:.-'--•:::,.;',.- .''.:,'',.-:-.-•;:.:.:.-;•:,:',.'•:.--',..'''.','-,.:::,,f ;:•::-., ... . , ,.....04.101L000.. ..1.400. .......' .1......I.- 0...:.0 0 ............10. *. , . .. . • , . . . . . .. „ . . . . . . .. „ .. . . . . . ANDERSEN. B)ORNSTAD KANE, JACOBS.. INC. • 1 1 1 • '.* SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: 4 P0cAT , rraL SUBJECT: yAAA • 1 2 .: it 6t (6 v yk.) s■Zt:2Ni r L / 40 o I - JOB # 1 1=, BY: • 5 L zo) list)) ••3 ft:Sk-S,:r 't) ( °CO) ( ( e-- (Atrf,e,4 4, \I 54,1 t...A.Co•-)f-1,...A 1 )t L Gtios 4.■••••• 2- 4 r, r 7 4 1t- 2 torl ( 4c., A B DATE SHEET # - 77 ‘,2 0 E.P. c), tcor-r-\ 1,3 LuA I"› T o 12D,1 e, O.CD a 64 (0) .) Ct : PROJECT: 4C4,..4 SUBJECT: H4-1 q,...)111•44-) c.. ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC: CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA AL L. IA W044..-r .b4,Wt- 'DC) 1c2 k . 4 ; -1 Pr' o ;7, L. r, CA . GX 1, 01 2 ( 1120 ,) ". 41X) JOB # el le , I Le' BY: I C4A1r:/ t" e% 4 • It 1 1 DATE S— Zak•ol SHEET # 4. 3 / 9 • cA0 T .14, ••• T1.7 V Lp ?`• . NO 1 1 #; le " tj A Itli B 100 e"..4 4 rAti Fitt- oat 01904, Frzese-4 ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS ■ INC. SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • PROJECT: SUBJECT: /7 f 11..-C. 41 i/%) 2 (/7 5 ) -.1 3/S 1 70 : 11- /7S M 2).27 4 r (72 .(3A,& 7;2 JOB # b- DATE 4 7 / BY: / SHEET # r(A,7,00,3)(/kir)(/) _7= /z,z A L4- 4- • A cli B 27 Whole Structure r ice lebtStf, Print Time/Dale: 12/04/1999 13:44 • T russ w. 1a�• a., pr " 4s STAAD /Pro Release 1.6 Andersen Bjornstad Kane Jacobs, Inc. Software licensed to demo user Job Title SOUTHCENTER MALL Client MITHUN PARTNERS Job No :98160 Pin MAIN ENTRANCE Ac^ r Ref ff B y PJK Date 12 -APR -99 Chd F ile Main Entrance.std l Date/rime 12 -Apr- Rev; '. 999 11:45 µow. , A" Gam.. v eci o Print Run 1 of 1 ENTRANCE.• 1. STAAD SPACE SOUTHCENTER MALL-MAIN 2. START JOB INFORMATION 3. JOB NAME SOUTHCENTER MALL 4. JOB CLIENT MITHUN PARTNERS 5. JOB NO 98160 6. JOB PART MAIN ENTRANCE 7. ENGINEER NAME PJK 8. ENGINEER DATE 12-APR-99 9. END JOB INFORMATION 10. INPUT WIDTH 79 11. UNIT FEET KIP 12. JOINT COORDINATES 0.000 15. 3 0.000 16. 4 0.000 0.000 18 . 6 0.000 19. 7 0.000 20. 8 0.000 21. 9 0.000 0.000 0.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 9.000 34. 22 9.000 35. MEMBER INCIDENCES 36. 1 1 2 37. 2 2 3 38. 3 3 39. 4 5 6 40. 5 6 7 41. 6 7 8 * USER ID: Authorized User 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 • svoi4r441,4* STAAD/Pro STAAD-III Revision 2.0 Proprietary Program of RESEARCH ENGINEERS, Inc. Date= APR 13, 1999 Time= 15: 6:25 • 0.000 0.000 16.500 0.000 28.000 0.000 33.000 0.000 0.000 24.000 16.500 24.000 28.000 24.000 33.000 24.000 28.000 12.000 33.000 6.000 33.000 0.000 16.500 28.000 33.000 0.000 0.000 24.000 16.500 24.000 28.000 24.000 33.000 24.000 28.000 12.000 33.000 6.000 33.000 18.000 18.000 0.000 o;oop SOUTHC 43. 8 13 14 •,. • . , . ,• 14' :21.1 20H .'22 68. MEMBER PROPERTY AMERICAN 69. 1 TO 12 TABLE ST TUB1401406 70. 13 TO 22 TABLE ST TUB120404 71 . 23 TO 30 TABLE ST TUB80303 72 . 31 32 TABLE ST TUB2001205 73 . UNIT INCHES KIP 74 CONSTANTS 75 . E 29000 ALL 76. POISSON 0 3 ALL 77. DENSITY O. 000283 ALL 78. ALPHA 6.5E-006 ALL 79. BETA 90 MEMB 13 TO 22 80. SUPPORTS 81. 1 5 12 16 PINNED 82. MEMBER RELEASE 83. 1 4 7 10 13 TO 15 17 TO 20 22 START MX MY MZ 84. 3 6 9 12 END MX MY MZ KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 85. MEMBER TRUSS • 86. 23 TO 30 87. UNIT FEET KIP • 88. LOAD 1 WIND E-W 89. MEMBER LOAD 90. 1 7 UNI GZ 0.035 , 0 14 91. 1 7 UNI GZ 0.105 14 92. 2 8 UNI GZ 0.105 0 0.5 • 93. 2 8 UNI GZ 0.065 .5 • • 94. 3 9 UNI GZ 0.065 95. LOAD 2 WIND N-S 96, MEMBER LOAD 97. 1 4 UNI GX 0,035 0 14 KFX 0 KFY 0 KFZ 0 ;. SOUTHCENTER.'MALLMAIN ENTRANCE 8. 1 4 UNI GX 0.15 14 99. 2 5 UNI GX 0.15 0 10.5 ,100. 2 5 UNI GX 0.22 10.5 101. 3 6 UNI GX 0.225 102. LOAD 3 SEISMIC E-W 105. LOAD .4 :SEISMIC,N-5. 106: JOINT LOAD • .,•' 108 ; PERFORM ANALYSIS NUMBER OF JOINTS /MEMBER+ELEMENTS/SUPPORTS = 22/ 32/ - 4 ;.. ' ORIGINAL/FINAL BAND-WIDTH = 11/ 5 TOTAL PRIMARY LOAD CASES = 4, TOTAL DEGREES OF FREEDOM =' 120 SIZE OF STIFFNESS MATRIX = 3960 DOUBLE PREC . 'WORDS . • REQFtii/AVAIL . DISK SPACE = 12.07/ 337.8 MB, EXMEM = 1166.0 . MB • • . , ,•,.• ++ Processing Element Stiffness Matrix 15: 6:27 ++ Processing Global Stiffness Matrix. 15: 6:27 ++ Processing Triangular Factorization. 15: 6:27 LOAD WILL CAUSE INSTABILITY AT JOINT—,.11 DIRECTION = • MZ PROBABLE CAUSE MODELING PROBLEM - 0.000E+00 AT.:ZOINT • ". 22 ***WARNING - IMPROPER LOAD WILL CAUSE INSTABILITY DIRECTION = MZ PROBABLE CAUSE •MODELING PROBLEM ++ Calculating doint. Displacements: ++ Calculating Member Forces. 109 . PRINT ANALYSIS RESULTS 0.000E+00 15: 6:27 15: 6:27 • SOUTHCENTER MALL -MAIN ENTRANCE JOINT DISPLACEMENT (INCH RADIANS) STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE JOINT LOAD X -TRANS Y -TRANS Z -TRANS X -ROTAN Y -ROTAN Z -ROTAN 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 0.00000 0.00049 0.47345 0.00169 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.34427 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 -0.00059 3 0.00000. 0.00168 1.20255 0.00474 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.38048 0.00448 . 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 0.00000 0.00082 0.60968 0.00028 0.00000 0.00000 0.53693 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00180 0.00000 0.00285 1.62420 0.00102 0.00000 0.00000 4 . 0.60973 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00238 1' 0.00000 0.00082 0.61321 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2' '0.64678 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00285 1.63957 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.76096 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 0.00000 .0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 0.00000 - 0.00049 0.45077 0.00177 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.34427 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00059 3 0.00000 -0.00168 1.20255 0.00474 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.38048 0.00448 0.00000 0.00600 0.00000 - 0.00059 1 0.00000 - 0.00082 0.60833 0.00038 0.00000 0.00000 2 ' 0.53693 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00180 3 0.00000 - 0.00285 1.62420 0.00102 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.60973. 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 - 0.00238 1 0.00000 - 0.00082 0.61368 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.64678 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 - 0.00285 1.63958 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.76096 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1 0.00000 0.00109 0.61012 0.00001 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.53693 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 1.62808 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.60973 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 10 1 0.00000 0.00069 0.61220 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.64678 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 - 0.00088 1.63569 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.76096 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 11 .1 0.00000 0.00120 0.61244 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.64678 0.00317 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00088 1.63569 0.00002 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.76096 0.00448 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 12 1 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 2 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 3 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 4 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 o5 / � ` ' k MaLL-MazN ENTRANCE JOINT LOAD ' �� 20 21 22 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 _ 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 X -TRANS 0.00000 0.34388 0.00000 0.38048 0.00000 0.37664 0.00000 0.60973 0.00000 0.39088 0.00000 0.76096 0.00000 O^O0poU O'ODUOO 0.00000 0 0.34388 0.00000 0.38048 0'OOOOO 0.37664 0.00000 V'6O973 0.00000 0.39088 0.00000 0.76096 0'UOOUO 0.37664 V'OOOOO 0.60973 0.00000 O O'OOUOU 0.76096 0.00000 0.39088 0.00000 0.76096 0.00049 -0.00317 0.00168 - 0.00448 O'OOO82 -0.00317 0.00285 - O.VO440 0.00082 - O.003l7 0.00285 - O,OO44O 0.00000 O'OOOOO 0.00000 D'O0ODO - O'O0049 -O'003l7 -O'OOlAa - 0.00448 - O'OUO82 -0.On3l7 - U'DO2O5 - 0.00448 -D.O00O% - 0.00317 -O.00285 - 0.00448 0.00109 - O'003l7 0.00000 - 0.00448 0.00069 - O.DO3l7 -O.VODR8 -O.UU448 0.00120 - O.003l7 0.00088 - U.OU44R Z O'47345 0.00000 l'2O255 0.00000 0.60968 0.00000 1.62420 0.00000 0.61321 0.00000 l'Ga958 0.00000 O'OUOOV 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.45077 O'OOOOO 1.20255 0.00000 O'6O833 0.00000 1.62420 0.00000 O'61368 0.00000 1.63958 0.00000 0'61012 0.00000 1.62808 0.00000 O'6I22V 0.00000 1.63569 0.00000 0.61244 0.00000 1.63569 0.00000 O'OOl6g 0.00000 0.00474 0.00000 O'00O2V 0.00000 0.00102 O-OOOOo 0.00000 0.00000 V'000VO O.UO0Oo V'DODOO U'OOOOO O'VVVOV O'OUOOO 0.00177 0.00000 O'0O474 O'UOUOO O'OVV38 O'OOOVU O'OOlO2 0.00000 0.00000 V'OOOOD 0.00000 0.00000 0.00001 O'ODOOO 0.00002 O'ODOOO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00002 0.00000 0.00002 0.00000 0.00002 O'OOOOO SPACE : 0.00000 U'OO000 O'OOOOO 0.00000 0'OOOUV 0.00000 O'OOUOO 0.00000 O'VOUOO O'OOOUO 0'nVOVV 0'O0OU8 O'OOVVV 0'UOOOO 0'OOODU U'O0OOO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 O'OOUOO O'V0nVO 0.00000 O'O000O U'OV00V V'O000O U'OOUUD 0.00000 0.00000 0'OOOOO 0.00000 O'VUDOO 0.00000 O'OOOOO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 O'UOUOU 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 Y Z 0.00000 -O'OOO24 O'0OOOO - 0'0OO59 0.00000 - 0.o0V34 O'UOOOO -O.00238 O'OOOOO O'0UODO V'O8OOO O'U0OUU 0.00000 O'OOOOO 0.00000 O'000OO 0'OOOOO -0'0OO24 0.00000 - U'OOn59 O'V00OO - O'OVO24 O'DOOOO -0.00238 0.00000 0.00000 U'8U0OO 0'OOOOO O'0O000 O'O000O O'OOUUO O'OVOOD 0.00000 U'OUOUO 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 U'O000O 0.00000 0.00000 = SOUTHCENTER. MALL—MAIN ENTRANCE SUPPORT REACTIONS —UNIT KIP FEET STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE JOINT LOAD FORCE . FORCE7Y FORCE—Z MOM—)c MOM—Y MO1.:4 1 ,1 0.00 —1.43 —1.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 -"0 :00 : 0.00 0.00 -13. Oly ' . 0. : 0.00 ': :T. op , 0.00 2 -71*.77: .; , 12 7 00 V V3 0.00 4":•95" .0;00 'r. 0.00 ' 0.00' • 0.00 0.00 ; VVV —2.02 9.32 000 : . '13.20 0.00 ,, ';.0:00 0.00 :0;00 —2.02 : 932 ' ...0.00 . 0.00 . 0.00 , 0:00 • • • • , • • . • • : • • • . • • , • , „ , , "• ` " • • ' " , • • . . -HCENTgi2.44ALL-4AIN ENTRANCE MEMBER END FORCES. STRUCTURE TYPE !=1:SPACEj ALL .UNITS ARE 7 - KIP FEET , . . MEMBER LOAD, JT , AXIAL .SHEAR-Y".SHEAR-Z - TORSION , . 1 -1.43 0.00 -1.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 1.43 0.00 0.42 0.00 14.29 0.00 1 -9.32 1.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 24.04 1 -4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 0.00 29.70 0.00 1 -13.20 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 13.20 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 -1.43 0.00 -0.42 0.00 -14.29 0.00 1.43 0.00 -0.35 0.00 14.55 0.00 2 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.49 -1.12 0.00 0.00 2 -4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 0.00 3 4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 50.40 0.00 2 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 3 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.00 3 0.00 0.00 2.75 0.00 -14.55 0.00 0.00 -3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 0.00 1.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.81 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 0.01 0.00 10.08 0.00 -50.40 0.00 4 -0.01 0.00 -10.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 • 3 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 4 o.00 -1 .80 o.00 o.00 o.00 o.00 5 1.43 0.00 -0.68 o.00 o.00 0.00 6 -1.43 0.00 0.68 0.00 11.17 0.00 5 -9.32 1.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 9.32 -0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 24.04 5 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 29.70, 0.00. 4 5 -13.20 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6 13.20 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 5 1 6 1.43 0.00 -0.68 0.00 -11.17 0.00 7 -1.43 0.00 0.68 0.00 18.95 0.00 2 6 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.49 7 0.00 -1.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.81 3 6 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 0.00 7 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 50.40 0.00 4 6 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 7 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.00 • • ' � / � `^ , i ,.•:..` MEMBER oND FORCES ' MALL-MAIN' EN RANCE • ,',-ALL UNITS-ARE -- KIP 10 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 ��� ` 0.00 � ? -0.01 n.O1 7 0.00 8 � � ` 0.00 �n -� un -- -1.43 �- -_ ' l3 1.43 9,32 - 9- � 3`��'13 -4.95 I3 4`95 4 12 13.20 13 -13.20 13 . -1.43 14 1.43 13 0.00 14 0.00 13 14 13 14 1 2 3 4 1 14 15 14 15 � 14 15 14 15 16 17 16 17 16 17 16 17 17 18 STRUCTURE ' FEET AXIAL 'Smom��-r oHoxs� -4.95 4.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 - 0.01 0.00 0.00 1.43 -1.43 9.32 - 9.32 4.95 - 4.95 13.20 -13.20 1.43 -1.43 0.00 0.00 1.13 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 - 1.80 0.00 0.00 2.02 -2.02 0.00 0.00 ` 1.80 -1.80 O.0O 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 - 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 - 1.80 0.00 0.00 2.02 -2.02 0.00 0.00 1.80 -1.80 0.00 0.00 3.79 -3.79 0.00 0.00 lO'O8 -10.08 0.00 0.00 -1.17 0.42 0.00 0.00 -1.80 1.80 0.00 0.00 - 0.42 -0.35 0.00 0.00 - 1.80 1.80 0.00 0.00 2.75 -3.07 0.00 0.00 10.08 -10.08 0.00 0.00 -0.68 0.68 0.00 0.00 - 1.80 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 ` 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 `.� 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.68 0.00 0.68 0.00 MOM - 18.95 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 - 50.40 0.00 0.00 O 0.00 14.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 -14.29 14.55 0.00 0.00 -29.70 50.40 0.00 0.00 -14.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 -50.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 - 11.17 18.95 O'OO 0.00 2.81 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 33.38 0.00 . 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 -9.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 33.38 0.00 0.00 ' U.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 -.666THCENTR MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE MEMBER 'END FORCES . STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE ALL UNITS ARE -7 KIP ..FEET . . MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR -Y SHEAR -Z 'TORSION: MOM MOM : • 17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 4.95 0.00 -1.80 0.00 -29.70 0.00 -4.95 0.00 1.80 0.00 50.40 4 17 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 29.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.00 •" . • , • • , 12 1 18 0.00 0.00 3.79. 0.00 -18.95 19 0.00 0.00 -3.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 18 -0.01 0.00 10.08 19 0.01 0.00 -10.08 19 0.00 -1.80 0.00 0.00 •0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -50.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 3 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1A 1 7 2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 -2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 '0.00 9 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15 1 4 3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 -3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00' 0.01 0.00 2 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 4 11.88 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 -11.88 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.07 0.00. 4 4 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16 1 10 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.00 11 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 '-0.03 0.00 2 10 0.00 0.00 0.00. 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 xxow_Z MAI;L-MAIN.ENTRANCE END FORCES . STRUCTURE 21 UNITS ARE KIP FEET MEMBER ioAD'i | , AXIAL 20 l 2 3 10 ' 0.00 `� � 0.00 0.01 O.00 -O.O? � ��0,OO 11 0.00 _ - O OO -o '�, O,OO� .0?`' ``' O.O0 10 ` " "" " "" " "" """ ' " � " "" ^. ","" "."" � ".""� "."" . "."" ",vv 11 � ' 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 ` 0.00 D.00 0.00 E3 -3.79 -n rn 0 00 ' n nn' nnn 'o nn. ' o nn ~.'~ .^.. ...~ ' .^~ ' .,... � .,.~ 11 . _. . -- . .. - .^ ' - .` '- ��.� ��./� u.uo u.uo o^uu � -u.u� ��u � 8' ' O,DO�� O.U0 V,OO O,OO 0.00 �� 'O.00 il ' 0.00� � �'D n.Ob. � �O,OV ` ` U.0V�� ��O.mU 8 -11.8D O.00 �� O,Ol . O�OO.` `.� O.U0 `U.0O � 11 1I � 0.00 -0.01 ' 0.00 � -0.07 `' 'O.00 0 ` � 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 '� 0.00 11� � � 0.00 0,00 . 0.00 0.00 u.OU' 0.00 14 -0.68 0,00 . 0.00 O^OO 0.00 0.00 20 >' 0,68 0.00 0,00 0,00 - O,OI` 0.00 �� 14 ` 0.00 U.UU O,O0 ` U,OD n.00�� �� 0.00 ` 20 o on . n on 0.00 n on n on ^ nx . .... .^.~ ... .'.. .'.~ .^.. 14 - -5.93 O^OO 0.00 V,On' ' 0.00 0.00 . . .- . .. .�.. " 0.00 . .. .~. 20 ��.�� 0.00 0.00 v.uu u,uu v."u 14� 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 20 ` 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 18 2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 -2.75 0.00 0.00 0'00 -0.01 18 0,00 ' 0.00 0'00 0'00 0'00 30 0.00 0'08 0.00 0'00 0.00 18 5.93 0,00 0'00 0.00 0.00 20 -5.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,08 18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0'00 0.00 20 8.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 4 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21 1 21 22 2 21 22 3 21 22 3.07 -3.07 0.00 0.00 11.88 -11.88 0.00 0.00 -0.36 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 TYPE = SPACE . -Y 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 :TORSION 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.00 0.00 - 0.01 - 0.03 0.00 0.00 -0.07 -0.07 0.00 0.00 ` 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 • I E„ • SOUTHCENTER MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE 22 19 MEMBER END FORCES. STRUCTURE TYPE7'SFACE ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET . MEMBER LOAD 'tiT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z Tol7tsIcir. 4' 21 . 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -3.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 19 22 0.00 19 -11.88 22 11.88 0.00 -0.01 0.00 -0.07 0.00 19 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3. -2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7 10 7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 24 9 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 , 10 -2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ', 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 -7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9 -2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 2.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 9 -7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 7.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 26 1 7 2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 -2.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3 7 7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 11 -7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4 7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ��.���� " ��,���|��� .. , �`�`�r������� '^ .• • '-'- • `', : .`� ,. ����'�'' ,SOUTHCENTER MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE MEIER .omo FORCES ^ ` ' ALL UNITS ARE -- KIP FEET MEMBER LOAD or AXIAL SHEAR-Y 27 31 32 2 18' 22 18 22 3 18 22 4 18 22 l` 2 13 2 2 13 3 2 13 4 2 13 1 6 17 STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE -2.24 2.24 0.00 0.00 -7.75 7.75 0.00 0.00 20 2.23 ` 21 � � -2.23 oU � 0.00 21 0.00 - - ` 20 ' 7.71 21 -7'71 .�� 20 '� 0.00 21 0.00 -2.23 33 2.23 20 ' 0.00 22 0.00 20 `-7.7l 22 7,71 2O 0.00 22 0.00 2.24 -2.24 0.00 0.00 7.75 -7.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02 -2.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -9.32 9.32 0.00 0.00 -13.20 13.20 0.00 0.00 � mHm»R-Z 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0`OO 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ToRozOm'' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.00 0. 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0. 00 MOM -Y 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 MOM -Z 0.00 , 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 - 50.53 -33.38 0.00 0.00 - 59.40 - 59.40 0.00 0.00 110:" UNIT. INCHES 'KIP" `'.11'1:: `PARAMETER. CODE•..AISC'` FYLD.;' 46 ALL CHECK CODE .LATEST ANALYSIS' RESULT * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ; 0.00 0.249 0.00 0.171 -356.40 • 0.259 0.249 0.00 0.189 -400.51 0.258 0.00 : :MALL-MAIN :ENTRANCE UNITS ARE KIP INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE :NOTED) : ' • , - - - MEMBER • TABLE : RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ : RATIO/ • •'" LOADING/ " • : • • , . , .., . . . . ., . .• '•••:•:, • - • - : - "". ••• - . EX •••• • • • • MY ••'.". • : ' ' .- • •.: •"'"•" • - LOCATION •.' ' •• r"."•"1".' , • • •. : :: ..• •••• ,...... . ,, :.,.:.. • . ..••••"" .•• ... •. : '.',":)..-"'-'" • i===.."...-----__' .: ...: , : ..•••':•• - - ' ' ' ' • .•;••••,..,•-.....,•.., . - .„,.., ,:.,.....,..........: ,,,,,, -,,,,,-..:•":,'•.:-...,,::, .y. , .:,, .. 'f.4,•,--•':f•••-•".".,•'••-.,",, . '.' • ST • H .-: PASS -. '''„ .. . ' • . . . ' . :.: • 0.00 ., AISC: 11271...- . . 7=356:40 - , 198,. 00...... ...- 0.171 . ' • 4 13.20 T . .. ....2;.2•ST-(H TUB 1401406 . ',PASS . . .AISC :',1:12=4 . • ,.•• ,.',:P :258 ..... .... 3 ST : TUB 1901406 " PASS AISC- 11173 ,-. 4 ST TUB 1901406 PASS AISC- .H271 13.20 T 0.00 :ST TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- 111-3 6 ST TUB 1401406 PASS AISC- H2-1 'ST TUB 1901406 PASS H1-3 8 ST TUB 1401406 , PASS AISC- 112-1 STAAD :CODE . CHECKING - (AISC): 138.00 198.00 2 138.00 : MALL-MAIN ENTRANCE; • ALL UNITE ARE • :- KIP • INCH (UNLESS • OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER TABLE : • . RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/. • LOADING/ • FX MY HZ ' • LOCATION 9 • , . • • • f. ST TUB 1401406 PASS AISC. H1-3 „ 0.249 :'• . 0 01:C: , 604.80 • • 0.00 , 0.0 o ST TUB 1901406 PASS H1F-3 0.184 2 . ..O.:00.: :7400.51 1 .198:00', ST r TUB 1401406 PASS AISC , ' 0.259 9.95 c„: 138:: 00 12 ST TUB 1901406 • PASS 0.249• 3 OO1T -60480 13 ST TUB' 120904 :`• PASS H2-1 o.bo.' ' 0.00 14 ST TUB 120409 'PASS AISC- H1-3 0.045 , 3 5.93:C 0.00' : 0.00 0.00 . 15 ST TUB :120904 PASS AISC- H1-3 0.100 3 11.88 C 0.00 . 0.00 0.00.- 16 ST TUB 120409 ' PASS . AISC- H2-1 0.003 1 0.33 *: O.00 144.06 17 ''ST TUB 120909 . PASS AISC- H2-1 . 0.061 0.84 0.00 72.00 • 1 1.8 ST TUB 120404 PASS " AISC- H2-1 0.028 3 0.00 0.00 ` - 1 1... • • . • ' , ' • SOOTHCENTEik:M41171 ENTRANCE •••• , • •: == . _ . . . . . . . . _ . . -, . . . • 19 ST : TUB 120404 PASS : AISC-: H1-3 0.045 o.oci- 0,.66. 0.00.. 62:..ST : TUB .12040 . PASS AISC- H13 0.100 : , :. 3 0:00 : 1 0 ..00 •' 21:. •: ST :'' TUB ' 120404 PASS , ..AISC- , H2-1 . '. 0.003 ' . ,, . . • • . . ' ' '0.31'; 0.00 - 144.90 . -.... ,.. :- . AISC- H2-1: ' 0.061 3 0 84 :,- 0'. 00 ' '- 7200 , ,.,. : .,:.: . . : :: : .• . . • • , , • • •.!:.'23 ST1'.: TUB : 80303 - PASS ' TENSION ..: 0.072 ' . 3 775T 000 000 :. -0.60 24 ''-. ST: TUB 80303 : , PASS ' AISC- H1-3 : i '. 0 :146 .,, :, :::• ,, , . . : • " . , : -000 ' : _ '' 0 00 :, : 000 ''-' ..: -',1•. . 25 ..... ET _ TUB 80303 . PASS TENSION : 0.072: . '-'. -, ': '. '- •, , ...'..:: ', , - i ,':- - . : : 771T 0.00 .. .- 0'. 00 : ' ' 000 : ,.:.',..-. : •:: 26H ',ST ' TUB '80303 '. ... PASS : AISC- ,. :0 3 . . . . . : . . . . . 775C MO': 0'..00: ..0'. 00 27 r ST TUB. 80303 PASS : ' TENSION 0.972 .‘ 3 775T 0.00 9.00 ' ' • 0. '..:ifi ST TUB 80303 ; H PASS AISC..- H1-3: : 0.146 3 . 000 , • 0.00 0.00 29 ST , TUB 80303 : PASS TENSION 0.072 7.71 T - . 0.00 0.00 : 0.00 •, '30 ST TUB 80303 PASS 'AISC-.. H173 - 0.. 146 7.75C 0.00 - 0.00 : 0.00 - 31 -. ST TUB 2001205 PASS . AISC- . A2 1 : 0.234 4 : • 0.00 T. ' - 0.00 771280 : 0..00 32- ST TUB...2001205 PASS - AISC- H173 0.234 4 0: 00 C 0.90, '• '. -712 80 '0.0 ALL UNITS ARE - KIP INCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) MEMBER , TABLE RESULT/ ' CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/ ' LOADING/ MB' : LOCATION 22 ST TUB 120404 PASS .: ••. •. ..•: „ . • • • • • 11.88 T �;.� •" , „ - • . , . • . „ .., . ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. ...CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA ° 61 ' LA O L I • I ; I 17. . ' A Itli oMP • CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: 0\10 JOB # SUBJECT: M fi 1 kt1 tY C{A.., L BY: ) SHEET # 1 114a4k, I ' •,4- 2D 2.ors-( `5k0 1: I, 2..! ( 2-PD1 4- 1 c S = kt_c(411 400 1U - 0 6 (ve-q. 1 . A - 5 LtutuH O c-fc- x- 13100 A 11 i B DATE Ti Itt7.." ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJ ECT: SUBJECT: f 14 v� �! In �Y ( , 1 L ( lJ 1. 4 — I KS 6 w Q (! 0 a 1-C 1f0 }O S et29 ti .7 " - IA) 4 1,16 /r M 1 - )9 tv t b 034 lei l "0 12. 1-1:33 210 s -Ft z / 4- I rP f a .. : Le Jc( (A,S3 4 -13.1?-)c 1:5,17 �a- 1.41'7 112 {t.Gt.l (2-00 `I 3. 5 1 / �- ,/ 2 3 Z� w I� ic '1( 5 : 3 7-i JOB BY: r;. DATE SHEET # A ©J tt I r i f q, v r J (33 CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA SHEET # PROJECT: SUBJECT: `." JOB # DATE MAik. -it L47d4k A IJ B tsji- evirlss 3.11 sib?-0d7 .7= 1.0 0.271" 1 . / erb vL, ‘r Ike 10,2 7- • t L K CLI 9- 6, Gi frt T -r VL--/ s?)' (.4 CONSULTING ENGINEERS • SEATTLE, WASHINGTON • ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • ANDERSEN BJORNSTA0 KANE."JACoBS'■"11.1 • • . .„ „ ANDERSEN RIORNSTAD:KANEAACOBS CONSULTING ENGINEERS ' SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: SUBJECT: JOB # DATE i t4 R Kr. frfry 6'1_14 BY: t. J SHEET 0 4 1 k \- ) G K3 "T1-/zir-&)c liA4-9f/f gr._ r 4 _ ' I pn K-.0 OF rvv 1 i '7 / i (A) (Kin - (it_c e i Npf tL-ka/i\A vzixv-- F") 3,TY q3 4 0. 1 / 4 /0 r- 9)AI 2.0 - 7- , ›- • A B n L.- Y5c-Ae, c L 0 9 . Lo6cd, w 3,14 L t ?Jo r c 2-€ 11 `5 , 41;'c ki0 Z,0 ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS . INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA /`AtA) Y V t-1;,0* 14 G �5 cfr ■2.7f 2 S -14 C 2 d (0 r _, Or rN mom.... A L CQt 5 (2X \AAow T t`2.' -e Y=,1M 1aek W /-1A- pA ee SC n1e-t tee s -' wkV4 1T 9 j , --a z lo6 A IT /(? DATE 67/C? (4q r I( N 1 B sop c:\o� \rrZa„,E ezo 9. z , (Mik 1(��- , - > -1 ` i 2 4/ 1/ z Z - t 2 SZ 1.06 L !a "1 )(Co r Vz 13C ° '. Units Option P -Delta Effects Redesign Edge Forces A.S.I.F. Node. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Material Label a36 a500 Section Label brace bm col bml X-Coord (ft) 0.00 17.00 41.00. 0.00 17.00 41.00 29.00 0.00 17.00 41.00 0.00 8.00 17.00 0.00 8.00 TU6X6X3 W18X55 W12X53 TU8X8X3 : US Standard AISC Code Checks : 9th Edition ASD Shear Deformation: No : No No , No : 1.333 Elastic Modulus (Ksi) 29000.00 29000.00 Database Shape Y- Coord (ft) 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.33 15.33 15.33 15.33 22.83 22.83 22.83 30.50 30.50 30.50 41.67 41.67 Poisson's Ratio 0.30000 0.30000 Matl. Set a500 a36 a36 a36 Boundary Conditions X -dof Y -dof Rotation. (in,K /in) - -- (in,K /in) - -- (r,K -ft /r) R R R R R R Thermal Coefficient (F) 0.65000 0.65000 Area (in 4.27 16.20 15.60 5.77 Weight Density (K /ft3) 0.490 0.490 Moment of Inertia (inA4)' 23.800 890.000 425.000 58.200 Temp. (F)- o.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Yield Stress (Fy) (Ksi)--- - 36.000 46.000 As y/y Coef 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 Section Database Mati. Area Moment of As y/y Label Shape Set Inertia Coef (in "'2) (in bm2 W18X50 a36 14.70 800.000 1.20 bracel W6X15 a36 4.43 29.100 1.20 I J_ I Releases J End Offsets No Node Node Section x y z x y z Sec Sway I J (in) (in) 1 1 4 col 2 4 8 col 3 8- 11 col 4 11 - 14 col 5 2 - 5 col 6 5 - 9 col 7 9 - 13 col 8 3 6 col 9. 6 - 10 col 10 4 - 5. bm 11 5 - 7 bm 12 7 - 6 bm 13 8 - 9 bml 1 14 9 - 10 bml 1 15 11 12 bm2 1 16 12 13 bm2 17 14 15 bm 1 18 12 15 bracel 1 19 4 - 9 brace 1 20 7 - 10 brace 1 21 7 - 9 brace 1 22 9 - 12 brace 1 23 12 - 14 brace 1 I J No Node Node 1 1 - 4 2 4 - 8 3 8 - 11 4 11 - 14 5 2 - 5 6 5 - 9 7 9 - 13 8 3 - 6 9 6 - 10 10 4 - 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 Unbraced Lengths Lb -in Lb -out Lc (ft) (ft) (ft) K Factors In Out Length (ft). 15.33 7.50. 7.67 11.17 15.33 7.50 7.67 15.33 7.50 17.00 12.00 12.00 17.00 24.00 8.00 9.00 8.00 11.17 18.58 14.15 14.15 11.82 13.74 Bending Coefs Cm Cb • I J Unbraced Lengths No Node Node Lb-in Lb-out Lc (ft) (ft) (ft) 11 5 - 12 7 - 13 8 - 14 9 - 15 11 - 16 12 - 17 14 .- 18 12 -- 19 4- 20 7 - 21 7 - 22 9 - 23 12 - BLC No. .7 6 10 12 13 15 15. 9 10'; 9 12 14 1. Nodal Loads, BLC 1: Node Number 14 11 8 4 1 total Basic Load Case Description Global X (K) 4.000 2.000 2.500 8.400 Dynamic Analysis Data Number of modes (frequencies) Basic Load Case for masses BLC mass direction of action Acceleration of Gravity 3 • ▪ None X only 32.20 ft/sec**2 • K Factors Bending Coefs In . Out Cm Cb Global Y (K) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Load Combination Self Wt BLC BLC BLC BLC BLC No. Description Dir Fac Fac Fac •Fac Fac Fac Load Totals Nodal Point Dist. 4 Moment (K-ft)---- 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 WE DYNA S V • Load Combination is 1 : total Node 1 2 3 4 5`�'` 6 7� 8 g lO 11 12 13 14 15 Load Combination is 1 : total Reactions Node 1 2 3 Totals Global X (in) 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 1.12288 1.12120 l-lg68 1.12266 1.14595 1.13761 1.13617 1.14911 1.14865 1.14854 1.17940 1.17940 Global X (K) -5.51315 -5.S5543 -5.42142 -16.90000 Load Combination is 1 : total Member End Forces Nodes I-Eod No I J Axial Shear Moment (K) (K) /I{-ft) 1 1- 4 -13.31 5.51 0,00 2 4- 8 -4.98 -4.23 -28.88 3 8- 11 -4.98 0.11 2.87 4 11- 14 -5.33 0.18 2,03 5 2- 5 5.50 5.97 0.00 6 5- 9 1.43 -3,69 -17.06 7 9- 13 0.31 0.4I 3.14 8 3- 6 7.80 5.42 -0.00 9 6- 10 3.21 -4,30 -32.23 10 4- 5 3.88 -6.02 -55.64 Global Y (in) 0.00000 - 0.00000 -0.00000 0.00541 -0.00224 -0.00317 0.00215 0.00640 -0.00252 '-O-0038I 0.00742 -0.00229 - 0.00258 0.00900 -0.00229 Global Y (K) -13.30637 5.50142 7.80495 0.00000 J-Eod Axial Shear (K) (K) 13.31 .-5,5I 4.98 4.23 4.98 -0.11 5.33 -0,18 -5.50 -5,97 - 1.43 2.69 -0,3I ' -0,4I - 7.80 -5.42 -3.21 4.30 - 3.88 6.02 t °1 Rotation (rad) -0.00863 - 0.00882 - 0.00857 -0.00106 -0.00063 -O.OUII3 0.00044 0.00008 -0.00002 0.00029 - 0.00014 -0.00005 - 0.00017 -0.00027 -0.00023 Moment (]I ft) 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 Moment (K ft)-- 84'52 - 2.87 -2.03 -0.00 91.45 - 3.I4 -0.00 83'II -0.00 -46,72 Nodes No I J 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 5- 7- 8- 9- 11- 12- 14- 12- 4- 7- 7- 9- 12- 1- 4- 8- 11- 2- 5- 9- 3- 6- 4- 5- 7- 8- 9- 11- 12- 14- 12- 4- 7- 7- 9- 12- 7 6 9 10 12 13 15 15 9 10 9 12 14 I -End Axial Shear (K) (K) - 4.78 -1.95 9.72 -4.60 6.84 0.00 0.83 0.00 2.07 Q.35 0.41 -0.31 0.00 0.00 - 0.00 -0.00 -5.71 -0.00 - 6.05 0.00 11.05 -0.00 7.20 -0.00 6.56 -0.00 Load Combination is 1 : total AISC Code Checks Nodes No I J Maximum 0 4 8 11 14 5 9 13 6 10 5 7 6 9 10 12 13 15 15 9 10 9 12 14 0.7057 0.2217 0.0353 0.0318 0.7429 0.1270 0.0235 0.6864 0.2415 0.4650 0.1701 0.3286 0.0723 0.0106 0.0255 0.0191 0.0000 0.0000 0.0484 0.0513 0.1332 0.0793 0.0777 0.0395 0.2217 0.0353 0.0318 0.0221 0.1270 0.0235 0.0313 0.2415 0.4650 0.1701 0.0653 0.0723 0.0106 0.0080 0.0191 0.0000 0.0000 0.0484 0.0513 0.1332 0.0793 0.0777 Moment (K -f t) -27.67 -4.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Member Quarter Points 1/4 1/2 3/4 J -End Axial Shear (K) (K) 4.78 1.95 -9.72 4.60 - 6.84 0.00 -0.83 0.00 - 2.07 -0.35 - 0.41 0.31 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.71 0.00 6.05 -0.00 -11.05 0.00 -7.20 0.00 -6.56 0.00 Moment (K -ft) -- 4.29 -50.88 0.00 0.00 2.80 0.00 0.00 -0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 L Shear 0.2060 0.3726 0.5391 0.7057 0.0920 0.1649 0.1080 0.0511 0.0353 0.0707 0.0338 0.0323 0.0308 0.0293 0.0018 0.0278 0.0238 0.0198 0.0158 0.0030 0.2023 0.3825 0.5627 0.7429 0.0996 0.0908 0.0546 0.0184 0.0272 0.0450 0.0179 0.0123 0.0067 0.0010 0.0068 0.1951 0.3589 0.5226 0.6864 0.0905 0.1838 0.1260 0.0683 0.0106 0.0717 0.2622 0.0595 0.1915 0.3943 0.0592 0.1370 0.1040 0.0710 0.0379 0.0192 0.0948 0.1727 0.2507 0.3286 0.0452 0.0723 0.0723 0.0723 0.0723 0.0000 0.0106 0.0106 0.0106 0.0106 0.0000 0.0124 0.0167 0.0211 0.0255 0.0038 0.0148 0.0104 0.0060 0.0016 0.0034 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0484 0.0484 0.0484 0.0484 0.0000 0.0513 0.0513 0.0513 0.0513 0.0000 0.1332 0.1332 0.1332 0.1332 0.0000 0.0793 0.0793 0.0793 0.0793 0.0000 0.0777 0.0777 0.0777 0.0777 0.0000 • . • ANDERSEN WORNSTAD KANE JACOBS 0.INC. : • . ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA • PROJECT: Zycxrgcre.1-IrMiz- 4 -1. 6 4.4-■ SUBJECT: li - teatlr - **A4 . 4, Lq41-,uppi 1:71J C Trat-14-A*1 C. . , L") otkv‘u/-1" t., 9:74 2 ert e-frarn 6 ‘ 1 r' • ( 0„4) 1 \- \21 ) ‘ • -r- o 2.- 4. 4 ,, 0 . 0 `0 21..1 I` • JOB# (o0 BY: 6 - r Gre 5 S ) 2-7 \/..„ e,T. 0.11 b.1(Dt DATE SHEET # A B • 7 si z 60.1 SEATTLE• WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA SUBJECT: $YLb t. Firy L4e., DATE SHEET # ` l 3 - 11 ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. 4. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: I • SUBJECT:. 1.a/y/7 _< /v/r-- ""Jitee A.5.4 fel/ ./**.e 14 2 Ir 4 o-Ht . /6 4 (74 /f 4 ,4l) 6'0 " Z.014 .5 JOB ti BY: 74? 0.Z 1 - - - -// 2'‘ , C. 4 :f /6-s kr Aew. /715H (Aer.= /Pd) (94 = 9 7,o2' z- 6- .c A 4 1 f t I( 5 A B DATE SHEET # . /lo.a 2-7-" Jr 72 fL (Aix eSce // /4.1 /1, e / /g /%/1 d (44, 0 f 2y ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: i�l7,;(277 ' �.- 7 f SUBJECT: � S//f'1f r {,7 Cam" ././.4;Of et (# BY: /1/e SHEET # . L( eihr 6>le• /74, . /0 ' 1,11; J c( ,44/e'4= e, /1 /3 . it S—//9" /1-4›c. f sue 449- /4 Ate/54 /,(k' _ 9 x � _ y(Di., .? 33 'K .00 44 /2 4fC //85 )C O )c- ( JOB # 0 (zAvo .F. 0 : D) # 11 6Z/77- ( ?�- /. 37S = 99 DATE ¢ -rte 1" rf A ©i B 7 oQ _ 73 lei 5` fro/G," 7) 6f-A 7/// ,y 9 e,"4/2, I 0/- f7 •5 -7,z • ._ .•.,. ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA ' PROJECT: SUBJECT: 0417 6-7617--"e- JOB # DATE SHEET# 35 • yl /d //T $ C 4'fr/Ih.w F AA BY: • . t.... , , • .771()`' 4 b ( ds ,-= A • • ..# ,..,... 4" ••• • t (A0 A laviwf Gvi ✓ter= �'v��r�F Oil n01.4 _ 2 SX /9 ©,D74 pl of/ /tf/ tK6,‘ • ter, f(?)14 ' (41,,c; A ©J B C• ( • ( " / .!' ':',' ) ( / 1 /,,, Pi L• ! , / 6:17/1 / ; rile« tt( ff / ff "' ifr,e ' /e , /'e! i4 / //& 4eei, ie' W .5 , b. o, 2. 51 / (,;/ G/,%,': e:,•. t. (-- 01(61( '(- /moo' itx/e /a,t/f ` 4,,,,,,,i6 P,..• oKz4t) = /7467). ovi) ki = D, .. 74- 04, C �,� ; ,��-�� 7 �� /U // = ( // = °d - ... o, // ,*'r(i e Ok i M•oxii C. r SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. J I • , CONSULTING ENGINEERS PROJECT: yw � r� SUBJECT: grey /. /440 S ,1T /�i'V : �ctt 4 /` 696r;4 ' .61: - T_ A :Tr/'`e', // c6 xfieforfi 0 (/q A 7) / i t/c/Y‘7) . , 67 x r 10 / z z 4 // *(i / 2 = 97 l /Yew = /,6162) = 7 Tarxx =/72 ( /4/13e) JOB # BY: -= /Pr Aie A ® i DATE 4 -sue- 47 SHEET # 1 3 U effe Ott tim ��' ___ ..... .... i))F.A ( CIO • " 1l A� : 1M0 tJ G� ,f1-3 _/ • 2 y' I ( - a /rii ) =22s 225 4/ / 26S /72 giK z 'h( 9 -0)(I i r 7c'Y) , ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SEATTLE, WASHINGTON ANCHORAGE, ALASKA PROJECT: V SUBJECT: AA L-n Lb( 1 c30 a PO 16 BY: JOB # DATE A ©i B 3 SHEET # ( 1 �� li N &RV)14l L Ltf j L�J `Z c o 1 ez-bDP PeVi0 4 10 = Z 100 (- N riot/ s (- ( ! 1 -!f J 7.3 >u & f-- C GIA Ll =17.6-23z; ( k toy r ee- aucu. c. `S i L tz_ V > D.16 (4 y- ( A r 6:0 7 12> 11401) .6 n-nU (5` \c. Z Y x 20 = 2� I � o412 Wpft-L-5 (Gr 5.3 3 - 0 (0 9 53, k " k 0 ,10 ` o -Ie`/? S &I,t 1 e: - • for the • OUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION l at Tukwila, Washington„ . 14 April, 1999 FOR PERMIT REVIEW FILE COPY iv MITHL PART N E I understand that the Plan Check approvalo are 'cat to errors and omissions and approval of ans does not aulhodill 11 ■Iolation of any • cpted code or IS lissipt of contractor's PY of aPProwd P6111 By N Dde R S Permit No. MPI PROJECT NO. 98294.00 •A% • RECEIVED CITY OF TuKwu APR 1 9 1999 PERMIT CENTER cs--01 au, SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 02872 - TREE GRATES 1.1 General A Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following: 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Shop drawings showing layout, details of construction, patterns or designs, dimensions, profiles, anchors, and accessories.. Manufacturer: Ironsmith Architectural Products, Inc., P.O. Box 1141, Palm Desert, CA 92261; 800/338 -4766. B. Materials: Tree grate and frame assembly, Starburst model #M7208 -1; 72" x 72 ". Natural finish. C. Tree grate material shall be cast aluminum per ASTM B26, latest revision. Al It ree grate castings hall be manufactured true to pattern an component parts, and shall fit together in satisfactory manner, planar, and in full alignment to component parts and surrounding materials. Castings shall be of uniform pattern and quality, free from blowholes, hard spots, shrinkage, distortion, or other defects. Clean castings by sandblasting. Grates shall be Americans with Disabilities Act compliant regarding pattern, design, and slip resistance. D. Frames shall be supplied with natural finish. 1.3 Execution A. Examination: coordinate with the work of other Sections for the proper installation of frame relative to finish construction and for uniform appearance. B. Install frames and grates where indicated on Plans, flush and leveled with surrounding finish floor surfaces. Use spreaders or stakes to keep frames from being distorted by concrete pressure. Clean concrete and debris from frame prior to grate installation. Provide wood or foam blocks in new concrete for projection of pilfer -proof bolts. C. Grind grate pads on bottom of grate sections as necessary for level. Maintain flush, aligned, and leveled at all times. Adjust tree opening diameter as necessary to accomodate trees and as directed by Owner's landscape and planting consultant, utilizing manufacturer's pre- determined opening diameters. D. Remove or protect tree grates if surrounding concrete or floor around tree well perimeter is chemically treated or acid washed. E. Position tree grates to meet in the center of tree well and have uniform spacing around outside edges of castings. Drill through counter -bored holes in the grates and install pilfer -proof bolts per manufacturer's instructions. F. Clean installed assembly and provide protection as necessary. END OF SECTION 02872 TREE GRATES 02872 -1 ' 1.1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION • Description PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Floor Boxes/Covers See drawings for equipment identification. SECTION 16740 - TELEPHONE, COMPUTER RACEWAY SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL A. Provide raceway systems for the installation of the telephone and computer wiring by others. Installation shall include raceways, floor boxes, cover plates and pull cords. B. Provide a raceway from each telephone/data outlet to accessible ceiling space. Raceways shall terminate in nearest service corridor only. Raceway shall not be terminated in tenant space. Provide raceway sleeves through all fire and smoke separation walls. 2.2 Pull Wire Shall be plastic having not less than 200-pound tensile strength. 2.3 Conductors Provided by others. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Raceways slack at each end of the pull wire. END OF SECTION • , . 2.4 Pay Telephone Locations Coordinate installation and termination of raceways with telephone equipment provider. Provide all required hardware as required by manufacturer. Shall conform to specification section 16110 Raceways except that conduit bends shall be long radius. All telephone raceways to be 1" trade size. 3.2 Pull Cords Nylon type, shall be included in all raceways over 10 feet long. Leave not less than 12 inches of TELEPHONE, COMPUTER RACEWAY SYSTEM 16740 - 1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 . Description Extend existing lighting control system to control new lighting. System shall be design build by the contractor. There are an estimated 30 lighting control zones. Contractor to field verify existing system and become familiar with mall lighting control schemes prior to bid. Contractor to provide any and all components required and compatible with existing system. All such .' equipment shall be UL listed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 . Lighting Contactors and Control Relays A Contactors: Multipole, mechanically or electrically held as required, rated for operating voltage Contact rating 20A minimum or as required, with coil clearing contacts. Square D Class 8903. Control relays: Rated 600V, 20A contacts. Square D Class 8501 XMO-40. NEMA 1 enclosures and 120V coils unless noted otherwise. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Lighting Controls Mall lighting is controlled by existing contactor and relay cabinets located in the AC houses adjacent to serving panels. Contractor to reuse existing control circuits or supplement with control relays as required to maintain lighting control schemes currently in place. Where new zones are required, existing space contacts are located in the existing lighting control cabinets. Lighting control devices and schemes are not indicated on plans. Contractor is responsible for verifying and coordinating control schemes with owner, architect and lighting designer. LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16930 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 1- GENERAL L 1.1 Description SECTION 16999 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT Summary of procedures and requirements for project closeout of electrical portions of work. Conform also with other portions of the Contract Documents. Final payment to Contractor is subject to full completion of this Section. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Record Drawings i Reproducible, Xerox drawings. See 16010, 1.10. 2.2 Electrical Equipment Operation And Maintenance (0 & M) Manuals Hardboard, screw post, imprinted covers. Tabbed dividers between categories. See 16010, 1.11. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Request For Final Punch List To request a final electrical punch list, forward a letter to Sparling, Inc. stating; "The electrical work on this project is complete, all punch list items to date are complete, items below in Section 16999, 3.02 are complete and the project is ready for final punch list observation ". 3.2 job Closeout Procedure A. Perform the following procedures for project closeout of electrical portions of work: 1. Perform testing, tests and documentation per 16030. 2. Provide engraved nameplates on electrical equipment. 3. Refinish electrical equipment finishes which are damaged. 4. Clean up per 16100, 3.05. Clean all parts of lighting fixtures. 5. Color code junction boxes per 16130. 6. Type panel schedules with actual "as- built" circuit descriptions. 7. Number all circuit breakers. 8. Obtain final electrical inspection. Include copies in 0 & M manual. 9. Give written one year warranty in 0 & M per 16010, 1.09. 10. Furnish Record Drawings per 16010, 1.10. Obtain signature on Job Completion Form. 11. Furnish 0 & M Manuals per 16010, 1.11. Obtain signature on Job Completion Form. 12. To request final acceptance of project, fill out Job Completion Form in 16010, 1.13 and forward to Sparling. Note: If inspectors have not signed form, a copy of signed -off permits will suffice. 13. Include with Job Completion Form, a copy of the final punch list with the word "DONE ", and the date and Contractor's initials after each item on the list. END OF SECTION PROJECT CLOSEOUT 16999 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 General 1.2 Products A. Steel Reinforcement: As follows: 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. 2. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, flat sheets. B. Concrete Materials: As follows: C. Related Materials: As follows: MPI JOB N 0.98294 Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit design mixes and the following for each concrete mix: 1. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication, bending, and placement. 2. Material certificates signed by product manufacturers certifying that product complies with requirements. B. Quality Assurance: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," and ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 1. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work ru has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. 2 Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, from a single source. 3. Water: ASTM C 94. 4. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 5. Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 6. High- Range, Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. 7. Water - Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. 8. Water - Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 9. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1 -1/2 inches (13 to 38 mm) long. 1. Flexible Joints at planters: Manville Expand -O -Flash 2. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than 7.8 mils (0.18 mm) thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick. 3. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt - saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self - expanding cork. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -1 ........... w. u.: www...• vwwwn. Yao-vWH>. iWww+.. r.. r. wa. wrin. w. anw.w.....ntln.p :MtrMfa.wr.e..c SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 4. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. 5. Epoxy- Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component epoxy resin, of type, class, and grade to suit requirements. D. Curing Materials: As follows: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 2. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. /sq. yd. (305 g /sq. m) dry. 3. Moisture - Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. 4 Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane- Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 5. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 6. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane - Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 7. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. E. Concrete Mixes: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301, with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi. 2. Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). 3. Air Content: 4.0 percent. 4. See structural drawings for specific mix requirements. F. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1 lb/cu. yd. (0.60 kg /cu. m). G. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information. H. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. I. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type batch machine mixer. 1.3 Execution A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 J• Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved 28 -day design compressive strength. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M), ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect, and repair vapor - retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643. Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSI's placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. placing concrete. Joints: Locate and install construction, isolation, and contraction joints. Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Concrete Placement: Deposit concrete continuously and avoid segregation. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 mm), avoiding cold joints. 1. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 2. Screed and initial -float concrete floors and slabs using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open - textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold - weather concrete placement. 4. Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R when hot - weather conditions exist. Finish formed surfaces as follows: 1. Apply rough- formed finish, defined in ACI 301, to concrete surfaces indicated or not exposed to public view. 2. Apply smooth - formed finish, defined in ACI 301, to concrete surfaces indicated and exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. a. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth- formed finish. "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before 3. Apply smooth- rubbed finish to smooth - formed finished concrete surfaces indicated or exposed to public view. K. Finishing Floors and Slabs: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. 1. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish, defined in ACI 301, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. 2. Float Finish: Apply float finish, defined in ACI 301, to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to surfaces to be covered with fluid - applied or sheet waterproofing, built -up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION END OF SECTION 03300 1) 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 2) 3/16 inch (4.8 mm). 3) 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). MPI JOB NO. 98294 3. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film- finish coating system. a. After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power- driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. b. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10 -foot- (3.05 -m -) long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed the following: L. Concrete Protection and Curing: Protect concrete from excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold- weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. 4. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 5. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete, brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route, to platforms, steps, and ramps, and 1. Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause excessive moisture loss. 2. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. 3. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, moisture - retaining -cover curing, or curing compound. 4. Cure and seal floors and slabs with a curing and sealing compound according to manufacturer's written instructions. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 03450 - PLANT- PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 1.1 General 1.2 Products A. Reinforcing Materials: As follows: 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. 2. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. 3. Deformed -Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. B. Concrete Materials: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Structural Performance: Provide precast architectural concrete units and connections capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated: concrete veneer accent band units. B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit design mixes and the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of precast architectural concrete units. Indicate member locations, plans, elevations, dimensions, shapes, cross sections, limits of each finish, and types of reinforcement, including special reinforcement. Samples: For each type of finish indicated on exposed surfaces of precast architectural concrete units, one set of 3, illustrating full range of finish, color, and texture variations expected; approximately 12 by 12 by 2 inches (300 by 300 by 50 mm). C Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified firm that assumes responsibility for engineering precast architectural concrete units to comply with performance requirements. D. Design Standards: Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and the design recommendations of PCI MNL 120, "PCI Design Handbook — Precast and Prestressed Concrete." E. Quality- Control Standard: Comply with PCI MNL 117, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products." F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code — Steel "; and AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel." Store units at Project site to prevent cracking, distorting, warping, staining, or other physical damage, and so markings are visible. 1. Lift and support units only at designated lifting and supporting points as shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, white, of same type, brand, and source. 2. Normal - Weight Aggregates: Except as modified by PCI MNL 116, ASTM C 33 3. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C -260. PLANT- PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03450 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 C. Concrete Mixes: Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required and as follows: 1. Normal - Weight Concrete: Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field test data methods according to ACI 211.1, with materials to be used on Project, to provide normal - weight concrete with the following properties: D. Fabrication: a. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 5000 psi (34.5 MPa). b. Maximum Water - Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. c. Water Absorption: 12 to 14 percent by volume, tested according to PCI MNL 117. d. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content complying with PCI MNL 117. 1. Cast -in reglets, slots, holes, and other accessories in precast architectural concrete units to receive windows, cramps, dowels, reglets, waterstops, flashings, and other similar work as indicated. 2. Reinforce precast architectural concrete units to resist handling, transportation, and erection stresses. 3. Mix concrete according to PCI MNL 117 and requirements in this Section. After concrete batching, no additional water may be added. 4. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent seams or planes of weakness from forming in precast concrete units. Comply with requirements in PCI MNL 117 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. 5. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and external vibration without dislocating or damaging reinforcement and built -in items. Use equipment and procedures complying with PCI MNL 117. 6. Identify pickup points of precast architectural concrete units and orientation in structure with permanent markings, complying with markings indicated on Shop Drawings. Imprint or permanently mark casting date on each precast architectural concrete unit on a surface that will not show in finished structure. 7. Cure concrete, according to requirements in PCI MNL 117, by moisture retention without heat or by accelerated heat curing using low- pressure live steam or radiant heat and moisture. 8. Discard precast architectural concrete units that are warped, cracked, broken, spalled, stained, or otherwise defective unless repairs are approved by Architect. 9. Fabricate precast architectural concrete units straight and true to size and shape with exposed edges and corners precise and true so each finished panel complies with PCI MNL 117 product tolerances as well as position tolerances for cast -in items. E. Finishes: Finish exposed -face surfaces of precast architectural concrete units to match approved design reference sample and as follows: 1. PCI and APA's "Architectural Precast Concrete - -Color and Texture Selection Guide," of plate numbers indicated. 2. Smooth- Surface Finish: Provide surfaces free of pockets, sand streaks, and honeycombs, with uniform color and texture. 3. Finish exposed surfaces of precast architectural concrete units. PLANT - PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03450 - 2 1.3 Execution A. install precast architectural concrete. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability, and alignment as units are being permanently connected. 1. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform joint width as erection progresses. Install precast architectural concrete units level, plumb, square, true, and in alignment without exceeding the noncumulative erection tolerances of PCI MNL 117, Appendix I. C. Repair exposed exterior surfaces of precast architectural concrete units to match color, texture, and uniformity of surrounding precast architectural concrete if permitted by Architect. D. Clean exposed surfaces of precast concrete units after erection to remove weld marks, other markings, dirt, and stains. END OF SECTION 03450 PLANT-PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE MPI JOB NO. 95294 .. 03450 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 03490 - GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE 1.1 General A. Structural Performance: Provide GFRC shapes capable of withstanding gravity, wind, seismic, and erection design loads as well as the effects of thermal- and moisture - induced volume changes, according to load factors and loading combinations. 1. Design framing systems to withstand design loads with lateral deflections no greater than 1/360 of the wall height. 1.2 Products Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit GFRC design mixes, welding certificates, manufacturer qualification data, and the following: 1. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication and installation of GFRC panels. Indicate panel elevations, sections, and dimensions; thickness of facing, GFRC backing, and bonding pads; finishes; joint and connection details; lifting and erection details; cold- formed metal framing layout and details; location and details of connection hardware attached to structure; size, location, and details of flex, gravity, and seismic anchors; other items sprayed into panels; and description of loose, cast -in, and field hardware. 2. Samples of GFRC showing the full range of colors and textures expected, 12 by 12 inches (300 by 300 mm). Quality Assurance: Comply with PCI MNL 130, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Products," and as follows: 1. Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing GFRC shapes and that assumes responsibility for engineering GFRC shapes; provides comprehensive engineering analysis prepared, signed, and sealed by a professional engineer legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located; and participates in PCI's Plant Certification Program and is designated a PCI - Certified Plant for Group G, Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete. 3. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. A. Concrete Materials: Complying with PCI MNL 130 and as follows: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III, white to achieve sample finish color. 2. Metakaolin: ASTM C 618, Class N. 3. Glass Fibers: Alkali resistant, with a minimum zirconia content of 16 percent, 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) long, specifically produced for use in GFRC. 4. Sand: Washed and dried silica, successfully used in GFRC production, complying with composition requirements of ASTM C 144. 5. Aggregate: ASTM C 33. 6. Water: Potable. 7. Curing Admixture: Acrylic thermoplastic copolymer dispersion. 8. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE 03490 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 9. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494. B. Anchors and Subsystems: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Carbon -Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Carbon -Steel Rods: ASTM A 108, AISI 1018, cold drawn. 3. Carbon -Steel Plate: ASTM A 283/A 283M. 4. Bolts: ASTM A 307 or ASTM A 325 (ASTM F 568M or ASTM A 325M). 5. Finish: Zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M and ASTM A 153/A 153M, as applicable. 6. Finish: Shop primed with lead- and chromate -free, rust - inhibitive primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P -664 or SSPC -Paint 25. C. Frame Materials: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural -steel sheet, G90 (Z275) zinc coating, cold formed into manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm). D. GFRC Mixes: Proportion backing mix of portland cement, glass fibers, sand, and selected admixtures. Provide nominal glass -fiber content of not less than 5 percent. 1. Proportion face mix of portland cement, fine and coarse aggregates, and selected admixtures, with an air content of 3 to 10 percent; ASTM C 231. E. Panel Frame: Fabricate panel framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures. 2. Fasten structural -steel framing members by welding. Comply with AWS D1.1 requirements and procedures for welding. 3. Weld flex, gravity, and seismic anchors to panel framing. 4. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. 5. Repair Painting: Touch up accessible damaged galvanized surfaces according to ASTM A 780 and painted surfaces using rust - inhibitive prime -paint material compatible with shop coat. F. GFRC Fabrication: Proportion, mix, spray, consolidate, and cure GFRC according to PCI MNL 130 procedures. 1. Spray mist coat of matrix without glass fibers over molds to a thickness not exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Spray face mix in thickness indicated on Shop Drawings. 3. Proceed with spraying up backing mix skin before face mix has set, using procedures that produce a uniform thickness and even distribution of glass fibers and matrix. 4. Attach frame to GFRC before initial set of GFRC backing, maintaining a minimum clearance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) from GFRC backing, and without anchors protruding into GFRC backing. 5. Build up homogeneous GFRC bonding pads over anchor legs, maintaining a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (13 mm) over top of anchor foot, before initial set of GFRC backing. GLASS - FIBER- REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE 03490 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION END OF SECTION 03490 MPI JOB NO. 98294 6 Inserts and Embedments: Build up homogeneous GFRC bosses or bonding pads over inserts and embedments to provide sufficient anchorage and embedment to comply with design requirements. Manufacturing Tolerances: Manufacture GFRC units so each finished unit complies with PCI MNL 130 for dimension, position, and frame tolerances. H. . Finish exposed -face surfaces of GFRC units as follows to match Architect's design reference sample. Panel faces shall be free of joint marks, grain, or other obvious defects. 1. Color and Finish: Match existing columns at Food Court Entrance. I Quality- Control Testing: Establish and maintain a quality- control program for manufacturing GFRC units according to PCI MNL 130. 1. Test and inspect GFRC production. Include material acceptance testing, preproduction testing, aggregate production testing, wet production testing, and production testing after curing. 1.3 Execution Erection: Install clips, hangers, and other accessories required for connecting GFRC units to supporting members and backup materials. 1. Lift GFRC units at lifting points established by manufacturer and install without damaging units. 2. Install GFRC units level, plumb, square, and in alignment. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability, and alignment of units until permanent connections are completed. Maintain horizontal and vertical joint alignment and uniform joint width. Remove projecting hoisting devices. 3. Anchor GFRC units in position by bolting or welding, or both, as indicated on Shop Drawings. Remove temporary shims, wedges, and spacers as soon as possible after anchoring is completed. 4. Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Protect GFRC units from damage by field welding or cutting operations, and provide noncombustible shields as required. 5. At bolted connections, use lock washers or other acceptable means to prevent loosening of nuts. 6. Erect GFRC units to comply with PCI MNL 130 noncumulative tolerances. GLASS - FIBER- REINFORCED PRECAST CONCRETE 03490 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 03532 - CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING 1.1 General A. Submittals: Submit Product Data and material test reports. B. Cast topping mockups approximately 100 sq. ft. in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. C. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for substrate moisture content, humidity, ventilation, and other conditions affecting topping performance. Place topping only when ambient temperature and temperature of base slabs are between 50 and 86 deg F. 1.2 Products A. Mineral- Aggregate Toppings: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. A -H Emery A -1 Premix; Anti-Hydro International, Inc. 2. Emery Tuff Top; Dayton Superior Corporation. 3. Emerytop 400; L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 4. Met -Top E; Metalcrete Industries. 5. Emeri -Crete Topping; Sternson Group. B. Iron - Aggregate Toppings: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. A -H Irontop; Anti-Hydro International, Inc. 2. Iron Topping RM; Burke Group, LLC (The). 3. Conplate Floor Topping; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. 4. Super Euco -Top; Euclid Chemical Co. 5. Mastertop 300 Anvil -Top; Master Builders, Inc. 6. Metalcrete; Metalcrete Industries. 7. Ferrotop; Sternson Group. C. Clear, Solvent- Borne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 25 percent solids content, minimum. D. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two - component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 percent ASTM D 2240. E. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt - saturated cellulosic fiber. F. Acrylic- Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. G. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, Type V, two- component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements. H. Topping: Mix topping materials and water in appropriate drum -type batch machine mixer or truck mixer according to manufacturer's written instructions. CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING 03532 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution A. Preparation of Existing Concrete: Prepare and clean existing base slabs according to topping manufacturer's written instructions. Fill voids, cracks, and cavities in base slabs. Install joint-filler strips where topping abuts vertical surfaces. C. Install topping according to manufacturer's written instructions. Start application in presence of manufacturer's technical representative. • , Existing Concrete: Apply epoxy-bonding adhesive, mixed according to manufacturer's written instructions, and scrub into dry base slabs. Place topping while adhesive is still tacky. Screed surface with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. Begin initial floating using bull floats to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane free of humps or hollows. F. Finishing: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats as soon as topping can support equipment and operator. Float and restraighten surface. Apply hard trowel finish, leaving surface smooth and uniform. G. Begin curing immediately after finishing topping. Apply curing compound uniformly in two coats in continuous operations by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Install epoxy joint filler full depth of contraction joints according to manufacturer's written instructions. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. Repair and patch defective topping areas, including areas that have not bonded to concrete Substrate. END OF SECTION 03532 MPI JOB NO 98294 CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPING 03532-2 • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1.1 General 1.2 Products A. Color and Texture: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: For masonry reinforcing bars; comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Show elevations of reinforced walls. 2. Samples showing the full range of colors and textures available for exposed masonry units and colored mortars. 3. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, for each type of masonry unit required; mortar complying with property requirements, and grout complying with compressive strength requirement. 4. Material Certificates: For each type of masonry unit required. F. Hot - Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or 90 deg F (32 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (13 km /h), do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches (1200 mm) ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 1900 psi (13.1 MPa) 2150 psi (14.8 MPa) 2800 psi (19.3 MPa) 3050 psi (21.0 MPa) . 2. Weight Classification: Medium weight . 3. Provide Type I, moisture - controlled units. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 -1 �C4 Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform the following preconstruction testing: 1. Clay Masonry Units: For each clay masonry unit indicated, per ASTM C 67. 2. Concrete Masonry Units: For each concrete masonry unit indicated, per ASTM C 140. aTr 3. Mortar: For mortar properties per ASTM C 270. 4. Grout: For compressive strength per ASTM C 1019. C. Fire- Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire- resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Sample Panels: Build sample panels, to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects, for each type of exposed unit masonry assembly in sizes approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm) high by full thickness. E. Cold- Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold - weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 /TMS 602. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Brick, General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 4. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 1. Provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished for ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces. 2 Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, color, and texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing. D. Face Brick: ASTM C 216 Grade SW , Type FBX , and as follows: 1. Mutual Materials: #43710 Smooth Finish Color "Copper" (confirm match to existing masonry on site). 2. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) . 3. Initial Rate of Absorption: Less than 20 g /30 sq. in. (20 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. 4. Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM C 67 and is rated "not effloresced." 5. Size: Manufactured to the following actual dimensions: Match existing brick. E. . Mortar and Grout Materials: As follows: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold - weather construction. 2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207 , Type S. 3. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.. 4. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91 . 5. For pigmented mortar, use a colored cement or cement -lime formulation as required to produce the color indicated. 6. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 -mm) sieve. a. Colored - Mortar Aggregates: Natural- colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 7. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. 8. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. 9. Water: Potable. F. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; ASTM A 616/A 616M, including Supplement 1; or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60 (Grade 400). G. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951 ; mill galvanized, carbon -steel wire for interior walls and hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel wire for exterior walls. H. Ties and Anchors, General: Provide ties and anchors, specified in subsequent paragraphs, made from materials that comply with this paragraph, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 2 «...w+..w. ..ruwuc'wPMOYf'.t(X+bVz SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Galvanized Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B -2 coating for exterior walls and Class 1 coating for interior walls. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M cold - rolled, carbon -steel sheet hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, at exterior walls; and ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180), commercial- quality, steel sheet zinc coated by hot - dip process on continuous lines before fabrication at interior walls. Adjustable Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Provide two -piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall, for attachment over sheathing to metal studs, and that are capable of withstanding a 100 -Ibf (445 - N) load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). 1. Dur.O Wal D/A 213S system with pencil rod attachment provisions in pintle section; 11 ga. pintle; 12 ga. Plate; stainless steel proprietary screws - two per plate. 2. Seismic Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a rib - stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom; with raised rib- stiffened strap stamped into center to provide a slot for a connector section designed to engage a continuous wire embedded in the veneer mortar joint. Embedded Flashing Materials: As follows: 1. Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and below: a. Copper - Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing consisting of 5- oz. /sq. ft. (1.5- kg /sq. m) sheet copper bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass -fiber cloth. K. Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories: As follows: 1. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene urethane or PVC . 2. Bond - Breaker Strips: Asphalt - saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 3. Round Plastic Weep/ Vent Tubing: Medium - density polyethylene, 3/8 -inch (9 -mm) OD by 4 inches (100 mm) long. 4. Cavity Drainage Material: Washed peagravel. L. Masonry Cleaners: As follows: 1. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard - strength cleaner designed for removing mortar /grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. M. Mortar and Grout Mixes: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 1. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270 , Proportion Specification. 2. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270 , Property Specification. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 a. Extended -Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option. b. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime. c. For masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use Type M. d. For exterior, above - grade, load - bearing and non -load- bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load- bearing walls; for interior non -load- bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. 3. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight: a. For portland cement -lime mortar, not more than 10 percent. b. For masonry cement or mortar cement mortar, not more than 5 percent. 4. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 . a. Use grout of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 /TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. b. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143. N. Clear Water Repellent: Hydrozo, Fabrishield, or equal as recommended by brick manufacturer. 1.3 Execution A. Cut masonry units with motor- driven saws. Allow units cut with water - cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if the initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g /30 sq. in. (30 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at the time of laying. D. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6 /TMS 602 and the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. E. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less- than -half -size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION F. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern to match existing masonry; do not use units with less than nominal 4 -inch (100 -mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. G. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. I. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. Lay solid brick -size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. 1. At cavity walls, bevel beds away from cavity, to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. K. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Match existing masonry. L. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Use wood strips temporarily placed in cavity to collect mortar droppings. As work progresses, remove strips, clean off mortar droppings, and replace in cavity. M. Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 1. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. N. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. 2, Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. O. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with seismic masonry- veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Fasten each anchor section through sheathing to wall framing with two metal fasteners of type indicated. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Embed connector sections and continuous wire in masonry joints. Provide not less than 2 inches (50 mm) of air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 24 inches (610) o.c. horizontally with not less than 1 anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. (0.25 sq. m) of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches (914 mm), around perimeter. P. Install precast concrete accent veneer unit furnished under the work of other sections in the masonry veneer system, mortared in place with joints per brick masonry.. Q. Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. 1. Extend flashing 4 inches (100 mm) at ends and turn flashing up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form a pan. 2. Install metal drip edges beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal drip edge. 3. Install metal flashing termination beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal flashing termination. R. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing. Install vents in vertical head joints at the top of each continuous cavity at spacing indicated. 1. Use round plastic tubing to form weep holes and vents . 2. Space weep holes 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. 3. Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with outside face of wall after mortar has set. S. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. T. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of Section 2104.5 of the Uniform Building Code. U. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements of Section 2104.6 of the Uniform Building Code for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. V. Field Quality Control: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality- control testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner . UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 6 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1 Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in these subparagraphs will be performed during construction for each 5000 sq. ft. (465 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. 2. Mortar properties will be tested per ASTM C 780 . 3. Grout will be sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C 1019 . 4. Brick Tests: For each type and grade of brick indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 67. 5. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 140. W. Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as follows: By dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints, as work progresses. After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: a. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one -half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. b. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner. c. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing the surfaces thoroughly with clear water. d. Clean brick by the bucket - and -brush hand - cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes No. 20, using job -mixed detergent solution. e. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. f. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated m NCMA TEK 8 -2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. Masonry Waste Disposal: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including broken masonry units, waste mortar, and excess or soil - contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade. 2. Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. Y. Sealing: Apply clear water repellent coating with low pressure spray equipment per manufacturer's instructions. Protect surrounding work. END OF SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 - 7 w ... r�T: Mavxhe[. �' c•.c Si". i:3n'.!7i?+L'i'�'{7;i;.6+'rDr.W w+�senw„ +,..n•.,......- ....._ SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 04851- DIMENSION STONE CLADDING �., 1.1 General A. Structural Performance: Provide dimension stone cladding system capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: I 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on pressures indicated on Drawings. _ B. Seismic Performance: Provide dimension stone cladding system capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to Chapter 16 of the Uniform Building Code. 1. Seismic Design Criteria: See structural drawings. C. Safety Factors for Stone: Design dimension stone cladding system to withstand loads indicated without exceeding allowable working stress of stone determined by dividing stone's average ultimate strength, as established by testing, by the following safety factors: 1. Safety Factors for Granite: 3 for uniform loads and 4 for concentrated loads. 2. Safety Factors for Oolitic Limestone: According to ILI's "Technote on Safety Factors." 3. Safety Factors for Dolomitic Limestone, Marble, and Slate: 5 for uniform loads and 10 for concentrated loads. 4. Safety Factors for Quartz -Based Stone: 8 for uniform loads and 10 for concentrated loads. D. Submittals: Submit the following: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Product Data: For each variety of stone stone accessory, sealants, water repellant, and other manufactured products indicated. Provid manufacturer's data indicating campatibility of stone, sealants and water repellent. 2. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation of dimension stone cladding system, including dimensions and profiles of stone units. a. Show locations and details of anchors and backup structure. b. For installed dimension stone cladding systems indicated to comply with certain design loads and deflection limits, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified structural engineer responsible for their preparation. 3. Stone Samples: Sets for each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required; not less than 12 inches (300 mm) square. E. Preconstruction Stone Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Furnish test specimens randomly selected from blocks representative of actual materials proposed for incorporation into the Work. DIMENSION STONE CLADDING 04851 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. One set of test specimens will be required for each stone variety, of number and size indicated in referenced standards. 3. Stone will be tested for compliance with physical property requirements according to referenced ASTM standards. 4. Flexural Strength Tests: ASTM C 880, performed on specimens representative of minimum thickness and finish of installed stone. One set will be tested in both wet and dry conditions. 5. Anchorage Tests: ASTM C 1354, performed on specimens representative of minimum thickness and finish of installed stone. One set will be tested for each combination of stone variety, finish, and anchor type. F. Mockups: Before installing dimension stone cladding systems, build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1. Mockup shall contain radius cut stone and may be part of permanent installation. 2. Build mockups of typical exterior wall with dimension stone cladding, approximately 72 inches (1800 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm) high. 1.2 Products A. Marble: Provide marble complying with ASTM C 503 and as follows: 1. Varieties and Sources: As follows: a. "Largo" marble, by Innovative Marble at 1 -800- 627 -8663. 24 "x24" slabs, 1 inches thick. 2. Finish: Polished B. Fabricate anchors, including shelf angles, from stainless steel, ASTM A 666, Type 316, temper as required to support loads imposed without exceeding allowable design stresses. C. Fabricate anchors, including shelf angles, from hot -dip galvanized steel, ASTM A 36/A 36M for materials and ASTM A 123/A 123M for galvanizing. D. Backup Structure: Fabricate components not in contact with stone from hot - rolled steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or from steel sheet not less than 0.1046 inch (2.7 mm) thick complying with ASTM A 570/A 570M. Fabricate components in contact with stone from same material specified for anchors. E. Setting Shims: Strips of resilient plastic or vulcanized neoprene, 50 to 70 Shore A durometer, nonstaining to stone, sized to suit joint thicknesses and depths of stone supports without intruding into required depths of joint sealants or causing third -side adhesion between sealant and setting shims. F. Concealed Sheet Metal Flashing: Fabricate from stainless steel complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" in thicknesses indicated, but not less than 0.0156 inch (0.4 mm) thick. G. Weep and Vent Tubes: Medium - density polyethylene tubing, 1/4 -inch (6 -mm) OD and of length required to extend from exterior face of stone to cavity behind. DIMENSION STONE CLADDING 04851- 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 H. Sealant Products: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants that are compatible with joint fillers, joint substrates, and other related materials and that comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for products corresponding to those indicated below: a. Low - modulus, neutral- curing silicone sealant. Dark grey color to match stone. Provide manufacturer's full range of standard colors for review. 2. Sealant for Filling Kerfs: As follows: a. Single- component, nonsag, urethane sealant for Use T. Stone Fabrication: Fabricate shy re units in sizes and shapes required to comply with requirements indicated, including details on Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. For marble, comply with recommendations in MIA's "Dimensional Stone — Design Manual IV." 2. Control depth of stone and back check to maintain minimum clearances indicated between backs of stone units and surfaces or projections of structural members, fireproofing (if any), backup walls, and other work behind stone. 3. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cut stone to produce joints of uniform width and in locations indicated. 5. Contiguous Work: Provide chases, reveals, reglets, openings, and similar features as required to accommodate contiguous work. Fabrication of Backup Structure: Fabricate and assemble cold - formed metal framing to comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Cold- Formed Metal Framing." K. Shop - painted Steel Finishes: Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting backup structure. 1. Surface Preparation: After completing fabrication of steel items, prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Apply 2 -coat high- performance coating system consisting of organic zinc -rich primer, complying with SSPC -Paint 20, at 2.5 -mil (0.065 -mm) dry film thickness and topcoat of high- build, 2- component, epoxy - polyamide, high- performance coating at 6 -mil (0.15 - min) dry film thickness. 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. High - Performance Coating Systems: 1) Carboline 621 and 190 HB; Carboline Company. 2) Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97 -670 and High -Build Polyamide -Epoxy 97- 131; PPG Industries, Inc. 3) Tneme -Zinc 90 -97 and Series 69 Hi -Build Epoxoline II; Tnemec Company, Inc. L. Clear impregnating sealer: Stone care International, Inc.; specific product as recommended by stone manufacturer. Confirm compatibility with sealants. DIMENSION STONE CLADDING 04851- 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1.3 Execution Execute dimension stone cladding installation by skilled mechanics and employ skilled stone fitters at Project site to do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone. B. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure dimension stone cladding in place. Shim and adjust anchors, supports, and accessories to set stone accurately in locations indicated with uniform joints of widths indicated and with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships. C. Provide expansion, control, and pressure - relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated. 1. Sealing expansion and other joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2. Keep expansion joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. D. Install concealed flashing at continuous shelf angles, lintels, ledges, and similar obstructions to downward flow of water to divert water to building exterior. E. Keep cavities open where unfilled space is indicated between back of stone units and backup wall; do not fill cavities. 1. Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including base of cavity walls, above shelf angles, and flashing. Locate weep holes and vents at intervals not exceeding 24 inches (600 mm) and for those serving as vents only, at intervals not exceeding 60 inches (1500 mm) horizontally and 20 feet (6 m) vertically. F. Setting Mechanically Anchored Dimension Stone Cladding: Attach anchors securely to stone and to backup surfaces. Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1242. 1. Attach framing for stone support system to structural frame of building by welding or bolting. a. For galvanized surfaces, clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. b. For shop - painted surfaces, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas immediately after erection. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting. 2. Fill anchor holes with sealant. Where dowel holes occur at pressure - relieving joints, provide compressible material at ends of dowels. 3. Set stone supported on clip or continuous angles on resilient setting shims. Use material of thickness required to maintain uniform joint widths. Hold shims back from face of stone a distance at least equal to width of joint. G. Joint Sealant Installation: Prepare joints and apply sealants of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." H. Water Repellant: Apply two coats per manufacturer's recommendations prior to or during stone application. DIMENSION STONE CLADDING 04851- 4 •, • UTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 Clean dimension stone cladding no fewer than six days after completion of pointing and sealing, using clean water and stiff-bristle fiber brushes. Do not use wire brushes, acid-type'. . cleaning agents, cleaning agents containing caustic compounds or abrasives, or other materials or methods that could damage stone. DIMENSION STONE CLADDING • • • • , , •. • • • . • " • • . ' • 04851 - 5 • • , SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.1 General A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. C. Submittals: In addition to Product Data and mill test reports on structural steel and bolts, submit Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components, including connections, splices, holes, welds, and bolts. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. 3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify high - strength bolted slip - critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections. D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings — Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2. ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use." 3. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 1. Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. F. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 1.2 Products A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), carbon steel. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 B. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 572 (ASTM A 572M), Grade 50, high - strength, low -alloy columbium - vanadium steel. C. Cold- Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. D. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), =headed rods. E. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), headed bolts, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon -steel nuts. F. Nonhigh- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon - steel, hex -head bolts; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers, uncoated. G. High - Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers, uncoated. H. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust- inhibiting primer. I. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage - Resistant Grout: Premixed, ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application. J. Fabrication: Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings. 1. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel. 2. Shop install and tighten nonhigh - strength bolts, except where high - strength bolts are indicated. 3. Shop install and tighten high - strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." a. Connection Type: Snug tightened, unless indicated as slip - critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections. 4. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. K. Shop Priming: Shop prime steel, except surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar, surfaces to be field welded, surfaces to be high - strength bolted with slip - critical connections, and surfaces to receive sprayed -on fireproofing. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC -SP 2 "Hand Tool Cleaning" or SSPC -SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC -SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Surface Preparation: SSPC -SP 11 "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." 4. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 5. Priming: Apply a 1 -coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC's "Painting System Guide No. 7.00" to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 1.3 Execution A Erect structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates and set on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 1. Tighten anchor bolts, cut off wedges or shims flush with edge of base or bearing plate, and pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." Install and tighten nonhigh - strength bolts, except where high - strength bolts are indicated. E. Install and tighten high - strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Connection Type: Snug tightened, unless indicated as slip - critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections. F. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Shop and Field Quality Control: Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop and field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. 2. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. 3. High - strength bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 4. In addition to visual inspection, welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 procedures. END OF SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECK 1.1 General B. Quality Assurance: Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members" for calculating structural characteristics of steel deck. 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each type of deck and accessory, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings showing layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. 2. Product certificates signed by steel deck manufacturers certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 3. Product test reports from a qualified testing agency. 4. Welder certificates. 5. Research /Evaluation Reports: Evidence of steel deck's compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code — Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code—Sheet Steel." 2. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide steel deck units identical to those steel deck units tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. b. Steel deck units shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 3. FM Listing: Provide steel roof deck evaluated by FM and listed in FM's "Approval Guide, Building Materials" for Class 1 fire rating and Class 1 -90 windstorm ratings. A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top -flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 29, and the following: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230), G60 (Z180) zinc coating. 2. Profile Depth: 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm). 3. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: Per Structural drawings. B. Accessories: Steel deck manufacturer's standard accessory materials, including mechanical fasteners, closure strips, pour stops, and closures for deck. STEEL DECK 05310 -1 1.3 Execution SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1010 through 1020 headed stud type, cold - finished carbon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B, with arc shields. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. E. Repair Paint: Lead- and chromate -free rust- inhibitive primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P -664. A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 29, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side -lap interlocks. 2. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. 3. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to decking. 4. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work. 5. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work. a. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. B. Roof Deck Accessories: Install sump pans and sump plates, ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. C. Floor Deck Installation: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z- closures to deck, according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight - fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of decking. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of floor deck panels, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Weld shear connectors through deck to supporting frame according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. Butt end joints of deck panels; do not overlap. Remove and discard arc shields after welding shear connectors. D. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 05310 STEEL DECK 05310 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 05400 - COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 1.1 General A. Structural Performance: Provide cold- formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads without deflections greater than the following: 1. Interior Load - Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height. 2. Exterior Non - Load - Bearing Curtain -Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/600 of the wall height. 3. Ceiling Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span. B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Shop Drawings showing layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold- formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 3. Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer or test reports from a qualified independent testing agency. 4. Welder certificates. 5. Research /Evaluation Reports: Evidence of cold- formed metal framing's compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Quality Assurance: Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" for calculating structural characteristics of cold- formed metal framing. 1.2 Products 1. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a qualified professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated to prepare design calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data. 2. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code — Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code —Sheet Steel." 3. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where metal framing is part of a fire- resistance- rated assembly, provide framing identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Indicated by GA File Numbers in GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual," or by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. 4. Comply with HUD's "Prescriptive Method for Residential Cold- Formed Steel Framing." COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, G60 (Z180) zinc coating, Grade 33 (230) for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0428 inch (1.09 mm) and less; 50 (340) for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm) and greater. C. Joist Framing: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel joists, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As required. 2. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches (41 mm). 3. Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel joist track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: a. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: Matching steel joists. b. Flange Width: 2 inches (51 mm), minimum. D. Fabricate steel- framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated. E. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon -steel hex - headed bolts and carbon - steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. G. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. H. Power - Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. I. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant - coated, self - drilling, self - threading steel drill screws. J. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. K. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2 -1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 2 • B. Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard steel studs, of web depths indicated, with stiffened ==% flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As required. 2. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches (41 mm). 3. Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, unpunched, with straight flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, manufacturer's standard flange width, and minimum uncoated -steel thickness matching steel studs. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION L. Thermal Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced mineral -fiber blankets produced by combining glass or slag fibers with thermosetting resins. . 1.3 Execution MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Grout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ensure full contact of bearing flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry construction. [_ B. Install cold - formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to ASTM C 1007, manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold - formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 3. Install framing members in one -piece lengths. 4. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. 5. Install insulation in built -up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. 6. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. C. Erection Tolerances: Install cold- formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. D. Load - Bearing Wall Installation: Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Space studs as indicated, set plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. 1. Align studs vertically where wall - framing continuity is interrupted by floor framing. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. 2. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. 3. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. 4. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 5. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. 6. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full - height wall studs. COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 7. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten at each stud intersection. 8. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, blocking, bracing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall- framing system. E. Non - Load - Bearing Curtain -Wall Installation: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. Space studs as indicated; set plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to track, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Isolate non - load - bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 2. Install horizontal bridging in curtain -wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 54 inches (1370 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 3. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtain- wall - framing system. F. Joist Installation: Install, align, and securely anchor perimeter joist track sized to match joists as indicated on Shop Drawings. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten to both flanges of joist track. 1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm). Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Space joists not more than 2 inches (51 mm) from abutting walls and at spacings indicated. 3. Frame openings with built -up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another combination of connected joists if indicated. 4. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. 5. Install bridging at each end of joists and at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as indicated. 6. Secure joists to load - bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. 7. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold -down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist - framing assembly. G. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold- formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 05400 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1.1 General A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication and erection. 2. Templates for anchor bolts. 1.2 Products A. General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. B. Ferrous Metals: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Steel Tubing: Cold- formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. 3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated. 4. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A27 /A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. C. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified - alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P -664 and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. E. Fasteners: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc- plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. G. Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. H. Fabrication, General: Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. 1. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended. 2. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes. 3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION I. Steel Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3 and as follows: J. MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2- by -2 -1/2 -inch steel flat bars, spaced 18 inches apart. 2. Bar Rungs: 3/4 -inch- (19 -mm -) diameter #6 deformed steel reinforcing bars, spaced 12 inches o.c. 3. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth. 4. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design Loads specified in ANSI A14.3. 5. Galvanize exterior ladders and safety cages. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts. 1. Galvanize plates. K. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate from shapes and to sizes indicated. 1. Galvanize lintels located in exterior walls. 2. Drill or punch for attachments as detailed prior to galvanizing. L. Shelf Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated and for attachment to framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c. 1. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior walls. 2. Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in -place concrete. M. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural -steel framework as necessary to complete the Work. Fabricate from structural steel of welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded anchors at 24 inches(600 mm) o.c. N. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation with other work. O. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. 1. Cap bollards with 1/4 -inch- minimum steel plate. 2. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 1/4 -inch thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. 1. Hot -dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153/ A 153M as applicable. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 .- +�.w+rr.e...MwYM1rN' NHIsGbAOYNMCwY E. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. E Touch up shop paint after erection. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and paint with the same material as used for shop painting. G. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS MPI JOB NO. 98294 05500 - 3 .- 1. Angle Cover Plates: Attach angle cover plates to wall. EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 05810 -1 Aluminum Finishes: Finish designations prefixed by AA. 1. Mill Finish: AA -M10 (unspecified mill finish). 2. Class I, Clear- Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A41. 3. Class I, Color- Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A42/A44. a. Organic Coating: Thermosetting modified acrylic enamel. b. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 5. High- Performance Organic Coating: AA- C12C42R1x. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 Wall, Ceiling, and Soffit Joint Cover Assemblies: Provide expansion joint cover assemblies in intersecting planes of same appearance. 1. Fixed Metal Cover Plates: Anchor frame on one side permitting free movement on other side. 2. Floating Metal Cover Plates: Cover plate secured to frames permitting free movement on both sides. 3. Self- Centering Cover Plates: Concealed centering device permitting cover plate free movement on both sides. 4. Flexible Filler: Secure the approved flexible filler between frames to compress and expand with movement. Compression Seals: Preformed, elastomeric extrusions having internal baffle system with lubricant and adhesive for installation. a. Color: Selected from within standard industry colors and color density range. 4. Baked Enamel Finish: AA- C12C42R1x. Comply with manufacturer's specifications for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. a. Fluoropolymer Two -Coat Coating System: Primer and fluoropolymer topcoat; 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin. Comply with AAMA 605.2. 1) Resin Manufacturers: Ausimont USA, Inc. (Hylar 5000) or Elf Atochem North America, Inc. (Kynar 500). 2) Color and Gloss: Selected from manufacturer's standard choices for color and gloss. 6. Factory-prime concealed metal surfaces that will be in contact with concrete and masonry surfaces when installed. L. Natural Satin Bronze Finish: CDA Designation M32, mechanical finish, directional textured, medium satin. M. Stainless Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual." 1. Bright, Cold- Rolled Unpolished Finish: AISI No. 2B finish. 2. Bright, Directional Polish: AISI No. 3 finish. N. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard factory finish. EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 05810 - 2 MPI JOB NO 98294 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION. .3 Execution :A. Preparation: Comply with these specifications and manufacturer's instructions and recommendations including preparation of substrate, applying materials, and protecting installed units. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, templates, and instructions for anchoring to substrates or forming recesses into substrates for placement and grouting frames. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required. Install in true alignment in relationship to established lines and levels. Allow adequate free movement for metal thermal expansion and contraction. Set floor covers flush with adjacent finished floor materials. Install wall, ceiling, roof, and soffit covers in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces. • Extruded Preformed Seals: Install seals to comply with manufacturer's instructions and with • minimum number of end joints. . " Elastomeric Sealant Joint Assemblies: Seal end joints and transitions according to 'manufacturer's directions. Seismic Seals: Install seals according to manufacturer's instructions. Fire Barriers: Install fire barriers, including transitions and end joints according to manufacturer's instructions so that fire-rated construction is continuous. Cleaning and Protection: Remove protective covering only after finish work in adjacent areas is complete. Clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with manufacturer's instructions. . END OF SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 05810 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 1.1 General A. Submittals: Submit wood treatment data, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials. 1.2 Products A. Lumber, General: Comply with DOC PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. B. Wood - Preservative - Treated Materials: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb /cu. ft. (4.0 kg /cu. m). After treatment, kiln -dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: a. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. Pressure treat wood members in contact with ground or freshwater with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 lb /cu. ft. (6.4 kg /cu. m). C. Fire - Retardant- Treated Materials: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire - retardant - treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL; U.S. Testing; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. All wood products installed are to be fire retardant. D. Concealed Boards: Provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Species and Grade: Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common per NELMA rules. 2. Species and Grade: Northern species, No. 3 Common or Standard per NLGA rules. 3. Species and Grade: Mixed southern pine, No. 2 per SPIB rules. 4. Species and Grade: Western woods, Standard per WCLIB rules or No. 3 Common per WWPA rules. E. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where miscellaneous carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. 1. Power - Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. MPI JOB NO. 98294 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb; true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit _ :carpentry .to other construction;. scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction: Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105-2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY General Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit Samples for each finish and type of siding and paneling. Products 1.3 Execution Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. Softwood Plywood: Comply with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood." Fire - Retardant Treatment: Where indicated, use materials impregnated with fire- retardant chemicals per AWPA C20; exterior type or interior Type A as required. Plastic laminate - color to be selected from standard color samples. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation, for a minimum of 24 hours. Install finish carpentry plumb, level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. C. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full- length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related trim. Cope at returns and miter at corners. D. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1.1 General MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large - scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 2. Samples of solid- surfacing materials. C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. 1. Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. D. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.2 Products Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide interior architectural woodwork by one of the following: B. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. C. Solid- Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with material and performance requirements in ANSI Z124.3, for Type 5 or Type 6, without a precoated finish. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Corian; DuPont Polymers. b. Surell; Formica Corporation. c. Gibraltar; Wilsonart International, Div. of Premark International, Inc. D. Fire - Retardant - Treated Materials: Where indicated, use materials impregnated with fire - retardant chemical formulations to comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood), Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire - retardant - treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln -dry material after treatment. E. Fire - Retardant Particleboard: Panels made from softwood particles and fire - retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame- spread rating of 25 or less and smoke- developed rating of 25 or less per ASTM E 84. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution MPI JOB NO. 98294 F. Fire - Retardant Fiberboard: Medium - density fiberboard panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire- retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame - spread rating of 25 or less and smoke - developed rating of 200 or less per ASTM E 84. G. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire - retardant - treated softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln -dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. H. Fabrication, General: Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing and hardware application, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide [Premium] [Custom] [Economy] grade interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard. 2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. K. Solid- Surfacing- Material Countertops: As follows: 1. Solid- Surfacing- Material Thickness: 1/2 inch (13 mm). 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors of solid- surfacing material complying with the following requirements: a. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes. 3. Fabricate tops in one piece with shop - applied backsplashes and edges, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid - surfacing- material manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. L. Shop Finishing: Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming before installation. B. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 2 1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch (25-mm). penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips. No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK • 06402 - 3 1.1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 07160 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING General 1.2 Products A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.3 Execution Submittals: Submit product data for each type of product specified, including data substantiating that materials comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 1. Cold- Applied, Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing: a. ChemRex, Inc.; Sonneborn Building Products Div. b. Euclid Chemical Co. c. Karnak Chemical Corporation. d. Koppers Industries, Inc. e. Meadows: W.R. Meadows, Inc. MPI JOB NO. 98294 Bituminous Dampproofing, General: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for designated application. 1. Odor Elimination: Provide material warranted by manufacturer to be odor free after drying for 24 hours under normal conditions. Cold - Applied, Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing: Asphalt -based emulsions recommended by the manufacturer for dampproofing. 1. Trowel Grade: Emulsified asphalt mastic complying with ASTM D 1227, Type III or IV. D. Primer: Asphalt primer complying with ASTM D 41, for asphalt -based dampproofing. E. Glass Fabric: Woven glass fabric, treated with asphalt, complying with ASTM D 1668, Type I. F. Protection Course, Board Type: Premolded, 1/8 -inch- (3 -mm -) thick, multi-ply, semirigid board, with a mineral- stabilized asphalt core sandwiched between layers of asphalt - saturated felt and faced on one side with polyethylene film. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Protection Course II; ChemRex, Inc.; Sonneborn Building Products Div. b. Bituthene Asphaltic Hardboard; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co. c. PC -2 Protection Course; Meadows: W.R. Meadows, Inc. A. Preparation: Clean substrate and comply with recommendations of prime materials manufacturer. 1. Install cant strips and similar accessories as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. 3. Install separate flashings and corner protection stripping as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. • Protection of Other Work: Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of adjoining work. Application: Apply dampproofing where indicated on Drawings. Apply 1 or 2 coats as recommended by manufacturer. • 1. Reinforcement: At changes in plane or as shown, install lapped course of glass fabric in first coat of dampproofing compound. 2. Apply horizontal dampproofing to concrete slab and turn up walls minimum 6 inches all around. Apply vertical dampproofing down walls from finished-grade line overlapping slab turn-up do not extend onto surfaces exposed to view when the Project is completed. • Cold-Applied, Asphalt Emulsion Dampproofing: Apply on either exterior or interior surfaces. 1. Trowel Grade: Apply at a minimum rate of 7 gal./100 sq. ft. (2.8 L/sq. m), to produce an average, dry-film thickness of 60 mils (1.5 mm) but not less than 30 mils (0.8 mm) at any point. D. Protect dampproofing membrane from damage until backfill is completed. Remove overspray and spilled materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing. E. Protection Course: Comply with dampproofing materials manufacturer's recommendations for method of support or attaching of protection materials. Support with spot application of trowel-grade mastic where not otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 07160 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION 1.1 General A. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, ASTM E 119, or ASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.2 Products A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Unfaced, Flexible Glass -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or ASTM C 553, Types I, II, and III. 1. Nominal Density: Not less than 1.5 lb /cu. ft. (24 kg /cu. m) nor more than 1.651b /cu. ft. (26 kg /cu. m). 2. Thermal Resistivity: 4.13 deg F x h x sq. ft. /Btu x in. at 75 deg F (28.6 K x m/W at 24 deg C). 3. Surface - Burning Characteristics: Smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. C. Foil- Faced, Flexible Glass -Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or ASTM C 553, Types I, II, and III; faced on one side with foil- scrim -kraft vapor retarder. 1. Nominal Density: 1.5 lb /cu. ft. (24 kg /cu. m). 2. Thermal Resistivity: 4.13 deg F x h x sq. ft. /Btu x in. at 75 deg F (28.6 K x m/W at 24 deg C). 3. Surface - Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. D. Fire- Retardant, Reinforced - Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either a nonwoven grid of nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 22 lb /1000 sq. ft. (10 kg /100 sq. m), with maximum permeance rating of 0.1317 perm (7.53 ng /Pa x s x sq. m) and flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of not more than 5 and 75, respectively. Color: white. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following or equal: a. DURA -SKRIM 2FR; Raven Industries, Inc. b. Griffolyn T -55 FR; Reef Industries, Inc., G! iifolyn Div E. Vapor - Retarder Tape: Pressure - sensitive tape of Type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION END OF SECTION 07210 MPI JOB NO. 98294 Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. Adhesively Attached, Spindle -Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated with self - locking washer in place; and complying with the following requirements: Plate: Perforated galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. Spindle: Copper- coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.105 inches (2.67 mm) m diameter, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Where spindles will be exposed to human contact after installation, protect ends with capped self - locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap. Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates. 1.3 Execution A. Installation, General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. 1. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow. 2 Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 3 Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. B. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system. C. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 07242 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 1.1 General A. Definitions: Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) refer to exterior assemblies consisting of an inner Layer of board insulation, an outer layer of a glass- fiber - mesh - reinforced base coat applied directly to board insulation, and a textured protective finish coat. Systems refer to EIMA classification Class PB EIFS. System manufacturer refers to EIFS manufacturer. B. Physical Properties: EIFS complying with performance standards and structural performance in "EIMA Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems, Class PB," including wind load per ASTM E 330 as indicated. C. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of system including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, joint locations and configurations within system and between system and construction penetrating it, termination details, and attachments to construction behind system. 2. Samples for each finish, color, texture, and pattern specified. 3. Installer Certificates: Signed by system manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. 4. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers or a third -party agency approved by system manufacturer certifying that insulation and joint sealants comply with requirements. 5. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer. 6. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of current products by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. 7. EIFS Contractor and Sealant Installer Installation Cards: complete, sign, and submit to Building Department in accordance with ICBO Evaluation Service Report. D. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is certified in writing by system manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's system. Installer shall be trained in manufacturer's system, have a minimum of five years experience in projects of similar scope, and be approved by the Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau. E. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: System assemblies and components with the following fire - test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Flame Spread of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 25 or less when tested individually per ASTM E 84. 2. Smoke Developed of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 450 or less when tested individually per ASTM E 84. F. Mockups: Construct mockups for each form of construction and finish required. Mockup for panels over existing concrete fascia shall be full- height. G. Coordinate installation of EIFS with related Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wall assemblies, including sheathing, flashing, trim, joint sealers, windows, and doors, are EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 07242 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 protected against damage from the effects of weather, age, corrosion, moisture, and other causes. Do not allow water to penetrate behind EIFS. A. Manufacturers: Basis of Bid is "Outsulation Plus" by Dryvit Systens, Inc. Contractor may propose equal systems for review from the following: 1. Pleko Products, Inc. 2. Sto Corp.; Sto Finish Systems Div. 3. Stuc -O -Flex International, Inc. Compatibility: Substrates, adhesive, board insulation, reinforcing meshes, base- and finish - coat materials, sealants, and accessories that are compatible with one another and approved for use by system manufacturer. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns of Finish Coat: Architect's selections from system manufacturer's full range of colors, textures, and patterns for type of finish coat indicated. D. Grid tape at all joints of exterior gypsum sheathing: comply with manufacturer's requirements. E. Air /weather barrier: "Backstop" air /weather barrier as manufactured by Dryvit Systems, Inc. Trowel on minimum 3/32 inch thickness per manufacturer's requirements. F. Flashing tape: install at all penetrations per manufacturer's requirements. G. Adhesive: "Primus" adhesive as manufactured by Dryvit Systems, Inc. Comply with notch trowel vertical pattern per manufacturer's requirements. H. Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Comply with system manufacturer's requirements and ASTM C 578, Type IV for boards sized not more than 24 by 48 inches (610 by 1219 mm) and in thickness indicated but not more than 4 inches (102 mm) or less than that allowed by system manufacturer. Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, alkali - resistant, open -weave glass -fiber mesh treated for compatibility with other system materials, made from continuous multiend strands with retained mesh tensile strength of not less than 120 Ibf /in. (21 dN /cm) per EIMA 105.01, complying with ASTM D 578 and not less than 4.2 oz. /sq. yd. (142 g /sq. m) at reveals, 6 oz. /sq. yd. for typical wall installation, and 12 oz. /sq. yd. for top of parapet. J. Base -Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard mixture complying with the following requirements for material composition and method of combining materials: 1. Job -mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, natural color; clean, washed, silica sand complying with ASTM C 897 and system manufacturer's requirements; alkali - resistant chopped glass fibers; and polymer - emulsion admixture for base -coat use. "Genesis" base coat as manufactured by Dryvit Systems, Inc. a. Top of parapet: "Dryflex" as manufactured by Dryvit Systems, Inc. K. Finish -Coat Materials: System manufacturer's standard factory -nixed formulation of polymer - emulsion binder, colorfast mineral pigments, sound stone particles, and fillers. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 07242 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 Acrylic finish coat with DPR and PMR as manufactured by Dryvit Systems, Inc., integral color with sand pebble fine finish. 1. Top of parapet: Provide standard finish coat, then two coats "Weatherlastic Smooth" elastomeric finish. Water: Potable. M. Portland Cement: Type I or II. N. Trim Accessories: Type to suit conditions indicated and complying with ASTM C 1063; zinc alloy. 1. Drainage strip: exterior -grade PVC with .25 inch diameter holes spaced 3 inches on center, comply with ASTM D 1784-81 and ASTM C 1063 -94. 2 Soffit drip screeds: vented drip reveal as manufactured by Fry Reglet and as shown on drawings. Joint Sealant System: Shall be as acceptable to EIFS system manufacturer as compatible with EIFS system, and shall be one of the following: 1. Tremco, Inc. 2. Sealant: Dymeric 3. Primer: Primer #1 4. Pecora Corp. 5. Sealant: Dynatrol II 6. Primer: Primer type P75 7. Sonneborn 8. Sealant: Sonolastic NP II 9. Primer: Primer 733 10. Products Research & Chemical Corp. 11. Sealant: PRC Rubber Caulk 350 12. Primer: Primer #17 P. Backer Rod: Dow Ethafoam or equal. Q. Bond Breaker: Depends on surface; contact sealant manufacturer for recommendations. R. Sealant color to be as selected by Architect for match to EIFS materials. 1.3 Execution A'. Comply with system manufacturer's written instructions for installation of system as applicable to each type of substrate indicated. B. Exterior Cement Board: Comply with cement board manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Cover exterior cement board with a layer of asphalt - saturated organic felt. C. Adhesive - attach insulation to substrate by method complying with manufacturer's requirements and DS 218 as specified by Dryvit Systems, Inc. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 07242 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION • MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally with vertical joints staggered in successive courses to produce running bond pattern. Begin first course from a level base line and work upward. 2. Locate joints so no piece of insulation is less than 12 inches (300 mm) wide or 6 inches (150 mm) high. Offset joints not less than 6 inches (150 mm) from corners of window and door openings. a. Offset joints of insulation not less than 4 inches (100 mm) from joints in sheathing. b. Offset joints of insulation not less than 4 inches (100 mm) from aesthetic reveals. 3. Interlock ends at internal and external corners. Abut boards tightly at joints and fill gaps with insulation. Interrupt insulation for expansion joints where indicated. Form joints for sealant application wide enough to produce joint widths indicated after encapsulating joint substrates with base coat and reinforcing mesh. 4. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed areas due to sun exposure; smooth surface film created by extrusion process; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 5. Treat exposed edges of insulation board to comply with system manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Coordinate flashing installation with installation of insulation. D. Install expansion joints at locations indicated, where required by system manufacturer, where expansion joints are indicated in substrates behind EIFS, where EIFS adjoins dissimilar substrates, materials, and construction and at floor lines in multilevel wood -frame construction. E. Install control joints at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: 1. For wall areas defined by the placement of control joints; area not to exceed 150 sq. ft. (13.9 sq. m). 2. At a maximum spacing of 10 feet (3 m) in any direction. 3. At a maximum spacing of 12 feet (3.7 m) in any direction, with no panel exceeding 144 sq. ft. (13.4 sq. m) in area. 4. At a maximum spacing of 18 feet (5.4 m) in any direction, with no panel exceeding 144 sq. ft. (13.4 sq. m) in area. 5. Where required so no panel has a width -to- length ratio of more than 2- 1/2:1. 6. Where panels formed by system change in size, extend joints full width or height of protective coating. 7. Above and below window and door openings. F. Install trim accessories at locations indicated. Mechanically fasten accessories to structure. G. Cover insulation with reinforcing mesh and fasten through insulation to structure. H. Apply base coat over and into reinforcing mesh in thickness specified by system manufacturer to produce a flush, uniform surface with mesh fully embedded and prepared to receive finish coat. Apply in two separate passes. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 07242 - 4 Apply finish coat over dry base coat, maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform appearance, in thickness required by system manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of color and texture matching approved sample. Installation of Joint Sealants: Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and in "EIMA Guide for Use of Sealants with Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems, Class PB. Apply joint sealants after base coat has cured but before applying finish coat. Field Quality Control: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field quality-control tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace EIFS that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with ;requirements. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with requirements. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 07242 - 5 with the EIFS evaluation report and sealant manufacturer's installation methods and procedures must accompany this declaration. L EIFS Contractor Company Name and Address: cc: Original: Building Department (Must be submitted with sealant Copy: EIFS Manufacturer installer declaration.) FIGURE 8- INSTALLATION CARD (SEALANT INSTALLER NAME) Completion Date: THE SEALANT INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) INSTALLED ON THE STRUCTURE LOCATED AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW: CONFORMS TO (EIFS MANUFACTURER NAME) AND (SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S NAME) RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION. PRACTICES AND SECTION(S) OF ICBO ES, INC., EVALUATION REPORT ER- Address of Structure: Product Component Names: A. B. C. D. cc: INSTALLATION Designer's requirements, details and instructions Sealant manufacturer's details and requirements Exterior insulation manufacturer's requirements Sealant Installer Company Name and Address: Signature of responsible Officer: Type Name and Title of Officer: Telephone Number: ( ) Original: Copies: Building Department EIFS Manufacturer EIFS Contractor Sealant Manufacturer Primer(s) Sealers �. Bond Breakers �• Sealant Materials 00 4 .- 1 O 4 FIGURE 9— INSTALLATION CARD • CONFORMS 0' J4 V t) `- The information entered above is offered in testimony that the Sealant installation conforms with the sealant manufacturer's installation methods and procedures, and the EIFS manufacturer's evaluation report. (Must be submitted with EIFS contractor declaration.) SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.1 General 1.2 Products SECTION 07412 - MANUFACTURED WALL PANELS MPI JOB NO. 98294 Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit Shop Drawings, installation instructions, color samples, and general recommendations, as applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total panel assemblies. Manufacturers: Design basis is BHP Steel Building Products "Nu -Wave Corrugated" factory- finished metal panel system with matching factory- finished trim, flashing, and accessories, or equal by one of the following manufacturers: a. Atas Aluminum Corp. b. Berridge Manufacturing Co. c. BHP Steel Building Products USA Inc. d. Carlisle Engineered Metals. e. Metal Building Components, Inc. f. Metal Sales Mfg. Corp. g. Modern Metal Systems, Inc. h. Petersen Aluminum Corp. i. Reynolds Metals Company. j. Robertson: H.H. Robertson Company. k. Smith Steelite, Inc. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90 (ASTM A 653M, Z275); structural quality. C. Exposed Finish for Exterior Steel Panels: Coil coated with 2 -coat fluoropolymer according to ASTM A 755 (ASTM A 755M), composed of inhibitive primer and color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight, with a total minimum dry film thickness of 0.9 mil (0.023 mm); in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Prime Coat for Concealed Surfaces: Light - colored, baked -on polyester primer coat with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil (0,005 mm). E. Exterior Steel Panels: 24 guage, galvanized steel sheet. F. Fasteners: Self- tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self - locking rivets and bolts, end- welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. G. Closure Strips: Closed -cell, self - extinguishing, expanded, cellular, rubber or cross - linked, polyolefin -foam strips. H. Sealing Tape: Pressure - sensitive, polyisobutylene tape with release paper backing. I. Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone - rubber sealant as recommended by panel manufacturer. J. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film thickness per coat. MANUFACTURED WALL PANELS 07412 -1 1.3 Execution SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Examination: Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements indicated for conditions affecting performance of metal panel walls. Examine wall framing to verify that girts, angles, and other secondary structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed to meet requirements of panel manufacturer. Do not proceed with wall panel installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Panel Installation: Comply with panel manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installation. Anchor panels securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Field cutting exterior panels by torch is not permitted. Install panels with concealed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Align bottom of wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self - tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self - tapping screws. C. Accessories: Install components required for a complete wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, seam covers, flashings, louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. D. Weatherproofing: Install weatherseal to prevent air and moisture penetration. Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of wall panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, types recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Flash and seal panels at ends and intersections with other materials with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. 2. Seal panel end laps with a bead of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by panel manufacturer. 3. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 4. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as necessary for waterproofing. Handle and apply sealant and back -up according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions. E. Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. F. Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the Work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. G. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction. H. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard 20 -year finish warranty. END OF SECTION 07412 MANUFACTURED WALL PANELS 07412 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1.1 1.2 1. Reglets: General A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples for each item specified. Products A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fry Reglet Corporation. b. Hickman: W.P. Hickman Co. c. Keystone Flashing Company. D. Concealed Through -Wall Flashing: 0.0156 -inch- (0.4 -mm -) thick stainless steel. E. Reglets: Profile indicated; 0.0187 -inch- (0.5 -mm -) thick stainless steel. F. Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 B. 'Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G 90 (ASTM A 526M, Z 275), commercial quality, or ASTM A 527, G 90 (ASTM A 527M, Z 275), lock - forming quality, hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper - bearing lead sheet, minimum thickness of 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm) except not less than 0.0937 inch (2.4 mm) thick for applications where burning (welding) is involved. 1. Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50. 2. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60. 3. Fasteners: Noncorrosive metal. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 4. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC -Paint 12, asbestos free, solvent type. 5. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. 6. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 7. Elastomeric Sealant: As specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 8. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2 -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam - cementing compound. 9. Adhesives: Type recommended for waterproof and weather - resistant seaming and adhesive. 10. Clips, Straps, Anchoring Devices, and Similar Accessories: Compatible with material being installed. G. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. 1. Gutters: 0.040 -inch- (1.0 -mm -) thick Galvanized Steel. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Downspouts: 0.024 -inch- (0.6 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 3. Conductor Heads: 0.032 -inch- (0.8 -mm -) galvanized steel. 4. Splash Pans: 0.0187 -inch- (0.5 -mm -) thick stainless steel. 5. Roof -Drain Flashing: 4.0 lb/sq. ft. (1.6- mm- thick), hard - tempered lead. 6. Scuppers: 16 oz. /sq. ft. (0.55 -mm- thick) copper. 7. Exposed Trim, Gravel Stops, and Fasciae: 0.0187 -inch- (0.5 -mm -) galvanized steel. 8. Copings: 0.050 -inch- (1.2 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 9. Base Flashing: 0.0187 -inch- (0.5 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 10. Counterflashing: 0.0187 -inch- (0.5 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 11. Flashing Receivers: 0.0156 -inch- (0.4 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 12. Drip Edges: 0.0217 -inch- (0.55 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 13. Equipment Support Flashing: 0.0276 -inch- (0.7 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 14. Roof - Penetration Flashing: 0.0276 -inch- (0.7 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 15. Roof Expansion -Joint Cover: 0.0276 -inch- (0.7 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. 16. Roof -to -Wall Expansion -Joint Cover: 0.0336 -inch- (0.85 -mm -) thick galvanized steel. H. Coil- Coated Galvanized Steel Sheet Finish: 2 -coat fluoropolymer Hylar 5000 or Kynar 500. 1 Color and Gloss: Match Architect's sample. 1.3 Execution A. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" allow for thermal expansion; set true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where possible. 1. Roof -Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. B. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (610 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Pretinning is not required for lead. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. E. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. F. Separations: Separate noncompatible metals or corrosive substrates with a coating of asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2 'SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 G. Counterflashings: Coordinate installation with installation of assemblies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) and bed with sealant. Roof-Drainage System: Coordinate installation with roofing installation. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for steep-sloped roofs with roofing installation. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation with roofing and equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support member. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof. END OF SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 07841- THROUGH- PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 1.1 General MPI JOB NO. 98294 Performance Requirements: Provide through- penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire - resistance rating of assembly penetrated. 1. F -Rated Systems: Provide through- penetration firestop systems with F- ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire - resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T -Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through- penetration firestop systems with T- ratings indicated, as well as F- ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas: a. Penetrations located outside wall cavities. b. Penetrations located outside fire - resistive shaft enclosures. c. Penetrations located in construction containing fire- protection -rated openings. d. Penetrating items larger than 4 -inch- (100 -mm -) diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq. in. (100 sq. cm) in overall cross - sectional area. 3. For through - penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that after curing do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. a. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture - resistant through- penetration firestop systems. b. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches (100 mm) in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by other means. c. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through- penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 4. For through - penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame - spread ratings of less than 25 and smoke - developed ratings of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each type of product specified, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: For each through- penetration firestop system, show each kind of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of through- penetration firestop system products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. 3. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating through- penetration firestop system complies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.2 Products 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. DAP Inc. 3. Firestop Systems Inc. 4. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. 5. Instant Firestop Mfg. Inc. 6. International Protective Coatings Corp. 7. Isolatek International. 8. Nelson Firestop Products. 9. NUCO Industries. 10. RectorSeal Corporation (The). 11. Specified Technologies Inc. 12. 3M Fire Protection Products. 13. Tremco. 14. United States Gypsum Company. 1. Permanent forming /damming /backing materials. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. MPI JOB NO. 98294 C. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide through - penetration firestop systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in "Performance Requirements" Paragraph: 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Warnock- Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through- penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 and bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the through- penetration firestop systems indicated for each application that are produced by one of the following manufacturers: B. Firestopping, General: Provide through- penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through- penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through- penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Accessories: Provide components for each through- penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "Performance Requirements" Paragraph. Use only components specified by through- penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: D. General: Provide through - penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials indicated in the Through- Penetration Firestop System Schedule on the Drawings by reference THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841- 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 to the types of materials described below. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of the referenced testing and inspecting agencies as fill, void, or cavity materials. 1. Cast -in -Place Firestop Devices: Factory- assembled devices for use in cast -in -place concrete floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. Latex Sealants: Single- component latex formulations that after cure do not re- emulsify during exposure to moisture. Firestop Devices: Factory- assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum -foil -faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized steel sheet. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water - resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single - component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. 7., Mortars: Prepackaged, dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. Pillows /Bags: Reusable, heat - expanding pillows /bags consisting of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral- fiber, water - insoluble expansion agents and fire- retardant additives. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. 10. Silicone Sealants: Moisture - curing, single- component, silicone- based, neutral - curing elastomeric sealants. Execution General: Install through- penetration firestop systems to comply with "Performance Requirements" Paragraph and firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming /damming /backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. END OF SECTION 07841 THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841- 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 General MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Provide caulking and sealants as specified herein, as shown on the Drawings, and elsewhere as required to provide a positive barrier against the passage of moisture and air. Fill all joints between like and dissimilar materials. B. Provide firestopping at penetrations and material gaps and junctions in a fire . resistive construction. C. System Description: 1.2 Products 1. Fire -rated construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor fire resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces or types of construction, at separations required to permit building movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other construction gaps. 2 Smoke barrier construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces and types of construction, and at all separations required to permit building movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other construction gaps. D. Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's printed literature and color cards for all products proposed for use in this work. 2. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 3. UL or Warnock Hersey approval reports and assembly details for each type of fire - rated joint or penetration firestopping situation anticipated and corresponding assembly proposed. If additional penetrations or joint conditions become apparent as construction progresses provide additional details to the Architect for review. 4. Maintain copies of the approved penetration firestopping and fire -rated joint system details on site for the use of the Inspector in confirming the system installation. • A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. Coordinate with contractors for other portions of the work for material compatibility and for proper scheduling of previous and subsequent installations such as painting and water repellants. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Color of firestopping sealants shall be readily identifiable as to type, distinguishable from non -rated caulks or sealants. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION C. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated, complying with ASTM C 920 requirements. D. Elastomeric Sealants: The following manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include: Dow Corning Pecora Corp. c. Tremco inc. d. General Electric e. Sonneborn Sealants for use with EIFS systems are specified in Section 07240. One- Component Polyurethane Sealant: Polyurethane- based, one -part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TT -S- 00230, Class A, Type I (self - leveling) unless Type II recommended by manufacturer for application shown. F. One -Part, Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 12 -1/2. G. Multi -Part, Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. H. Acrylic Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent - release- curing acrylic terpolymer sealant complying with AAMA 808.3 or FS TT-S- 00230, or both, with capability, when tested per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage change in joint width existing at time of application without failing adhesively or cohesively: 1. Maximum cyclic movement capability: plus or minus 7.5 percent. Fire -rated penetration systems: Provide caulk or putty intumescent -type sealant system materials as required by penetration or joint type meeting the requirements for rated joints under UL or Warnock- Hersey approvals; products of one manufacturer as follows, or equal based on substantiating listing agency acceptance: 1. 3M 2. Hilti 3. Bio Fireshield MPI JOB NO. 98294 J. Joint Primer /Sealer: Provide type of joint primer /sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. K. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant - contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI J013 NO. 98294 L. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam, or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. M. Fire - resistant sealant systems: use only those primers, joint backers and packing, and miscellaneous materials approved by the listing agency in specific details for each type of firestopping penetration or fire -rated joint assembly. 1.3 Execution A. Manufacturer's Instructions: • 1. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. B. Joint Preparation: 1. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture, and other substances which could interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Roughen vitreous and glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Prime or seal joint surfaces where indicated, and where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer /sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. C. Installation 1. Set joint filler units at proper depth or position in joint to coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods, and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint filler units. 2. Install sealant backer rod for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where shown to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 3. Install bond breaker tape where indicated and where required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. Prevent three sided bending within the joint. 4. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 5 Install sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitation, measured at center (thin) section of bead: 6. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" deep nor less than 1/4" deep. For joints sealed with non - elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in range of 75% to 125% of joint width. Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. 9. Do not overheat hot - applied sealants. 10. Recess exposed edges of gaskets and exposed joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from joints. 11 Fire- resistant sealant systems: Apply all backings, putties, caulks, sealants, etc. required for a complete assembly per the approved details of the required fire - resistance of the wall within which the penetration or joint occurs. All installations shall be in accordance with requirements of the manufacturer for handling, installation, and final arrangement of components. • Cure And Protection 1. Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise Contractor of procedures required for cure and protection or joint sealers during construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at time of substantial completion. 2. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions for products and applications indicated. 3. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193. 4. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications. END OF SECTION 07920 MPI JOB NO. 98294 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.1 General A. Submit Product Data for each type of door and frame specified. B. Quality Assurance: Comply with ANSI /SDI 100. C. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: NFPA 80, identical to assemblies tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 Products Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. Benchmark Commercial Doors. 3. Ceco Door Products. 4. Copco Door Co. 5. Curries Co. 6. Deansteel Manufacturing Co. 7. Fenestra Corp. 8. Kewanee Corp. 9. Mesker Door, Inc. 10. Pioneer Industries. 11. Republic Builders Products. 12. Steelcraft. MPI JOB NO. 98294 B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569 (ASTM A 569M). C. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 620 (ASTM A 620M), drawing quality. D. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642 (ASTM A 642M), drawing quality, with A 60 or G 60 (Z 180 or ZF 180) coating designation, mill phosphatized. E. Steel Doors: Provide 1 -3/4 -inch- (44-mm -) thick doors of materials and ANSI /SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: 1. Interior Doors: Grade II, heavy -duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 0.0478 -inch- (1.2- mm- ) thick cold - rolled steel sheet faces. 2. Exterior Doors: Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 0.0635 -inch- (1.6 -mm -) thick galvanized steel sheet faces. F. Frames: Provide frames for doors, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings that comply with ANSI /SDI 100; fabricate to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. For interior frames provide units with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners, formed from 0.0478 -inch- (1.2 -mm -) thick cold - rolled steel for openings 48 inches (1220 mm) or less in width and from 0.0598 -inch- (1.5 -mm -) thick steel for openings over 48 inches (1220 mm) in width. 2. For exterior frames provide units with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners, formed from 0.0635 -inch- (1.6 -mm -) thick galvanized steel sheet. 3. Door Silencers: 3 on strike jambs of single -door frames and 2 on heads of double -door frames; non -rated and non - weather - stripped doors only. 4. Plaster Guards: Provide where mortar might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. 5. Grout: As specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry." G. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. H. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. I. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to SDI 107. J. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.0359 -inch- (0.9 -mm -) thick steel or 0.040 -inch- (1 -mm -) thick aluminum. 1. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. 2. Provide screw - applied, removable, glazing beads on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. K. Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. 1. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. L. Galvanized Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SDI 112 and the following: 1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified to comply with ASTM A 780. 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20, high -zinc- dust - content paint with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 3. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air -dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. a. Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P -641, Type II. M. Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1." STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 E. Surface Preparation: Solvent -clean surfaces according to SSPC -SP 1. Remove mill scale and rust to comply with SSPC -SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC -SP 8 (Pickling). 2. Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion coating suited to organic coating applied over it. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with ANSI A224.1 acceptance criteria, is compatible with finish paint systems indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundation for field - applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. 1. Except for frames located in existing concrete, masonry, or gypsum board assembly construction, place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. Install at least 3 anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. 3. In in -place gypsum board partitions, install knock -down, slip -on, drywall frames. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI 100. 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Install with clearances specified in NFPA 80. 2. Smoke - Control Doors: Comply with NFPA 105. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air - drying primer. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1.1 General A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1.2 Products 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; fire ratings; construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking, mortises, holes, and cutouts; requirements for veneer matching and factory finishing; and other pertinent data. 2. Samples of actual materials in small sections for each face material and finish. B. AWI Quality Standard: AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. 2. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 3. Graham Manufacturing Corp. 4. Haley Brothers, Inc. 5. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. 6. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. 7. V -T Industries Inc. 8. Weyerhaeuser Co. B. Doors for Transparent Finish: As follows: 1. Grade: Custom (Grade A faces). 2. Faces: Red oak, plain sliced. 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Pair and Set Match: Provide for pairs of doors and for doors hung in adjacent sets. C. Doors for Opaque Finish: As follows: 1. Grade: Economy. 2. Faces: Hardboard. D. Interior Solid -Core Veneer -Faced Doors: Contractor's option from the following: 1. Core: Particleboard core. 2. Core: Glued -block core. 3. Construction: Five or seven plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. E. Interior Solid -Core Hardboard -Faced Doors: Contractor's option from the following: 1. Core: Particleboard core. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION F. Fire -Rated Doors: As follows: 1.3 Execution END OF SECTION 08211 MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Construction: Hardboard faces glued directly to core with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before faces are applied. 1. Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction as required to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated -edge construction with improved screw - holding capability and split resistance. 3. Pairs: Furnish formed -steel edges and astragals for pairs of fire -rated doors, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pairs: Provide fire -rated pairs with fire- retardant stiles that are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed -steel edges and astragals. Blocking: Provide blocking for particleboard -core, mineral -core, and hollow -core doors as necessary to eliminate need for through- bolting hardware. For mineral -core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screw - holding capability. H. Factory fit doors to suit frame- opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire - rated doors. I. Contractor's option: Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 1. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire -rated doors. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. K. Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at Project site. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 2 I I • 1 t 1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS 1.1 General 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following: 1. Access door schedule including types, general locations, sizes, wall and ceiling details, latching or locking provisions, and other pertinent installation data. 2. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of customized access doors and frames. Quality Assurance: Provide fire -rated access doors that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire- test - response characteristics per test method as indicated below, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Test Method for Vertical Installations: ASTM E 152. 2. Test Method for Horizontal Installations: ASTM E 119. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Acudor Products Inc. 2. Bar -Co, Inc. Div., Alfab, Inc. 3. Cesco Products. 4. Elmdor Manufacturing Co. 5. J.L. Industries. 6. Karp Associates, Inc. 7. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 8. Milcor, Inc. 9. Nystrom, Inc. 10. The Williams Bros. Corporation of America. B. Zinc- Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Electrolytic zinc- coated steel sheet with Class C coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting. C. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 167, Type 304 with No. 4 finish according to ASTM A 480/A 480M. D. Noninsulated, Fire -Rated Doors for Walls: Self- latching units consisting of frame, trim, door, and hardware, including automatic closer, interior latch release, and complying with the following requirements: 1. Fire - Protection Rating for Walls: 1 -1/2 hours. E. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Trim: Units consisting of frame with exposed trim, door, hardware, and complying with the following requirements: 1. Prime painted units at GWB walls. 2. Stainless steel units, #4 finish, at toilet room walls. ACCESS DOORS 08305 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1:3 Execution Preparation: Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be built into other construction. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. `Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing access doors. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finished surfaces. Install concealed - frame access doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces. Adjust and clean hardware and panels after installation for proper operation: Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08305 Frame: 0.0598 -inch- (1.52 -mm -) thick zinc- coated steel sheet. Frame: ` 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) thick stainless -steel sheet. Door: 0.0598 - inch- (1.52 -mm -) thick zinc- coated steel sheet Door: 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) thick stainless -steel sheet. Hinge Continuous type. Locks: Key- operated cylinder lock. ACCESS DOORS 08305-2 1 -.. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 L.: SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 1.1 General A. System Description: Provide aluminum storefront systems at new tenant space exterior walls capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits; and framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movement, to glazing units. L L L f l B. Glazing: Physically and thermally isolate glazing from framing members. C. Thermally Broken Construction: Provide systems that isolate aluminum exposed to exterior from aluminum exposed to interior with a material of low thermal conductance. D. Wind Loads: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding wind - load design pressures calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," 6.4.2, "Analytical Procedure," whichever are more stringent. 1. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to 1/175 of clear span or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is smaller, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Static- Pressure Test Performance: Provide storefront systems that do not evidence material failures, structural distress, failure of operating components to function normally, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to ASTM E 330. a. Test Pressure: 150 percent of inward and outward wind -load design pressures. b. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile (1.609 km) of wind for relevant exposure category. E. Dead Loads: Provide storefront - system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. Provide a minimum 1/8 -inch (3.18 -mm) clearance between members and top of glazing or other fixed part immediately below. Provide a minimum 1/16 -inch (1.59 -mm) clearance between members and operable windows and doors. F. Air Infiltration: Provide storefront systems with permanent resistance to air leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas of not more than 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. (0.3 L /s /sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static- air - pressure difference of 1.57 lbf /sq. ft. (75.2 Pa). G. Water Penetration: Provide storefront systems that do not evidence water leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward - acting wind -load design pressure as defined by ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," but not less than 6.24 lbf /sq. ft. (299 Pa). H. Thermal Movements: Provide storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate thermal movements of systems and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, damaging ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 -1 1.2 Products SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION J. Submittals: Product Data for each product specified and the following: MPI JOB NO. 98294 stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads on fasteners, failure of doors or other operating units to function properly, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. I. Average Thermal Conductance: Provide storefront systems with average U- values of not more than 0.75 Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.57 W /sq. m x K) when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. 1. Shop Drawings: Show system layout and details of fabrication and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, provisions for expansion and contraction, and attachments to other work. 2. Samples for Verification: Of each type of exposed finish required in manufacturer's standard sizes. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 3. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency, indicate compliance of storefront systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current systems. K. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing storefront systems similar to those required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. L. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of storefront systems and are based on the specific systems indicated. Other manufacturers' systems with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." M. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code — Aluminum." A. Manufacturers: Kawneer Company, Inc. Trifab 451 -T, thermally- broken framing system or equal by US Aluminum. B. Materials: As follows: 1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, complying with the requirements of standards indicated below. a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. d. Bars, Rods, and Wire: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M). e. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 2 a: writ SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2. Steel Reinforcement: Complying with ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M) for structural shapes, plates, and bars; ASTM A 611 for cold - rolled sheet and strip; or ASTM A 570 (ASTM A 570M) for hot -rolled sheet and strip. 3. Glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." 4. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure - glazing system of black, resilient glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers, fabricated from an elastomer of type and in hardness recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have corners sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 5. Framing system gaskets, sealants, and joint fillers as recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 6. Sealants and joint fillers for joints at perimeter of entrance and storefront systems as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 7. Bituminous Paint: Cold - applied asphalt -mastic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12 requirements, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil (0.762 -mm) thickness per coat. C. Components: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets and reinforcements that are compatible with adjacent materials. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. 2. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. a. Reinforce members as required to retain fastener threads. b. Do not use exposed fasteners, except for hardware application. For hardware application, use countersunk Philips flat -head machine screws finished to match framing members or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast -iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 requirements. 4. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing, compatible with adjacent materials, and of type recommended by manufacturer. D. Fabrication: Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 1. Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or deformations, before finishing. 2. Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices. 3. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. 4. Welding: Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. 5. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution MPI JOB NO. 98294 recommended by manufacturer. for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. 6. Storefront: Fabricate framing in profiles indicated. Provide subframes and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system. Factory assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Aluminum Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. 1. Class I, Color Anodic Finish: AA- M12C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1. a. Color: Bronze to match adjacent existing storefront systems. F. Steel Priming: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying primer. Perform manufacturer's standard cleaning operations to remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel. Apply manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. A. Installation, General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watertight. B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in a full sealant bed to provide weathertight construction, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Install framing components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack of framing members. F. Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated. G. Install perimeter sealant to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," unless otherwise indicated. ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS 08410 - 4 (3 mm). emove excess sealant and glazing compounds, and dirt from surfaces. ND OF 08410 • • .• . • • • • • . • • , ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS ' -• ' . '- • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 • • . • • • • . , Erection Tolerances: Install entrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: Variation from Plane: Limit variation from plane or location shown to 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/4 inch (6 mm) over total length. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch :Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8 inch . „ . • • ' • •••• •.• • omo-5 a�rn�MSn:rn!Ydlri�i. Gaa Ar.1w�+rw.. w. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 08630 - METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 1.1 General B. Submittals: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 Performance Requirements: As follows: 1. General: Provide metal- framed skylights capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural movements indicated without failure. 2. Deflection Limits: As follows: a. Deflection of the entire length of framing members in direction normal to glazing plane is limited to 1/180 of clear span or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is smaller, unless otherwise indicated. b. Deflection of the entire length of framing members for spans exceeding 20 feet (6 m) is limited to 1/240 of clear span. c. Deflection of framing members m a direction parallel to glazing plane, when carrying full dead load, is limited to an amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 3. Lateral Support: Compression flanges of flexural members are laterally braced by cross members with minimum depths equal to 50 percent of flexural member depth and by anchors to the building structure. Glazing material does not provide lateral support. 4. Structural Loads: Provide metal- framed skylights, including anchorage, capable of withstanding the effects of design loads indicated when supporting full dead loads. 5. Structural Performance: Provide metal- framed skylights, including anchorage, capable of withstanding test pressure indicated without material and deflection failures and permanent deformation of structural members exceeding 0.2 percent of span when tested according to ASTM E 330. a. Test Pressure: 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures. b. Test Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile (1.609 km) of wind for relevant exposure category. 6. Thermal Movement: Provide metal - framed skylights that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, sealant failure, and other detrimental effects. a. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C) material surfaces. 7. Air Infiltration: Provide metal- framed skylights with maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. (0.03 L/s per sq. m) of surface when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static- air - pressure differential of 6.24 Ibf /sq. ft. (300 Pa). 8. Water Penetration: Provide metal- framed skylights that do not evidence water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum differential static pressure of 20 percent of positive design wind load, but not less than 6.24 lbf /sq. ft. (300 Pa). METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 08630 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions and profiles of components, and finishes for metal- framed skylights. 2. Shop Drawings: For metal- framed skylights. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. a. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 3. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of units showing the full range of colors available for factory- finished aluminum. 4. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating skylights comply with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 5. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating that materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with sealants; include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results for sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 6. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with requirements. C. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility who has specialized in installing metal- framed skylights similar to those indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for metal- framed skylights, including Shop Drawings, based on engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard skylights similar to those indicated for this Project. D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of skylights that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. E. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. F. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal - framed skylights and are based on the specific skylight systems indicated. Other manufacturers' skylight systems with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." G. Preconstruction Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 1. For materials failing tests, obtain sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 08630 - 2 1.2 Products SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION H. Warranty: Provide a special project warranty signed by the Contractor, Installer, and Manufacturer certifying that the installation will be free of defects in materials and workmanship and shall remain watertight for a period of 10 years from the date of final acceptance. Defects and leaks which develop during the warranty period, as well as damage to the structure and finishes resulting from such leakage, shall be repaired or replaced at no expense to the Owner. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Dea- Moore, Inc.. 2. Evergreen House Skylights as represented by RGA Architectural Sales. 3. Super Sky Products, Inc. B. Framing Materials: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for use and finish indicated, and as follows: a. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). b. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). c. Bars, Rods, and Wire: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M). 2. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims to install and align skylights. 3. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing; compatible with adjacent materials. 4. Exposed Flashing and Closures: Aluminum sheet. 5. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories; compatible with adjacent materials. a. Movement Joints: Provide slip -joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and type recommended by manufacturer. b. Aluminum- Retaining -Cap Fasteners: ASTM A 193/A 193M, Series 300 stainless - steel screws; type as recommended by manufacturer. c. Connections to Supporting Structure: ASTM A 307, zinc- coated steel fasteners. 6. Framing- System Gaskets and Joint Fillers: Manufacturer's standard permanent gaskets and joint fillers for sliding, compression, and nonmoving joints. 7. Framing - System Sealants: Compatible with components with which sealants come in contact and recommended by skylight and sealant manufacturers for this use. 8. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt mastic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12, except containing no asbestos, and formulated for 30 -mil (0.8 -mm) thickness per coat. 9. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." C. Glazing Materials: As follows: 1. Insulating Glass: 1" thick sealed insulating units consisting of outer layer min. 1 /4" thick clear tempered float glass, and inner layer of 5/16" thick min. laminated safety glass METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 08630 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 with heat strengthened glass and light green PVB plastic inter layer. Unit shall have low -E coating on #2 surface. a. Outer layer: PPG Sungate 1000 T, or equal. b. Inner layer: Monsanto Saflex with #3773 light green interlayer, or equal. 2. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure - glazing gaskets of elastomer type and hardness selected by skylight and gasket manufacturers to comply with requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have corners sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3. Spacers, Edge Blocks, and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard permanent nonmigrating type of elastomer type and hardness selected to comply with requirements. a. For structural silicone glazing, provide bond - breaking spacer gaskets and bonding setting blocks compatible with silicone sealants. 4. Structural Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 1184, compatible with components with which sealant comes in contact, formulated and tested for use as a structural sealant, and neutral curing. a. Color: Black. b. Tensile Strength: 100 psi (690 kPa) minimum. c. Provide sealant with modulus of elasticity that will not allow movement of more than 25 percent of joint width, unless less movement is required by skylight systems' design. 5. Weatherseal Sealant: Neutral - curing silicone sealant recommended by skylight and sealant manufacturers for this use. a. Color: Black. D. Fabrication: Fit and assemble framing components to greatest extent practicable before finishing. Before shipping, shop assemble, mark, and disassemble components that cannot be permanently shop assembled. 1. Metal Protection: As follows: a. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. b. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. c. Where aluminum will contact pressure - treated wood, separate dissimilar materials by methods recommended by manufacturer. E. Aluminum Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- M10C22A41, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker complying with AAMA 607.1. METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 08630 - 4 r_ a SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution A. Metal Protection: As follows: END OF SECTION 08630 MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. 3. Where aluminum will contact pressure - treated wood, separate dissimilar materials by methods recommended by manufacturer. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing skylight components. 1. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 2. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 3. Accommodate thermal and mechanical movements. 4. Install framing components to drain water passing joints and to drain condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within skylight system to the exterior. 5. Coordinate installation of insulation and flashings at skylight perimeters to maintain continuity of thermal and water barriers. 6. Set continuous curbs and flashings in a full sealant bed, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Erection Tolerances: Install skylight components true in plane, accurately aligned, and . without warp or rack. Adjust framing to comply with the following tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Limit variation from plane or location shown to 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m); 1/4 inch (6 mm) over total length. 2. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line and at corners and where surfaces are separated by less than 3 inches (76 mm), limit offset from true alignment to less than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); otherwise, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). D. Field Glazing: As follows: 1. Insulating Glass: Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing." E. Clean skylights inside and outside, immediately after installation and after sealants have cured, according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable coatings from prefinished metal surfaces. Remove labels and markings from all components. METAL - FRAMED SKYLIGHTS 08630 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 08632 - UNIT SKYLIGHTS 1.1 General B. Submittals: As follows: C. Installer Qualifications: An installer experienced in installing unit skylights similar to those indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of unit skylights and are based on the specific skylight systems indicated. Other manufacturers' skylight systems with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." A. Performance Requirements: As follows: 1. General: Provide unit skylights capable of withstanding Loads and thermal and structural movements indicated without failure. MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Product Data: Include manufacturer's data, construction details, material descriptions, dimensions and profiles of components, and finishes. E. Warranty: minimum five -year warranty against material defects and leakage. 1.2 Products A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Skylights. 2. Bristolite 3. Thermo -Vu Sunlite Industries 4. Wasco Products, Inc. B. Materials: Polycarbonate- or acrylic- glazed, double -domed insulated unit skylights, with dome profile to generally match existing unit skylights and translucent white color to match existing unit skylights as follows: 1. Glazing to meet requirements of UBC Standard 26 -7 for type CC -1 or CC -2. Maximum SHGC (NFRC certified and labeled) of 1.0. Maximim U- Factor (NFRC certified and labeled; Standard RS-31) of 1.40. Dome rise to be at least 10 percent of maximum dimension. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for use and finish indicated, and as follows: a. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 b. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 c. Bars, Rods, and Wire: ASTM B 211 3. Curb: Provide manufacturer's standard integral 12 inch tall, insulated aluminum curb. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims to install and align skylights. UNIT SKYLIGHTS 08632 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 5. Exposed Flashing and Closures: Aluminum sheet. MPI JOB NO. 98294 4. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing; compatible with adjacent materials. 6. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories; compatible with adjacent materials. a. Connections to Supporting Structure: ASTM A 307, zinc - coated steel fasteners. b. Concrete or Masonry Inserts: Zinc- coated cast -iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts; hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 123. c. Structural Silicone Sealant Glazing: Prepare surfaces that will contact sealant and install sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Do not transport units until sealant has cured. C. Aluminum Finishes: Mill finish aluminum. 1.3 Execution A. Metal Protection: As follows: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. 3. Where aluminum will contact pressure - treated wood, separate dissimilar materials by methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing unit skylights. 1. Coordinate schedule and installation with the work of other Sections. 2. Coordinate installation of insulation and flashings at skylight perimeters to maintain continuity of thermal and water barriers. 3. Set continuous curbs and flashings in a full sealant bed, unless otherwise indicated. C. Erection Tolerances: Install unit skylights true in plane, accurately aligned, and without warp or rack. D. Clean skylights inside and outside, immediately after installation and after sealants have cured, according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable coatings from prefinished metal surfaces. Remove labels and markings from all components. END OF SECTION 08632 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 08632 - 2 ao 17 w p SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 08711- DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 General A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each item specified, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, including wiring diagrams. 2. Samples: For each type of exposed finish. 3. Door Hardware Schedule: Organize into door hardware sets indicating type, style, function, size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description of each electrified door hardware function, including sequence of operation. 4. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks, coordinating with existing mall keying program. 5. Product Certificates: Certifying that door hardware complies with listed fire door assemblies. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware Consultant. C. Keying Conference: Conduct conference with owner's representative and mall security and maintenance supervisors at Project site. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule. D. Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail. E. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. 1.2 Products A. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and the Door Hardware Schedule. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturer's products. 2. Designations: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule. B. Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in one of BHMA's directories of certified products. C. Hinges and Pivots: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template - produced units. 1. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: a. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin. b. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin. c. Hinges for Fire -Rated Assemblies: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin. DOOR HARDWARE 08711 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging exterior doors and outswinging corridor doors with locks. 3. Threaded -to -the -Head Wood Screws: For fire -rated wood doors. 4. Screws: Phillips flat -head screws; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors and frames and wood screws for wood doors. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. D. Locks and Latches: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Provide the lockset design designated below or, if sets are provided by another manufacturer, provide designs that match those designated: a. Bored Locks: Sargent 10 line levers series 2. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. 3. Lock Throw: Comply with labeled fire door requirements. 4. Backset: 2 -3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 5. Electromagnetic Locks: Provide the following, as tested according to BHMA A156.23: a. Strength Ranking: 500 lbf (6672 N). b. Inductive Kickback: Not more than 53 -V peak voltage. c. Residual Magnetism: Not more than 4 lbf (18 N) to separate door from magnet. E. Bolts: Comply with labeled fire door requirements. F. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. G. Fire Exit Devices: Complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252. 1. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. 2. Outside Trim: Lever with cylinder; material, finish, and design to match locksets and latchsets, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors. H. Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Manufacturer: Sargent: no substitution. Match grade and style to coordinate with existing keying. 2. High - Security Grade: BHMA Grade 1A, listed and labeled as complying with UL 437 (Suffix A). 3. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; interchangeable cores. 4. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys. a. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. DOOR HARDWARE 08711- 2 r'-7` fi, aft j C. -ma ...K arr/ n c,c�vrre!rnva turatatm�m: my..� SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Q. Fabrication: As follows: MPI JOB NO. 98294 Keying System: Factory - registered keying system; master key system. 1. Keys: Provide nickel - silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number and "DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. In addition to one extra blank key for each lock, provide three change keys and five master. J. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set. K. Coordinators: Provide coordinators for inactive leaves of pairs of doors, unless automatic or self- latching bolts are used. L. Closers: Comply with the following: 1. Flush Floor Plates: Finish cover plates for floor closers unless thresholds are indicated. Match door hardware finish. 2. Recessed Floor Plates: Provide insert of floor finish material for floor closers, unless thresholds are indicated. Provide extended closer spindle to accommodate thickness of floor finish. 3. Size of Units: Factory sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 4. Power - Assist Closers: As specified in Division 8 Section "Power Door Operators." M. Protective Trim Units: Furnish protection plates sized 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) less than door width on push side and 1/2 inch (13 nun) less than door width on pull side, by height specified in Door Hardware Schedule. Fasten with exposed machine or self - tapping screws. N. Floor Stops: For doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. O. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather -strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. P. Boxed Power Supplies: Modular unit in NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure; filtered and regulated; and listed and labeled for use with fire alarm systems. 1. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials if different from specified standard. 2. Fasteners: Phillips flat -head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for fire -rated applications. 3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors. 4. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors." DOOR HARDWARE 08711- 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution G. Door Hardware Schedule: As follows: H. Legend of listed manufacturers: 1. HA Hager 2. SAR Sargent 3. RI Rixson 4. BBW Builders Brass Works 5. LCN LCN Closer 6. PE Pemko 7. KAW Kawneer J. Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI A115 -W series. MPI JOB NO. 98294 A Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. B. Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI A115 series. Drill and tap doors and frames for surface - applied hardware according to SDI 107. D. Mounting Heights: Comply with DHI requirements for compliance with access code, unless otherwise indicated. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. 1. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings. Verify location with Architect. 2. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. I. The items listed in the following "Schedule of Finish Hardware" shall conform throughout to the requirements of the foregoing specification. The third column of letters in the Hardware Schedule refers to the manufacturer abbreviation listed above. The Door and Frame Schedule sheet A9.0 indicates which Hardware Group is used with each door. DOOR HARDWARE 08711- 4 DOOR HARDWARE SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.4 Schedule of Finish Hardware HW-1 New Exterior Service Door 3'-0"x7c0" 1½ pr Butts HA AB850 1 Lockset SAR 63-10G37LL-26D 1 Door Closer LCN 4041-EDA 1 Kick Plate BBW 37X 1 Cylinder SAR 13-3266 1 Threshold PE 271A 1 Door Sweep PE 307A 1 Weather Strip Gasket PE S88D 1 Sign "AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY" HW-2 New Interior Service Door 1 1/2 pr Butts 1 Latchset 1 Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Cylinder 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Set Smoke Gasket 1 Sign HW-3 Existing Entry Doors See Section 08920 for hardware HW-4 Existing Interior Service Door 3'-0"x7'-0" Adjust existing hardware 1 Set Smoke Gasket PE S88D 1 Threshold PE R.75FA HW-5 New Entry Doors 1 Cylinder SAR 13-3266 See Section 08920 for balance of hardware HW-6 New Accessible Entry Doors 1 Cylinder SAR 13-3266 See Section 08920 for balance of hardware 3'-0"x7'-0" HA AB850 SAR 63-10U15LL-26D (DR# 32 & 42 only) SAR 63-10G37LL-26D (DR #35 only) LCN 4041-EDA BBW 37X SAR 13-3266 (DR #35 only) BBW W551X PE R.75FA (DR# 32 & 42 only) PE S88D "AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY" 08711-5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION HW -7 New Restroom Door 3'- 0 "x7' -0" (on hold open) 11 pr Butts HA AB850 1 Latchset SAR 63- 10U15LL -26D 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Magnet Holdopen RI FM998 with 110V transformer power supply and 2 ceiling mounted smoke detectors w/ building system interlink 1 Kick Plate BBW 37X 1 Wall Stop BBW W551X 1 Set Smoke Gasket PE S88D HW -8 New Restroom Door 3'- 0 "x7-0" 11 pr Butts HA AB800 1 Privacy Lock . SAR 63- 10U65LL -26D 1 Wall Stop BBW W9 HW -9 New Interior Service Corridor Door PR 3'- 0 "x7-0" 3 pr Butts 2 Door Closer 2 Pull Plate 2 Push Plate 2 Overhead Stops 1 Threshold 1 Sign HW -10 New Interior Service Corridor Door PR 3'- 6 "x7' -0" (on hold open) 3 pr Butts HA AB850 2 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 2 Exit Devices SAR 12 -8600 2 Strike plate SAR 605 2 Strike plate SAR 606 2 Door Pulls BBW 2954 x Type N Fasteners 1 Set Smoke Gasket PE S88D 2 Magnet Holdopen RI FM998 with 110V transformer power supply and 2 ceiling mounted smoke detectors with building system interlink HW -11 Existing Interior Restroom Door 3'- 0 "x7' -0" 1 Pull Plate HA 31G -1G 3 "x12" Stainless Steel 1 Push Plate HA 31G 3 "x12" Stainless Steel END OF SECTION 08711 HA AB850 LCN 4041 -EDA HA 31G -1G 3 "x12" Stainless Steel HA 31G 3 "x12" Stainless Steel RI 1 -26D PE R.75FA "AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY" DOOR HARDWARE 08711- 6 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 08800 - GLAZING 1.1 General MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Performance Requirements: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. 1. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Provide glass lites for various size openings in nominal thicknesses indicated, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed the following criteria: a. Glass Thicknesses: Minimum thickness of 1/4" glass pane thickness in 1" insulating double - glazed assembly. Select glass thickness to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements. 1) Specified Design Wind Loads: As indicated. 2. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: As determined according to procedures indicated below: a. Center -of -Glass U- Values: NFRC 100 methodology using LBL -35298 WINDOW 4.1 computer program, expressed as Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F (W /sq. m x K). b. Center -of -Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200 methodology using LBL- 35298 WINDOW 4.1 computer program. c. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each glass product and glazing material, submit the following: 1. Samples: In the form of 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) square Samples for each type of glass, , and of 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long Samples for sealants. Install sealant Samples between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. 2. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings for glazed openings in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. C. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. D. Safety Glass: Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. E. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. GLAZING 08800 -1 1.2 Products 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual" and "Laminated Glass Design Guide." 2. SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM -3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines," and SIGMA TB- 3001, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." F. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the following inspecting and testing agency: A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in schedules. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following manufacturers: Viracon, Pilkington -LOF, or PPG. C. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality q3; class as indicated in schedules. D. Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality q3; class, kind, and condition as indicated in schedules. 1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller - hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. E. Low - emissivity (Low -E) glass: Viracon VE -85 or equal by Monsanto, Pilkington -LOF, or PPG. Low -E coating to be on #2 surface of insulating glass units. F. Laminated Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1172 for kinds of laminated glass indicated and other requirements specified, including those in the Laminated -Glass Schedule. 1. Interlayer: Interlayer material as indicated below, clear and of thickness indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation. a. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets, clear. b. Manufacturers: Monsanto, Interpane, Pilkington -LOF, PPG, or Viracon. G. Insulating -Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of dual - sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units. Provide units of overall one inch thickness; outer layer of Low -E glass and inner layer of clear float glass. H. Glazing Film at clerestory windows to be covered: Opaque, white, self- adhesive film; 3 -M or equal. Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. GLAZING 08800 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION GLAZING Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with system performance requirements. Execution Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. . Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. • Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. Provide safety glass as indicated on drawings and as required by code and authorities having jurisdiction over the work. H. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF S ECTION 08800 08800 - 3 «... �.v.n�,r ✓•va -�, a..: l+. kc.» Vra�; nx4V4Xx ?Aris+t =.t�nyrt�,..v�rna... SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 08920 - GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 1.1 General A. System Description: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits and framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movement, to glazing units. 1. Glazing is physically and thermally isolated from framing members. 2. System is reglazable from the exterior. B. Wind Loads: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage, capable of withstanding wind -load design pressures calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," 6.4.2, "Analytical Procedure," whichever are more stringent. 1. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to 1/175 of clear span or 3/4 inches (19 mm), whichever is smaller, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Test Performance: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system that does not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to ASTM E 330. a. Test Pressure: 150 percent of inward and outward wind -load design pressures. b. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile (1.609 km) of wind for relevant exposure category. C. Seismic Loads: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage, capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," Section 9, "Earthquake Loads," whichever are more stringent. D. Dead Loads: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. Provide a minimum 1/8 -inch (3.18 -mm) clearance between members and top of fixed panels, glazing, or other fixed part immediately below. Provide a minimum 1/16 - inch (1.59 -mm) clearance between members and operable windows and doors. E. Live Loads: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage, that accommodates supporting structure's deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads indicated without failure of materials or permanent deformation. F. Air Infiltration: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system with permanent resistance to air leakage through system of not more than 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. (0.3 L /s /sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static- air - pressure difference of 6.24 lbf /sq. ft. (299 Pa). GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 -1 v ... . ... ... .. _.. ...—.... r,. �e�• wwtt�ivn. n. an .NN)ntKe.".9f..{:P'0!1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 G. Water Penetration: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system that does not evidence water leakage when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward acting wind -load design pressure as defined by ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," but not less than 10 lbf /sq. ft. (479 Pa). H. Thermal Movements: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage, that accommodates thermal movements of system and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads on fasteners, noise or vibration, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. I. Structural Support Movement: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system that accommodates structural movements including, but not limited to, sway, twist, column shortening, long -term creep, and deflection. J. Average Thermal Conductance: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system with an average U -value of not more than 0.75 Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.75 W /sq. m x K) when tested according to AAMA 1503.1. K. Dimensional Tolerances: Provide glazed aluminum curtain wall system, including anchorage, that accommodates dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. L. Submittals: Product Data for each product specified and the following: 1. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of glazed aluminum curtain wall system including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. For entrance systems, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types, quantities, and locations. 2. Samples for initial selection showing the full range of colors available for components with factory- applied color finishes. 3. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of glazed aluminum curtain wall system with requirements based on comprehensive testing of manufacturer's current system. M. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to assume engineering responsibility and perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing glazed aluminum curtain wall systems similar to those required for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for glazed aluminum curtain wall systems, including drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. N. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of glazed aluminum curtain wall system from one source and by a single manufacturer. O. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of glazed aluminum curtain wall system and are based on the specific system indicated. Other manufacturers' systems with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 - 2 p:ixNw'w +.•��n SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 P. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum." 1.2 Products 1. Engage welders who have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and who are currently certified for these processes. Manufacturers: Basis of bid is Kawneer Company, Inc. System 1600 -1; contractor may propose equal products by the following manufacturers for review and approval: 1. Butler Manufacturing Company; Vistawall Architectural Products. 2. International Aluminum Corporation; U.S. Aluminum. B. Materials: As follows: 1. Aluminum: As follows: a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 2. Steel Reinforcement ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), ASTM A 611, or ASTM A 570 (ASTM A 570M). 3. Glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." 4. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed- corner pressure - glazing system. 5. Sealants and joint fillers for joints within glazed aluminum curtain wall system as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 6. Bituminous Paint: SSPC -Paint 12, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil (0.762 -mm) thickness per coat. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum brackets and reinforcements. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. Finish exposed portions to match glazed aluminum curtain wall. 1. At movement joints, use slip -joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and type recommended by manufacturer. E. Anchors: 3 -way adjustable anchors that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer. F. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing, compatible with adjacent materials, and of type recommended by manufacturer. G. Fabricate glazed aluminum curtain wall system according to Shop Drawings. Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Entrances: Fabricate door framing in profiles indicated. Reinforce as required to support imposed loads. Factory assemble door and frame units and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. Reinforce door and frame units as required for installing hardware indicated. Cut, drill, and tap for factory- installed hardware before finishing components. Provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. At other locations, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. H. Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight, true to detailed radii, and free of defects or deformations, before finishing. I. Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices. J. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to the exterior. K. Glazing Pockets: Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated according to FGMA's "Glazing Manual." L. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. M. Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard 2- inch - thick glazed doors with minimum 3/16 -inch- thick, extruded tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie -rods. Provide manufacturer's standard snap -on extruded - aluminum glazing stops and preformed gaskets. Kawneer Medium Stile #350 Heavy Wall Doors, with ten inch tall bottom rail, for 1 inch glazing units. N. Hardware: Provide heavy -duty hardware units indicated in sizes, number, and type recommended by manufacturer for entrances indicated. Finish exposed parts to match door finish, unless otherwise indicated. At new entrance doors: 1. Kawneer heavy - duty pivots for center - glazed door leaves 2. Concealed overhead closer at each leaf (except door pairs equipped with power assist operator): Kawneer Husky II 3. Lockset (on active leaf): Adams -Rite MS1850A with cylinder guard and cam for Sargeant cylinder, and Exit Indicator 4. Strike reinforcement (at inactive leaf): Adams Rite 5. 2 -point locking system (at inactive leaf): Kawneer "Controller" or equal by Adams Rite 6. Push - pulls: Kawneer Architect's Classic Hardware tubular metal system with 9 inch center to center 90 degree offset pulls, style C09, and full width horizontal push bars, style CP -II. Clear anodized finish. 7. Threshold: as detailed, clear anodized aluminum 8. Full weatherstripping 9. Finger guards (at power assist operator door leaves only): Collapsible neoprene or PVC gasketing GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.3 Execution MPI JOB NO. 98294 10. Decal at head of each door pair: This Door to Remain Unlocked During Business Hours. At existing entrance doors: 1. Push - pulls: Kawneer Architect's Classic Hardware tubular metal system with 15 inch center to center 90 degree offset pulls, style CO15, and full width horizontal push bars, style CP -II. Anodized finish to match existing doors. O. Low Energy Power Assist Door Operator: Dor -O -Matic Senior Swing electromechanical operator system with microprocessor controls, conforming with ANSIBHMA A156.19. No Substitutions. Provide with extruded aluminum transom housing and compatible system overhead concealed manual closer for adjacent inactive leaf of door pair. Operator to function in both Automatic Handicap Mode and Manual "Push -N -Go" Mode. Provide low - voltage recessed jamb- mounted pushbutton switch with dress plate #1211 -900 and recessed wall- mounted pushbutton switch with dress plate #1204 -900. Remainder of hardware as specified for door leaves elsewhere in this Section. P. Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products." Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. Q. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- M12C22A41, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker, and complying with AAMA 607.1. A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing glazed aluminum curtain wall system. Do not install damaged components. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. Provide means to drain water to the exterior to produce a permanently weatherproof system. B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to the exterior. D. Install framing members plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. E. Install entrances plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack. Lubricate operating hardware and other moving parts according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions. F. Install column covers plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 - 5 G. Anchorage: After system components'are positioned, fix connections to building structure as indicated on Shop Drawings. 1. Provide separators and isolators to prevent metal. corrosion and electrolytic • deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. • H. Install sealant according to Shop Drawings. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section • "Joint Sealants," unless otherwise indicated. • I. Erection Tolerances: Install glazed aluminum curtain wall system to comply with the • following maximum tolerances: 1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 min in 3 m); 1/4 inch in 40 feet (6 mm in 12 m). 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet (3 mm in 6 m); 1/4 inch in 40 feet (6 mm in 12 m). 3. • . Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm); where a reveal or protruding element separates aligned surfaces by less than • 2 inches (50.8 mm), limit offset to 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). • 4. Location: Limit variation from plane or location shown on Shop Drawings to 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) over total length. • Provide Door Operator System manufacturer's standard one year limited warranty on equipment and controls, commencing on date of final acceptance. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and • Installer, that ensure glazed aluminum curtain wall system is without damage or deterioration • at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08920 MPI JOB NO. 98294 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 08920 - 6 • 1 , 1 • , 1, • . .1 •• , • ...• ..• • ,• ,.• • • • • • ••,•• • • • • . •• „ • • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION • GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 3. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, in depth indicated and with 0.0179 -inch (0.45 -mm) minimum base metal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product designed to reduce sound transmission, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M) to form 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) deep channel of the following configuration: Single- or Double -Leg Configuration: Asymmetric - shaped channel with face connected to a single flange by a single- slotted leg (web) or hat - shaped channel, with 1 -1/2 -inch- (38.1 -mm -) wide face connected to flanges by double - slotted or expanded -metal legs (webs). a. 5 Z- Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z- shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M); with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm), face flange of 1 -1/4 inch (31.8 mm), wall - attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), and of depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. D. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. E. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end- to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, in thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X where required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. c. Type: Sag - resistant type for ceiling surfaces. d. Edges: Tapered. 2. Gypsum Board Base Layer(s) for Multilayer Applications: ASTM C 36, in thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X where indicated or required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies. c. Type: Sag - resistant type for ceiling surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931, with manufacturer's standard edges, in thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X where required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and where indicated. 4. Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, in thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X where required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and where indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 5. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 79 with water - repellent paper and chemically- treated core for additional moisture resistance, of thickness indicated. a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type: Type X, where required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and where indicated. F. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047, formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: 1. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip or electrolytic process, or steel sheet coated with aluminum, or rolled zinc. G. Accessories for Exterior Installations: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints formed from steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc complying with ASTM C 1047. H. Aluminum Accessories: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard extruded - aluminum accessories of profile indicated; Fry Reglet or approved equal: 1. Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. 2. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- C12C22A31. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. 1. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. a. Use pressure - sensitive or staple- attached, open- weave, glass -fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. 2. Setting -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory- packaged, job - mixed, chemical - hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. a. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. b. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water - resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. c. For topping compound, use sandable formulation. 3. Drying -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory- packaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. a. Ready -Mixed Formulation: Factory -mixed product. 1) Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. 2) Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. 3) All- purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION �virv� mX.w t ek,.Vtivrnx4rawiY .........._ MPI JOB NO. 98294 Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. K. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic -rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. L. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 1. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum panels. 2. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting -type joint compound recommended for spot - grouting hollow metal door frames. 3. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557. 4. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating gypsum panels to steel framing. 5. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: a. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch (0.84 mm) thick. b. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. c. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. 6. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. 7. Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening cementitious backer units. 8. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. 9. Asphalt - Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 10. Foam Gaskets: Closed -cell vinyl foam adhesive - backed strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit metal stud size indicated. 11. Sound - Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral -fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type L 12. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeance rating as follows: a. 6 mils (0.15 mm), 0.13 perms (7.5 ng /Pa x s x sq. m). 13. Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure - sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 1.3 Execution A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5 ................r......��.. ,...... .. ._.. ....._ .. .._... _... � .. �.. �w.. .w..wun..nn.itY++vvY+/�.}h1lWH �. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI J013 NO. 98294 c. Seal joints in vapor retarders caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor retarder tape. d. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealing it with the installation of gypsum board or other construction. D. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Install sound - attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 2. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. 3 Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid -core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. 4. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. 5. Isolate perimeter of nonload- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2 -inch- (6.4- to 12.7 -mm -) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 6. Where STC -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies. 7. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 8. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c. 9. Install water - resistant gypsum backing board panels behind ceramic tile, at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 10. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: a. Fasten with screws. 11. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Apply base layers of gypsum panels and face Layer to base layers as follows: a. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. E. Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered over supports. Install with 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. Fasten with corrosion - resistant screws. F. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 7 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Install cornerbead at external corners. 2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. a. Install LC -bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. b. Install L -bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. c. Install U -bead where indicated. d. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. e. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. G. Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. 1. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring tape. 3. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. 4. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA -214. a. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound - rated assemblies. b. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated. c. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces, in non -public "back -of- house" areas unless otherwise indicated. d. Level 5 for gypsum board surfaces exposed to view in public areas. 5. Where Level 5 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories; and apply a thin, uniform skim coat of joint compound over entire surface. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges and ready for decoration. 6. For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. 7. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first coat of joint compound. 8. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 9. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board using setting -type joint compounds to prefill joints and embed tape, and for first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats, with the last coat being a sandable product. Smooth each coat before joint compound hardens to minimize need for sanding. Sand between coats and after finish coat. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 8 !' GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES SOUTfICENTER•MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 • a. Painting exterior gypsum soffit board after, finish coat has 'dried is specified in another Division 9 Section • • - Finish water-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and gypsum board manufacturer's directions. 09255-9 ' SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 09270 - GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY B. Work included: 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE MPI JOB NO. 98294 This section specifies Glass fiber Reinforced Gypsum (GFRG) fabrications, including their design, support structures, and related services for erection and installation. 1. Provide all materials, equipment, labor and additional services required for the fabrication and delivery of GFRG shapes and support frames. 2. All materials, equipment, labor and additional services required for the installation and finishing of GFRG units shall be provided by the installer as shown in the contract documents and in conformance with the Manufacturer's installation procedures, which include the following: a. Structural framing, hanger systems and fastening asrequired. b. Joint finishing, fastener concealment and patching. C. Related work specified in other sections: 1. Gypsum board assemblies: Section 09255. 2. Painting: Section 09900. 3. Electrical systems connected to or impacting GFRG units: Section 16000 A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Shop Drawings showing location and extent of each wall covering type. Indicate seams and termination points. Submit complete shop drawings fully detailing fabrication and installation of GFRG fabrications, including unit shapes (elevations and sections) and thickness of GFRG, finishes, joint and connection details, steel support framing system (where used), other items integrated in fabrications, sequence of erection for special conditions and relationships to adjacent materials. 2. Submit samples of each shape to be provided, at full scale, for review and acceptance. Samples of linear pieces may be full length or foreshortened at manufacturer's option, with minimum length of 3' -0 ". Provide samples of each corner piece and end condition. Samples, when approved, may be incorporated into the work. 3. Directions describing joint treatment, patching, adhesives, fasteners and fastener concealment procedures. 4. Backup test data on which GFRG design is based and data on GFRG tests. A. Design responsibility: 1. Design individual pieces to conform to the requirements of the Documents. All proposed changes shall be noted and submitted with shop drawings. GLASS - FIBER- REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09270 - SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 2 Substitutions: a. Proposals shall be based only the specified product. b. Alternate products must be submitted with product data and samples for review by architect. Mock -Ups: 1. Submit one full -scale unit meeting design requirements prior to start of production and after acceptance of shop drawings, samples and related documents. a. Architect shall approve mock -up before production of GFRG is started. b. Retain mock -up on job site as standard of quality for GFRG units. c. Incorporate mock -up into the job in location approved by Architect. d. Provide one complete light fixture shroud assembly. e. Provide one multi-unit run of at least three pieces of double - bullnose fascia assembly incorporating one inner corner and one outer corner unit with a minimum of three joints. C. Manufacturer's qualifications: Manufacturer with a demonstrated capability to produce GFRG products of quality and scope required for the project and actively involved in GFRG production for at least five years. Manufacturer must have sufficient production capacity to produce, transport and deliver required units without causing delay in the work. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed 5 projects similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and handling: 1. All units are to be handled, supported and transported in conformance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Lift and support units only at points indicated for attachment on shop drawings. 3. Use non - staining shock absorbing material between units and for support during shipment. 4. Protect units from dirt and moisture during handling and shipment. B. Acceptance at site: 1. Installer shall be responsible for inspecting and accepting all units upon delivery. Any discrepancies of quantity or material condition will be brought to the attention of the manufacturer immediately. C. Jobsite storage: 1. Store units in an upright position on a firm, smooth and level surface. 2. Installer will protect pieces from dirt, moisture, surface damage and other jobsite hazards. 3. Use non - staining shock absorbing material between units and for support during storage. 4. Place stored units so that identification marks are easily accessible. GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09270 - 2 w SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. DecoForm Corporation, as represented by Continental Architectural Products, attention Len Nowacki Cleveland, Ohio Phone: (440) 230 -1297 Olympian Precast, Inc., attention Patrick Purcell 19150 Union Hill Road Redmond, Washington 98053 -0539 Phone: (425) 868 -1922 Fax: (425) 868 -1400 2.2. MATERIALS A. Glass fiber Reinforced Gypsum members to consist of long strand or chopped strand Glass fiber mat, laminated with high strength, high density alpha -based gypsum produced in a manufacturing plant and shipped to a jobsite as pre - molded shapes for field erection. B. Provide nominal Glass fiber content of not less than six percent by weight. C. Units to be dimensionally stable and fabricated to shape, size and thickness indicated on shop drawings. D. Materials embedded or integrated into GFRG units shall have a Class 1 FIame Spread Rating. E. Material characteristics: GFRG members to meet or exceed the following standard: 1. Shell thickness 3/16" nominal 2. Flexural strength 4,400 PSI 3. Tensile strength 1,200 to 1,400 PSI 4. Finished density 115 lbs. per cubic ft. 5. Impact strength (Charpy) 11 ft. lbs. per sq. inch; 7. 6. Burning characteristics 0 flame spread 7. Smoke development 0 8. Impact Strength 8.0 to 8.8 ft.lb. /sq. In. 9. Rockwell Hardness M72 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Miscellaneous materials to be supplied by installer: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Metal internal framing and separate metal support frame sections as required for support of units as indicated on shop drawings. 2. Shims as required to provide proper alignment of units. 3. Flange adhesive to be (Liquidnail or equal) as recommended by the manufacturer for maximum joint strength. 4. Fasteners to be as designated on shop drawings. 5. Hanger wire to be galvanized steel wire, required size to be as designated on shop drawings. 6. Joint primer as recommended by the manufacturer to insure proper adhesion of gypsum - based finish materials. GLASS- FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09270 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2.4 FABRICATION A. Molds: C; Curing: D. Identification: E. Shop Finishing: F. Fabrication Tolerances: MPI JOB NO. 98294 7. Joint taping and topping materials shall be as specified in Gypsum Wall Board section. For maximum joint strength, a fast set type compound (Durabond or equal) is recommended for initial coats along with perforated paper tape. 1. To be constructed from materials of rigidity sufficient to ensure finished products that conform to profiles, dimensions and tolerances indicated on shop drawings. 2. Use mold release agents that are compatible with architectural finish and joint sealants. B. Lamination: 1. Mix gypsum materials as required for desired mix proportion. 2. Spray mist coat of gypsum cement into shape of mold. 3. Alternate layers of glass mat and gypsum into mold, place additional layers onto flanges for added strength. 1. Employ curing methods that will provide sufficient strength before removing units. 2. After demolding, unit shall be handled and stored under appropriate conditions of temperature and moisture to insure part stability. 1. Each unit to be marked on unexposed surface with identification mark that matches corresponding mark on shop drawings and part schedule. 1. Finish exposed face of fabrications to match accepted samples. 2. Any hollows, voids, scratches or other surface imperfections to be repaired and surface of unit shall be ready for primer. 1. Dimensional - length and width plus or minus 1/8" 2. Skin thickness plus 1/8" minus 0" 3. Warpage or bowing 1/360 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION/ INSPECTION A. Coordinate with the providers of adjoining work for scheduling of this work. B. Inspect jobsite conditions for clearance and working space provided before commencement of installation. Verify that jobsite dimensions are in agreement with approved shop drawings. GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09270 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION C. Verify that all pieces adhere to shop drawings prior to installation. D. Inspect surfaces to which GFRG units will be attached for suitability of attachment and support of GFRG. Bring discrepancies affecting the installation of GFRG members to the attention of the Contractor and resolve before installation begins. Commencement of work signals acceptance of jobsite conditions as acceptable for installation of this work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Lifting and setting: 1. Lift GFRG units at points established by manufacturer. 2. Set GFRG units level, plumb and square within allowable tolerances. B. Supports and bracing: 1. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability and alignment as units are being permanently connected. C. Installation requirements: MPI JOB NO. 98294 1. Parts will be installed as shown in approved shop drawings. Curved parts forming a segment of a circle to be installed at a constant radius. 2. Joints will be properly aligned and spaced as required to prevent overall dimensional error. Control joints shall be used on runs exceeding 30 feet or as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Construction adhesive shall be used at flanges to resist independent part movement and cracking at joints. 4. Shim as required to ensure proper alignment with adjacent units and other trade's materials. 5. All pieces will be securely anchored with screws, bolts, wires or metal clips as shown in approved shop drawings. Type, size and spacing of anchorage devices to be as required to meet required loads and building codes. 6. Countersink, fill and float drywall screws where shown in installation drawings. 7. Joints between units and at intersection with drywall shall be taped and finished to match surface texture. 8. Joint treatments shall maintain the profile of curved parts and care shall be taken to prevent crowning of taping materials between units. 9. Topping coats shall be sanded smooth. Patch surface defects, clean and prepare surface for scheduled finish. Finish standard shall be per Level 5 description of "Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish" endorsed by AWCI, CISCA, Gypsum Association, and painting and Deocrating Contractors of America. C. Installation tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances for locating PGRG units. For erection tolerances not listed, comply with requirements of PCI -MNL -117. 1. Face width of joint as follows: a. Panel dimension 10 feet or less, plus or minus 3/16 inch. b. Panel dimension 10 feet to 20 feet, plus or minus 1/4 inch. c. Panel dimension over 20 feet, plus 1/4 inch, minus 5/16 inch. GLASS - FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09270 - 5 . •-• ' • • • • SOLTITICENTER MALL RENOVATION REPAIR/RESTORATION Repair: GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS • MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Warpage: Maximum permissible warpage of one corner out of plane with other three is 1/16 inch per foot distance from nearest corner or 1/4 inch total after installation. 3. • Bowing: Not over L/360, with a maximum of 1 inch where "L" is panel length in inches in direction of bow. Differential bowing, between adjacent members of same design, not more than 1/4 inch. 1. Patch or replace defective pieces subject to approval by the Architect, 2. Patching will be utilized when structural integrity and appearance of unit are not compromised. 3. Protect GFRG units from damage by subsequent work during construction and until " accepted by. the Contractor. 3.4 WARRANTY A. General:. 1. Warranty that GFRG materials and assemblies and their supports will not warp or sag and shall remain free from cracks, chips and marks caused by defective material or workmanship for the period of one year from the date of acceptance. END OF SECTION 09270 09270 - 6 [ em srxa:Ve..• SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 09511- ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1.1 General 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each type of acoustical panel and suspension system required, submit the following: 1. 6 -inch- (150 -mm -) square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern, and color. 2. Set of 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long samples of exposed suspension system members, including moldings, for each color and system type required. B. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire - response tests were performed by UL, ITS /Warnock Hersey, or another independent testing and inspecting agency that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that performs testing and follow -up services. 2. Surface - burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 3. Fire - resistance -rated assemblies, which are indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," from ITS/ Warnock Hersey's "Directory of Listed Products," or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency, are identical in materials and construction to those tested per ASTM E 119. 4. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. C. Extra Stock: Five unopened cartons of each tile type, size, color with Owner's maintenance crew. A. Acoustical Panels: USG Eclipse Premier, 2' x 2' x 1" thick, SLT "Shadlowline tapered ", color: white (no substitutions). B. Metal Suspension System: Manufacturer's standard direct -hung heavy -duty rated suspension system complying with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements Donn DX26, or Chicago metallic equal. C. Finishes and Colors for Metal Suspension System, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. Color: white. D. Suspension System Attachment Devices: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials and sized for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. Provide Unistrut -type members as necessary to "trapeze" span around or between existing structural members and to avoid obstructions. E. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc- coated, carbon -steel wire complying with ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Size wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- (2.69 -mm -) diameter wire. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 F. Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. G. Compression struts: Grid manufacturer's standard product for span, spacing and loads imposed. 1.3 Execution General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. 2. U.B.C.'s "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay -in Panel Ceilings ": U.B.C. Standard 25 -2. 3. Provide new ceiling grid and tile systems complete where shown. 4. Existing ceilings where indicated: Replace tiles. Coordinate with contractors for work of other sections for scheduled preparation and painting of existing grids to be used. B. Secure ceiling hangers from suspension system members to building's structural members. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with other objects within ceiling plenum. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 1. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms, or floor or roof deck. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 2. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. 3. Provide seismic restraint diagonal wire assemblies with compression struts at maximum 12' -0" OC each way. 4. Provide 2 slack wires for in- ceiling light fixtures and mechanical fixtures and equipment as required by referenced standards. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit matching edge profile of tile design. Touch -up paint all cut edges exposed to view. END OF SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511- 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 1.1 General D. Submittals: For each paint system specified, provide the following: MPI JOB NO. 98294 A. This Section .includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. E. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing color match existing or as specified in the finish schedule Sheet A9.0 for each type of finish -coat material indicated. F. Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. 2. Submit Samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4-by -8 -inch (100 -by- 200 -mm) samples of natural- or stained -wood finish on actual wood surfaces. G. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. H. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. I. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers in clean condition, free of PAINTING 09900 -1 B. Stain finish as per scheduled SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. J. Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.2 Products A. Special coating - Plomyx Multi -Color Finish: 1. Polomyx modified acrylate copolymer multi -color coating. Finish shall be ready- mixed, with no field mixing or tinting required. Allow substrate primers to cure 72 hrs prior to applying finish. At exterior conditions apply a Urethane over coat with UV inhibitor. C. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. D. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best- quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint- material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. E. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations. 1.3 Execution A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. C. Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. D. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. 1. Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been PAINTING 09900 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. a. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. a. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. F. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G. Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. PAINTING 09900 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 7. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. K. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. L. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. N. Field Quality Control: The Owner reserves the right to engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 1. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests as required by the Owner. MPI JOB NO. 98294 PAINTING 09900 - 4 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION O. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 2. If tests show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from the site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary, the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint, the 2 coatings are incompatible. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. R. Paint Schedules: See finish schedule Sheet A9.0. Exterior Paint Systems 1. P -1, Stucco a. Acrylic latex finish to match existing: One coat primer, 1 finish coat 1) Preservative Prime -1 Masonry Primer / sealer base 2) Preservative 62 Series color shield 2500 Exterior - Acrylic MPI JOB NO. 98294 2. Zinc - Coated Metal: a. Semi- gloss, Acrylic - Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. 1) Primer: Total dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils. Preservative 24 -99 Series Eco- Prime. 2) First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic -latex enamel, total dry film thickness of not less than 2.6 mils. Preservative 24 Series Eco- Thane.E. 3. P -2, Special coating - Plomyx Multi -Color Finish: Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturers instructions. One Basecoat, three finish coats. a. Basecoat: Apply as many coats as necessary to produce a uniform substrate appearance. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. Allow to dry prior to application of subsequent coats. b. Sand: sand basecoat with 100 grit or finer sandpaper. Remove dust. c. Multicolor Finish: Apply in two steps PAINTING 09900 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Interior Paint Systems 1. P -1, Gypsum Board 2. S-1, Transparent Over Wood Doors: F. Metals: MPI JOB NO. 98294 First Step: Apply high - pressure spray coat to completely cover basecoat and achieve a continuous uniform film. Comply with manufacturer's cover rate. Second Step: Apply low pressure spray coat adjusted to produce uniform pattern and texture matching approved sample. Slight variations in pattern and color blend are normal for multicolor coatings. Third Step: Apply Urethane over coat with UV inhibitor a. New Gypsum Board - Match existing finish with Latex based: One primer coat, one finish coat. 1) Primer: Preservative 95 -100 Pre -Cote primer /sealer. 2) Finish: Preservative 69 or 67 series Styro -Cote. Existing Gypsum Board - Match existing finish with Latex based: One finish coat. 1) Finish: Preservative 69 or 67 series Styro -Cote. 2. P -2, Special coating - Plomyx Multi -Color Finish: Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturers instructions. One Basecoat, two finish coats. a. Basecoat: Apply as many coats as necessary to produce a uniform substrate appearance. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. Allow to dry prior to application of subsequent coats. b. Sand: sand basecoat with 100 grit or finer sandpaper. Remove dust. c. Multicolor Finish: Apply in two steps 1) First Step: Apply high - pressure spray coat to completely cover basecoat and achieve a continuous uniform film. Comply with manufacturer's cover rate. 2) Second Step: Apply low pressure spray coat adjusted to produce uniform pattern and texture matching approved sample. Slight variations in pattern and color blend are normal for multicolor coatings. a. Pre -seal: Sherwood Vinyl Sealer #T67F3, reduced 20 % -50% (depending on stain color) with lacquer thinner. b. Stain coat: Sherwood Wiping Stain, S64 Series. c. Sealer: Sherwood 24% solids Vinyl Sealer #T67F3. d. Finish coat: Sherwood Precatalyzed Lacquer #T99FX212 PAINTING 09900 - 6 • • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION - PAINTING ! ND OF SECTION 09900 . • . MPI JOB N6. 98294 1. P-1, Satin Paint Over Primed (Includes H.M. doors, frames, relites): Two finish coats Preservative Acrylic 25 series "Envira-Shield" satin finish over factory primer. • , • . • • • •• • . • P-1, Satin Paint Over Unprimed: Two coats overprimer.' a. Primer: Preservative 94-54 Acrylic "Corro-Prime" . . b. Finish: Two coats Preservative Acrylic 25 series "Envira-Shield" satin finish 09900 - 7 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1.1 General A. Submittals: Include the following: 1. Product Data: For each type of toilet compartment and screen specified. 2. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation of toilet compartment and screen assemblies. 3. Samples: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of sections of actual units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of compartment or screen indicated. 1.2 Products A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Accurate Partitions Corporation. 2. Global Steel Products Corp. 3. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation. 4. Sanymetal. 5. Metpar. B. Men's Toilet Room: stainless steel, maximum privacy, overhead -rail- braced units with 4 inches maximum clearance to floor. C. Women's Toilet Room: Plastic- laminate faced, overhead -rail- braced units. MPI JOB NO. 98294 D. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304, that is leveled to stretcher - leveled flatness, in Number 4 finish and standard thicknesses. E. Core Material for Metal -Faced Units: Manufacturer's standard sound - deadening honeycomb of resin - impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch (25 mm) minimum for doors, panels, and screens and 1 -1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum for pilasters. F. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3, GP -50, 0.050 -inch (1.27 -mm) nominal thickness, in color and pattern as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns. G. Core Material for Plastic Laminate: ANSI 208.1, Type M -2 particleboard with 45 -1b (20.4 -kg) density in thicknesses required to provide nominal thicknesses of 1 inch (25 mm) minimum for doors, panels, and screens and 1 -1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum for pilasters. H. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304 stainless steel, not less than 0.0312 inch (0.8 mm) thick and 3 inches (75 mm) high, finished to match hardware. I. Stirrup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard ear or U- brackets for attaching panels and screens to walls and pilasters of chrome - plated, nonferrous, cast zinc alloy (zamac) or clear - anodized aluminum. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 J• Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy -duty operating hardware and accessories of chrome- plated, nonferrous, cast zinc alloy (zamac) or clear - anodized aluminum. K. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded - aluminum head rail with antigrip profile in manufacturer's standard finish. L. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome - plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft - resistant -type heads. Provide sex -type bolts for through -bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot -dip galvanized or other rust - resistant, protective- coated steel. M. Fabrication: As follows: 1.3 Execution 1. Except as otherwise detailed, provide standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system. Provide units with cutouts and drilled holes to receive compartment- mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. Provide internal reinforcement in metal units for compartment- mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. 2. Overhead- Braced - and - Floor- Anchored Compartments: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant supports, leveling mechanism, fasteners, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Make provisions for setting and securing continuous head rail at top of each pilaster. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. 3. Doors: 4' -10" tall doors; unless otherwise indicated, provide 24 -inch- (610 -mm -) wide in- swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36 -inch- (914 -mm -) wide out - swinging doors with a minimum 32 -inch- (813 -mm -) wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. a. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self - closing type that can be adjusted to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. b. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface - mounted latch unit with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper designed for emergency access. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. c. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment - mounted accessories. d. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber -tipped bumpers at out - swinging doors or entrance screen doors. e. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at out - swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. A. Prior to toilet room demolition work, field measure existing installation to detern =mine existing layout and locate existing backing, blocking, and points of connection which may be re -used if determined by this contractor to be sufficient support for new units. Coordinate with the work of other Sections for location and type of additional blocking or backing required to be installed in existing or new walls. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2 SOU'THCENTER MALL RENOVATION ' MPI JOB NO. 98294 . Installation: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2 inch (13 nun) between pilasters and panels and not more than 1 inch (25 mm) between panels and walls. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. Secure panels to walls and panels with not less than 2 stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. Overhead-Braced-and-Floor-Anchored Compartments: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with not less than 2 fasteners. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. END OF SECTION 10155 [- Wall-Hung Screens: Attach with anchoring devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb and to resist lateral impact. Hardware Adjustment Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 SECTION 10200 - LOUVERS AND VENTS 1.1 General A. Structural Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of wind and normal thermal movement without evidencing permanent deformation of blades, frames, and supports; noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter; or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. 1. Wind Load: Uniform pressure (velocity pressure) of 20 Ibf /sq. ft. (960 Pa), acting inward or outward. 2. Thermal Movements: Movements resulting from 120 deg F (67 deg C) change (range) in ambient and 180 deg F (100 deg C) change in surface temperatures. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: For louver units and accessories not completely described in Product Data. 2. Samples of each type of metal finish. 3. Product test reports indicating compliance of products with requirements. C. Field Measurements: Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.2 Products A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Airolite Co. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc. 3. Ruskin Manufacturing; Tomkins Industries, Inc. B. Materials: As follows: 1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063 -T5 or T -52. 2. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming. 3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,0G90 (Z275) zinc coating, mill phosphatized. 4. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304. 5. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal or 300 series stainless steel. Do not use metals that are incompatible with joined materials. 6. Bituminous Paint: Asphalt mastic complying with SSPC -Paint 12 but containing no asbestos fibers, or asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. C. Fabrication, General: Fabricate louvers to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining materials' tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. 1. Join frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view. LOUVERS AND VENTS 10200 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION END OF SECTION 10200 MPI JOB NO. 98294 Join frame members to one another and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer. D. Fixed, Extruded - Aluminum, Horizontal Louvers: Provide louvers with extruded - aluminum frames and blades. 1. Performance Requirements: Either drainable- or nondrainable -blade type with maximum standard airflow not less than 7500 cfm (3540 L /s) with not more than 0.18 - inch wg (45 -Pa) static- pressure loss. 2. Descriptive Requirements: As follows: a. Exterior Blade Profile: Drainable blade; Ruskin ELF8WDD or equal. b. Interior Blade Profile: Chevron shape, "sight-tight": CSI #4180 Louver Screens: Provide insect screens on interior faces of exterior louvers. 1. Frames and Louver Screening: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louvers to which screens are attached. Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish louvers after assembly. Interior - factory prime coat. Exterior - factory finish Kynar 500 - white. 1.3 Execution A. Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. E. Protect galvanized and nonferrous -metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals. LOUVERS AND VENTS 10200 - 2 �s..uucays nc�.W�dKU+Y�L P.: T�143151 :W?r:v.4�h::ervay.h�..wv.. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 10801- TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 1.1 General A. Submittals: Manufacturer's Product Data. Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. 1.2 Products MPI JOB NO. 98294 Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet Accessory Schedule on the Drawings. 1. Do not modify aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide accessories by one of the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., no substitutions. 2. Warm -Air Dryers: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., no substitutions. 3. Infant-Care Products: a. Avanti Baby Consultants, Inc., no substitutions; 1-800/366-9778. B. Materials: As follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312 -inch (0.8- mm) minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Brass: ASTM B 19, leaded and unleaded flat products; ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; ASTM B 30, castings. 3. Sheet Steel: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold rolled, commercial quality, 0.0359 -inch (0.9- mm) minimum nominal thickness; surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. 4. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180). 5. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal. 6. Baked - Enamel Finish: Factory- applied, gloss - white, baked - acrylic - enamel coating. 7. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD- M-411. 8. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 -1 1.3 Execution END OF SECTION 10801 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MPI JOB NO. 98294 9. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 10. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Coordinate keying requirements with Owner for compatibility with existing accessory keying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. Coordinate with other trades regarding coordination of requirements for installation of this work, including layout of support structures, heights, and dimensions. Provide templates or installation requirement drawings as requested. B. Install accessories according to manufacturers written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. • Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. C. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. D. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. E. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10801 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK Design Intent SECTION 15000 Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division 1 - General Requirements for all work in Divisions 15. 1. Replacement and modification of Sears and Main entrance door heating systems to accommodate architectural revisions. 2. Relocation of exhaust ductwork and roof penetration above JC Penney corridor. 3. Removal and relocation of existing plumbing piping and accessories at renovated main entrance and restrooms. 4. Relocation and replacement of fire sprinkler piping and heads at new skylights. Relocation of water motor alarm at main entrance rearrangement of sprinkler heads at renovated restrooms. . Systems Provide labor, materials and appliances and perform operations in connection with satisfactory installation of mechanical work ready to operate in strict accordance with these specifications and drawings. Work of Division 15 includes, but is not limited to, that as delineated in the following specification sections: 15000 General Provisions 15055 Basic Materials and Methods 15300 Fire Protection System 15400 Plumbing Systems 15488 Natural Gas System 15810 HVAC Equipment 15840 Air Distribution Systems 15000 -1 1.03 1.04 COORDINATION A. Visit site and become familiar with existing conditions affecting work. B. Verify locations of any overhead or buried utilities on or near site. Determine such locations in conjunction with all public and private utility companies and with all authorities having jurisdiction. Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. Verify all measurements, dimensions and connections on the site, and coordinate between trades to preclude interferences. ▪ When discrepancies occur between plans and specifications, the Architect will determine which takes precedence and the Contractor shall perform the selected requirement at no additional cost. E. Check mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications to assure proper location and electrical characteristics of connections serving mechanical and electrical equipment. CODES AND STANDARDS Conform to following code and agency requirements having jurisdictional authority over mechanical installation. • Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with local amendments. • Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) with local amendments. • Uniform Building Code (UBC) with local amendments. • National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA 70. • Requirements of OSHA and EPA. • National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes and Standards. • American Gas Association (AGA) Standards. • ASTM, ANSI and NEMA standards, as referenced in subsequent sections. • Local Sewer District Requirements. • Local Water District Requirements. • Local Health Department Requirements. F. Advise the Architect of any modifications required to suit equipment furnished. G. Locate all piping to avoid conflict and interference with the ductwork and lighting fixtures that may be installed after the plumbing and piping. In general, give ductwork preference over piping, unless directed otherwise by the Architect. 1.05 EXISTING SYSTEMS Existing systems and utility lines indicated on drawings are in accordance with information furnished to the Architect and may not be complete. Contractor is responsible for locating, uncovering, disposing of or maintaining existing systems. 15000 -2 1.06 FINAL APPROVAL A. Contingent upon completion of the following: • Execution of Architect's final observation report • Operation and maintenance manuals • Operation instruction period • Permit submittals • Record drawings • Valve list posted • Balancing • Testing and cleaning The Contractor shall submit a completed Project Completion Form at the time final acceptance of the mechanical work is requested. A copy of the form to be used is attached to this section. 1.07 TERMS OF CONTRACT A. Submittals: 1. Submit for review six (6) copies of shop drawings, brochures (catalog data), and lists in accord with Division 1. Turn in all Division 15 submittals as a single unit. Only Fire Protection (Section 15300) may be submitted separately. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, material and equipment to be submitted include all items specified in Part 2 (Products) in each section of Division 15 and as listed on equipment schedules on drawings. 3. Clearly indicate on each page the equipment schedule designation, as applicable, and model intended for use. 4. Do no fabrication or manufacture of products until return of submittals. 5. Provide shop drawings for all products, systems, system components, and special supports which are not a standard catalog product and which may be fabricated for the Contractor or by the Contractor. Layout drawings to scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or communication purposes. B. Substitutions: 1. Manufacturers and models of equipment and material indicated herein and on drawings are those upon which mechanical design is based. Other manufacturers with products considered equal in general quality may be listed without specific model designation. 2. For substitution of any other manufacturers' equipment, see Division 1. In selecting substitute equipment, Contractor is responsible for and must guarantee equal performance and fit. 15000 -3 1.08 DOCUMENTATION • Permits: Submitted, paid for and obtained by Contractor. Submit copies of signed, approved permits to the Architect upon request. • Record Drawings: See Division 1. Show location of equipment and size of piping and ductwork. Locate all valves, cocks, dampers and similar equipment with tag or label identification. Indicate locations and elevations of exterior pipe and utility connections. Maintain continuously updated drawings during progress of project. 1.09 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS • Contents: Furnish, in accord with Division 1, three (3) bound copies of operating and maintenance manuals to include the following: • Manufacturers, suppliers, contractor and mechanical subcontractors' names, addresses and phone numbers. • Warranty service contractors' names, address and phone numbers (if different from above). Schedule and description of routine maintenance for each component to include oiling, lubrication and greasing data and belt sizes, types and lengths. Balancing log and test data. • Manufacturer's cuts and rating tables, including brochures for all submittal items. • Part numbers of all replaceable items. • Written guarantees. • Record drawings corrected and completed. . Binders: Unless indicated otherwise, "or approved" may be assumed for all products in Division 15. 1. Furnish typewritten or printed index and tabbed dividers between principal categories. 2. Bind each manual in a hard - backed loose -leaf binder. 3. Imprint on cover: • Name of project. • Owner. • Location of project. • Architect. • Contractor. • Year of completion. 4. Imprint on backing: • Name of project. • Year of completion. 15000 -4 Submittals: 1. Preliminary Copies: Prior to scheduled completion of the project, submit two copies for review by the Architect. . Final Copies: After approval of the preliminary copies, submit three (3) finished copies to the Owner. 1.10 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS General: In addition to requirements of Division 1, following initial operation of mechanical systems and prior to acceptance by the Architect, perform the following services. 1. At least two weeks prior to each instruction period, give written notification of readiness to proceed to the Architect and Owner, and obtain mutually acceptable dates. Conduct demonstrations and instructions for the Owner's representatives, pointing out requirements for servicing and maintaining equipment and systems. Minimum duration of instruction periods: 1. Plumbing 2. Fire Protection Systems 3. Air Handling Systems 1.11 ELECTRICAL A. Motors: If requested by the Architect, furnish qualifications of Contractor's personnel in charge of the instruction; foreman position is minimum acceptable. Include preliminary discussion, information from maintenance manual and contract drawings; conduct tours of the new construction, explaining maintenance, operation and adjustment of each piece of equipment. 2 hours 2 hours 2 hours 1. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 degree C environment with maximum 50 degree C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load. 2. Starting Capability: Not less than 12 starts per hour. 3. Phase Characteristics: Squirrel -cage induction poly -phase motors for 3/4 HP and larger, and capacitor -start single -phase motors for 1/2 HP and smaller. At equipment manufacturer's option, 1/6 HP and smaller may be split -phase type. 15000 -5 4. Service Factor: 1.15 for polyphase motors and 1.35 for single -phase motors. 5. Enclosure Type: Open drip -proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during operation, and guarded drip -proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building occupants. Weather - protected Type I for outdoor use, Type II, where not housed. 6. Overload Protection: Built -in thermal overload protection. 7. Name Plate: Indicate full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features and similar information. B. Motor Starters: By mechanical equipment manufacturer where factory mounted controls are provided. All other starters provided by Contractor in accord with Division 16. . Power Wiring: In accord with Division 16. 1.12 CUTTING, FITTING, REPAIRING AND PATCHING A. Arrange and pay for all cutting, fitting, repairing, patching and finishing of work by other trades where necessary for installation of mechanical work. Perform work only with craftsmen skilled in their respective trades. B. Avoid cutting, where possible, by setting sleeves, frames, etc., and by coordinating for openings in advance. Assist other trades in securing correct location and placement of rough - frames, sleeves, openings, etc. for ducts and piping. C. Cut all holes neatly and as small as possible to admit work. Perform cutting in manner so as not to weaken walls, partitions or floors. Drill holes required to be cut in floors without breaking out around holes. 1.13 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Provide functional test of Heating Systems, and all mechanical components. Written verification of test to be signed by Owner's Representative. 15000 -6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1' t i B. Testing and balancing of mechanical systems shall be performed as described in following sections and as required by the various codes and ordinances. C. Do not allow any work to be covered up or enclosed until inspected, tested and approved by the Architect and all authorities having jurisdiction over the work. D. Should any work be enclosed or covered up such inspection and test, Contractor shall at his own expense uncover work, and after it has been inspected, tested and approved, make all repairs as necessary to restore all work distributed by him to its original condition. �s 1 1 SALVAGE Remove excess piping and sheet metal work and plug or cap any unused branch connections. Remove scrap pipe and sheet metal and all other excess materials from the site. CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE. All work, material and equipment shall be free of defect, complete and in • perfect operating order at time of delivery to Owner. • Without cost to Owner, correct all defects and failures discovered within one year from date of final acceptance, except when in the opinion of the Architect such condition is due to neglect or carelessness of the Owner. The guarantee of the Contractor is independent of shorter time limits by any manufacturer of equipment he has furnished. Submit with Operation and Maintenance Manual all guarantees which exceed one year. • • Make all necessary adjustments during first year of operation. The presence of any inspector or observer during any construction does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for defects discovered after completion of the work. PROJECT CLOSE-OUT At end of project, Contractor shall verify that the following have been accomplished: -Test and Balance Reports submitted. • -Operation and Maintenance Manuals submitted. • -Record Drawings submitted. • -Operating Instructions completed. END OF SECTION 15000-7 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General and Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto, and Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE This section includes products, assemblies and methods applicable to more than one of the systems specified in the following sections of Division 15. 1.03 • MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Use products of a single manufacturer, where two or more units of same class of equipment are required. Use new equipment and materials. B. Protect materials stored on site against weather, corrosion and dirt. C. Provide major components of equipment with manufacturer's name, address, catalog number and capacity indicated on a nameplate, securely affixed in a conspicuous place. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: Bell and Spigot: ASTM A -74 No -Hub: CISPI 301 B. Steel Pipe, Black and Galvanized: ASTM A -120 Fittings: Malleable iron screwed: ANSI B16.3 Cast iron screwed: ANSI B16.4 C. Copper Tubing: ASTM B -88 Fittings: Wrought copper, ANSI B16.22 15055 -1 Copper DWV: ASTM B306 Fittings: Cast brass, B16.23 2.02 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES Operating Valves: Nibco, Crane, Stockham, Hammond or Milwaukee equal to Nibco model numbers listed: Gate: T -111 Globe: T -211 Check: T -413 Ball: T -580 -Y 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Unions: Ground joint, malleable type. Grinnell, Crane, Walworth, Syspac. B. Access Panels: Same type and construction as those specified in Section 08300 or Milcor, Type "K" with screwdriver operated lock. Stainless steel access panels in tile walls. C. Insulating Union: Epco, Capitol. D. Escutcheon: Grinnell Fig. 2 or 13, nickel plated. 2.04 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Pipe Hangers: Components and assemblies in accord with MSS SP -58 and ANSI 831.1. B. Duct Hangers: In accord with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. C. Vibration Isolation: Provide equipment by a single manufacturer and installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Vibration isolators shall be coordinated with equipment supplied. Amber Booth Co., Mason Industries. 2.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment Nameplates: Black bakelite with white layer, 1/2" lettering with equipment schedule designation (e.g.: "EF -1, Exhaust Fan "). 15055 -2 • Pipe Marking: Semi -rigid plastic coil markers with written legend, color -coded background, and flow arrow all in accord with ANSI A13.1 Letters to reflect drawings legend designations. 2.06 PAINT A. Factory Finished Equipment: See individual equipment specification. B. Ductwork: Paint interior of ductwork visible through grilles and diffusers with flat black paint. Prepare and paint surfaces in accord with Section 09900. 2.07 PIPE INSULATION . Preformed Glass Fiber: 41b. density, 0.24K at 75° F mean temp., laminate jacket. Manville Micro -Lock, APT or equal. Valve Tags: 1 -1/2" diameter brass, aluminum, or 3/32" plastic stamped to indicate service and valve number, 1/2" lettering, chain hanger. Valve list to be posted under glass or plastic in appropriate mechanical room and to be included in maintenance manual. . Foamed Plastic: 0.27K at 75° F mean temp., continuously sealed joints. Armstrong Armaflex or equal. 2.08 DUCT INSULATION A. Flexible Glass Fiber Blanket (FGF): 2" thickness, 1 -1/2# density, minimum R -7 installed, foil jacket. Manville Microlite or approved. B. Insulation for Ducts exposed to Weather (i.e. exposed on roof): 2" thickness, 1 -1/2# density, duct liner with vapor barrier; minimum R -7 installed. CSG Ultraliner, Owens - Corning Fiberglas, Aeroflex. C. Relocation of existing duct: Match existing insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Underground Ferrous Piping & Fittings (Except cast iron soil piping): Machine wrap with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure sensitive tape 0.020" thick (Scotchwrap) to include risers at buildings to a minimum of 6" above grade. B. Pipes: Remove burrs by reaming. Use pipe cement on male threads only. C. Openings in Pipes: Keep closed during progress of work. 15055 -3 D . Concealed Piping: Install so as not to interfere with light fixtures or other trade components. E. Close Nipples: Not permitted on any part of work. Use standard short nipples for short pipe connections. Use of bushings not permitted. F. Copper Tubing: Continuous. Copper tubing inserts in runs of steel pipe not permitted. Solder joints in copper piping. Do not lay copper tubing on rocks or gravel. G. Pipes of Dissimilar Metals: Make connections with insulating (Dielectric) unions. Cutting Copper Pipe: Use a cutter. Smooth sharp edges with emery cloth. Saddles on Pipe: Not permitted. 3.02 ' VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Unions: Install at final connections to equipment and on control side of all valves in mains, branches and risers. . Access Panels: Provide to service valves, dampers, motors, air vents or other concealed equipment. C. Escutcheons: Install at all places where exposed uncovered piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings. D. Galvanized Iron Sleeves: Not less than 20 gauge, cast in concrete installed wherever piping passes through concrete floors or walls. Sleeves for insulated pipe shall be of sufficient size to allow the covering to pass through sleeve. Use steel pipe extended 1" above finished floor for sleeves in floors of rooms exposed to water. For penetration of floors and walls from buried pipe, caulk annular space between pipe and sleeve with first quality oakum and fill with pitch. 3.03 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES A. General: Mechanical equipment and materials are not to be suspended or supported from pipe, electrical conduit, ceiling systems or any non- structural member. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports: Item selections, hanger spacings, rod diameters, and protection shields in accord with MSS SP -69, except as otherwise indicated. Pipes shall not be hung or supported from each other. C. Multiple Pipe Supports: Where a number of pipes are hung with a common support e.g.: trapeze hanger), submit design criteria/calculation. 15055 -4 • • , Structural Attachments: Beam clamps where possible. Vertical Adjusting Device: Provide on all rigid hangers. Protection Shield/Protection Saddle: Use on insulated pipe. Risers: Provide support at tee or elbow at base of risers. Provide pipe clamp support at each floor. Duct Hangers: Install in accord with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. Penetrations by Duct: Support duct at wall or floor and fill around duct with fiberglass. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION A. Equipment Nameplates: Affix prominently on equipment except in finished areas (e.g.: units in offices) where nameplates shall be inside access panel. Pipe Marking: Every 30 feet, at wall or partitions, and at pipe junctions. Lettering oriented to be read from below horizontal centerline. 3.05 INSULATION A . Application: The following reflect minimum requirements. Designer shall specify insulation to comply with local energy codes. 1. Pipe Insulation Fluid Domestic CW Domestic HW, HWC, Rain Leaders and drain Bowls PIPE SIZE Insul Type . Runouts PGF/FP 1 12" PGF 1" PGF/FP 1/2" 1" 1 1 /4"-2" 2 lh -6" 1/ 1/ 1" 1" 1 1 / 2 ” 1/ l 15055-5 • • Duct Insulation Duct Location Building Exterior Unconditioned Space (e.g.: attics, clg. spaces, rtn. plenums Installation Apply covering when building is thoroughly dry to prevent shrinkage. Apply insulating cement to all fittings and valves equal to adjacent thickness and finish with preformed PVC fitting jackets. Insulate all risers, branches and connections to equipment. Insulate pipe at hangers and provide protection saddles or shields. Do not insulate direct burial rainleader or cold water. Do not insulate over equipment data labels. Secure duct wrap with mechanical fasteners spaced 12" on center, minimum. For horizontal ducts 24" or more in width, duct wrap shall also be secured with mechanical fasteners spaced 18" on center, on centerline of bottom of duct. Insulation is not required on sound lined ductwork with sufficient insulation value. horizontal and all horizontal runs of pipe. Insulate all rainleader drain bowls, down to first , END OF SECTION 15055-6 . SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and the modifications thereto, and Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE 1.03 Conform to requirements and recommendations of NFPA 13. A. The fire sprinkler system modifications are to be design - build, but in conformance with conceptual information shown on the drawings. PART 2 DESIGN This section requires design and installation of modifications to existing sprinkler systems for building fire protection. QUALIFICATIONS Fire protection Contractor shall be licensed and regularly engaged in the design and installation of automatic sprinkler equipment as listed by UL or other nationally recognized testing laboratories. B. Contractor shall have been engaged in work of this section for a period of at least two years and have installed at least five such systems of comparable size. 2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS Develop in accordance with NFPA No. 13, and the local Fire Marshal. Include detail plans of sprinkler systems including sections. Drawings shall show sprinkler heads, piping, piping supports, earthquake protections, etc. as may be required to formally meet all requirements of NFPA and approving authorities. 2.02 SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT Conform to symmetrical spacing and integrate into locations of lights and other ceiling devices. Center heads on ceiling tiles (+1") and align in straight rows. 15300 -1 PART 3 PRODUCTS Submit shop drawings to Architect, Local Fire Marshal, and all other approving authorities. Drawings shall be approved by all agencies prior to fabrication or installation. 3.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS Schedule 40 black steel or thinwall pipe with cast iron or malleable iron screwed fittings or grooved end fittings. 3.02 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Pendent: 1/2" male thread, polished chrome finish and ordinary temperature rating (155 °F). Grinnell Universal Model A or approved. . Upright: Standard type with 1/2" male thread, standard brass finish and ordinary temperature rating (155°F). Grinnell Universal Model A or approved. C. Semi- recessed Pendent: 1/2" male thread, ceiling escutcheon, white finish and ordinary temperature rating (155 °F). Grinnell Model F700 or approved Model E -1. Head: Grinnell Universal Model A or approved D . Residential Pendent and Semi - Recessed: 'f "male thread, ceiling Escutcheon, white finish, bulb type and ordinary temperature rating (155 °F). Grinnell F973 or approved. 3.03 WATER MOTOR ALARM Relocate as shown on plans, run new 3/4" water and 1" drain connection. PART 4 INSTALLATION 4.01 Coordinate installation with all other trades to insure room for all and minimize competition for space. 4.02 Typical sprinkler installation is sprinkler main and branch lines in furred ceilings, soffits, or joist spaces; and branch piping in joist space or other concealed space to sprinkler heads. Refer to Mechanical, Architectural, and Structural drawings. 4.03 Exposed sprinkler piping is permitted below skylights along skylight mullions. All exposed piping shall be painted to match adjacent serfaces. 15300 -2 I nstall semi- recessed sprinkler heads where piping i• s concealed, is behind dry wall or acoustical tile ceilings. C oordination of work shall preclude interferences with other` pipet lighting or other equipment in ceiling areas. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the Modifications thereto, and Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02: SCOPE This section includes plumbing piping, fixtures, equipment and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS Match existing. 2.02 WASTE AND VENT PIPE - UNDERGROUND Match existing 2.03 WASTE AND VENT PIPE - ABOVE GROUND Match existing 2.04 FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING 31b. lead soldered joints and seams, 24x24 base pad and counterflashed into pipe. 2.05 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 2.07 TRAPS SECTION 15400 As scheduled on drawings and as manufactured by Kohler, American Standard, Just, Elkay, Chicago or approved. 2.06 FIXTURE SUPPLIES Install for all required fixtures, equal to Speedway Flexible Supplies SR1715A or similar loose key stop type as applicable to specific fixtures. Use existing stops where possible. Adjustable type with cleanout plug as applicable to specific fixture. 15400 -1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WATER SYSTEMS A. Provide connections to water mains in accord with Water District procedures. Regardless of whether connections are made by Contractor of Water Department, Contractor shall bear all costs of such connections. . Grade: Grade piping to drain at low points. Provide hose bibb if low point is not at plumbing fixture. C. Exterior Walls: Install water piping on interior side of building insulation. • Cleaning: Clean pipe prior to testing by thoroughly flushing with water until all dirt and foreign materials have been removed. Maintain flushing operations for not less than one hour and until piping is clean. Not less than 80 psi flushing pressure. E. Sterilization: Sterilize pipe with chlorine before acceptance. Apply amount of chlorine such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million. After a contact period of not less than 8 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine content is not greater that 0.2 parts per million. Open all valves in lines being sterilized and close several times during contact period. Testing: Test pipe for a period of not less than 4 hours at 50 psig above building operating pressure, 110 psig minimum. 3.02 WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS . Grade: Grade at 1/4" per foot where possible, but in no case less than 1/8" per foot. B. Vents: Flash and counterflash. Install vents passing through roof with roof flashing and counterflashing assemblies. C. Testing: Subject all work to hydrostatic test of 10 feet head of water. Notify Architect at least 2 normal working days prior to testing. D. Approvals: Obtain written approval of local plumbing authority prior to covering or concealing any work. 3.03 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Exposed Piping at Fixtures: Chromium plated. B. Counter -Top Lavatory: Verify with cabinet supplier prior to ordering. 15400 -2 F ixtures and Equipment: Furnish all traps, vaives, tailpieces and other, trim not furnished with equipment. 15400-3 PART 1 1.01 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION ‘ i NATURAL GAS SYSTEM • GENERAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15488 A. Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division 1 - General Requirements. Comply with requirements and recommendations of NFPA 54. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK This section includes piping, associated equipment and materials, and coordination with local gas company, all as necessary for natural gas service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS Schedule 40 black steel with malleable iron screwed fittings. 2.02 SHUT-OFF VALVES Ball valve equal to Nibco T-580-Y. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GAS METERS AND DISTRIBUTION Refer to plans and coordinate with Gas Company. Pay all charges necessary for complete installation. • 3.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Grade horizontal pipe not less than 1/4" in 15 feet. B. Provide 6" long drip leg at bottom of vertical pipe. C. Take from top or side of horizontal pipe. 15488-1 ' SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division 1 - General Requirements. 1.02 SCOPE This section includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATERS • A. General: Self-contained, gas-fired unit consisting of fan, burner and safety and operating controls. Reznor, Trane, Hastings or approved. B. Casing: Heavy gauge steel with phosphatized undercoating and baked enamel finish; horizontal discharge louvers. C. Fan: Centrifugal-type with fan-motor assembly isolated from unit casing. D. Burner: Aluminized steel burners and heat exchangers. E. Accessories: • Full perimeter roof curb. • 100% bottom return air opening. • Outside air sensor. • One stage control. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ACCESS Install equipment with associated ductwork and piping to permit access to doors and panels as required for periodic maintenance (e.g., filter servicing). 15810-1 CATION AND SIZING mechanical spaces available, Insure that substitute equipment will fit without change in function or quality and without additional cost. STATIC PRESSURES • Scheduled static pressures reflect calculations based on manufacturer's recommend procedures using listed accessories and designed distribution system. Insure that substitute equipment will provide similar operating Characteristics to include fan RPM and motor size to BHP ratio. . INSTALLATION Install equipment in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. Bring conflicts between such recommendations and drawings to immediate attention of Architect. .05 FILTERS . Provide three complete sets of filters: One for use dunng constniction, one initial operating set and one replacement set to be turned over to owner at time of occupancy 15810-2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Conform to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division . 1 - General Requirements. SECTION 15840 1.02 SCOPE This section includes all supply, return and exhaust duct, plenums, accessory equipment and terminal units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL DUCTWORK A. Standards: Comply with most stringent requirements and recommendations of Uniform Mechanical Code or SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association) Duct Construction Standards for fabrication, construction and sealant of duct, fittings, and accessories. B. Material: Galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A527. C. Construction: Casings, ductwork, and fittings configuration as indicated on drawings. Indicated dimensions are net inside. Allow for thickness of duct lining where indicated. All round ductwork to be spiral construction. 2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCT Insulated assembly with polyester film inner liner, steel helix, 1" insulation and vapor barrier jacket, UL approved. Thermoflex G -KM or approved. 2.03 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT (DUCT LINING) Fiberglass 1" thickness and 1 1/2 lbs. density with vinyl coating in accord with requirements of NFPA Standard 90 -A and suitable for operating velocities to 4000 FPM. CSG Ultraliner, Manville, Fiberglas, Aeroflex. 2.04 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS Waterproof, air tight, heat resistant, neoprene coated fabric, 32 ounce, Ventglas, Elgen. 15840 -1 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Take Off Fittings: SMACNA, conical, Flexmaster STO or approved. B. Manual Volume Damper: Single blade for ducts up to 12" high, opposed blade for over 12" high, locking nut and indicating device, SMACNA. C. Elbows: Standard radius or vaned square, SMACNA. D. Duct Access Door: Hinged, sash lock, SMACNA. E. Sealant and Tapes: Non - combustible. NASHUA 357 (Low Pressure), NASHUA FSK (High Pressure) or approved. F. Firestop Sealant: Biostop 500 intumescent firestop caulk; 5/8" for 1- hour assemblies, PA" " for 2 -hour. 2.06 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK Ceiling mounted units to mate with ceiling system. Performance tests in accord with ADC Standard 1062 R2, Test Code, with ASHRAE Standard 26B. Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Carnes or approved. A. Fabricate, install, support and seal ductwork in accord with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards for indicated pressure class. B. Where ducts pass through partitions, ceilings or floors. Provide 1" clearance and insulate from structure with insulation material. Provide flanged sheet metal closure. C. Where ducts pass through rated walls on assemblies without fire dampers, provide '/4" to 1" annular space and fill with firestop sealant. D. Isolate joints between dissimilar metals with fiber gasket. E. Install flexible connection at inlet and discharge of all fans not internally isolated. F. Drawings do not attempt to show all offsets in ductwork. Make such offsets as necessary for installation of work without additional cost to Owner. 15 degree maximum angle of offset. 15840 -2 Install flexible duct in full extended condition free of sags and kinks. Use minimum length required to make connection. Length shall not exceed 10 feet. Suspend on 36" centers. Use clamps and duct sealer. 15840-3 SECTION 16010 . SECTION SECTION 1604O SECTION 16100 :. :SECTION:16110 . SECTION 16120 SECTION 16130 SECTION 16140 SECTION 16160 SECTION 16170 SECTION 16180 SECTION 16450 SECTION 16471 SECTION 16500 SECTION 16740 SECTION 16930 SECTION 16999 Sparling, Inc. Electrical Engineers j:\7992\specs\index.doc SOUTCENTER.NALL RENOVATION, • DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL_ SPECIFICATION INDEX : GENERAL PROVISIONS TESTING IDENTIFICATION • EXISTING SYSTEMS BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS RACEWAYS CONDUCTORS & TERMINATORS (COPPER ONLY).. OUTLET:AND PULL BOXES SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES MOTOR CONTROLLERS DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES FUSES GROUNDING': PANELBOARDS LIGHTING COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE LIGHTING CONTROL PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 'I hereby certify that this project . specification was prepared by me or. under. my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws o e of Washington. I EXPIRES 2-26400i 720 Olive Way, Suite 1100 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 667-0555 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 General Conform to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and related work in other Divisions for all work in Division 16. See Division 1 for sequence of work. 1.2 Scope of Work It is the intention of this Division of the Specifications and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing, installing, testing and placing m satisfactory and fully operational condition all equipment, materials, devices and necessary appurtenances to provide a complete electrical system, together with such other miscellaneous installations and equipment hereinafter specified and /or shown on the drawings. The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete, fully operational installation of all electrical systems shown on the drawings or described herein. Equipment and devices furnished and installed under other Divisions of this specification (or the Owner) shall be connected under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. 1.3 Work In Other Divisions See all other divisions of specifications for other work which includes but is not limited to: Temporary Power Cutting and Patching Door Hardware Painting, Refinishing and Finishes Equipment Wiring Mechanical Control Wiring Mechanical Equipment 1.4 Codes and Regulations A. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and this Specification, the codes are to govern. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming with the governing codes. Also, this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the drawings or specifications which may be in excess of requirements of the hereinbefore mentioned governing codes and rules and not contrary to same. B. The electrical systems shall be installed based on the following current Standards. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code as adopted and amended by the State of Washington and Local Jurisdiction Uniform Building Code International Conference of Building Officials as adopted and amended by the Local Jurisdiction. GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.5 Permits and Fees 1.6 Coordination The Contractor is required to familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of these standards and any local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing work specified herein. The Contractor shall arrange for inspection of work by the inspectors and shall give the inspectors all necessary assistance in their work of inspection. A. The Contractor responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work shall coordinate his work with that of the other Contractors and /or other trades doing work on the project and shall examine all drawings and specifications of other trades including the mechanical, architectural, and structural for construction details and necessary coordination. B. Obtain submittals and shop drawings of all equipment with electrical connections furnished under other divisions of the specifications. Provide all wiring in accordance with requirements indicated. Advise the Architect of any changes which may affect the contract price. C. Special attention is called to the following items and all conflicts shall be coordinated prior to installation. 1. Door swings to the end that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2. Location of grilles, pipes, sprinkler heads, ducts and other mechanical equipment so that all electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical outlets and equipment are clear from and in proper relation to these items. 3. Location of cabinets, counters and doors so that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and equipment are clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4. Recessing and concealing electrical materials in CMU walls, concrete construction, precast construction and similar construction methods. 5. Electrical characteristics (HP, KVA, voltage, phase) of actual equipment furnished under other divisions being different from that shown on the electrical drawings. D. The Contractor will not be paid for relocation of work, cuttings, patching and finishing required for work requiring reinstallation due to lack of coordination prior to installation. 1.7 Contract Drawings A. Raceways, boxes and ground connections are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs intended to show the actual routing of the raceways. The Contractor shall furnish, install and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors and connections and all other materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents to be complete, fully operational and fully tested upon completion of the project. GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010.2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION B. The drawings do not show all requirements of the specifications. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for (or shown) m either is required to be provided as if called for in both. C. The hor of motors and a hm wattages shown on the drawings are estimated requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract and bid shall be based on these sizes. Overload elements shall be provided to suit actual equipment nameplate current. Advise Architect of any equipment changes or substitutions affecting electrical systems. Conform to Substitution Requirements, Section 16100. D. Any minor changes (less than 6'-6"horizontal) in the location of the raceways, outlets, boxes, devices, wiring, etc., from those shown on the drawings shall be made without extra where coordination requires or if so directed by the Architect beforermuv6'iu. B. Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height and location of all electrical e ' ooeotomtopecifiedhureinorm6o*vnont6edruvvinGo. F. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relati to s aces and e qj eotoozronndinGeachoudutnotbott6enuUotiw correctly positioned and syinmetrically ated for proper usage. Lighting fixtures are to be syminetrically located according to ceiling tile and room layout. G. When mserts or sleeves for outlet boxes, conductors, cables and/or raceways are re i d, Contractor shall provide and shall fully coordinate the installation thereof with other trades. 1.8 Itemized Schedule of Costs 1.10 Record Drawings Continually record the actual electrical system(s) installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. These prints shall be used for this purpose alone. Accurately locate with exact dimensions all underground and undersl b raceways and stub-outs for new power and telephone floor box the lm f the work, Cbnbauior shall furnish the Architect a set of reproducible record drawings (xerox type) and the set of mark-ups. Final payment to the Contractor will not be authorized until Lhese prints have been submitted to and accepted by the Architect. 1.11 Electrical Equipment Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals A. The Contractor shall prepare four (4) O&M manuals for all equipment {urnisbedonderDivin<on 16 of the specifications. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1601Q~3 Furnish a contract cost breakdown by specification section to the Architect with a copy to the En��er���e���n�����enLn���.R��� Conditions - mfC�aneralContr�t' for details, payment and conform thereto. Supplementary 1.9 Warranty The Contractor shall guarantee all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, any defective work, materials or parts which may show themselves within one year after final acceptance, if in the opinion of the Architect said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. Incandescent lamps are not warranted, but all shall be operating at time of final acceptance. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION B. The information included must be the exact equipment installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer. Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets. C. These 0 & M manuals shall contain all the information needed to operate and maintain all systems and equipment provided in the project. It shall be presented and arranged in a logical manner for efficient use by the Owner's operating personnel. The information provided shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Equipment manufacturer, make, model number, size, etc. 2. Equipment nameplate data. 3. Description of system configuration and operation including component identification and interrelations. A master control schematic drawing(s) may be required for this purpose. 4. Dimensional and performance data for specific unit provided as appropriate. 5. Manufacturer's recommended operation instructions as appropriate. 6. Complete parts list including reordering information, recommended spares and anticipated useful life (if appropriate). Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer for floor boxes. Include box and cover ordering information. Relabeled and /or renumbered parts information as reassigned by equipment supplier not acceptable. D. Wiring diagrams for each system shall be complete drawings for the specific system installed under the contract. "Typical" line diagrams will not be acceptable unless properly marked to indicate the exact field installation. E. The information contained in the manuals shall be grouped in an orderly arrangement by specification index. The manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categories with identifying tabs. The completed manuals shall be bound with hard board covers. (0 & M manuals shall not exceed 5" thick. Provide two or more volumes if required. Signal and communication systems shall be in separate volume(s).) The covers shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner, Architect, Electrical Engineer, Contractor and year of completion. The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner and year of completion. Hard board covers and literature contained may be held together with screw post bindings. F. A preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover, shall be submitted 60 days prior to completion of the project for checking and review. Four (4) bound, final, corrected copies shall be provided. Deliver one (1) to Sparling, Inc. Deliver three (3) to the Owner via the Architect 20 days prior to scheduled instruction periods. Obtain a receipt for the manuals and forward a copy of the receipt to both the Architect and Engineer with the completed form. 1.12 Final Acceptance Request The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, with a copy to the Engineer, a Job Completion Form (form attached in this section) properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials (microphones, etc.) turned over to the Owner. GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 4 lout SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Electrical Inspectors Final Acceptance Copy of certificate attached. Name JOB COMPLETION FORM PROJECT NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: DATE: Agency Date The following systems have been demonstrated to Owner's representative. . Lighting & Power Systems Owner's Rep. Date Record Drawings Attached Transmitted previously to Date D. 0 & M Manuals Attached Transmitted previously to Date E. Test Reports Attached Transmitted previously to Date F The work is complete in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except for and the architect /engineer's representative is requested to meet with at on Supervisor of Electrical Work Time Date Contractors Rep. Signature GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Note: Additional copies of this form are available from Spading, Inc., 720 Olive Way, Suite 1100, Seattle, WA 98101. 16010 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.13 Abbreviations and Definitions When the following abbreviations and definitions are used in relation to the work, for Divisions 16 they shall have the following meanings: Item Accepted AHJ ANSI • Approved Compression Connection EMT Exterior Location Fully Oper- ational Furnish ICEA Install KCM Mfr. NEC NEMA NFPA Meaning Reviewed with no exceptions taken to submittal material. See "Submittal" below. Authority Having Jurisdiction American National Standards Institute Inspected and accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction American Society for Testing Materials Outlet, Junction or Pull Boxes All codes currently enforced at project location. Compressed using a leverage powered (hydraulic or equivalent) crimping tool All materials and labor required for equipment to be fully operational. Electrical Metallic Tubing Outside of or penetrating the outer surfaces of the building weather protective membrane. Tested and approved and operating to the satisfaction of the AHJ, manufacturer and contract documents Deliver to the jobsite Insulated Cable Engineers Association To enter permanently into the project and make fully operational. Thousand circular mils (formerly MCM) Manufacturer National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association Publication #70 (latest adopted edition with amendments) National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 6 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION _ , . . Provide ' . Furnish and install . . . ..: . . ., , ... RGS . Rigid Galvanized Steel Required As required by code, AHJ or contract documents for the particular - . . installation to be fully operational. Shop Drawing Hand drafted document which fully details the equipment and intended installation relative to this specified project. Shown As indicated on the drawings or details. Submittal Material for Engineer review which may contain catalog cuts, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, etc., of the actual material being fiirrtished. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Raceway, conductors and connections . • . GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 7 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16030 - TESTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description 1.2 Schedule 1.4 600 Volt Wiring Test and provide written certification that the entire electrical installation complies with contract documents, code and proper system operation. Perform acceptance tests in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, NFPA 70B and International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) testing specifications NETA ATS -1991. Perform all testing after installation. All systems shall pass tests prior to substantial completion or owner occupancy. 1.3 Receptacle and Device Test A. Receptacle Polarity Test: Test every receptacle installed or reconnected under this contract with a receptacle circuit tester. Tester shall test for open ground, reverse polarity, open hot, open neutral, hot and ground reversed, hot or neutral and hot open. Rewire receptacles with faults and retest. Submit test report signed by electrician that performed the test. B. Ground -Fault Receptacle Circuit Interrupter Tests: Test each receptacle or branch circuit breaker having ground -fault circuit protection to assure that the ground -fault circuit interrupter will not operate when subjected to a ground -fault current of less than 4 milliamperes and will operate when subjected to a ground -fault current exceeding 6 milliamperes. Perform testing using an instrument specifically designed and manufactured for testing ground -fault circuit interrupters. Apply the test to the receptacle. "TEST" button operation will not be acceptable as a substitute for this test. Replace receptacles that do not shutoff power with 5/1000 of an ampere within 1 /40th of a second and retest. C. Operational Tests: Demonstrate the operation of each switch, circuit breaker and other item of electrical control with the systems fully energized and operating. Each shall be demonstrated three times. A. Scope: Test all electrical feeders whose operating voltage is 600 volts or less that are installed or reconnected under this contract. B. Test for continuity of each circuit. C. Test for grounds in each circuit which shall consist of the physical examination of the installation to ensure that all required ground jumpers, devices, and appurtenances do exist and are mechanically firm. D. Perform a 500 volt megohm meter test on each circuit between the conductor and ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 8 megohms for those circuits (115V -600V) with single conductor length of less than 2,500 feet. If conductor fails test replace wiring or correct defect and retest. TESTING 16030 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION E. Perform torque test for every conductor tested and terminated in an overcurrent device or bolted type connection; torque all connections per manufacturers reconunendations and tabulate the results on a tabular form. 1.5 Power System Tests A. Scope. Inspect and test entire electrical systems provided by this contract to verify equipment and controls are correctly operating. Load Balance Tests: Checks all panelboards for proper load balance between phase conductors and make adjustments as necessary to bring unbalanced phases to within 15% of average load. C. Motor Tests: Check all motors for proper rotation and measure actual load current. Submit tabulation of motor currents for all motors 1 HP or more after the system has been balanced. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Test Equipment The Contractor shall provide all apparatus and material required for testing. The Contractor shall use installation tools and test equipment which are designed for the specific task and shall use this equipment per the manufacturer's instructions. All test equipment shall have current calibration certification by a third party calibration laboratory, and shall have a signed and dated calibration sticker affixed to the device. Calibration shall be traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and be less than 6 months since last calibration. Defective test equipment and installation tools shall not be used. Installation tools such as torque wrenches shall be calibration certified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Schedule Notify Architect 10 working days prior to performance of any test. 3.2 Test Reports A. The Contractor shall prepare test reports including description of project, description of equipment tested, description of test, test results, conclusions and recommendations, retesting results and list of test equipment used and calibration date. B. One copy of each test report shall be delivered directly to the electrical engineer and Owner within 7 calendar days of the test. C. Insert a copy of each test report in the operation and maintenance manuals. 3.3 Retesting Any fault in material or in any part of the installation revealed by these tests shall be investigated, replaced or repaired by the Contractor and the same test repeated at Contractor's expense until no fault appears. TESTING 16030 - 2 ' Upon completion of the tests a label shall be attached to all serviced devices. These labels sh indicate date serviced and the testing company. T roubleshooting If a system or device 'provided under this contract does not operate per manufacturers specifications contractor shall replace device or provide qualified men with tools and test equipment to find and repair problem at contractor's expense. TESTING � �:��� 16030 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16040 - IDENTIFICATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Provide labels, nameplates, directories and coding as described in this specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Branch Circuit Panelboard Directories A. Provide neatly typed schedule under plastic jacket or protective cover for protection from damage or dirt. Number each single pole space: odd numbered circuits on left side or top, even on right side or bottom. Securely mount on inside face of panelboard door. When no cover, provide individual nameplates for each overcurrent and other device. Define briefly, but accurately, nature of connected load (i.e., Lighting Office, Receptades, Mechanical /Electrical Room, etc.) as approved. Provide room locations for all loads and indicate first pole space number as its circuit number. B. Spare circuit breakers and space positions shall be noted in pencil. C. Panel schedules and as -built circuit numbers shall agree. 2.2 Nameplates 1. Material a. Provide nameplates constructed of 1/16 inch thick plastic laminated material. Engrave through colored surface material to contrasting colored sub - layer. b. Receptacle labels to be Dymo -Tape or equal. 2. Provide nameplates for the following: a. Equipment identification labels for all electrical equipment induding, but not limited to, panels, disconnect switches, motors, fixed equipment, motor starters, etc. Special equipment outlet labels (1/4" letters). c. GFCI "series protected" receptacles. d. Cover plate receptacle labels shall indicate panel and circuit identification for all receptacles. 2.3 Color Scheme for Plastic Labels System Label Lettering Color Color Normal Power and Control White Black Emergency Power and Control Red Black IDENTIFICATION Identification 16040 -1 2.4 Junction Boxes A. Circuit identification at all J-boxes. Black permanent marker. B. Telephone: "Tele/Data" at all j-boxes. Black permanent marker. 2.5 Empty Conduits Provide labels with description of purpose, and location of opposite end, on each end of . - conduits provided for future.- . . Equipment or those abandoned as a result of this contract. Cardboard or plastic handwritten tags are permissible. Note accurately on as-built drawings. - . Fusible Equipment 0. 2. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Identify fuse type and size on cover of equipment. PART 3- EXECUTION IDENTIFICATION • . . • 3.1 Attachment A. Securely attach engraved labels and nameplates with rivets, screws, or suitable epoxy cement. B. Clean surfaces thoroughly before attaching all labels. Use solvent on device plates before attaching Dymo labels. (Without proper cleaning, Dymo labels will soon curl off). C. Drill hole in nameplate and attach to motor flexible conduit with plastic tie-wrap. 3.2 Temporaiy Markings No temporary markings permitted to remain on equipment. Remove all temporary markings where possible. Where markings cannot be removed, repaint trims, housing, etc., to cover markings. Refinish defaced finishes. 3.3 Abbreviations Labeling abbreviations permitted only as approved. END OF SECTION 16040 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16050 - EXISTING SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Related Work Same as in Section 16010 - General Provisions. 1.2 Existing Systems Maintained A. Prior to bidding, existing systems and systems adjacent to the work shall be investigated thoroughly. Any damage resulting from performance of work under this contract shall be repaired to assure continuing operation and integrity during and at completion of the project at no increase in contract cost. Any existing wiring serving devices to remain in service and which is interrupted by work performed under this contract shall be rerouted to maintain circuit continuity. Contractor shall assume the risk of maintaining existing systems except relocation of wiring of #2 AWG and above shall be considered an additional cost if not shown to be relocated. If such wiring is found the Contractor shall notify Architect of wiring location, reason it must be removed and cost of relocation and receive the Owner's approval before proceeding with the work. The building will continue operation during the work and it is essential that no systems operation be interrupted unless scheduled with the Architect. Contractor shall assume responsibility for unscheduled interruptions and expedient repair. 1.3 Existing Systems Concealed A. The electrical drawings show portions of the existing electrical systems which are to remain, be removed or be modified as a part of the Contractor's work. Concealed features of the existing systems are derived from record drawings and the Engineer's best judgment of the configuration, but no guarantee is made as to their correctness. B. The Contractor shall inspect the existing installation prior to bidding and shall make his own judgment as to the work required to provide a complete installation and demolition within the intent of the contract documents. 1.4 Existing System Drawings (Demolition; El Series) The drawings show portions of the existing systems which are derived from record drawings. The drawings are incomplete and do not necessarily show up to date on -site current conditions. No guarantee is made to their correctness. The Contractor shall assume there is 20% more electrical systems than shown on the demolition and existing system drawings. 1.5 Mechanical Equipment New mechanical equipment and ductwork takes precedence over existing electrical systems. Any existing electrical systems deemed to interfere with new mechanical equipment shall be moved and /or re- routed to allow placement of such equipment. Contractor is responsible for verifying existing conditions and anticipating such work prior to bid. Moving or relocating of existing mechanical systems to be included in base bid and will not constitute basis for field change order after award of contract. Coordinate all related work with mechanical contractor. Note revisions on as -built and record drawings. EXISTING SYSTEMS 16050 -1 v SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.6 Demolition Work All demolition work required under this contract is not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall remove all electrical equipment in the area being remodeled which is no longer in service presently or as a result of this contract. The definition of electrical equipment is any equipment mentioned in the National Electrical Code. 1.7 Temporary Electrical Equipment Removing, temporary hanging by chains and reinstalling in ceilings of light fixtures, speakers, detectors, exit signs and other electrical equipment is not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall investigate the ceiling demolition work and include this work in the bid. The sequence of work shall be (1) Remove and store fixtures, detectors and speakers along with removal of ceiling, (2) Provide temporary support for wired fixtures and devices to be reinstalled in new ceiling at approximately the same location. Use chains for lighting fixture support, (3) Clean and reinstall in the new or replaced ceilings. Provide new lamps when so noted. Provide temporary relocation of exit signs and reinstall in the original location when exit is reactivated. 1.8 Premium Time Premium time shall be included in the Base Bid for electrical system(s) outages and for other work as required by the schedule, as shown on the drawings and as noted in other Divisions of the specifications. Of particular note is the new floor box system. This system will be installed in conjunction with new tile work at night after mall is closed and should be scheduled to coordinate. Contractor is responsible for the coordination of all work with other trades. All work shall be performed per mall schedule and time constraints. 1.9 Work Outside Of Remodel Areas Caution - this work is not shown on the contract documents. Provide new wiring systems in concealed ceiling spaces to switchboards, panelboards, communication and signaling and system control panels. Remove and relocate electrical equipment in the way of other trades work installed under this contract. Route wiring around obstructions and provide pull boxes per code. 1.10 Existing Floor Box System Existing floor box system shall remain functional under this contract until which time new system can be cut over and tenants assigned. This work and coordination is vital to the success of this project and shall be top priority for the installing contractor. Where existing floor box system i:: abandoned and /or not used to feed new system, the existing system will be abandoned and covered by new tile work. Contractor shall remove all floor box devices and associated conductors back to source. Provide blank cover on existing box and mark as abandoned. Where conductors cannot be removed due to collasped pipes or existing conditions, disconnect conductor at serving panel and remove back to serving j -box in raceway system nearest obstruction point. Label breaker in serving panel as spare. Where existing floor box system is revised, reused or used to feed locations, all floor box locations upstream from new device location (s) become a junction box per code. Provide extension ring (s) and brass cover plate as required to match new tile set. Mark all such locations on as built drawings. EXISTING SYSTEMS 16050 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Existing Materials All materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. 2.2 Existing Materials To Be Reinstalled Existing materials and equipment (except interior, undamaged raceways) that are removed as a part of the work or stored in surplus shall not be reinstalled as a part of the new systems unless specifically noted or authorized in writing by the Owner. Forward a copy of the authorization to the Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e., condition, installation, testing, etc.) shall apply as if the materials were new, furnished by the Contractor. 2.3 Existing Materials Not To Be Reinstalled A. In coordination with the Architect, these materials shall be made available for his inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be turned over to the Owner. These items shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. If the Contractor fails to conform to this requirement, he shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement material of like kind and quantity. B. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. 2.4 Existing Raceways The Contractor may reuse the existing raceways if no other systems occupy the raceway, raceways and enclosures are electrically and mechanically continuous and new wiring is provided. No warranty is made and the Contractor shall assume the risk of using existing outlet boxes and raceway systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Existing Conditions Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which electrical work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of electrical work. Do not proceed with work until deficiencies or detrimental conditions have been corrected. Report deficiencies or detrimental conditions of existing electrical work which might be unsuitable to connect with or receive other work. Failure to so report shall constitute acceptance of other work as being fit and proper for the reception of electrical work. 3.2 Existing Systems Maintained A. General Reroute existing circuits that are interrupted as a result of this contract that serve devices to remain in service. 1. Power Circuits Trace out and identify loads and systems being served. EXISTING SYSTEMS 16050 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 3.4 Power Outages Provide temporary wiring, schedule outage and reconnect loads to temporary wiring. Provide new wiring in new location. Schedule outage, disconnect temporary wiring, and connect loads to new wiring. 2. Signal and Communication Systems Trace out and identify device and systems being served. Provide temporary wiring to maintain operation of system throughout facility. Schedule outage and connect to temporary wiring and test system. Provide new wiring and new equipment in project area. Schedule outage, disconnect temporary wiring and connect new wiring and new equipment and test system. 3. Note any revisions on as -built and record drawings. 4. Update field panel schedules with circuit revision information where such changes occur. 3.3 Demolition Panelboards, signaling and communication systems, lighting fixtures, other electrical equipment free standing or surface mounted, raceway (exposed) and conductors; which are no longer in service presently or as a result of this contract shall be removed. Unused flush mounted devices, outlet and other boxes in finished areas shall be removed from wall and the remaining hole patched to match adjacent wall surfaces. Unused raceways and sleeves embedded in concrete shall be cut flush at ceiling, floor or wall and filled with grout. Unused raceways above ceilings that are empty shall be removed. Contractor shall remove all floor, wall or ceiling mounted electrical equipment in the "Demolition Area" indicated on the drawings even if the equipment /or device is not shown on the project drawings. If Contractor questions whether a particular device is to be removed notify the Architect noting type and location of device. If so directed the Contractor shall maintain the existing device in service without any change in contract price. A. Scheduled Outages. The facility will continue its normal operation during the construction work; therefore it is required that the Contractor schedule electrical system(s) outages with the Owner. Electrical system(s) outages to Owner or tenant occupied areas shall not be permitted during normal mall operational hours. Submit a written request for a power outage at least one week in advance identifying the areas, and systems that will be affected, time and duration of the power outage. The Contractor shall receive written authorization to proceed with the outage and shall renotify the Owner verbally at least one hour prior to the outage and also notify the Owner when the outage is completed. B. Unscheduled Outages. In the event that the Contractor's work causes or contributes to an unscheduled system(s) outage (or other system fault), the Contractor is responsible for immediately correcting the problem. Included (as examples) shall be any premium time required to stay on the job site until problem is corrected and air freight for parts not locally EXISTING SYSTEMS 16050 - 4 dr. mr.o.ultrdynkpnpa SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION available. If the Contractor fails to correct the problem, the Owner's cost of correcting the problem shall be deducted from the Contractor's contract amount. New Devices In Remodel Areas . ' New devices may require cutting, patching, and painting of walls and/or trenching of floor. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to provide all cutting, patching and painting required for the installation of the Division 16 work. Contractor shall investigate existing areas: ,:•:- prior to bid and shall include all costs of such work in the bid. B. This facility has wiring embedded in raceways in concrete slabs. Concrete slab is structurally reinforced and care should be taken to not disturb. In order to set floor boxes flush and allow conduit entry, portions of the slab can be cut into, but only as required. Under no conditions Will trenching into the slab be allowed. All raceway runs shall be in the topping slab only except for entry into set and level box. END OF SECTION • EXISTING SYSTEMS 16050 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General 2.2 Substitution Of Materials SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description This section contains the general requirements for materials and installation methods which apply to all sections of Division 16. All materials and equipment shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and U.L. requirements. A. All materials to be new, free from defects and not less than quality herein specified (except as permitted in Section 16051). Materials shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and operational life in the environmental conditions which will prevail where they are being installed. B. Each type of materials furnished shall be of the same make, be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials and be the manufacturer's latest standard design. C. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures (specified by others), shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories or other approved testing organization and shall be so labeled unless otherwise permitted by the Code Inspector (AHJ) and the Architect. A. Listing of materials is not intended to prevent listing of other material provided the substitute product is submitted for listing and has been reviewed and listed in accordance with the following Substitution of Materials requirements. 1. No Substitute: It is the intent of this specification to require new materials to be compatible with the existing installation and to this end certain materials and systems are indicated "No Substitute" and shall be provided as specified. 2. Listing Prior to Bid Opening: Listing of products other than those specified will be issued after the following requirements are met: Requests to be original material, clearly indicating the product fully complies with contract documents and be neatly marked with yellow felt tip marker to clearly define and describe the product for which listing is requested. Include certified laboratory test report for lighting fixtures. Samples shall be submitted if requested. Requests shall be received prior to 10 days before bid opening. Requests containing insufficient information to confirm compliance with contract documents will not be considered. 3. After Award of Contract: Substitution of products will be considered after award of contract only under the following conditions: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16100 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2.3 Complete Systems a. The Contractor shall have placed orders for specified materials promptly after contract is awarded. b. The reason for the unavailability is beyond the Contractor's control, i.e., due to strikes, bankruptcy, discontinuance of manufacture, acts of God. c. Requests for substitutions shall be made in writing and shall be accompanied by complete description of the material or equipment. B. In all cases, should a substituted material result in requiring electrical system or building modifications; the Contractor alone shall pay all costs to provide these modifications including all costs to the Engineer and Architect for redesign time required to accommodate the required modifications. All the systems mentioned shall be complete in every detail and fully operational upon completion of the project unless specifically noted otherwise. Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide complete and fully operational systems. 2.4 Submittals And Shop Drawings A. Submittals: Within 30 days after award of contract, submit common brochure(s) with index and divider tabs by specification section, containing all required catalog cuts, to the Architect in a three ring binder with hardboard cover. The data shall indicate listing by U.L. or other approved testing agency and contain sufficient information neatly highlighted with yellow or blue marker to demonstrate that the materials being submitted fully comply with contract documents. Each item submitted shall have been stamped "Reviewed and Approved" by the Contractor prior to review by the Architect. (Note: Submittals and shop drawings which are incomplete or which contain insufficient information will be returned for resubmittal.) See General Conditions for format, quantity, etc. B. The contractor agrees that submittals and shop drawings processed by the Architect are not change orders; that the purpose of submittals and shop drawings by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. The Contractor alone accepts all responsibility for assuring that all materials furnished under this Division of the specifications meet in full all requirements of the contract documents. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and contract documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the project plans and specifications, nor departures therefrom. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes and for techniques of assembly. C. Submittals are required for: Qualification Certificates Contract Cost Breakdown Raceways Wire and Cables BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16100 - 2 ..,.......,..n...:.wxzY.'is u.m:+Ml�'tIICT# ;,4 9lYawa+prµr..vw� � . SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Wiring Devices Motor Controllers Disconnects and Fused Switches Fuses Panelboards • 2.5 Nameplates A. See Section 16040 13. As shown on the drawings and details PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Cutting Building Construction A. Obtain permission from the Architect and coordinate with other trades prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills or concrete saws except where space limitations prevent the use of such tools. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work must be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade. 3.2 Penetrations Of Fire Rated Elements Must be provided such as to retain that rating. 3.3 Painting A. Painting in general will be covered under another Division of this specification, except items furnished under this Division that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation shall be refinished. B. Exposed raceways in finished areas, shall be painted with two coats of oil based paint. Paint color shall match color of surface the raceway is attached to. 3.4 Clean Up Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc., created by his work. Such clean up shall be done daily and at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other workmen, the building or the Owner's employees. Before acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, lighting fixtures, wiring devices, cover plates, etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. Blemishes to finished surfaces of apparatus shall be removed and new finish equal to the original applied. 3.5 Workmanship and Observation A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality and none but competent and experienced electricians shall be employed and shall be under the supervision of a competent and experienced foreman. All completed work shall represent a neat and orderly appearance. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16100 - 3 SOLITIICEN1'ER MALL RENOVATION All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Architect. 3.6: Equipment Connection L SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description Provide all raceway systems complete and in conformance with code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Rigid Metal Conduit (Rgs) and Intermediate Metal Conduit (Imc) A. Hot dipped galvanized steel. Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or non - corrosive alloy threaded fittings compatible with galvanized conduit. Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings, similar to OZ permitted. Set screw and running thread fittings not permitted. Wherever rigid galvanized steel conduit is specified, intermediate metal conduit is permitted unless noted or required otherwise. 2.2 Electrical Metallic Tubing (emt) A. Hot dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, steel tubing. B. Couplings and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc. Steel set screw, indenter, drive -on and pressure cast or diecast type fittings are not permitted. 2.3 Flexible Metal Conduit A. Galvanized, or zinc coated flexible steel for dry locations. Aluminum and flexible metallic tubing not permitted. Fittings: malleable iron or steel, similar to Thomas and Betts "squeeze" type. B. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. PVC weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit. Fittings: similar to Thomas and Betts "Super- Tite ". 2.4 Expansion Fittings Malleable iron, hot dip galvanized allowing 4" ( +1-2 ") conduit movement. O -Z /Gedney type AX series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General A. Provide raceways concealed in construction unless noted otherwise or unless specifically authorized by the Architect. B. Supports, bending, reaming and threading of raceway shall conform with code. RACEWAYS 16110 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 3.2 Rigid Metal And Intermediate Metal Conduit All connections watertight. Shall be used for: 1) all raceways where subject to damage, 2) all stubups in concrete, 3) all routings in and stubouts through concrete and /or topping slabs, 4) where exposed to weather. 3.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing (Emt) Provide for wiring in masonry or frame construction and for wiring in furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings. May be used for exposed work in unfinished areas where not subject to damage. Where construction involves masonry work, assemble and install at the same time as the wall is erected. Avoid surface cut masonry units wherever such masonry units are to remain unplastered or uncovered in completed construction. EMT not permitted to be encased in concrete or topping slabs. 3.4 Flexible Metal Conduit Provide flexible raceway connection with 90 degree loop minimum for isolation to 1) motors 2) transformers and 3) to all other equipment subject to vibration, (i.e. control equipment, such as solenoid valves, pressure controls, aquastats, pneumatic electric relays, etc.). Provide liquid tight for pumps, for equipment in areas which are regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp or wet locations. Provide code bonding jumper. 3.5 Raceway Penetration Seals A. Exterior wall surfaces above grade: Provide watertight seal around all raceways. For concrete construction above ground level, cast raceway in wall or core drill wall and hard pack with a mixture of equal parts of sand and cement. For other types of construction use method acceptable to Architect. B. Roofs: Provide flashed and hot mopped weatherproof seal, or a pitch pan filled and sealed to be weatherproof where raceway penetrates roof membrane. Provide a weatherhead on all raceway stubups penetrating roof. C. Fire rated construction: Seal penetrations to maintain fire rating of construction penetrated. Caulk around penetration with Thomas & Betts Flame -Safe Compound, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk, Nelson Electric Flameseal or Dow Corning Silicone RTV foam. Install as recommended by manufacturer. 3.6 Raceways Sealing Fittings A. Provide watertight seal in the interior of all raceways which pass through building roof or through outside walls of the building above or below grade. Seal on the end inside the building, using raceway sealing fittings manufactured for the purpose. Seal poured type fittings with a non - hardening compound manufactured for such service. B. Provide sealing fittings for all raceways entering freezers and refrigeration units. 3.7 Hangers For Raceways A. Raceways 1" and larger: Provide lay -in pipe hangers on 3/8" all threaded rods attached to metal ceiling inserts or to structural members at not greater than 10' -0" on center and within 12" of each change in direction. RACEWAYS 16110 - 2 • SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION When more than two raceways will use the same routing, group together on a patented channel trapeze support system supported by 3/8" (minimum) threaded rods attached to metal ceiling inserts or structural members. Suspended ceiling systems: Do not attach raceways to ceiling suspension system hangers. Raceways 3/4" and smaller serving equipment located within ceiling cavity or mounted on or supported by the ceiling grid system may be supported by dedicated #9 ga. galvanized, soft annealed mild steel wire hangers. Two raceways maximum per hanger. Attach raceways with dips manufactured for the purpose. Attach hangers to structure and to ceiling system. Pull Cords 3.8 A. Provide a pull cord in all raceways for communications and telephone systems. B. In other raceways, provide a nylon pull cord in those which are left empty at end of the project, designed as spare or greater than 25 feet in length. • 3.9 Proximity To High Temperature Surfaces Maintain 12" minimum clearance. 3.10. Raceway Fill • Raceways not sized on the drawings shall be sized per NEC Tables. Raceways for signal and communications systems shall be sized per the shop drawings and code. • 3.11 Expansion Fittings Provide expansion fittings for raceways crossing expansion joints, building separation walls, and seismic joints. Provide bonding jumper. Coordinate all expansion joints with architectural drawings. RACEWAYS END OF SECTION 16110 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16120 - WIRE & CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 •Summary A. Section Includes Building wire and cable Remote control and signal circuits Splices, connectors, and terminations B. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 16100 Basic Materials and Methods. 1.2 References A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ASTM B1 ASTM B8 B. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) UL 44 Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables UL 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables UL 486A Wire Connector and Soldering Lugs for use with Copper Conductors UL 486C Splicing Wire Connectors C. SUBMITTALS Make submittals in accordance with Section 16100. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Wire And Cable A. General 1. Copper conductor, single insulated wire 2. ASTM B1 solid conductors; ASTM B8 for stranded conductors 3. 600 volt insulation class, 90°C maximum operating temperature for dry and wet locations B. Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables Type THHN/ THWN , UL 83 listed C. Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables Type XHHW-2, UL 44 listed Type USE-2, UL 44 listed WIRE & CABLE Hard-Drawn Copper Wire Concentric Lay Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium Hard, Medium Soft, or Soft 16120-1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2.2 Remote Control And Signal Circuits A. Class 1 1. Copper conductor, single insulated wire 2. Insulation type THHN/ THWN (90 °C), 600 volt insulation class. Type XHHW for ambient temperature less than 0 °C 3. UL 83 listed, ASTM B1 solid conductors; ASTM B8 for stranded conductors . Class 2 and 3 1. Copper conductor, multiple twisted conductors covered with an overall non - metallic jacket unless otherwise noted. 2 300 volt XLPE insulation rated 105 °C 3. UL listed for use in the space in which circuits will be installed. 2.3 Splices, Connectors & Terminals A. Splices 1. Electrical Tape: 7 mil thick, PVC backing with flexibility and adhesion at 0 °F. 2. Pre- Stretched Tubing: EPR pre- stretched tubular rubber sleeve suitable for insulation of voltages up to 600 volts. 3M PST series or equivalent. 3 Heat Shrink Tubing: Thermally stabilized cross- linked polyolefin with 3 to 1 expansion and internal adhesive sealant. Thomas & Betts Shrink -Kon or equivalent. B. Connectors 1. No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Pre - insulated "twist -on" type with integral spring and insulated housing per UL 486C. Manufacturers: Ideal, Thomas & Betts, or 3M. 2. No 8 AWB and Larger: Bolt or compression set type per UL 486C. Provide two hole compression set connectors for ground bus applications. Manufacturers: Thomas & Betts, O.Z. Gedney. C. Terminals 1. Stranded Conductors #12 only: Comply with UL 486A 2. Heavy wall thickness copper, tin plated with nylon insulation 3. Thomas & Betts Sta -Kon Terminals 4. Cable ties - nylon locking type. Thomas & Betts Ty -Rap 2.4 Terminations A Compression set, bolted, or screw type lug or direct to bolted or screw type terminal. WIRE & CABLE 16120 -2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION B. Stranded Conductors #10 and Smaller: Eye type crimped terminal when termination is to a screw type terminal. Forked tongue terminal only when terminal screws cannot be removed. Comply with UL 486A. C. Plastic Cable Ties Nylon or approved, locking type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Wire & Cable A. Sizing 1. Use stranded conductors for #10 AWG and larger. Conductors of #12 AWG may be solid or stranded at the contractor's option. 2. Minimum power and lighting branch circuit requirement of #12 AWG. B. Color Coding 1. Color code wire in accordance with the coding shown below: 208Y/120V 480Y/277V A Phase (Left bus in panel): Black Brown B Phase (Center bus in panel) Red Orange C Phase (Right bus in panel) Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray Equipment Ground Green Green 2. If large conductors cannot be purchased with the correct insulation color, color code the conductors with wire and cable markers of the appropriate color. Complete encircle the conductor with color coding tape for a minimum length of 6 inches at all accessible locations. C. Installation 1. Utilize type THHN /THWN wire for all power, lighting circuits except where the ambient temperature is below 0 °C, use Type XHHW installation. 2. Install all wiring in a raceway system unless otherwise specified. 3. Install wire only after mechanical work likely to damage wire has been completed. 4. Pull all conductors into a common raceway simultaneously. 5. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. 6. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards. 7. Conductors from one system shall not be intermixed in the same raceway as another system unless shown otherwise. Examples of circuits not be to be intermixed are WIRE & CABLE 16120 -3 fa SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 480Y/277 with 208Y/120 volt circuits, emergency power, line voltage circuits with low voltage wiring, etc. 3.2 . Remote Control & Signal Circuits A. Sizing - #16 AWG minimum. B. Installation: 1. Install cables in raceways and cable rings. 2. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage. Support cables above accessible ceilings; do not rest on ceiling tiles. 4. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. 3.3 Splices, Connectors & Terminals A. Splices 1. Do not make splices without the approval of the engineer. 2. Splice wires and cables only in accessible locations such as within junction boxes. 3. Make splices to carry full capacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. B. Connectors 1. Except where equipment is furnished with bolted or screw type lug, use compression set pressure connectors with insulating covers. Use compression tools and die compatible with the connectors being installed. 2. Use bolt or compression -set type with application of insulating tape, pre - stretched or heat shrinkable insulating tubing for splices and taps of #8 AWG copper conductors and larger. 3. Torque conductor connections to manufacturer's recommended values. 4. Use pre - insulated "twist -on" connectors with integral spring for splices and taps of #10 AWG copper conductors and smaller. C. Terminals 1. Insulate ends of spare conductors with electrical tape and identify spare circuit number where appropriate. 2. Eye type crimped terminal for removable screw type terminal. Forked torque terminal when screw terminal cannot be removed. 3. Train wires to eliminate fanning of stands, crimp with proper tool and die. 4. Torque screw termination per manufacturer's recommended values. WIRE & CABLE 16120 -4 gOIJTHCENTER: MALL RENOVATION 5. Cable ties: neatly bundle conductors and cables tOgether:for'§upPort. Size cable ties • sufficiently to accommodate the'ntUltiple cables being supported. •-• WIRE & CABLE 16120-5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16130 - OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description Provide outlet, junction and pull boxes as required to endose devices, permit pulling conductors and for wire splices and branches. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Interior Wiring A. General. Outlet and pull boxes shall be pressed steel, zinc coated with plaster ring where applicable. Large junction and pull boxes shall be sized per NEC and fabricated sheet steel, zinc coated or baked enamel finish, with return flange and screw retained cover. B. Concrete and Topping Slab: Boxes for casting in concrete or topping slab shall be specifically designed for that purpose. Boxes shall be wet /damp label and UL listed 514A as suitable for said application. See drawings for description of new floorbox equipment. 2.2 Exterior Wiring A. Above Grade: Outlet and junction boxes shall be cast or malleable iron or shall be cast of corrosion resistant alloy, complete with conduit hubs, compatible with raceway to which it is connected. Pull boxes shall be fabricated of heavy gauge steel and hot dipped galvanized complete with malleable iron hubs. All boxes shall be labeled for damp or wet locations as applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Anchoring 3.2 Flush Mounting All boxes shall be firmly anchored directly or with concealed bracing to building studs or joists. Boxes must be so attached that they will not "rock" or "shift" when devices are operated. A. All boxes shall have front edge (box or plaster ring) even with the finished surface of the wall or ceiling, except for those mounted above accessible ceilings or where drawings indicate surface mounting is permitted. B. Flush mounted boxes on opposite sides of a common wall shall not be mounted back -to -back. Provide 0' -6" minimum horizontal separation between closest edges of the boxes. Option: Use other sound proofing method acceptable to Architect. 3.3 Electrical Outlets A. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the work of other Sections and trades. Study all drawings that form a part of this contract and confer with the various trades involved to eliminate conflicts between the work of this Section and the work of other trades. Check and verify outlet locations indicated on Architectural drawings, door swings, installation details and layouts of suspended ceilings and locations of all plumbing, heating and ventilating equipment. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 16130 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION B. Centered on Built -In Work: In the case of doors, cabinets, recesses or similar features, or where outlets are centered between two such features, such as between a door jamb and a cabinet, make these outlet locations exact. Relocate any outlets which are located off center. C. Vertical and Horizontal Relationships: Where more than one outlet is shown or specified to be at the same elevation or one above the other, align them exactly on center lines horizontally or vertically. Relocate as directed all such outlets (including lighting, receptacle, power, signal and thermostat outlets) which are not so installed, at no additional cost to Owner. D. Device Outlet Height: Measure from the finished floor to the center line, unless otherwise noted. Switches 4 feet, set vertically Receptacles 18 inches, set vertically or as indicated. Other As noted or as directed by Architect. E. Ceiling Location: For acoustical material locate outlet either at the corner joint or in the center of a panel, whichever is closer to the normal spacing. Locate all outlets in the same room in same panel position. F. Floor boxes: All floor boxes shall be set flush and level to finish tile work. Provide extension rings as required and make all final adjustments prior to casting in place. 3.4 Connection To Equipment For equipment furnished under this or other Divisions of the specifications, or by others; provide outlet boxes of sizes and at locations necessary to serve such equipment and provide final connections to all equipment. Outlet box required if equipment has pigtail wires for external connection, does not have space to accommodate circuit wiring or requires a wire with insulation rating different from circuit wiring used. Study equipment details to assure proper coordination. 3.5 Blank Covers Provide blank covers or plates over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not covered by equipment. 3.6 Device Boxes Containing Emergency And Normal Devices Permitted only with steel barrier manufactured especially for the purpose of dividing the box into two completely separate compartments. 3.7 Device Boxes Containing Multiple Devices And Wiring Rated Over 150 Volts To Ground And Over 300 Volts Between Conductors Permitted only with steel barrier manufactured especially for the purpose of dividing the box into separate compartments for each device having exposed live parts. 3.8 Junction Or Pull Boxes A. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown, or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit the number of bends within code requirements. Boxes shall be permanently accessible and shall be placed only at locations approved by the Architect. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 16130 - 2 ND: OF SECTION' Conductors from one system shall not be intermixed in same junction box or pull box as another system unless shown or specifically authorized otherwise. Th drawings do not necessarily show every pull or junction box required The Contractor sh add all boxes required. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 16130 - 3 �... -...—......:. .x.b+xn✓MncAYG77KANS7fttkAYIXgZftMk' 61Nri#/*Nawra..mh. SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATIONS SECTION 16140 - SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description Provide wiring devices and plates complete and fully operational. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer 2.2 Color A. Ivory material for switch handles and receptacle faces. B. Plates specified below and as noted. 2.3 Switches Product of nationally recognized manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing such products. A. Specification Grade, Federal Specification WS -896, back and side wired, rated 277 volt, 20 amp. Single pole, double pole, keyed, 3- way, pilot light, locking type or as required or as noted. Provide matching styles and color in other devices as required for the conditions of installation. Arrow Hart 1991 -I, Bryant 4901 -I, Eagle 2221V, General Electric GE 5951 -2G, Hubbell HBL1221- I, Leviton 1221 -1, or Pass & Seymour 20AC1. Keyed switches to utilize Pass & Seymour 500K key only. B. Interchangeable type rated same. C. Momentary Contact Line Voltage Switches: Single pole, double throw, 3 -wire, spring return to open. Rating same as above. 2.4 Receptacles A. Specification Grade, Federal Specification WC -596F, back and side wired, duplex NEMA 5 -15R configuration (15 amp, 120V), nylon face, unless shown otherwise. Arrow Hart 5252 -I, Bryant 5252 -1, Eagle 5252V, General Electric GE 5252 -2, Hubbell 5252 -1, Leviton 5252 -1, or Pass & Seymour 5252 -I. All dedicated equipment receptacles shall be NEMA -5 -20R configuration (20 amp, 120V). B. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI or GF1) Receptacle: Specification Grade, NEMA 5 -15R configuration, duplex receptacle with 4 -6 milliamps leakage current trip level. Ivory color. Arrow Hart GF- 5242 -I, General Electric GF 5342 -2, Hubbell GF- 5252 -I, Leviton 6599 -I, or Pass & Seymour 1591 -SI. 2.5 Device Plates A. Plastic. Match device color. Attachment screws shall match plate finish. B. Exterior: Bell #RCH1 -GFR or Pass & Seymour 4511, Hubbell CWP26H, (horizontal mounting) for 15A and 20A duplex receptacles. Where horizontal mounting is not possible provide Bell SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 16140 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATIONS • #RCV1-GFR, Pass & Seymour 4512, or Hubbell VVP26. For receptacles:Other than 15A and 20A provide weatherproof cover to match receptacle. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Mounting Rigidly fasten (without play) outlet boxes and devices at proper position with wall to bring receptade flush with plate or switch handle the proper distance through plate. Align devices and plates plumb. Plates over tightened so corners have play not acceptable. 3.2 Orientation Set switches with handle operating vertically, up position "ON". Set receptacles vertically with ground pin up or when construction requires horizontal mounting ground pin left. 3.3 Device Plates A. Provide for wiring devices. Plate to cover cutout for device outlet box. B. For remodel projects or for additions to existing construction provide new plates on existing outlet boxes unless the existing plate matches new plates in construction and appearance. 3.4 Receptacles A. Provide GFI receptacles at all floor box locations. Provide 20 amp receptacles on dedicated 20 amp circuits. Provide 15 amp receptacles in all other locations. B. Provide weatherproof, GFCI receptacle within 25'-0" of each roof mounted mechanical equipment, for all outdoor receptacles and other locations shown on the drawings. END OF SECTION SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 16140 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16160 - MOTROL CONTROLLERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description A. Scope of work under this Section includes all requirements for motor controllers (starters); to be provided and /or installed under this contract. Motor controls shall conform to NEMA standards for each specific purpose and be U.L. listed. B. The Contractor performing the Division 16 work shall furnish motor controllers for all motors shown unless the controllers are included with the equipment furnished under other divisions of these specifications. The contractor performing the Division 16 work shall install all motor controllers including all controllers not factory assembled into equipment furnished under other divisions of these specifications or by Owner. All motors and motor controllers shall be complete and fully operational upon completion of the project. 1.2 Motor Voltage Information Voltages available are 208 and 480 volt three phase; or 120, 208 and 277 volt single phase. Circuits are designed (in general) for motors with voltage ratings as follows: Smaller than 1/2 HP -115 volts, single phase. 1/2 HP and larger - 200 or 460 volts, three phase. Obtain submittals and shop drawings and verify motor sizes and voltages provided under other Divisions prior to commencing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Motor Starters A. Magnetic motor starters: Shall conform to or contain items called for below and unless noted otherwise, shall be full voltage non - reversing for NEMA size 3 and under. No starters smaller than NEMA size 0 and no half size starters are permitted. Contractor is responsible for coordination. Conductors and terminations shall conform with 16120. B. Overload devices: Shall be melting alloy or bimetallic type. One overload shall be provided for each phase. Provisions shall be made for resetting the overload devices from outside the starter enclosure. Provide ambient compensated overload devices only when the motor is at a constant temperature and the controller is subject to a separate, varying temperature. Automatic reset overload devices are not permitted. C. Accessories: Each magnetic motor controller shall include phase loss protector, "HAND-OFF - AUTO" selector switch, 120 volt coil (unless noted otherwise), red running pilot light, green off pilot light, 100VA (minimum) control transformer (except for 115 volt motors), with fused primary and secondary, two spare auxiliary interlock contacts and all other accessories required or noted. D. Enclosures: All motor controllers shall be contained in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which the controller is mounted. Shall be NEMA 3R when exposed to weather. Other enclosures shall be per code or as noted. MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16160 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 2.2 Manufacturer Allen Bradley, General Electric, Square D, Cutler Hammer. 2.3. Nameplates Provide engraved phenolic nameplates per Section 16040. Permanently attach (with mechanical fasteners) on each controller, nameplates with the following information: load and area served, voltage, phase and (when applicable) fuse size and type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Wiring Combination motor controller: Shall be fused switch type (Class RK5), or motor circuit protector type rated for 10,000 RMS A.I.C. minimum unless noted otherwise and containing all accessories as listed above. If externally powered control circuits are used, provide an auxiliary switch on the disconnect switch or protector and fuse in lieu of the control transformer. Switch or protector shall be capable of being padlocked in the off position. Manual Starters: Shall be toggle switch type, lockable in the "off" position, with overload relays, pilot light and enclosure per above. Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these specifications. Provide wiring from branch circuit overcurrent device to motor controller to motor terminals, including installation of starter and all connections. Motor controllers provided under Division 16 shall be combination type. Where starters furnished under other Divisions of the specification or by Owner do not include an integral disconnect switch, a separately mounted disconnect switch shall be provided. Provide raceway and conductors as shown for remote control, or interlock connections. Coordinate other control wiring with Division 15 of the Specifications. Provide overload elements in controllers sized to match motor nameplate full load amperes. Space within controllers shall not be used as a junction box. 3.2 Supports Securely mount to equipment, wall or acceptable mounting frame suitable to withstand earthquake forces. Controllers supported only by raceways are not acceptable. END OF SECTION MOTOR CONTROLLERS 16160 - 2 i is Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these specifications. Location of motor disconnects shall be per code. t L 3.1 Wiring 3.2 Supports erwAnvncuxftViRYr1WYJOdAYISAiiligt�W4' SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16170 - DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description PART 3 - EXECUTION Provide all disconnects, fused and unfused, required by code for equipment furnished under . this and other Divisions of these specifications and by Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Disconnects Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick -make, quick -break and shall be horsepower rated. Exception: Toggle switches with padlocking provisions are acceptable when applied within their rating. Switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors and shall be single throw unless noted. Conductors and terminations shall conform with 16120. B. Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door or removal when switch is dosed. Door interlocks shall include a defeating scheme. Shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Enclosure shall be suitable for the environment in which mounted. Shall be NEMA 3R when exposed to weather. Other enclosures shall be per code or as noted. 2.2 Fused Switches (Or Fused Disconnects) Shall be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2.3 Manufacturer General Electric, Square D, Gould -ITE, GTE Sylvania, Cutler Hammer. 2.4 Nameplates Provide engraved phenolic nameplates per Section 16040. Permanently attach (with mechanical fasteners) on each a nameplate with the following information: load and area served, voltage and phase and (when applicable) fuse size and type. Securely mount to equipment, wall or acceptable mounting frame. Disconnects supported only by raceway are not acceptable. DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHENS 16170 -1 OUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION.:17.,;'., • '1,, Spli sp ac e ......, 707 Fused ei S W itChes shall no t 11e u ged as 11;7;.....7tioi11;77,-•..,:,..:.:.:::.--,-,,„,„ • :, EN.i,-31;;:E7':.T1:07::-......-',....:....,..,.'''',',,:::,,,,.''.::'';',,',.',:-,:',.',.•...,..,,,..,,,,.,,,.: ri..''.',,,,:::::,':',',.•... SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION Current limiting, U.L. Class R rejection type or Class L unless noted otherwise. • 600 Amp and less: Class RK1 except motor circuits Class RK5. • Over 600 Amp: Class L. D. Manufacturer: Bussmann, Gould, Littelfuse. 2.2 Spare Fuses Provide 10% spare fuses, but not less than three (3) of any one size and PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Fuses Install in fusible devices. Spare Fuse Cabinet Locate as noted on drawings. END OF SECTION SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description Grounding systems shall be provided for equipment grounds and bonding as required by code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Grounding Conductors And Connectors Copper only, sized per code. Bare or green insulated in sizes #10 AWG or larger. Green insulated for size #12 AWG. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Grounding, General Provide all grounding for electrical systems and equipment as required by codes and as specified herein. 3.2 Size of Ground Wire As required by National Electrical Code. Where ground wire is exposed to physical damage protect with rigid non - ferrous conduit as permitted by applicable code. 3.3 Connection to the Power Ground Bus A. Provide connections in accordance with the codes; including but not limited to: 1. Raceway system 2. Electrically operated equipment and devices. B. No device or equipment shall be connected for electrical service which has a neutral conductor connected to a grounding conductor or to the frame within the device or equipment. 3.4 Method of Connections Make all ground connections and ground cable splices by thermal welding or copper compression set type connectors U.L. listed for grounding purposes. Grounding lugs, where provided as standard manufacturer's items on equipment furnished, may be used. 3.5 Expansion Fittings In conduit runs requiring an expansion fitting, a bonding jumper shall be installed around the fitting to maintain continuous ground continuity. 3.6 Testing Conform to Section 16030. GROUNDING 16450 -1 • , - ' SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION lid Cable Crossing Expansion Join Ground cables crossing expansion joints or similar separations in structures or paved areas ,shall • .. ,* be protected from damage by means of suitable approved devices or methods of installation ".• which will provide the necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement..: . . Stranded or other approved flexible copper run or jumper shall be used across Such seParatioris. e . ; , . • 3.8 Raceway Bushings • ;s. Provide insulated grounding bushing on service and feeder raceways at panelboards an switchboards. Provide ground conductor sized per code to gr . „. • , , • , „, GROUNDING „ . • ; . „ , . . • END OF SECTION - , • . • • . . • • " , - • 16450 - 2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide lighting system complete and fully operational. B. Substitutions: Bidders requesting approval to provide products other than those specifically listed in the Light Fixture Schedule shall submit requests in writing to the Architect and Lighting Designer ten days prior to the close of the bid period. Approval will be in the form of an addendum to the specifications issued to all registered plan holders. No requests for substitution will be considered after this date. Substitution request shall include all information under paragraph 1.4 SUBMITTALS. Requests for approval shall be accompanied by a working fixture sample (including lamps and a cord and plug). Provide the name of at least one installation where each proposed substitute has been installed for at least six months along with the name and phone number of the Architect, Owner's representative and the Lighting Designer of Record. If required by the Lighting Designer, the proposed substitutes must be installed at the bidders expense in a location selected by the Architect. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)LE5 -1993: Procedure for determining Luminaire efficiency ratings. B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1 UL 542: Lampholders, Starter Holders for Fluorescent Lamps 2. UL 924: Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment 3. UL 935: Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 4. UL 1029: HID Lamp Ballasts 5. UL 1570: Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures 6. UL 1572: High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Light fixture schedule series numbers are a design series reference and do not necessarily represent the exact catalog number, size, voltage, wattage, type of lamp, ballast, finish trim, ceiling type, mounting hardware, ceiling trim or special requirements as specified hereinafter or as required by the particular installations. Provide complete fixtures to correspond with the number of lamps, wattage and /or size specified. B. Light fixture voltage shall match voltage of circuit serving the light fixture. LIGHTING 16500 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. For standard catalog items provide original product sheets, neatly and dearly marked to indicate light fixture, ballasts and lamps fully comply with contract documents. Include photometric report by an independent certified testing laboratory when required in fixture schedule. Manufacturer's test report is not acceptable. B. Submittals shall have fixture types and project name clearly indicated and shall be prepared by the authorized manufacturer's representative serving the project area. A list of manufacturer's representatives ( induding address, telephone and fax numbers) identifying which light fixture types they represent shall be induded with submittals. Submittals or requests for prior approvals not meeting these requirements will be rejected. C. Product Samples, complete with housing, trim with 8' cord, plug, and specified lamp shall be submitted if requested. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All fixtures and components shall be new and listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or other testing lab acceptable to local jurisdiction. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Ballasts: Provide manufacturer's warranty for a period of not less than five years. Warranty shall include parts and labor to replace defective ballasts. B. Exit Signs Utilizing LED Lamp Technology: Provide manufacturer's warranty for a period of not less than five years including parts and labor for full replacement of defective product. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS 2. 1O% or one dozen each, (whichever is less) lenses, color filters and louvers (to be determined by the lighting designer). A. Ballasts: Provide one case or 10% (whichever is less) of each type used on the project. Turn over to Owner and obtain signed receipt. B. Lamps: Provide one case or 1O% (whichever is less) of each type used on the project. Turn over to Owner and obtain signed receipt. C. Fuses: Provide one case or 1O% (whichever is less) of each type used on the project. Turn over to Owner and obtain signed receipt. D. Adjustable Accent Lights (track, recessed or surface mounted): Provide additional lenses, color filters and other accessories to be used during final focusing, as follows: 1. 20% or one case (whichever is less) of each lamp type (type, beam spreads, and wattages to be determined by the lighting designer). A spot and a flood lamp of the same wattage are considered to be two different lamp types. LIGHTING 16500.2 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Interior Light Fixtures: Finish ferrous mounting hardware and accessories to prevent corrosion and discoloration to adjacent materials. B. For weatherproof or vaportight installations, painted finishes of fixtures and accessories shall be weather resistant enamel using proper primers or galvanized and bonderized epoxy, so that the entire assembly is completely corrosion resistant for the service intended. Where aluminum parts come into contact with bronze or steel parts, apply a coating material to both surfaces to prevent corrosion. C. Fixtures shall be free of light leaks and designed to provide sufficient ventilation of lamps to provide the photometric performance required. Ballasts and transformers shall be adequately vented. D. All sheet metal work shall be free from tool marks and dents and shall have accurate angles bent as sharp as compatible with the gauges of the required metal. Intersections and joints shall be formed true and of adequate strength and structural rigidity to prevent any distortion after assembly. Finish exposed edges so no sharp or ragged edges are exposed. All miters shall be in accurate alignment with abutting intersecting members. E. Lampholders shall hold lamps securely against normal vibrations and maintenance handling. F. Reflector Cones: LIGHTING 1. Provide minimum 45° lamp and lamp image cut -off for all vertically mounted lamps. For horizontal lamps provide minimum 33° cut -off. There shall be no visible lamp flashing in the cone. G. Fresnel Lens and Door Assembly: 2. Plastic materials shall not be used for reflector cones, unless noted otherwise in the Light Fixture Schedule. 3. Reflector cones shall not be riveted or welded to housing and shall be removable without tools. Retention devices shall not deform the cone in any manner. Trim shall be flush with finished ceiling without gaps or light leaks. Where the flange trim is separate from the cone, it shall have the same finish as the cone. 4. Reflector cones shall be of uniform gauge, not less than 0.032 -inch thick, high purity aluminum Alcoa 3002 alloy, free of spin marks or other defects. 5. Manufacture reflector under the Alzak process. Refer to fixture schedule for cone color and specular or diffuse finish requirements. For fixtures using compact fluorescent lamps, provide additional finish equivalent to Color -Chek that eliminates iridescence. Submit one sample of each cone type for review when required in the fixture schedule. 1. Lens shall have uniform brightness throughout the entire visible area at angles from 45° to 90° from vertical, without bright spots or striations. 16500 - 3 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION lens. 2. Lens shall have opaque risers painted neutral gray unless otherwise specified in the Light Fixture Schedule. Fixtures recessed in suspended ceilings where the space above the ceiling is either an air supply or return plenum shall conform with NEC Article 300 -22. K. Safety: Provide safety devices for removable fixture elements (cones, reflectors, lenses, etc.) to support removable elements when not in normal operating position. Safety devices shall be detachable if necessary and shall not interfere with fixture performance, maintenance or the seating of any fixture element, and not be visible during normal fixture operation. L. Exterior Fixtures: 1. Painted surfaces shall have an outdoor life expectancy of not less than 20 years without any visible rust or corrosion. 2. All diffusing materials shall be UV stabilized. 3. Finish colors shall be as specified. 2.2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Housing: Minimum code gauge steel or rigid aluminum construction painted after fabrication with high reflectance white paint (min. 89%). B. Light Shields: 1. Eggcrate Louvers: Aluminum (unless noted otherwise) continuously bound in a perimeter channel frame. Frame, louver and support shall be painted color as selected by Architect. 2. Clear Patterned Lenses: Injection molded 100% virgin acrylic. For lenses with a male pattern of prisms or cones, specified minimum thickness refers to distance from flat surface to base of pyramids or cones, or to thickness of undisturbed material. For lenses with female pattern, specified minimum thickness refers to overall thickness of material. Lenses shall fully eliminate lamp image when viewed from all directions between 45 -90° from vertical. From 0-45° the ratio of maximum brightness (under a lamp) to minimum brightness (mid -point between lamps) shall not exceed 3:1. Minimum thickness shall not be less than 0.125" with a minimum weight of 8 ounces per square foot. C. Frames: Supply concealed hinges and latching. Provide mitered corners with no gaps or light leaks. LIGHTING 16500 - 4 3. Finish of regress door shall be matte baked enamel paint in color as selected by the Architect. H. Light fixtures containing lamps which require protective shielding shall have tempered glass I. For adjustable fixtures, provide positive locking devices to fix aiming angle. Fixture shall be capable of being relamped without adjusting aiming angle. D. Lamp Mounting: SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 1. Mount lamps used in rapid start circuits 430 ma and below within 1/2" of grounded metal as long as the lamp. For 800 ma and 1500 ma lamps, mount within 1" of grounded metal as long as the lamp. 2.4 WIRING For rapid start circuits using single lamp ballasts, provide one grounding lamp holder per lamp. 2.3 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) FIXTURES: A. Housing: Minimum code gauge steel, bonderized or equal rust protected or rigid aluminum construction. B. Finish: Visible surfaces. Powder coated paint unless otherwise specified. Color and finish as selected by architect. Concealed parts, (lamp holders, yokes, brackets, etc.) matte black. C. Lamp Holder Housing: Cast aluminum with integral heat radiating fins to assure cool lamp base operation. A. All wiring shall be as required by code for fixture wiring. B. All flexible cord wiring between fixture components or to electrical receptade and not in wireways shall have a minimum temperature rating of 105 °C. C. Cords shall be fitted with proper strain reliefs and watertight entries where required by application. D. No internal wiring shall be visible at normal viewing angles, i.e. above 45° from vertical. E. Master Slave Fixtures: Supply ballasts in adjacent fixtures to operate one or more lamps in the adjacent fixture where required in Drawings or Light Fixture Schedule. For single lamp fixtures, provide a two -lamp ballast for two adjacent fixtures. For three -lamp fixtures, provide one two - lamp ballast for the outboard lamps in each fixture and an additional two -lamp ballast for the center lamp in each of two adjacent fixtures. F. Tandem Wired Fixtures: For fixtures in continuous rows and where required in Drawings or Light Fixture Schedule, supply ballasts and wiring to control all top or inboard lamps together and control all bottom or outboard lamps together. G. Provide #14 AWG, 3 -wire flexible conduit connections (whips) for dual level switching as shown on Drawings for light fixtures recessed in accessible suspended ceilings. Provide 3 -wire whips for all dual level switching. Wire count on wire whips is not shown on Drawings and shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide proper wire count for the lighting control as shown on Drawings. 2.5 BALLASTS A. Fluorescent General Requirements LIGHTING 16500 - 5 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION LIGHTING 1. All lamps shall be operated on the type of circuit the lamp was designed for (preheat, rapid start, instant start, etc.). T8 lamps shall be operated on rapid start ballasts only. Ballasts shall provide normal rated lamp life as stated by lamp manufacturers. 2 Ballasts shall be HPF (greater than 90%), UL listed, and ETL certified. Magnetic ballasts shall be CBM certified. For projects applying for utility funding, ballasts shall meet utility requirements. Provide ballasts with thermal protection unless otherwise specified. Ballasts shall be Class P. 3. Confirm voltage requirements with Electrical Drawings. Ballasts shall operate lamps correctly within +/ -10% voltage variation without damaging ballasts. Ratings: 1. "A" sound rating for 430 ma and 265 ma 2. "B" sound rating for 800 ma 3. "C" sound rating for 1500 ma 5. Low temperature and /or outdoor application: Provide ballasts suitable for low starting temperature where light fixture is located outdoors, in freezer or refrigerator or other location where ambient air temperature will be below 50 degrees F. Magnetic Fluorescent Ballasts: In addition to the general requirements, provide magnetic ballasts where required in the Light Fixture Schedule as follows: 1. Energy saving type with a ballast factor not less than 95%x. 2. Each ballast individually protected by an in -line GMF fuse in a Bussman type HLR fuseholder. 3. Manufacturers: Advance, Magnatek, Valmont or Robertson or as specifically noted in the Light Fixture Schedule. C. Electronic Fluorescent Ballasts: In addition to the general requirements, provide electronic ballasts where required in the Light Fixture Schedule as follows: 1. Ballasts in conformance with the following regulatory requirements: a. EMI and RFI limits set by the FCC (CFR47, Part 18 and FCC Part 18, 15j), IEEE Publication 587, Category A (transients). b. Minimum efficiency standards of Public Law 100 -357. c. Starting sequence consistent with ANSI Standard C82.1 -1993. 2. Reduced light output ballasts (ballast factors below 87%) are not acceptable except as noted otherwise in the Light Fixture Schedule. 3. Total harmonic distortion shall be less than 15% of the input current. Current crest factor shall be less than 1.7. Operating frequency shall be between 25 and 60 kHz with no visible flicker. 16500 -6 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION 4 Ballasts shall operate in ambient temperatures up to 105 °F (40 °C). 5. Rapid start ballasts shall be wired in series (or in parallel if manufactured accordingly). 6. Manufacturers: EBT, Magnatek, MTI, Motorola (General Electric), Valmont. D. High Intensity Discharge: 1. HPF type (minimum power factor 90 %). 2. Sound Rating: "low noise " or "extra quiet ". 3. Each ballast shall be individually protected by an in -line fuse in a Bussman fuseholder type HLR for 120 and 277 volt, type HEX for 208, 240 and 480 volt. 4 Metal Halide: Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) except for lamps below 175 watts without ignitors where high resistance auto transformer will be acceptable. Use Advance Transformer "Smart Cap" ballast where required by lamp selection. Electronic . ballasts are acceptable where available. 2.7 SOCKETS High Pressure Sodium: Magnetic regulator or constant wattage ballast. Electronic ballasts where required by lamp selection. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: Valmont, Osram Sylvania, Holophane, Jefferson, Advance, Universal. 2.6 LAMPS A. Each lamp type in the Project shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer. B. Fluorescent: 1. Medium Bi -pin, T8 rapid start, T12, compact TT and DTT; 3500K color temperature and 80+ Color Rendering Index (CRI) unless otherwise noted. 2. Manufacturers: General Electric, Philips, Osram Sylvania or as noted in the Light Fixture Schedule. C. High Intensity Discharge Type 1. For indoor applications provide color corrected HPS (minimum 65 CRI) or color corrected metal halide (Minimum CRI 65). For exterior applications provide dear metal halide or high pressure sodium unless specified otherwise. 2. Refer to fixture schedule for specific metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps required. Mercury Vapor shall not be used. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, Osram Sylvania, Philips, Venture or as noted in the Light Fixture Schedule. LIGHTING 16500 - 7 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION A. Incandescent: Porcelain for medium or mogul screw base. For other lamp types, as required by base type. B. Fluorescent: Suitable for lamp and ballast type employed. C. H.I.D.: Porcelain for mogul or medium base lamps, pulse rated as required. Keyed for all position oriented lamps. For other lamp types, as required by base type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL A. Provide mounting accessories and trims as required and ceiling construction types shown in Finish Schedule and on Drawings. B. Verify weight and mounting method of all fixtures and provide suitable supports. Fixture mounting assemblies shall comply with all local seismic codes and regulations. C. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plans for coordination of lighting fixture locations with mechanical and fire safety equipment. Where conflicts occur, coordinate with Architect prior to installing any of the systems. D. Install fixtures with vent holes free of air blocking obstades. E. Lighting fixtures located in recessed ceilings with a fire resistive rating of 1 -hour or more shall be enclosed in an approved fire- resistive rated box equal to that of the ceiling. F. Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting aperture rings on all recessed fixtures to be flush with the finished ceiling. G. For fluorescent lamps operated on dimming ballasts, operate lamps at full output for 100 hours (continuous burn) before dimming. H. Adjust variable position lampholders for proper lamp position prior to fixture installation. I. Blemished, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures or accessories shall be replaced. J. For pendant mounted fixtures, mounting height is from finished ceiling to top of pendant light fixture. For wall mounted fixtures, center on outlet box unless otherwise noted. Verify mounting provisions and other requirements prior to order of light fixtures and provide as required. K. In accessible suspended ceilings, provide 72" flexible conduit wiring connection (flexible tubing not permitted) from a rigidly supported junction box. L. All finishes shall be unmarred upon project completion. All damaged finishes repaired or replaced. M. Replace all burned out or inoperative lamps at the end of the construction prior to Owner occupancy. 3.2 DIFFUSERS AND ENCLOSURES LIGHTING 16500 - 8 • t 1. i L 1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION A. Remove protective plastic covers from lighting fixture diffusers only after construction work, painting and dean -up are completed. Remove all dirty lamps, reflectors and diffusers; dean and reinstall. When cleaning "Alzak" reflectors, use a manufacturer recommended leaning solution. Reflectors damaged or impregnated with fingerprints shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES A. Focus all adjustable light fixtures under the direction of the Lighting Designer during a scheduled period of time prior to the completion of the project, after normal business hours if required. Include all equipment and personnel expenses (induding overtime) required for adjustment. 3.4 SUPPORT OF INCANDESCENT AND COMPACT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Surface or Pendant Type: Attach heavy formed steel straps to the outlet box by means of threaded stems with locknuts, or directly to the outlet box where the light fixture is specifically so designed. B. Recessed Type: Mount in frames suitable for the ceiling, with recessed portion of the fixture securely supported from the ceiling framing. Bottom of light fixture to be flush with adjacent ceiling. Fixture trim shall totally conceal ceiling opening. Provide two #14 earthquake chains or #12 wires when fixture is supported by ceiling suspension system. 3.5 SUPPORT OF FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Recessed type: For light fixtures supported by the ceiling suspension system, provide four Caddy #515 support clips (one each corner) which lock light fixture to ceiling tees after light fixture is installed. In addition, provide for each light two #14 earthquake chains or #12 wires secured at diagonally opposite fixture corners (for fixtures weighing less than 56 pounds) to structural members above suspended ceiling. For plaster or gypsum board ceilings provide plaster frame compatible with light fixture. Contractor shall coordinate fixture trim with ceiling type. B. Surface Mounted Type: 1. Where mounted on accessible ceilings, support from structural members above ceiling by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved. 2. Continuous Runs of Fixtures. Laser sight to assure fixtures are straight when sighting from end to end, regardless of irregularities in the ceiling. Where light fixtures are so installed, omit ornamental ends between sections. C. Pendant Mounted Type: '1. For fixtures with rigid pendants, supply swivel ball aligners at canopy to comply with local seismic requirements. 2. Where suspended from accessible ceiling, support fixture from structural members above ceiling by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved. LIGHTING 16500 - 9 3 Continuous Runs of Light Fixtures: Laser sight to assure fixtures are straight when sighting from end to end, regardless of irregularities in the ceiling. Where light • :fixtures are so installed, omit ornamental ends between sections. S UPPORT OF HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES As specified for incandescent light fixtures, except provide access as required for ballast. Provide earthquake chains when light fixture is supported by the ceiling suspension system. For remote ". ballasts, isolate ballast from structure. -CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT Where ceiling is of insufficient strength to support weight of lighting fixtures installed, provide : additional framing to support as required. END OF SECTION SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION SECTION 16471- PANELBOARDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 Description Dead front type, conforming with U.L. 67 and NEMA PB 1.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturer Square D, GE, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, Westinghouse, IEM. 2.2 Shop Drawings A. Submit for review prior to manufacture. Include complete description, front view, dimensions, . device sizes and layout, and ground bus(s). B. Dimensions: Not exceeding dimensions noted or shown. 2.3 Panelboard Type A. Rated at proper voltage and current, bus bars of copper or aluminum, 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 percent neutral, unless noted otherwise. Multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" or double lugs are shown. B. Bolted busbar to busbar connections. Conductor connectors to conform with 16120, bolted to busbars using Grade 5 bolts, belleville and flat washers. C. Separate ground bus bonded to panelboard cabinet. 2.4 ' Circuit Breakers A. U.L. interrupting rating labeled. Ratings as noted. Minimum rating: 208Y/120V Panelboards 10,000 AIC symmetrical 480Y/277V Panelboards 14,000 AIC symmetrical B. Circuit breakers: Conform with UL 489, labeled for 750C conductors. Mount per panel schedules. Pre - threaded, bolt on type. Common trip on multiple pole breakers. Labeled 'SWD' when utilized for switching loads. C. Spares and spaces: Complete for future circuits. Where "Space" is indicated, provide space, bussing, device mounting hardware and steel knockouts in dead front. 2.5 Cabinet And Fronts A. Flush or surface, as noted. Door in Door construction. Tight closing doors without play, when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim, same height. Where remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in panelboard, mount on same frame as panelboard interior, with dedicated key lock access door over. PANELBOARDS 16471 -1 SOUTHCENTER MALL RENOVATION B. Fronts: Lifting rest. Door -in -door, hinged at right side in addition to hinged door with flush key lock over dead front. Key identically. Match existing key system where applicable. 2.6 Nameplates A. Nameplates per Section 16040. 2.7 System Of Numbering And Bus Arrangement As noted on Panel Schedules. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Mounting Firmly anchor cabinets directly or with concealed bracing to building structure, level, 6' -6" above finished floor unless otherwise required. When not located directly on wall, provide support frame of formed steel channel anchored to floor and ceiling structure. Install interiors after structure is enclosed. 3.2 Wiring Conform to applicable sections of these specifications and NEMA PB 1.1. Conductors and terminations per 16120. Coverplates in open knockouts. 3.3 Circuit Index And Labels See Section 16040. 3.4 Work Clearance Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submitting shop drawings. 3.5 Grounding Provide per 16450. 3.6 Cabinet Painting Factory finished. 3.7 Feed Through and Lugs Provide feeder with amperage equal to incoming feeder to panels and sections fed via feed through or double lugs. 3.8 Dedicated Space Locate in dedicated spaces. Coordinate project construction so piping, ducts, etc. are routed around dedicated spaces above and in front of panelboards per code. END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS 16471- 2 The triangle & waves logo shall be a single - assembly internally lit painted aluminum cabinet of 6" minimum depth, mounted directly to the mall fascia. All internally lit faces shall be Lexan, with first- surface applied vinyls in the following colors by area, as designated by letter below: • areas marked A: 3M Scotchcal #230 -87 Royal Blue • area marked B: 3M Scotchcal #230 -128 Plum Purple • area marked C to D: blend from 3M Scotchcal #230 -115 Lemon Yellow at C through #230 -84 Tangerine to #230 -83 Scarlet Red at D All Lexan faces shalfl be internally lit by high - output bright white neon. Retainers and all exterior cabinet surfaces shall be acrylic polyurethane painted to match Pantone PMS 280C deep blue. All transformers and wiring shall concealed within the logo assembly. Areas marked e shall be recessed planes of sheet aluminum acrylic polyurethane painted bright white, and set back from the primary cabinet faces a minimum of 3 ". These recessed planes shall be halo -lit by bright white neon light emanating from around the intervening deep blue wavy cabinet edges. Scale : 1/4" =1' -0" 13' -0" 32 -0 6' -0" 2' -4" UnCENTIER 10' -8 'SOUTHCENTER MALL' letters shall be individual internally lit painted aluminum channel letters of 6" minimum depth, mounted directly to the mall fascia. All letter faces shall be Lexan with first - surface applied vinyl, 3M Scotchcal #230 -87 Royal Blue, lit by high - output bright white neon. Retainers and all exterior letter surfaces shall be acrylic polyurethane painted to match Pantone PMS 280C deep blue. All transformers and wiring shall be concealed within letters. RECEIVED Face Elevation of the Main Mali Entrance Sign 'JUN 11 1999 COMMUNITY DCYGLOPMEN 1 Scale : 3/4" = 1'-0" • ". Engineers Planners August 18, 1999 File No. 26 -99 -005- 014 -02 Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300. Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - Final Submittal: Southcenter Mall Renovation (D99 -0126) We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The applicant has responded successfully to our comments. Enclosed are the drawings, structural calculations, geotechnical report, and correspondence from the engineer for your records. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. Brian C. Moon P.E. Senior Structural Engineer bjr\26se\planrevw.tukwila 99\1O14r2.doc\fps Enclosure cc: Dave Sircoloumb, Mithun Partners Ferron P. Smith, E.I.T. Plan Review Engineer Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 No. of .Copies Description 910-e‘ 1 Drawings' dated 4/15/9%i, 'h2 ,1,,' . Revised Structurrai Drawings Dated'7/23/99 ' First & Second submittal letter ' 1 Technical specifications 1 Transmittals from ABKJ, and response letter 1 Structural Calculations Dated 4/15/99 and 8/05/99 728 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 425/741.3800 (lax 425/741.3900) Date: August 18, 1999 Reid iddleton Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Project :. Southcenter Mall Entrance Renovation File No 26 -99 -005- 014 -02 Enclosures: From: Ferron Smith Action Requested: None ® For your Records Other: Date Required: 0 For your Signature For your Review and Return No. of Copies Description 1 Drawings dated 4/15/99 2 Revised Structural Drawings Dated 7/23/99 V1 lN F irst &Second:' subinittal letter lit.. Tech ical %specifications ii ";* ";,, , : Transmittals; fromABKJandresponseletter .: ....., t.1:.WOM.S 6iiiralCalculations;Dated 4 /1 and 8/05/99..:. Reid iddleton 728 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 425/741.3800 Mix 425/741.3900) Date:. . August 18, 1999 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Project: Southcenter Mall Entrance Renovation File No 26 -99- 005 - 014 -02 Enclosures: From: Ferron Smith Action Requested: ONone ® For your Records O Other: Date Required: For your Signature U For your Review and Return ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANCOBS•INC. Consulting Civil and Structural Engineers 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, Washington 98104 -3122 Tel.: 206.340.2255 Fax: 206.340.2266 E -mail: abkj©abkj.com Letter of. Transmittal TO: , -1 1 44 Z_OO l.Jwe- Ltz-s ,, -� / -3r)nu AT f N: 4r a V) JiP a COPIES DATE ' NO. r el, ��� Gd�p THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: ❑ For approval or your use requested 0 For review /comment REMARKS: AUG -- - 9 - - 1999 REID MIDDLETON WE ARE SENDING YOU: ached ❑ Under separate cover via ❑ Shop Drawings 0 Prints e r‘t3y of letter 0 Change order , it L f DATE: P JOB# / 01 4 tkappleiv RE: /14Ct a c,(, ❑ Samples' DESCRIPTION ❑ Approved as submitted ❑ Approved as noted ❑ Returned for corrections SIGNED: I / N c the following items: ❑ Specifications 12&-Q S 5L.i, 5(. (,_5 64_7 , —,5 Cod 7S00 , - 7 t 1 - - 1 OU -ct MA, -�,W S% CD " � '4 h Q/ 14 191.91.V . s. ', ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE '1 7 • INC. • August 5,.1999 Mr. Dave Sircoloumb Mithun Partners, Inc. 414 Olive Way, Suite 500 Seattle; Washington 98101 • Dear Dave: Re: Southcenter Mall Main Entry ' • Building' Permit Plan Review (D99 -0126) July 23, 1999 Review Comments Please find below our itemized responses to the above referenced. review comments. ' This permit is for construction in the area soutti of grid R and between grids 20 and 30 at the Main Entrance as shown �n. drawing A2.1. The remainder of .this project was • reviewed under permit D99 -0122. We.have included drawings S1..1, S2.1, S2.3, S2.4,• S6.1, S6.2 and S6.3 that contain information that is relevant to the Main. Entrance project. Drawings S2.2, S2.5 and S2.6 are not relevant to this Main Entrance and are not included. General • 1. 'Enclosed are revised drawings (revision 4) and supplemental structural calculations. As requested, we have sent two sets of the revised drawings and one • set of supplemental calculations directly to Reid Middleton. 2. The structural calculations attached address items 2a, 2b,•and 2c.. 3. The enclosed drawings are sealed by.2he Engineer of Record. Foundations . • 4. The owner is deferring the geotechnical report until construction. The existing • spread' footings were designed for an allowable' bearing pressure of 8000 'psf. • Based on this, verification of an allowable bearing pressure of 3000 psf will not be difficult. • Lateral 5. The R factor has been added to drawing S1 -1. . 6: .Detail 11/S6.2 is for a. connection in the Main Entrance Frame shown in 8/S2.1. This is an Ordinary Moment Frame (OMF) connection in a combination braced frame and OMF; it is not a Special Moment - resisting Frame (SMRF) connection with a truss. UBC sections 2213.7.1.1 and 2213.7.6 are not applicable for an OMF. 7. UBC section 2213.7..1.2 is not applicable for an OMF. Please contact us if you require any additional information. Sincerely, ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS, INC. D, . E O Alan C. Johnson, P.E., S. Associate REID MIDDLETON 800 Fifth Avenue • Suite 3800 Seattle,• Washington 98104.3122 •• Tel: 206.340.2255 Fax: 206.340.2266 : �s Reid iddleton July 23, 1999. File No. 26 -99- 005- 014 -01 Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - First Submittal South Center Mall Renovation (D99 -0126) Dear Mr. Griffin: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The following comments should be addressed by the permit applicant. A copy of this letter was forwarded to the project contact for your convenience. General RECEIVED JUL 2 6 1999 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 1. The following list of comments should be responded to in itemized letter form. The permit applicant should have the Engineer of Record respond and resubmit two copies of revised structural drawings and one copy of supplemental calculations. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. 2. The structural calculations are incomplete and generally do not reflect the details shown on the structural drawings. Portions of the structural calculations are redundant or not applicable and should be noted as such or removed in their entirety. Missing or incomplete items include, but are not limited to: a) Determination of lateral forces on elements of structures. Reference UBC Section 1632. b) Analysis and design of diaphragm and collector elements. Reference UBC Section 1633. c) Analysis and design of individual frame elements and connections, including assumed moment connections detailed on Sheet S6.2. 3. Each sheet of the Structural Drawings should be sealed by the Engineer of Record. • Engineers. • Planners • • Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, Washington 98204 Ph: 425141.3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 • ,. • Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila July 23, 1999 File No. 26-99-005-014-01 Page 2 Foundations 4. Sheet S1.1 indicates an allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 psf; however, no geotechnical report has been submitted. Reference UBC Section 1804.2 for geotechnical information required. Lateral 5. The drawings should indicate the "R" factor used in determining the base shear for the framing of the various mall entrances. Reference UBC Table 16-N. The Special Moment Resisting Frame connection detailed on 11/S6.2 and 12/S6.2 cannot be found in the calculations. Please submit calculations detailing these connections per UBC section 2213.7.1.1 and 2213.7.6. 7. UBC Section 2213.7.1.2 requires either cyclic test results or calculations demonstrating the ability to sustain inelastic rotation and develop the strength criteria considering the effect of steel over-strength and strain hardening. Corrections and comments made during the review process do not relieve the project applicant or designer from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor is the designer relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This plan review check is for general compliance with the Uniform Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. Brian Moon, S.E. Senior Structural Engineer bjr\26se\planrevw\tukwi1a\99\1014r1.doc\fps cc: Dave Sircoloumb, Mithun Partners Inc. Ferron P. Smith, E.I.T. Plan Review Engineer Reid iddleton Reid iddleton July 23, 1999 File No. 26 -99- 005- 014 -01 Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - First Submittal South Center Mall Renovation (D99 -0126) Dear Mr. Griffin: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The following comments should be addressed by the permit applicant. A copy of this letter was forwarded to the project contact for your convenience. General 1. The following list of comments should be responded to in itemized letter form. The permit applicant should have the Engineer of Record respond and resubmit two copies of revised structural drawings and one copy of supplemental calculations. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. 2. The structural calculations are incomplete and generally do not reflect the details shown on the structural drawings. Portions of the structural calculations are redundant or not applicable and should be noted as such or removed in their entirety. Missing or incomplete items include, but are not limited to: a) Determination of lateral forces on elements of structures. Reference UBC Section 1632. b) Analysis and design of diaphragm and collector elements. Reference UBC Section 1633. c) Analysis and design of individual frame elements and connections, including assumed moment connections detailed on Sheet S6.2. 3. Each sheet of the Structural Drawings should be sealed by the Engineer of Record. Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, Washington 98204 Ph: 425 741.3800 fax 425 741.3900 :• • ' Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila July 23, 1999 File No. 26-99-005-014-01 Page 2 Foundations 4. Sheet S 1.1 indicates an allowable soil bearing pressure of 3,000 psf; however, no geotechnical report has been submitted. Reference UBC Section 1804.2 for geotechnical information required. Lateral 5. The drawings should indicate the "R" factor used in determining the base shear for the framing of the various mall entrances. Reference UBC Table 16-N. • 6. The Special Moment Resisting Frame connection detailed on 11/S6.2 and 12/S6.2 cannot be found in the calculations. Please submit calculations detailing these connections per UBC section 2213.7.1.1 and 2213.7.6. 7. UBC Section 2213.7.1.2 requires either cyclic test results or calculations demonstrating the ability to sustain inelastic rotation and develop the strength criteria considering the effect of steel over-strength and strain hardening. Corrections and comments made during the review process do not relieve the project applicant or designer from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor is the designer relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This plan review check is for general compliance with the Uniform Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. 1 / ,(Zr BriZ Moon, S.E. Senior Structural Engineer bjr\26se\planrevw\rukwila\99\2014r1.doaps cc: Dave Sircoloumb, Mithun Partners Inc. Ferron P. Smith, E.I.T. Plan Review Engineer Reid iddleton TO: i2ei cf ottct ISLt-t Sked-514), 7,00 5 ctuiti___ceA,4-1-/- Ft/y WA- Dt ezoLi /425- 7(p_1 sw -t/N4 51:e046,24/ ATTN: WE ARE SENDING YOU: , Attached 0 Shop Drawings . 0 Copy of letter ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANMo'C.OBS• INC. Consulting Civil and Structural Engineers 800 Fifth Avenue Suite 3800 Seattle, Washington 98104-3122 Tel.: 206.340.2255 Fax: 206.340.2266 E-mail: abkj@abkj.com Letter of Transmittal COPIES P ? C./ 0 Under separate cover via the following itoms: 0 Specifications 0 Prints THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: O For approval or your use 0 As requested 0 For review/comment REMARKS: C 0 Change order __151eLi owe, .5.cti-m, ree/kIV DATE: 7 0 Plans 0 Samples — 4 - La ) 1 1&1-1- DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 5 1Y-Ut-dU C-CtLC-4,1 /41-k ij RE: 0 Approved a 0 Approved a o Returned to ka, COPY TO: 11. t (A fr.) ra).‹.11111..) CIAlae.L.. rfh..1 ifbNED: ckLa CEIIVE":) JUL 1 5 1999 REID MIDDLETON A -1 p44,- -ti- r C.. tit LL- j -d_C4--(10 LiAtAiblithatigdabgtadhilaidNiiiiftelAtthamaii.. QMORMS\BLDGRVW.DOC City of Tukwila Department of Community Development PLANNING DIVISION REVIEW DATE ' July 1, 1999 PROJECT NAME Southcenter Mall Renovation APPLICATION NO D99-0126 PLAN REVIEWER Vernon Umetsu, Associate Planner (206) 431-3684 John W. Rants, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director The application is approved SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • 1. Colors and materials shall satisfy Board of Architectural Review approved design as reflected in File L99-0016. The plans do not now confirm that the colors and texture for the entry arch and other details are consistent with the design proposed by the applicant and approved by the BAR. Materials are available at the Dept. of Community Development office. 2. The Southcenter sign and logo shall be properly installed per the conceptual design approved by the Board of Architectural Review in File L99-0016 and presented by the architect in the attached submittal, prior to final building permit approval. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 • ,;,„. ,•., Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter SI, #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Phone: C Re: 19-Wt11tai+1/ VAANO 4iit 0 Urgent 0 For Review Pages: • 0 Please Comment 0 Please Reply „.„ City of Tukwila •Comments: 8 tVi f ee>ti l £$'244 0 Please Recycle �); � ,. June 16, 1999 Dave Sircoloumb Mithun Partners, Inc 414 Olive, #500 Seattle, WA 98101 Dear Mr. Sircoloumb: Sincerely, 4attilL[411-0 Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl xc: File No. D99 -0126 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster Director RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D99 -0126 Southcenter Mall Renovation 633 Southcenter Mall This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Planning Division. At this time, the Building Division, Fire Department and Public Works Department have no comments regarding your application for permit. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `revision sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206)431 -3672. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 • DATE 5/21/99 PROJECT NAME • Southcenter Mall Entrance Remodel and Renovation APPLICATION NO D99-0126 PLAN REVIEWER Vernon Umetsu, Associate Planner (206) 431-3684 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development PLANNING DIVISION REVIEW The proposed plans are DE/4IED. • , • , Plans must be revised to reflect the design proposed by the applicant and subsequently approved by the Tukwila Board of Architectural Review, pursuant to TMC 18.60030.B. Please contact me at 206-431-3684, if .I can be of any help. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 • Far: (206) 431-3665 May 5, 1999 Dear Mr. Swanson: Sincerely,.. Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator Dave Swanson, P.E. Reid Middleton :728 - 134th. Street SW, Suite 200` <: E■erett," WA 98204, Structural Review .: Southcenter Mall. Renovation (D99-0126) City of Tukwila Department of Community Developmen Please review the enclosed plans and documents for structural compliance with the 1997. Uniform Building Code: If you should have any questions, please feel free to contact meat (206)431- 3672." encl xc: Permit File No. D99 -0126 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 4313670 • Fax (206) 4313665 EVIE TIVITY NUMBER D99-012 DATE 6 -22- PROJECT NAMESOUTHCENTERMALL REVOVATION Original Plan: Submittal. Response to Incomplete Lett X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # ; After Permit Is Issue DEPARTMENTS: Build g Division w Aux, 1- ' -/ Public Works fik �a wi Oa 67-244 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 Fire Prevention frivc, �7 Structural -It' Incomplete I Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ROUTING SLIP CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division !NJ& - 1 - f - 1 Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 6 -22 -99 Not Applicable I No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 7 -22 -99 t Not Approved (attach comments) U DATE: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) U REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DEPARTMENTS: • Perry;ii Ccorcl. Gpc PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ►CTIV NUMBER: D99 -0126 DATE 'ROJECT,NAME: SOUTHCENTER MALL: RENOVATIO Original 'Plan Submittal Response to Correction- Letter,# Response' to Incomplete Letter. Revision # After Permit Is Issued f 2. Building Division J Fire Prevention 1) PI nning M g Division 401 ( -l049 V 4 Public Vorks Structural ,j Permit Coordinator NI �rn 114641 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) DUE DATE: 4 -22-99 Complete Ft Comments: Routed by Staff Incomplete ri Not Applicable TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route IA No further Review Required n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APR- ROUTE.DOC W90 DUE DATE: 5 -20 -99 Approved ri Approved with Conditions' I Not Approved (attach comments) ig pike( eovaital UT / Akct,L Q d £ -1( -a REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: TIVITY NUMBER: D9 0126 PROJECT NAME: SOUTHCENTER` MAL L RENOVATI Original Plan:Submittal Response to Correction Letter Response totlncomplete Letter, Revision] '' :. After Permit Is'Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) Routed by Staff n REVIEWERS INITIALS: Structural Complete Incomplete n Not Applicable n Comments: 1D rD I O Air 4 L aza_ AEU t ELF UNTIL AstoN S 13 N MADE - ` 3g.a 6E$ \A ifs No further Review RequiredIRE ZkiVi TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n REVIEWERS INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved \PR- ROUTE.DOC 6/98 Fire Prevention Approved with Conditions n n (if routed by st_ , make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 4 -22 -99 DATE: ZZ DUE DATE: 5 -20 -99 Approved with Cond ions Not Approved (attach comments) Li DATE: 6 /1 0 /91 n n DUE DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: JUN.18.1999 9 :17AM MITHUN PARTNERS INC fir Date: 6 22 1 Plan Check/Permit Number: � "' 0124 Response to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter ❑ Revision after Permit Issued Project Name: Project Address: Contact Person: A'LYA7.M:Jd4z T,t�YCa.uY».r31_ S CITY OF TUKVVILA Department of Community Development Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Y Phone Number: NO.790 P.2 /2 Sheet Number(s) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions, CITY FE TUKWItA Submitted to City of Tukwila Permit Center "ntered in Sierra on PERMIT CENTER 3/4/99 Dear Sir: C City of Tukwila Fire Department Fire Department Review Control #D99 -0126 (512) April 26, 1999 Re: Southcenter Mall Renovation - 633 Southcenter Mall Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 2. Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) .575-4439 C City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 4hLfi" &1��5A�lFRS7 Yom+ L�f�aYlS#i3�2 Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1003.3.1.5) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 1203) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1003.2.9, 1003.2.9.2) When exit signs are required by The Building Code (see U.B.C. section 3314(A)), additional approved low level exit signs which are internally or externally John W Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 v w�..,.,, �::.. rr„ r•. w. .r »cvxa+rt+lvxa:xMrc�ya].:.r„1z sYarJZ WYkOAlfi ' C City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief illuminated, or self - luminous shall be provided in all interior exit corridors serving guest rooms of hotels in Group R, Division 1 occupancies. The bottom of the sign shall not be less than 6 inches or more than 8 inches above the floor level. For exit doors, the sign shall be on the door or adjacent to the door with the closest edge of the sign within 4 inches of the door frame. (UFC 1212.6) Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 1004.2.2) The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of it's failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the means of egress system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. Such emergency systems shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.9.2) Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) All exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 1 1/2 hours in case of primary power loss, the exit signs shall also be connected to an emergency electrical system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on site generator set, and the system shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.2.8.5) Exit doors shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1207. Exit doors shall be maintained in an operable condition. Doors installed as part of required fire assemblies shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1112.2. (UFC 1207.1) John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 4 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief 3. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13 -4- 5.5.3.1) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 4. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) Call the Tukwila Fire Department at 575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and the Tukwila Fire Department Job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #1742) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page 'number 5 5. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 6. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 1111.1) When walls and ceilings are required to be of fire resistive or noncombustible construction, interior finish materials shall meet the requirements of Uniform Building Code 803. The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 8 -B of The Uniform Building Code. (UBC 804.1) When fire resistive floor or floor ceiling assemblies are required to prevent the vertical and horizontal spread of fire and smoke, the assembly shall be maintained. (UBC 710.2) Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 A he . Tukwila'.. Fire. Prevention Bureau Department ; ` Ttio ►nas P bejre, Fin? chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 57$4439 ROM BAYLEY CONSTRUCTION TO ,9431366 TOTAL. P.02 SO D99 -0126 12 D9?- otc, '3ECER/ED 1 1999 !M1JNI7Y LGPMENT XX XX RAE el MCW/17C1 XX r=J Q FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 98294.00 DATE OAR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION =-- 0 0 61 z< 0 z 0 0 w 0 Q � U � SET I i i l ® ® �5 Q 10 i 1 i 4 4 l I 1 1 - I � �I 3 � _ } } I -- -- J Je 111117 I I W W kill t ' O E EXP. J I i I a a rca =s• v := J7. CO R R PL t I Mg W W ' DEMOLITION PLAN GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES t REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A0.0 FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. 2 THESE DEMOLITION PLANS ARE TO BE USED AS A GUIDE FOR THE GENERAL DEMOLITION AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO DEFINE THE FULL SCOPE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK. REFS' TO THE PLANS FOR DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC AREAS OF WORK PROVIDE DEMOLITION AS SHOWN AND AS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. 3_ SUBMIT SCHEDULE TO MALL MANAGEMENT INDICATING PROPOSED SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. INCLUDING COORDINATION FOR SHUT -OFF. CAPPING AND CONTINUATION OF UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED. TOGETHER WITH DETAILS FOR DUST AND NOISE CONTROL. 4. COORDINATE AND IDENTIFY ANY DEMOLITION WORK WITH MALL MANAGEMENT WHICH MAY SET OFF LIFE - SAFETY OR SECURITY ALARMS TO PREVENT THIS FROM OCCURRING. PATCH AND /OR REPAIR ALL SURFACES WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS. WHERE EXISTING FINISHES REMAIN OR ARE EXTENDED. MATCH EXISTING. WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE PROVIDED. PATCH AND REPAIR SURFACES TO ACCEPT NEW FINISH MATERIALS. 6- PROTECT ALL EXISTING ITEMS AND STRUCTURES AND FINISHES WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE ALTERED. PROMPTLY REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY THE DEMOLITION WORK AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 7. LEAVE WORK IN CLEAN CONDITION. WITH ALL SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL 8- PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS SHOWN AND AS OTHERWISE NECESSARY TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DUST. FUMES. NOISE AND SMOKE TO ADJACENT AREAS. COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT FOR LOCATIONS AND TIMING D. MAINTAIN EXIT PATH CLEAR AND UNOBSTRUCTED AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE LIGHTING. BARRIERS. PROTECTION. AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE AS NECESSARY. MAINTAIN FLOOR WITH SMOOTH TRANSITIONS BETWEEN LEVELS. RELOCATE EXIT PATH OUT OF STORE BUSINESS HOURS AS NECESSAP.I' TO COMPLETE WORK. 10. ARRANGE DUMPSTER LOCATION {51 WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. 11. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. LAWS. AND ORDINANCES CONCERNING REMOVAL. HANDLING AND PROTECTION AGAINST EXPOSURE OR ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION. 12. DUB AND NOISE CONTROL TO COMPLY WITH OSHA AND ALL OTHER REGULATIONS CONCERNING AIR QUALITY AND NOISE CONTROL 13 5 RAISE E. FLOOR GRATES. CO. COVERS. ETC. TO NEW F.F. LEVEL AS WORK PROGRESSES IN MALL. DO NOT CUT FLOOR TOPPING SLABS AT EXISTING CIRCUITING UNTIL ALL CONDUITS TO BE CUT HAVE BEEN REROUTED AND /OR REPLACED BY NEW ELEC, WORK. COORDINATE W/ ELEC. CONTRACTOR AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. EXISTING UNDER.SL AB SWAMP GAS EVACUATION SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION AT ALL TIME. COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGER FOR DETAILS OF EXISTING SYSTEM. TAKE ADEQUATE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING BELOW SLAB AREAS OR IN THE VICINITY OF THE EVACUATION SYSTEM. r REt{ BEH 1 QVE E. .•LUMBING FIXTURES. CAP ALL LINES ND E. ALL FINISHES. PATCH WALLS AS REQ - REM VE E.I TEGRAL CONC. FLOOR 515K AND WALL �7' BE W DATUM TOP OF SLAB FOR SA CUTS MA RE I QVE E. f o qLL WALLS AND CLG L OVE E. DOORS AND WALLS EDT, FOR NEW CONSTR. L_ REMOVE E. TO I = PARTITIONS COMPLETE. PATCH WALLS 4 MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES EILMO COMPLETe FIXTURES II 11 - REMOVE E. Ill INCLUDING LIG I I REMOVE E. WA L MOUNT HAND DRYLR REMOVE E. LA ORY COUNTER. INUDING SINKS. PLUMB(G FIXTURES. 6 ACC SORIES -- PATCH WALL • MATCH ADJACEN II SURFA"ES REMOVE E. WALL MOUNT ACCESSORIES- - PATCH WALL T0 MATCH ADJACENT] 'SURFACES I I REMOVE E. DO.R AND PORTION OF fir. WALL AS REQ'D. FOR NrW CONSTR. REMOVE E. BA= CHANGING STATION REMOVE E. EL.0 CONDUIT. CAP ALL LINES B HID A :li! ISHES REMOVE E. CRdS - CORRIDOR WALL AND E. GENERAL NOTES: DOUBLE DOOR A • FRAME, RELOCATE EXIT LIGHT (� II I. FIELD- MEASURE AND VERtFjY EXISTING LAYOUTS o PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REMOVE E. ASHT AY, PATCH WALL TO MATCH E. ` MEN'S TOILET AND FAMILY TOILET DEMOLITION PLAN / I GENERAL NOTES: 1. FIELD MEASURE AND VERIFY EXISTING LAYOUTS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION I REMOVE E. GM SOFFCf R II CONST RELOCATE E. WALL -MOUNT HAND DRYERS PATCH WALL TO MATCH ADJ. SURFACES D REMOVE E. WALL - MOUNT'' MIRROR- - -PATCK_WALI T. MnTCHADJ_SUREACFS REMOVE E. WALL - MOUNT[ LAVATORIES A. PLUMBING FIXTURES REMOVE PORTION OF E. WALL FINISH AS REQ'D. FOR NEW PLUMBING ACCESS ., REMOVE E. SUSPENDED ACP CEILING INCLUDING ALL LIGHT FIXTURES REMOVE E. TOILET PARTITIONS. PATCH WALL TO MATCH ADJ. SURFACES F. WALL -MOLj HAND DRYER TO REMAIN SHIS WALL I III REMOVE E. M'4LL -MOON MIRROR AND : LIGHT FIX E. PATCH ALL TO MATCH ADJ. SURFA eS II I REMOVE E. DOR AND ALL AS REQ'D., FOR NEW C NSTR. PL REMOVG I E. WALL FIN C LHET IN I GORROPR - I L ; �iI 5 I _ ..,..z _ II \ / L REMOVE E. EXP.J OROyER AND PREP FLOOR AS REGD. FOR W JTJT- COVER REAM, ACP CEILINd TILES A PREP. E. CLG. GRID AS RE _ FOR NEW PAINT FIN. 3 WOMEN'S TOILET & CORRIDOR DEMOLITION PLAN - �t�t Dl2 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVTSIJN MEN'S i TROOM Ire cI VF MH DS rr..,. DS FB 98294.00 4 -15 -99 E: \98294 \CAD \D10 00 0 ( T ) 0 w � lul. 0 z luut 0 lug w Z Q Z ( 'REDS ITE CT I ARCHITECT tkvi THOMAS D RICH STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED - FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS ST GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES DEMOLITION PLAN REGEg uxur CItt OFT KWILA [0�6 JUN 2 1 199n PERMIT CENTER { • ® + - PERMIT /BID NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION:...---„.... SAW., AND REMOVE PORTION OF E. CONC. SLAB AS REQD FOR NEW 5, ACSS RAMP - COORDINATE W/ STR CT SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF E ASPHALT PAVING AS READ. FOR NEW CAST CONS. NRB CONSTR. J! ❑ A I ■ I L -J 1 1 - TYPICAL ALL PLANS THIS SHEET `J I ;_, - REMOVE E. WALK -OFF MAT 8 ADHESIVE J DEMOLITION PLAN AT NORTH ENTRANCE t 11 REMOVE E. WOOD FASCIA TRIM r AT E. LIGHT COVES. TYP. ' , L 1� J r T�.1 r \ 1 /i pl \\ I / / I SAWCUT E. TOPPING SLAB LAND / % I REMOVEY REOD. FOR NE , / 17 TREE WEbl,SEE SHT- A6. /// III i // / SAWCUT TRENCON E. TOFgiNG SLAB / 1 1 1 AS REQ'D. FOR NEW �UT�I - /;4 4 � SEE SHT. D1.0 AND - I T LL 2 DEMOLITION PLAN AT CROSS -COURT SKYLIGHT REMOVE E. WOOD FASCIA TRIM AT E. LIGHT COVES. TYP- - SEE SHT- D1.0 FOR EXTENT REMOVE PORTIONS OF E PLASTER CEILING AS READ. FOR NEW SKYLIGHT BEAMS - -SEE STRUCT. REMOVE E. ROOF BEAMS AS SHOWN (2 TYP) TRENCH E. TOPPING SLAB AS RE.. FOR UTILITIES-SEE ELEC. REMOVE BRICK VENEER DN EXISTING COLUMN LOCATIONS N �O REMOVE E. EGGCRATE CEILING AND LIGHT FIXTURES IN LOW SOFFtt AREAS 14 TYP.) REMOVE PORTION OF E %]STING GABLE ROOF AND E. CEILING EENSTR AS REOD._ FOR NEW SKYLIGHT - -SEE SHT. A6.2 `S 1 f REMOVE E. ROOF JOISTS E. ROOF BEAMS TO AS RECID. FOR NEW SKYLIGHT I 1 RAIN. TYP. I I JI L J I I - -J- rr- --- rr- - -T1- - I II II I 1 I II II I Ir - fir - -, REMOVE PORTION OF E. ROOF >f 11 r 11 1 I AND CEILING CONSTR. AS RE.. I II �r LOR NEW CKYLIGIRT INSTALLATION y 7�,� SEE SHT. A6.2 F ICI I /y-� -\ I REMOVE E SKYLIGHT WELL \ \ I CONSTR. ON ROOF I I �/ \, SAWCUT E. STRUCT. SLAB AS I }/ REOD. FOR NEW TREE WELL-- /J \ SEE SHT. A6.4 L.. / H L -J I DEMOLITION PLAN AT NORDSTROM SKYLIGHT II REMOVE (2I E.GPOLES AND SUPPORTS REMOVE E. FLO OUGHTS AND CONDUIT REMOVE E. PRECAST CONC. FASCIA PANELS AS SHOWN FOR NEW ENTRANCE CONSTR. . 4EMOVE E. COL MN FURRING AND BRICK VENEER 21 TYP. REMOVE E. D00 PULLS. PATCH E. DOOR TO MATR1f BllREA I II 1/8'•1 E TO RE FL0 0 EXP. JOINTS �- 1/8' • 1'-0' 1/8' • 1 ter` V 1' i LITL! 1 1 LY L___ /L- - =-14L-- CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE _ - _ REMOVE PORTION OF E EXT. ALL AS REQ'D. FOR NEW EXIT D R -- SEE FLOOR PLAN SHT. A2.1 SAWCUT E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB AS RE. FOR NEW COLUMNSi AND PILE FOOTINGS DO TYP.1- -SEE STRUCT. SAWCUT E. ASPHALT PAVING REGD. FOR NEW CAST CONE SEE SHT. A2.3 E r- -I- L_ L_ - -� REMOVE E. CORRIDOR WALL CONS COMPLETE AS SHOWN. INCLUDING WALL-MOUNT D'. FIXTURES. ELEC. WIRING. ETC. REMOVE AND RE -ROUTE E. PLUMBING LINES AS REOD.-SEE MECH. II REMOVE E. ELEC. CONDUIT - -SEE EL¢C. DEMOLITION PLAN AT MAIN ENTRANCE a-� REMOV E. WATER MAIN VALVE AND P ING, RE -ROUTE PER - MECH. REMOV E: SPRINKLER ALARM AND R LOCATE'PER MECH. REMOVE E. WOOD FASCIA TRIM 0 E. LIGHT COVES -- EE SHT. D1.0 FOR EXTENT - - --I I I I I� I 1 1 I I „ L _ I REMOVE PORTION Orl E. ROOF CONSTR.. ( L REMOVE E. DOME SK LIGHT AND PATCH E. ROOF CONSTR. AS REQ - D. FOR NEW SKYLIGHTS 13 TYP. S SHOWN)- -SEE ROOF PLAN SHT. A2. 0 - NOWCUT E. STRUCT. ONC. SLAB AS RE.. FOR NEW TREE !W EL S 13 TYP. AS SHOWN(- - SEE SHT A64 [ INCLUDING ROOFING.IROOF FRAMING. AND - Vi SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING AS REDO FOR NEW SKYLIGHT INSTALLATION- -SEE ROOF PLAN SIT. A2.0 REMOVE E. HOSE BIBB AND RIPING -- RELOCATE PER MECH. VE E- WATER RISER' "8 PIPE RUN--RELOCATE PER REMOVE E. HVAC CONDENSATE LINE 8 RELOCATE- -SEE MECH. REMOVE E. ELEC. CONDUIT ON ROOF- - RECONNECT LINE PER ELEC.. IT'YP. BOTH SIDES REMOVE E. PRECAST CONC. CIA PANELS A6 REQ FOR NEW ENTRANCE CONSTR: •SEE SHT A2.3 REMOVE E. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTR. COMPLETE. INCLUDING WALL STUDS FINISH. BRICK VENEER. ENTRANCES 8 GLAZING. ELEC. FIXTURES. E #C. SEE NOTES ON DWG 56.2 REMOVE E. WOOD FASCIA TRIM • E.LIGHT COVES- -SEE DLO FOR EXTE T REMOVE E. TENANT STOREFRONTS P THIS WALL AS REOD. FOR NEW LE E LINE POPOU75 REMOVE E. DOME•SKYLIGHTS ON ROOF- - SEE ROOF PLAN A2.10 (2 TYP • NEW SKYLIGHT) MOVE PORTION OF E. ROOFING. ROOF FRAMING. •1. I NDED - PLA REGO:FO NEW SKYLIGHTS 12 TYP. AS SHOWN) -SEE SHT. A2.10 SAWCUT E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB AS REOD. FOR NEW TREE WELLS (2 TYP. AS SIHOWNI SAWCUT NEW TRENCH IN E. TOPPING SLAB AS REQ'D. FOR NEW UTILITIES - -SEE ELEC. AND SHT. 01.0 FOR EXTENT rT"1 l rTTl rrT1 - I rr 1 rrT7 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1_1J_LL11J_Ll1J -I Ll.- t�J- LL1J_Ll 11J_ REMOVE E. ALUM -FRAME STRIP SK IGHTS COMPLETE AND FINISHES AS REOD. FOR NEW OOFING AND CEILING CONSTR DEMOLITION PLAN AT SEARS ENTRANCE AND CORRIDOR J I I I 4 r I r --- r - Ii r Fir - -,r1 I ri ri- --i L -Z‘ L % L %�J L J J L %wJ L %‘.J 1_ 2 . ∎j. I SAWCUT E. STRUCT, CONC. SLAB I AS REM,. FOR NEW TREE WELL- I see SHT. AO4 i SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF �I E. CONC. UMBRELLA COLUMN /SLAB , L AS REQ'D. FOR NEW SKYLIGHT - �- see 2/A6.1 I SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF I E. CONC. UMBRELLA COLUMN /SLAB L AS REGD. FOR ISI NEW SKYLIGHTS - SEE 10/A6.1 r - -- I I I 1 L -_J REMOVE E. PRECAST CONC. FASCIA PANELS AND SOFFIT CONTSTR. AS RE FOR NEW CONSTR- -SEE SHT. A2.3 REMOVE E. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTR. COMPLETE INCLUDING WALL STUDS 8 FINISH. B ICK VENEER. ENTRANCES. ELEC. FIXTURES- ETC. - rT - 1 - rT - 1 - rT - 1 - rT1 - rT - 1 - rT - 1 - rT - [ - rr7 - rT - i - rT -1 -rT - 1 - ri - 7 - rT 1 - rT - I - rT - I - rT -1- rT - T - 111111111111 11111111111 11111111111 11111111111 - III' 1J_ L11- L1J_ LLJ-_ 11_ L1J- L11_ L1J_ _1J_L:1J_L1J_L1J- _1J- L1J- LIJ -L1 1J r Tl SEE NOTES SHEET 56.2 SEE SHT. A2.2 m 1� I I I r Tl 8 REMOVE E. WALL CONSTR. COMPLETE REMOVE E. HVAC DUCT COVP (31 TYP. AS SHOWN REMOVE E. WALK-OFF� MAT AND ADHESIVE NOTE: REMOVE E. E P. JT. COVER AS REOD. FOR NEW FLOOR COVER PL. -- SEE SHT. A2.2 NOTE: REMOVE E. E( P. JT. COVER AS REO'D. FOR NEW FLOOR COVER PL: - / L__ \ rrT I EIrTT1 rrT rrT1rnrT I I I I I I I i I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I LL1J_L�L11J_LL1J_LL1 J LLIJJ_L1J REMOVE E. ALUM -FAME STRIP SKYLIOHT5 COMPLETE AND FINISHES AS - EQ'D. FOR NEW ROOFING AND CEILING C ISTR. SAWCJT E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB AS READ- FOR NEW GRADE BEAMS- - SEE STRUCT. (2 TYP.] IN S E LOC- NO DE REOD1 INCLUDING LOCKERS ''ff__ REMOVE E. DRINKING FOUNTAIN 8 RE CATE ALL PLUMBING BACK TO NEW OF. CATION - SEE SHT. A26 AND MECH. RELOCATE E FIRE EXTINGUISHER /EM GERM' LIGHTING BATTERY CABINET - -SEE SHT. A26 ZrI REMOVE E. WOOD F TRIM AT E LIGHT COVE -SEE . DLO FOR EXTENT REMOVE E. HVAC DUCT VERS 18 TOTAL) AND PATCH E. CONC. FLOOR SLAB MATCH ADJ. SURFACE REMOVE E. CHASE AND MECH. DUCT RELOCATE-SEE MECH REMOVE E. SPRINKLER AND RECC PER MECH. WORK REMOVE E.E. EXTE L CONSTR., INCLUDING ALUM. ENTRANCE SYSTE N, ENTRANCE DOORS 8 HARDWARE, FIXTURES. ETC - -PATCH E, FLOOR SLAB AS REOD. FOR NE N FLOOR FINISHES - 1 REMOVE E. HOSE BIBBI P REMOVE CANTIIVERED PORTION OF E. ROOF CANO NSTR -SEE STRUCT. AND SHT. A2.6 SAWCUT E A PAVING AS REOD FOR NEW CAST II CONC. CURB -SEE STRUCT. AND S•4 A2_6 llt.' -� - ❑ ❑ REMOVE E. PRECAST CONC, FASCIA PANELS 8 PORTION OF ROOF CONSTR. AS RES FOR NEW ENTRANCE- - SEE SHT. A26 SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTIONS OF E SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT AS REOD. FOR NEV/ SOFFIT CONSTR SEE SHT A2.6 E. B.F. ACC RAMP TO BE SHORTENED -SEr SHEET A26 IX • 1 -O DEMOLITION PLAN AT J C.PENNEY 'CORRIDOR ARM l'\ )Z\ NEW COLUMN LOC. PER STRUCT. - PREP E CONCC. LAB AS REOD. FOR ❑I NEW COL CONNECTIONS -SEE STRUCT. (41 LOC. TYP. REMOVE E. DOWNLIGHTS 0 END WALL AND PATCH E. PLASTER CEILING TO MATCH--- ADJ. SURFACE L &.1 REMOVE PORTION OF E. ROOF AND CEILING TO INSTALL, NEW ROOF DRAIN -SEE MECH. AND SHT. A2I0 REMOVE E. PH NE TRUNK LINE AND RELOCAT SEE ELEL. T REMOVE PORTION OF E. EXIT CORRIDOR INCLUDING WALLS, LIGHT FIXTURES, DOORS, ETC. AS SHOWN I REMOVE E. WALK -OFF MAT AND ADHESIVE T T - FT - I rT rT1 rT1 rT rT'1 rT•l - r T "T rTZ rT 1 1 T 1 f "L -- 1 - r1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 I I LLJ- L1J_LIJ_ 1J- L1J_L1J- L1J__1J_L1J_L1J -L1J_ 1J- L1.1_LJ - CITY OF TUXWILI k/PROVEO AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTLU BUI'LDEG DIVISION IT MI THUN P•PPPPPP 414 DMZ rL` 1 f a l i& f TTTTT 1 -__ - -- (28f, ail &&1&L 621 .144 A a 1 /8'•T - 0 P Q Mo S 4 _B 0 DECEIVED CITY OF TUKW LA JUN 2 2 1:999 PERMIT CENTER L'J NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION -- VF L- J z z o lu l 0 0 0 r lefleggli u DEMOLITION PLANS AT ENTRANCES z 0 2 ISTERE? IllYY7� -- `` A ITECT �\ T EMRIEH STA"(E OF WA-SHINS FOR PERMIT - 0 - ONLY THIS DOCUMENT MAN BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IE SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY 60VERNMENTAL AGENCR6 98294.00 4 -15 -90 E: \98294 \CAD \020 CUM" FUN. L MAL'_ AMENITIES SYMBOL LEGEND A DIR DEr lot TEL TEL3 PNC ATM C] DIRECTORY MALL DISPLAY PUBLIC TELEPHONE W ALL -MTD- PUBLIC TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC TELLER BENCH BENCH FLOOR TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR s ENTRY AREAS BETWEEN LEASE LINE AND POP - OUT LEASE LINE f I L 11 1;7' - 141111:: Atitati MUM% AAY.vO�� \■ `_ ■■ a te va 1 TYP. TILE PATTERN r � •RIDSK CUSTOMER SERVICE STROLLER STORAGE KIOSK IlinWESEIMEIV Q SEMAIWEEMIh =:iEM n= �SIUS ®dam Bra. Wirair. 4 MISEIBMW ImNemosimmmsaeArar S m a +:m ":,gam G'711� ■. \`\ numeinsammae ac� l■u�i�a�a .=1 O S aa■�I�nmall� �; f tit ',NW' i r-• � a LS 7vez gr a. TILE T -1 FIELD TILE 0, TILE T-2 Sll` BORDER TILE III TILE T -3 ACCENT TILE ® TILE T -4 ACCENT TILE p TILE T -5 4•:22 ACCENT TILE CONTROL JOINTS 0 EA. COL. GRID.TYP.- SEE DET. ICY LINE OF ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANES BELOW ALL EXP. CONTROL JOINTS AND OVER TRENCHED SLAB AREAS. TYP. CONTROL JOINTS o CENTERLINE OF MAL CORPIDOR. TYP.--SEE TRENCH EXISTING CONC. TOPPING SLAB AS REQ'D. SEE DEMO PLANS AND ELEC. PLANS FOR LOCATION AND EXTENT - -SEE GENERAL PLAN NOTES. I . TYP. FLOOR TILE NOTES: BALANCE TILE LAYOUT WITH NO TILE SIZE LESS THAN SIX INCHES DIAGONAL TILES TO BE CUT FROM WHOLE TILES 2. RAISE AND /OR EXTEND FLOOR COVER PLATESAS REQ'D. FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES 3. PROVIDE ANTI - FRACTURE MEMBRANE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND ALSO AT EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS /CRACKS. ETC.! AS READ. LEASE LINE. TYQ. PROVIO_ EXP. CONTROL JOIS M,PLL AREAS •CENTERLINE DF COR OR AND ACROSS CORRIDOR AT COLU N :RID LINES TYP. AS SHOWN BY DASHED LINE iA 4 II PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN O NORDSTROM/SEARS NOF DSTRON ,0 ,2 24'-0' TYP. TILE PATTERN CRUMPLE JT. EXP. JT. SEARS NEW gOVER PL oE. EXP. JT. TE O R SL-MAIN ITING DOOR TRACK 24'0' 0• MAIN g0RR IDOR I I NOTE ALL NEW PENETRATIONS INTO EXIT CORRIDOR it BE FIRE- PROTECT SEE DET. NOTE THIS CORRIDOR EXTENSION UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT I I NEW EXIT CORRIDOR CONSTR. ,e t 24'0 T I !I NOTE: ALL NEW EXIT CORR[D0 T SEE DST. ENETRATIONS INTO BE FIRE - PROTECTS i c; I I .4- I/ J -- NEW J -I ELEC. PANEL - INSTALL W/ FOIST. TSC J I ELEC. EQUIP. PER 'E DWGS r � l KEY PLAN T1 24'0' ( 6L L. air r,l p Mt T HUN Lit7 ABBY 7;4 es Lac VP OH DS ISMER DS FB 4 -15 -99 I 95294.00 MT O TUKW CEIVED IL4 E '98294 \CAD \A20 mAl ; ;� JUN 2 i9a PERMIT CENTER NOT FOR CONST�iUC11Oi+ll mao . »�» O 0 0 I Q �0 V 1J w lul, 0 Q � 0 0 Iu� w 0 Z Q II Q W V...,! !REGISTERED • t HITECT THOMAS D. Q4RICH STATE OF WASHINGTON PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN WEST A .2.0 PERMIT /BID FOR PERMIT ONLY THI5 DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED,• FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AEE1 IN SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 3' ',3=01,33,04=3=3,471. - 0455' ' -0 • -----= 0 -- A..v4spmfg.troz. • i2 42-2_ _,,,Ja4=4- 0 5=0= 2/SHT A2.2 FLOOR TRANSITIONS,'7' OCC-R 0 ENTRY,5 -- AREAS 517NEELN ; LEASE L . , AN5 POP- OL, =•A= ; , t - _ T A0g - E . NT IL • L•-R5FI :43 NA• ..166 Acc.,,r ?ILE TILE - 146; \ 4* ;NS:: TiLE T-5 ACCENT TILE N.N.NAN.N. \\IN - OVER TRENCHED SLAB ARtALS, TYP 104 CrTROL JOINTS C - NTERLINE OF MAL - - 4c- • CORRIDOR. TYP --SEE _ _ _ TRENCH EXISTING CONC TOPPING SLAB AS RECID /TT SEE DEMO PLANS AND ;COL) ELEC PLANS FOR LOCATION AND XTENT--SEE • NI r NMI N.N. • 1 `13. 1 N., ' , :tW , N, • • REV: C.CVE.T. PL ; 6 E EXP - • jCOL: ‘ CONTROL JOINTS 0 TYP• CENTRAL CORRIDOR NEW EXIT CORRI CONSTR. NOT,. ALL NE ' 0ENETNATIONS INTO EXIT C.3..K.uuR TQ BE FIRE-PROTECTED SEE OET LINE OF ANTI-FRACTURE MEMBRANES BEL. ALL EXP CONTROL JOINTS ANO GENERAL PLAN NOTE. 1. TYP FLOOR TILE NOTES, BALANCE TILE LAYOUT WITH NO TILE 512E LESS THAN SIX INCHES DIAGONAL TILES TO BE CUT FROM WHOLE TILES 2 RAISE. AND/OR EXTEND FLOOR COVER PLATESAS RECKD FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES 3 PROVIDE ANTI-FRACTURE MEMBRANE A5GATONANANANASAD (TYP. TILE PATTERN ;CRACKS. ETC; AS RECD. 1:11 V37 °PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN 0 BON MARCHE COURT MALL AMENITIES SYMBOL LEGEND DIR DISP t TEL TEL PNC ATE r/S ' ECTORY MALL DISPLAY PUBLIC TELEPHONE WALL-MTD PUBLIC TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC TELLER TREE GRATE BENCH BENCH „ IF 6 g - 0 - 6 --- 070 6 Lep r - 1 II I I r,==c1 .; , 1 ,--- 7. -4 1H - PUSHCARTS g A <9' I L 1/8' • 1 CUSTOMER SERVICE STROLLER STORAGE KIOSK CASHWRAPS 0 1, 24 24 24 24 24-0' 24-0' 2440' , 24 24 2C-0 24 24 24, • 24, 4- - NDA„,,oa _ H _ , , ! - i -- -,- -,- 7 , __ '1] 1 I I 1: . NEW ELECI PANEL . INSTALL W/ EXIST 1 ILec EQUIP. PER 'E' DWGS TYPICAL 1, 4 , :.7 I' II . . - I i../- .- I 1 1 -. :! 1 1 IT : ; --- ATE ZITC ; SEE DET r -- T MAIN' ""PL" T. CORRIDOR EXP. JT — , TREE GRATE 0 ER RECESSED C.I.P • CONC PLANTER TYP AS SHOWN SEE DET. ak , , 4 I NOTE PROVID EXP CONTROL JOINTS ; TO ALIGN WITH E CONC UMBRELLA COLUMNS ,,L. TYP IN GEN: CORRIDOR AREA A5_5.). • BY DASHED LIN S--SEE DET NEW TILE BAE TR'M 0 BRELLA COLUMNS-- • PROVIDE EXP. CONTROL JOINTS IN MALL AREAS 0 CENTERLINE OF CORRIDOR AND ACNOSS CORRIDOR AT COLUMN GRID LINES ; TYP. AS SHOWN BY DASHED,LINES-SEE .T 111% _ 1 --- N AgIZZLInZIM- =1= NEW EXIT CORRIDOR CONSTR. NOTE, ALL NEW PENETRATIONS INTO EXIT CORRIDOR To BE FIRE-PROTECTED AP7 SEE DET T ; ENLARGED PLAN 0 I MAIN ENTRANCE 1-„ X Lf NEW CRU1APLE JT 0 E EXP. JT I t • 1 'Arqkg.' :--Ailit SP _, -,,-,-,_. •???: ???.4.-.... r.a.,..w%°? rt ,,,.. tr.--- .4 ll ,10.5.m..,,, ...........4 ,,,, VINNUI ... • .1 --•-• - - -- - ‘. ._ LEASE LINE. TYP AL. N OR TH CORRIDOR NEW FLOOR TILE T-1 AND BASE T-2 FAMILY ;CROSS / COURT SOUTH CORRIDOR ,2 ROWS NEW FLOOR TILE -T. ANOASE TN j ----4 : 1 1 =;; ' )1J'-; • SIMILAR TO 102 i • ; - -j ,;__L _,; yMA TcHUNE ,......_,, Lin •' 1 ?A', - '• . ili I ;4 1 - 140 J L) !:___L!.. QOM 1/16 • r : 11111111E - , J= 1 1 4 - NEW COVER, PL E EXP. JT CUP @ IAL L E, AP.'0, A1,16 2,19.26 1 KEY PLAN tt '<t 0 (205) .23 3344 • • 2 I 2 . . • • . ARCHITECTURS VP MH DS .22 DS FE r 98204 00 --- FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED ' FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY • GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 0 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN CENTRAL '1 i EENPAIT CENTER z .1! z z CC 0 o rT 0 r ji 0 4-27-09 B.A.R. APPROVAL THOPAAS D. BIRION OF WASHINGTON A2 .1 PERMIT/BID SIM MAW NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION—.--- EXISTING TREE GRATES AND BENCHES TO REMAIN THIS CORRIDOR 121 T" P. AS SHOWN FLOOR TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR a ENTRY AREAS BETWEEN LEASE LINE AND POP I I OUT LEASE LINE J L — .1.1 I t_ _ 24 D ia�www��aw rra awwwrww\\wrwwr\av\wraw ww�aw _ rLft• ®rim oywEti o•�� i�rrr�aa wr �wv.w��oa 4 car°. °tar v. °�`��:r'� \1 �°: : c. rrwrar\ r\.\rrrrr\rv..rawr\awr�arr gar'; -a :�c11a- _raa�sl_c- °�a..yas� n\ •ra w v� r r\ w r w rw •w w w� wr w a r \ fi N V I \ r :\ w r w v 4 i 1 lYB .` is \� I ! - I I I � I I II 1 1 NEW !ELEC. PANEL - INSTALL W/ EXIST. ELEC; EQUIP- PER 'E' DWGS. TYPICAL 0 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN 0 jCPENNEY /MERVYN'S TILE 7 -1 FIELD TILE TILE 1-2 BORDER TILE TILE T -3 ACCENT TILE TILE T -4 ACCENT TILE TILE T -5 FL: ACCENT TILE CONTROL JOINTS e EA COL. GRID. TYP- SEE DET. Ark LINE OF ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANES BELOW ALL EXP. CONTROL JOINTS AND OVER TRENCHED SLAB AREAS. TYP. CONTROL JOINTS CENTERLINE OF MAL CORRIDOR. TYP: -SEE TRENCH EXISTING CONC. TOPPING SLAB AS REQ'D. SEE DEMO PLANS AND ELEC. PLANS FOR LOCATION AND EXTENT - -SEE GENERAL PLAN NOTES: NEW COVER PL. e E. EXP.( JT. 1. TYP. FLOOR TILE NOTES: BALANCE TILE LAYOUT WITH NO TILE SIZE LESS THAN SIX INCHES DIAGONAL TILES TO BE CUT FROM WHOLE TILES 2. RAISE AND /OR EXTEND FLOOR COVER PLATESAS REGD. FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES 3. PROVIDE ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND ALSO AT EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS (CRACKS. ETC.) AS REGD. 24' -0' MALL AMENITIES SYMBOL LEGEND DIR MALL DIRECTORY DISP -�# TEL PUBLIC -i'°�F TELEPHONE WALL -MTD. TEL PUBLIC TELEPHONE PNC ATM C3 MALL DISPLAY AUTOMATIC TELLER TREE GRATE BENCH BENCH r T i r I 24 KIOSK CUSTOMER SERVICE STROLLER STORAGE KIOSK PUSHCARTS CASHWRAPS MA N CORR DOR I N r J TYP. TILE PATTERN L 0' NEW ( ELEC. PANEL - INS'ALL W/ EXIST. ELE4 EQUIP. PER 'E' DWTS. TYPICAL PROVIDE (EXP. CONTROL JOI$ IN ML PL AREAS OI CENTERLINE OF CORRI AND ACRDSG CORRIDOR AT COLUMN RID L[ TYP• AS SHOWN BY DASHED NINES -- EE NF FLOOR CRUMPLE JT. o E. EXP. JT. 24'-0' 24'-0' 24'-0' M,ER VYN' JCPENNEY 24'-0' 59 ` J new g e e. xP. Jr PL 24 ._ 0 • 24'0' 24 2 ANGLED PLANTE+ TYP 121 PLACES 24%0' 2C0' STRAIGHT PLANTERS TYP. 181 PLACES NOTE: PROVIDE EXP. CONTROL J• TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING COLUMI TYP. IN FOOD 4P RT AREA AS 51 4. BY DASHED LINE$- -SEE DET. 1 24'0' d= ' NOTE: NEW RAIN LEADER 8 6R.FL,w Lnr, SEE MECH. CONNECT NEW RAIN LEADER TO E STORM SEWER TRENCH SLAB AS REQD- 8 PATCH TO `" MATCH E. FURR OUT MTL STUD FRAMINV -- t, 5B' GWB MATCH ADJ. FIN. (DELETE THIS WORK IF NEW ROOF DRAIN • IS TIED TO E. PIPING r ABOVE CEILING( , NE Ji PL. 1 e °.. P. JT CI - AIMW r FA i APT. I ck199 I 01 Rt L PARTIAL PLAN @ WOMENS RESTROOM 1/16 • 1 -0' 11 eml 0 MCC MOM. 1 a ��i sAlm� KEY PLAN - MAIN CORP.;DOi', PLAN 1/A2.2 FOOD COURT PLAN 5/A2.2 I0R/'itY C I WOMEN'S RESTROOM PLAN 4/A2.2 MI ,.,.a. ez -a II IT #a:, . Ili(tac) f PPPa_ !P`PS lcllce VF NADER O auPz MH DS mmaaama DS FR 02.33 RE XML i n I U I I 0 D 9Q-67/2Lf PERMIT /BID 2029 I ; T HO THOMAS D. ENRICH STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED-- FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES ... PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN EAST 607 \ 14 '98294 { .00 199!"a 4 -15 -99 PERMIT CENTEIpp + Y E \58294 \CAD \A20 A2.2 NOT FOR CONSTRUCT[ON- -.m-- ", . N/ 0 l �� u � ul lu A w 0 0 lug 0 w z Q C W RCHITECT EGISTERED 4 24'-0' 24 24'-0' 24' 0' 24-0 0' 24-0 0' 24' 0' T j 24-0 0 ' 24 -0' 24' -0' , 24' -0' .LW l r r p aIIT _ HU� v (106) 023 734.1 �44c i II 0 - - I � n r ===' 0 ' � ' 1111 0 I II h 1 I EXISTING SOFFIT W /NEW PRECAST GFRC FASCIA TYP. _ I ! � I I, . I I r _ r� r � _ I `r f v - - _f - , I I I 1 1 PRECAST G F G - , LIGHT SHROUDS T7P. . I • - }- i �� I I SEE DET.Q ' — u— i /''�j M • 1 L- - / � I I i i .� - - - -- q d L NE OF E. R06F FAQ iA' ` SEF DEMO[ JTID 7 PLANS _ I 7 ' �LONC. /\ �_ NOTE NEW N T NO' SE NO NEW CEILING TENANT SPACES, -2 CEILING IN NEW VICE CORRIDOR � IN TYP. \ 1`y J . ` r . < I y : 3 NO CEILING IN NEW • I I 411.1 opa 1 ��7 q �A E. PRECAST BEAMS AND I ROOF PANELS TO REMAIN, 1 NEW GFRC. C AND MIRROR SOFFIT r -i F� NEW DOUBLE -DO TO MATCH EXI' E SKYLIGHTS ING ArkI t[UII Z I i AND NEW STRUCTURE ~ ' L TYPE G LIGHT:FIXTURES SOFFIT --SEE LEG /7� �\ I NEW I / a Q 1 ® ! I EXIT CORRIDORS. TYP. I I NEW TENANT SPACE T' I II Q Q ! U- NEW GWB SOFFIT FRG FASCIA HVAC I\ DU C T CHASE t1MD SU "LY, GRILLE. TYP. EA \ I S i[1F -- SF M � H . HVAC VRT. DU T W/ -WB AND MTL MK EXISTING SUSPENDED PLASTER PP Y 'ETROP SOFFIT TO REMAIN NEW EIFS CAN '? I IT I 11.111 ■ G II% � ( 'I L . ■�� ® © RM d , _� �.. 11 () -i = ��i i STUD FURRINd A SIQE- -SEE MECH. _ W if ®� •� VE - -S E MECH. TY P. EA_ SIDE NEW E L 11 ' � ' _ III_ _ �� � i , .. L REMAIN - -'AT AS •.I, B NEW CONSTR. 2 w 11 : L: �I � � � . -0 . I I 9 '1- N 0 0 -- INNIIMMAIMINI O O O O O O O O LPG T O 0 ei O O O O ' O 0 - CONTROL JOINT TYP EACH SIDE 1 NORTH AVN 4 ® C + F 7 J NOTE: UP -U PROVIDE HT FIXTU - ' SEE RCP AND LOC ) E7 E , 1 /_% 1 /L! I r �I ��� MEt If= I- t7 /Q/ . 0 z ! j j I -- NEW EIF$ SOFFIT ' TYPE 'l' ND 'L- S ABO : - OFF, SHT. A7.I. FOR LGHT TIONS, T(P. UNL ' INDIREC. --ASSy FIXTUNE •S NOTED � • TE. C'N C- / NEW EIFS CANOPY RETROFIT FURRING / _ •' SOFFIT HTS � - NOTE: TYPE < n _Ii 1i/ �.- v� -� ON . O H O ®MAIN ENTRANCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CJ 42 - 1a D �J A � t 1 NEW L OATE AND L.I.P CONE. MT PLANT - -SEE DET. ® VO, INFILL E. DUCT OPENINGS IN E SLAB SEE STRUCT.ETYP. AS SHOWN T) qe? W ... qq- 1- a. " - I r !_ � r ('-f IOW f -. ~ L TI L } ; , ,' I 1 t 1 r\ ' \`-� �. - _,l. - y t I I t-J S � 1 - � 1 L .z Doc .e,m 1 4 -27 -99 B.A.R. APPROVAL — .� -J F I--- �' I I �, -- L IL A -- r 1 v � rte\ I %% , I , � , � ( 1 ID r �fi --Jcfl7 -7H {/ \11 _t rl / }� I L -�-.- �✓ J '' + / \ I i'i i— ' ! -- % { -* - '._ • l >' r i + L. \:- I r j . � ) `�, r ,. .. ! i �1 I I 'I I I 1 G t➢ PROVIDE NEW TENANT DEMISING 1 ! I -� 'L- .,-.1-,-. N O �` DASHED LINES INDICATE $ 0 BE REMOVED SEE ON PLAN SHT_ D -1, TYP- AS SHOWN I "! I 1 1 - - I -,1 WALL. TYP. AS SHOWN ! J (� t -{ t-. -' -.7 -1-. ., '--- ;-I- ,- t _ -- ,--r1Y - --ri -- }-r+ t I r' F h' f r` *' \ IT DE -F- 1 1 �a l - L'- rr I 41 fir L I. I 'u> 1 1 / - � I c� l l �0 ' PROVIDE NEW TENANT DEMISING WALL. TYP. AS SHOWN - . 1 \� - - I . 1 1 Ct -- 1 �/ I I 0 � -t. 9 r } -' -• -' 1 t ® ' { 1 M® r I.1 t -1 i r-� _ - l - r �, 1 I - 4' -0' --‘6P --‘6P VF _._1 —j-- -= h a -- - . t i NN ,, , r., - - EXISIrnu RAI.. ANC J i NEW NEUTRAL PIER TO MATCH 1 / 1 N. ./ PROVIDE G W:FIT OVER MTL $TUD FRA AP� B' -0' A '�•° °"'� a i• M Da r ..•.ra DS j NEW TENANT LEASE LINE BO% OUT EXISTING TELEPHONE J I i 1 -*1 I k1QTE EXISTING N. PIERS 11 I 1 1 7 o z -� •/CYY� - -' K • B IB, TRyNv L {N�W}TH I META STUD FURRING A$ READ , I . T$ STRUCT TUBE REIN RCING FOR GLAZING SYSTEM � - }7R ;. _ t U - f i LUNG - r t � - ' 4- �-- T I I . : � - AL PHONE �RUNK LINE 'WI OUT EXISTING TELEPHONE I ';RUCK LINE WITH 5/8' GW'B OVER MTL STUD FURRING A5 REDO. I 1 1 1 , NEW TENANT SPACE ak a - �-- _ VE BFL00f?,PRF 0,11NS LLO1O _ r . R 7 _ E -; ¢LOOK ORVIS,'THEf•1 FILL - A • CH { ■ � PENWCS_,TO MISTER AUJAC�E vT OOR �S F5 Dm - -S' Kl' TYP. AS SHOWN NEW TENANT SPACE NEW ALUMINUM -FRAME E'ORANCE SYSTEM 7 r � NEW TENANT LEASE LINE = �_ { t •- J T-i I T-1 I WITH INSUL SAFETY GL •.5 C ! a • - f I- F� Li .+ ' {-1- I P RI FRc €- B'0' H �1 ! � J $ -- 1 -�' - ( 1_ = A 55 � SS �i$5 p1 � OD' R $ - 1Wr11i 1 - P� f1BU T ON GO (� � - iT (yG E € P,, -1 EEl - s - P - �I ,.R5 BQ I ON bCAT10N l` (OT T 1 oo • o . F t y\.� t- EXISTING CONE. COLUMN TO RE. (1 r Q NV ! I, •. I N T \ © 2 CI TY TUK'NIU 029 c REGISTERED AP PRCY.D CF ARCHITECT /A lU 2 4 1 OS N)It, ThGM S D. EM I. ��, -L P;.. L'v19!ON STA. 1 1 NOTE: PROVIDE SLOPING F OOR LL TRANSITION AT NEW ENT ANCE DOORS AS SHOWN BY HATCHED AREA ' --4 - aUA QI H f 1�T I 1 -'-) I ` f _ +25_-0 1 I - BR ER OVE ITI NII Ffi 0 'T `_ L CTI \ ^mss .S-.S I gf s -/i _ .' /dre-r ir,d7 4 24 .:'Eiw• `/1�- �. :47 rtr.w ( i ;5 3 3 r8 .- 3/4 7-.." - UM NW - FOR P v -- - -- —' - - — ! I I , ® 1 PUSH -BUTT __ IN LOCATION, TYP. :A. ( SIDE • E• = �3 -•' ' -•' -0' .- ' ' -0 ' t T ONLY F OO R PERMIT CME BEEN IS SUBJECT ...// 8 2 -•' !BM , . •• 4.- . -. E• TYP. BRICK, MOUNT TO ALL ® +3' -0" ABO SIDEWALK T. J NEW PRECAST G GM COLUMN C�VEf{S �4 TYP.) g \ T -Q u � /::� T -0' NEW BRICK VENEER ENTRANC MTL. STUD FRAMING TYP AS SH OVER 5' -1 _TO REVIEW GM:RU NT& AGENCIES MODIFICATIONS BY 6' PI 3'ET. C.L. COL. ` J- TYP. ' 9 CL. COL. r -`Z MAIN ENTRANCE - U � �,n r NORTH �__ __.. - �■ S 0' 10' -2' 8.2. ��� 12 0' =Ed ���� CO g L SHOW �� ENLARGED PLAN 18 -2' Tw TO`:y' .�_ 3• .• P©A 2' DIA. RAIN LEA• NEW 1 0 • -P. C URB E %TENSIbN ,C X 0 I - AND ELEVATION T TOE - •-I Q � 4237 ,e, n C T' $ AS REQ'D. NC7E: E•STtNG STRUCTURAL CONE. � . RE C EXISTING BF. RAMP LOCATION -- EXTEND RAMP TO NEW CIP. CON � j �� ®1 I�9Nh -_ YM0¢ � ` - r -- r oc T A98294.00 1 'J 'i tQQ�ecr.. 4 - 15 - 99 6- EXTENSION Q - 'a PATCH AND/OR REPAIR CUT AREAS AS REQ TO MATCH ADJACENT FLOOR SURFACES P.1 ill ` • i ` ¢M IT E: \9 &294 \ CAD \A23 A MEW Dawn rerw.c ill r 3 A 2 3 MAIN ENTRANCE FLOOR PLAN 1/9 • 1 -0' KEY PLAN NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PERMIT /DID T,O.S. 4 TENANT ST ND EFRONT GL NG BEY ND BRICK VENEER SOLDIER COURSE CONC, PLINTH SOUTH LE ATION AT MI IN NT T.O.S. 16 -6" TYP. ROOF PROTEC TAPER STRUC ERMA N( T$ PTRAME FOR ENTRANC`_ G NG SUPPORT - -TIE TO PRECAST CONG. ROOF- SEE S RUCT. T.O.S. r I i GLA 1 SS P ELS ri � 0 I 0 I �SIM.I Ark : I NE 4 NT SPACE FXTERIOR GLAZING, al =: 0 i j -�� _ ®SIN • rt • II °PARTIAL EL ATION / SECTION @ MAIN ENTRANCE FUTURE SIGN LOCATION -- COORDINATE WITH ELEC. AND PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS REOD. 14 ae.s TYP, CON L JT. 2 R � � C�LJTH �NT� OL JT. Illllllll EIFS WALL FINISH AT ENTRANCE ARCH. ACCENT COLOR, WITH 3/4° EIFS REVEALS IN ACCENT COLOR, TYP. AS SHO 1/4' • 1 EIFS WALL FINISH IN BASE COLOR, TYP, ® ENTRANCE SURROUND BRICK VENEER ENTRAIN PIERS BR CK VENEER SOLDIER COURSE C6 6 PLI KEY PLA 3/4" EIFS REVEALS, ACCENT COLOR TYP. EIFS COPING, TYP.- PRECAST CONCRETE ACCENT 3 TYR ® BRICK VENEER 2 BRICK UNITS H X 6 BRICK UNITS W INSIDE NOR VF MH DS DS FB 5 -27 -99 ADDENDUM NO SECTIONS 98294.00 4 15 89 E: \98294 \CAD \A24 \ ROOF BEAMS AND JOISTS -- SUSPENDED EIFS SOFFIT ON �' FRAMING A. BRICK PIER _SOFFIT DES COPING. TYP, BEAM PER STK, EIFS PARAPET WAIL v,. ,. FRAMING, TIP, 3/4" DEEP DES REVEALS, TYP AS SHOYM NEW RECLET AND COUNTERFLASHING, B.U. BASE FLASHING, TYP. EIFS COPING, TYP, NEW REGLET AND COUNTERFLASHING, TYP. B.U. BASE FLASHING, TTP, SEE STRUCT. BRICK VENEER ENTRANCE PIERS, TYP. 1/ EXISTING SUSPENDED ALA R SOFFIT TO REMAIN REMOVE PORTIONS AS REQT. FOR NEW ENTRANCE CONSTR. °PARTIAL ELEVATION / SECTION @ MAIN ENTRANCE °I NSTR.: BRANS ON BOARD RIGID INSULATION STEEL DECKING PER STRUCT, EIFS SOFFIT 5/8" GYP, SHEATHING OVER SUSPENDED METAL STUD FRAMING SEE DET 26/A6.9 TYP EIFS SIDING 0 ENTRANCE ARCH OVER 5/8 GWB SHEATHING, MTL. TYP STUD FRAMING BEAMS PER STRUCT. TYP SEE ELEC. INEE IR ELEDECT C. P -LIGHT FIXTURE- - EIFS SOFFIT ® CONNECTOR BEAM BEAM PER STRUCT, PRECAST GFRC COL, COVER ALUM, -FRAME ENTRANCE GLAZING W/INSUL. SAFETY GLASS, TYP. PRECAST CONC. ACCENT STRIPS FIN ALL =` LOOK EIFS SOFFIT FORROU TO CONCEAL RIDGE OF (E) CONC ROOF SLAB _LINE O F E %ISTING PRECAST CONC. UMBRE COLUMNS BEYOND EIFS COPING EIFS OVER METAL STUD FRAMING (FRAME FROM EXISTING LOWER ROOF LEVEL) 3/4" DEEP EIFS REVEALS, TYP. AS SHOWN EIFS PARAPET WALL BEYOND NOTE: TIE NEW ROOFING, BASE FLASHING, REGLET AND COUNTERFLASHING INTO EXISTING EIFS FINISH 0 ENTRANCE CANOPY, TYP. AS SHOWN BRICK VENEER ® NEW EXTERIOR TENANT EXISTING SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN -- REMOVE PORTION AS REOT. FOR NEW SOFFIT CONSTR. NEW SUSPENDED EIFS OFFIT EIFS MEDALLIONS, (2) TYP. 2 DIA, RAIN -3 •- -C. GFRC COL, COVER AND TIG STORM SEWER SYSTEM jr!) • NEW AS INDEr.ATED BY 11 1 1 YP. E . SIDE OF F.i■ITBANCE a p Mg T HUN MAIN ENTRANCE ELEVATIONS AND FOR CONSTRUCTION ' x661 623 2346 •21222 >623 2233 1 � 291REGISTEREDI ) > ARCHITECT THOMAS D. ENRICH STATE OF WASKNGTON '(/^wiz z 0 © H LU O �II 11 0 z 0 0 U w 0 z Q H # FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED PERMIT APPL IC ATION AND T SUBJE TO REVIEW AND MO AG S BY GO VEIWNENTAL A6ENCffs A2 . PERMIT /BID irrook . flN MALL EL12850 T'P. METAL SIDING (AT REAR PARAPET WALLS) TIP -NEW-WOOF -CONS) 1 1/2" MS_ DECKING PER PRECAST CONC. - TRUCT. SLA.3 TO RFMON J\ STRUCT CONC. COLUMNS TO EMAIN LINE OF NEW FURRED -OUT WALL BEYOND FOR NEW HVAC SUPPLY DUCT NET HVAC SUPPLY GRILLE BEYOND EEI MECH NEW SOFFIT AND FASCIA BEYOND DASHED LINES INDICATE E. PR AST CONC. FASCIA PANELS TO E REMOVED FOR NEW EN ANCE CONS.. E. ENTRANCE GLAZING SYSTEM TO SE REMOVED - -PATCH WALLS TO (HATCH ADJACENT FIN. NE ALUM. -FRAME ENTRANCE SY M W /INSUL SAFETY GLASS LEVLING COMPOUND OVER (E) STRUCT SLAB 1 FIN. FIR. �N08� GFRG C01 -UMN MOON. D I I LIGHTNG. STIOUDS I SEE 29/ 6.8 TYP A SHOWN -- H - li ii PARAPET BRACE P STRUCT. 13 TYP. AS SHOWN) NEW HIGH P• TAB. 015 :a.RRI 5‘8" GYP. pHEATHING 6 MTh. S DS 0 16" O.C. -19 BATT INSUL. STS PER STRUCT. CANTILEVERED STEEL BEAM SEE STRUC. SP ='BLO CROSS BRACE STUDS AS ROOD. E •ANCE BEAM -SE CT SECTION THROUGH ENTRANCE FlN MALL EL. 28_50 1 1/2" STE`.L SEE STRUC NE PAGEANT ,02 TYP. EXTERIOR SOFFI CONSTR. TYP. METAL SIDING (P T REAR PARAPET WALL) METAL PANEL SIDING IRE BARRIER 518 •YP. SHEATHING 6 ME D- L STUD FRAMING 0 16" O.C. NOTE SE NEW ROO'IF�I'� FLASHING INTO EXISTING ROOF ryIEMBRANE AS REO D. E. OF MEMBRANE, I TYP. ROOF DRAIN 8 LEADEB-- TIGHTLINE THROUGH SOFFIT CONSTR. 6 DOWN COL. COVER E. PRECAST CONC. RQOF CONSTR. TO REMAIN, TYP. AS $MOWN NOTE: DASHED LINESIINDICATE E. PRECAST CONC. FAS A PANELS TO BE REMOVED (BEYONq) NEW HVAC DUCT SOFFIT: 5/8 GWB METAL STUD FRAMING) 0 16" O.C. HVAC DUCT PER MECf1 GFRG FASCIA TRIM --r■EE DET. 11/A6.4 E. PRECAST CON. ROOF STRUCNRk TO REMAIN, TOP. DASHED LINE INDICATES E. PRECAST CON. FASCIA TO BE REMOVED FOR NEW ENTRANCE CONS R. NEW 5/8" GOB SOFFIT CONSTR. TO MAIICH EXISTING SOFFIT' STEEL BEA STRUCT. T PEW SOFFIT C ONS R NEW LIGHT COVE FASCIA TRIM BEYOND PRECAST GFRG COL L RN- MOUNTED PLANTER /LIGHT SOFFIT- -SEE DET. 29/A6.8 E. PRECAST CONC. COLUMNS TO REMAIN, TYP. NEW SLOT DIFFUSER - MECH. LUM -FA RME ENTRANCE SYSTEM W/ INSUL NEW A SAFETY GLAZING I NEW GFRG COLUMN COVERS BEYOND EXISTING STRUCT. CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN, TYP. NEW CONC TRANSITION SLAB SAWCUT (E) STRUC SLAB AS REQUIRED NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB EXTENSION- - SEE STRUCT. E. STRUCT. CONC. WALKWAY TO REMAIN RN. MALL EL. 28940 SECTION THROUGH ENTRANCE NEW 5/8 GWB TYP EASE LIN RADIUSED ETES COPING BEYOND METAL BRACE BEYOND - SEE STRUCT. EIFS PARAPET RETURN AT BASE OF ARCHED PARAPET TIP. ROOF CONSTR.: -- KVUF IUEMBRA TE PROTECTION BOARD TAPERED RIGID INSULATION METAL DECKING PER STRUCT- METAL : MDF JOISTS P STRUCT' ASP. ROOF PARAPET CONSTR.:' EIFS 5/8" GYP. SHEATHING 6' METAL STUD FRAMING 0 1 O.0 METAL DECKING 0 INTERIOR SOFFIT - -SEE STRUCT. BEAMS PER STRUCT. NEW RICK VkNEE F - - - - -' EXT WALL CONST.'BEYOND -- - TRENCH E CAC. SLAB AS REQ'D. FOR -- - 1 -= CONNECTIOJI'0F RAIN LEADER TO E. STORM SEWER @ SECTION THROUGH ENTRANCE TOP, NEW WALL CONSTR. FRAMING PER STRUCT NEW HVAC SUPPLY DUCT THROUGH SOFFIT - -SEE MECH. NEW HVAC SUPPLY UNIT— ON ROOF- -SEE MECF. NEW ROOF MEMBRANE— TIE INTO E ROOF d-= NEW ROOF BEAMS PER STRUCT. NEW STEEL FRAMING AS REO'D. FOR NEW INTERIOR SOFFIT- - SEE STRUCT. DASHED LINES INDICA E E. PRECAST CONC. FASO A TO BE REMOVED DASHED LINE INDICAT. S E. EXTERIOR STOREFReNT —3 TO BE REMOVED Ith SECTION THROUGH ENTRANCE NEW ROOF PARAPET NEW ROOF MEMBRANE - -Tq INTO EXISTING ROOFING ROUGH NEW 5/8" GWB — INTERIOR WALL W/ MTh. SNDS 0 16" O.C. NEW GFRG SOFFIT FASCIA COFIING CAP BEYOND TYP. METAL SIDING (AT REAR PARAPET WALLS) NEL SIDING 1401 NR RRIER 5� GYP. S AT 1 ETAL STUDS 0 16' O.C. R -1 BATT I .UL. NE ALUM. -FRAME SKYLIGHT W/ INSUL. SAFETY GLASS CUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF E. CONC. ROOF SLAB AS REDS. FOR NEW SKYLIGHT CONSTR. ROOF DRAIN-- TIGNTLINE OUT THROUGH NEW ARCH SOFFIT AS SHOWN OOF MEMBRANE TO REMAIN -- I� PA1�CH NEW CURBS AND WALLS INTO E. ROOFING AS REO'D. NEW 5/8' MB SOFFIT CONSTR.- -SEE STRUCT. • 1/4' • T-0 NEW ROOF EXISTING NEW ROOF AY WALL ENCLOSURE: NEW SITE GWB TOP. TYP. ROOF CONSTR GU R AND DO ACCESS LADDE• SEE M DET 13/A6.5 .�■,pN■, P' 1 1 1 111MI 24' X24" SCREENED LOUVER VENTS, T. in AS SHOWN - SEE DET 21/A6.5 .II a" ■II OUTS PARTIAL ELEVATION / SECTION 0 MAIN ENTRANCE 1/4'•70' LINE OF EIFS PARAPET BEYOND ETES ACCENT FEATURE 3/4' DE TH E!FS REVEALS, TYP. AS SHOWN EIFS COPING CAP W/ REGLET AND COUNTER- FLASHR,IG NOTE: TIE NEW ROOF MEMBRAN INTO EXISTING MEMBRANE AS f{E 0'O. EXISTING PRECAST CONC. ROOF STRUCTURE TO REMAIN, I TYf'. n FUTURE TENANT CEILING IN.I.C.) 1 ) TAP. SOFFIT CONSTR: EIFS 5/8" GYP. SHEATHING METAL STUD FRAMING 0 16" O.0 TYP. BRICK VENEER EXTERIOR BRICK VENEER 111111 2" AIR SPACE MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8" GYP. SHEATHING METAL STUD FRAMING 0 16 OF R -15 BATT INSUL. 5/8" G. 0 INTERIOR FINISH EXISTING STRUCT. SLAB AND GRADE BEAM TO REMAIN, TYP. APPRO 0 AUG 2 4 1999 AS NO BUILDING Di41310N DS NE PAL p ME T HU OAF maw 2 5 -2740 ADDENDUM N0. 2 3 6 -17 -90 BULLETIN NO. 1 VF MH FE r }� rakes) els sees ^0291 sTEREDI ARCHITECT THOMAS D. EMRICH STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS NY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES MAIN ENTRANCE ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS 98294.00 On U 1{x-98 JUN 2 7 ;:: c \S284 \CAD \A25 PERMIT GE�1Y. L:/ O P D 4 9 - z w Iu� 0 4 !uul 0 w 0 z a < .. Z W A I-No' . 5 PERMIT /PSID O T F OR CONSTRUCTION ,®- ,...,.r..K ,_, o , T z_N I ; Y C r �I11 Am II ' 3 I - n \ / 0 TYP. EIFS VP REVEAL r� . .. C - 2' -f I NEW EIFS WALL FINISH TYP. • ENTRANCE SURROUND 1 1 '-' 24 }4' < I 1 3/4° DEPTH EIFS f ] ® I REVEALS, TW. I IOIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1 4 0 / // NEW EIFS RETROFIT OVER FASCIA m E. PRECAST C.C. PANELS- -SEE 4'-0' i © 2'. 5° 1 l c \ w PRECAST JT. ■■■■■■■ ■■1111■■■N1■11■■i ■ ■ ■1111 ■ ■■■■ 1{ilif 'ii{i♦�i"i/ ■3■ MPRIERLIME■■■MIll- ■lir 1 trI_rInM 6 e 2 2 I ■ ■■■■ y. L2 L - I -, - -- s.� - -- - ■ ■1111■■ ■ ■ ■■ .. 1111 ♦I ■■1111■■■M■1111■11.11 ♦I ■11■ ■■ ■■■■. -1t1HIEl —uPITI -3EAHE r - . -.�- 11■■ .. PRECAST N T `_ - i ■1111■ ■— ( — •■ ■ ■■■11 ■■r ■■ — ■11■IIIMM 9131♦iW 1I1Q12111131:f11�'3 111111 dillli1111ii li,I -II'� -t NE■■3■■ 311 11■ d�►''N (2) BRICK UNITS % (6) BRICK UNITS MAX. LENGTH TYP. TW. BRICK VENEER CONS ■i.....11■■■■■■■■■ 1111111111111111331111111111311113•11111111 11 •■■■ M a w 1 ■■\N■ , I _ r I L_n I I I -_ I I 2 '�_�� -- - �` - -- - �� ;_ i ° --- -- •■ - = 6 NEW ENTRANCE SURRIX PIERS I :I + I r 1 -----i !I I Lei mmlumunm im ,_, o , T z_N I ; Y C r �I11 o II II II ' 3 I v r� . .. C 1 IOIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1 4 0 i ■■■■■■■ ■■1111■■■N1■11■■i ■ ■ ■1111 ■ ■■■■ 1{ilif 'ii{i♦�i"i/ ■3■ MPRIERLIME■■■MIll- ■lir 1 trI_rInM MEMI ■ ■ ff ■.0 1I■ ■ ■■■■ ■11■1111111■3 ■ ■ ■M ■ /1111■■■11■11 ■■■ ■11■■■ ■3■ ■ ■1111■■ ■ ■ ■■ .. 1111 ♦I ■■1111■■■M■1111■11.11 ♦I ■11■ ■■ ■■■■. -1t1HIEl —uPITI -3EAHE r - 11■■ ■ ■11/ ■■ ■1111■ ■— ■11■— ■11•■ •■ ■ ■■■11 ■■r ■■ ■ ■11■IIIMM 9131♦iW 1I1Q12111131:f11�'3 111111 dillli1111ii ■.3 1 11111 1 {1111V,1iiiiiiili&M■■EH}v NE■■3■■ 311 11■ d�►''N ■ ■■ ■i.....11■■■■■■■■■ 1111111111111111331111111111311113•11111111 11 •■■■ ■■\N■ , I _ r I L_n I I I -_ I I � NEW WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING CORRIDOR WALLS NOTE: REMOVE EXISTING WALL CONSTR., E. LOCKERS, E. PHONE BOOTHS AS REVD. FOR NEW CONSIR.- -PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES - -SEE DEM EXISTING MECH. DUCT CHASE TO PROVIDE NEW GWB ALL 1111■ •11■■ ■11 •1111 •■ 11■■■ ■■ i...am......an/' 111131311ETIE13M133332V .131111111iI1�i117{ 1-- ■1133■ 11■■•■■■3i 1131111111•11111111111 ■1111 ■11♦ ■■ ,"„"'IMNIIIuiI,,r .„""'ii , IIIIIIIIIIHhIIH 1I ■■■ ■■■11II ■31111■■■■ ■1111 ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■113■■♦1111■ ■ ■II ■11■■ ■■11 ■3•ii ■■ ■11 � - r �_ L II , REMAIN -- AROUND W /NE PAINT FIN. REMOVE E. DRINKING F CAP 1I ■311.11■ ■u111 ■■■3113■■■■ 11 ■311.111■ 1111111 ■11 ■ ■11 ■ ■ ■33 ■■1111 N I =■ I _ _ EASING LINES EHIND WALL AS 0 0 1 11111 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■3I■11■1111 ■311 ■ I II DASHED UNE INDICATES EXISTING I I • MECH. DUCT TUNNEL UNDER SLAB I LEI PRECAST GFRG COL COVER OVER NEW TS FRAME PER T. °SEARS ENTRANCE EAST ELEVATION V A66 0 NEW EIFS A5 O NEW F}FS SOFFIT ® V. OPEN TO SOFFIT ABOVE Q \ NEW EIFS ARC EO ELEMENT • 1/4..1T-0. H �—O c +rr LIGHTING PER ELEC. I■■■■ ■■■- 3111111111111•••••••••11111••••••=111111311.111111 3111111111111•••••••••113111111111111•••••••••11111••••••=111111311.111111 111■■■■■■- 3311333la>' 3 33E113 =_■ ■11 ■■■ ■ ■ 11■■■ 11■■■■11■■■■■ ■ ■■■ ■\m ■ ■ ■■■■ ■■■1►. I j 11111111111111111111111111111. 1.... Y�i FA L4 II Lk Mir 11111=1•311111/ = A ARTIAL FLOOR LINE OF EXIT LINE OF NEV EXTENSION -- TING CONC. CURB C.I.P. CONC. CURB SEE STRUCT. NOTE: REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING CANTILEVERED ROOF CANOPY AS REVD. FOR NEW CONSTR.- -SEE STRUCT. LAN - - SEARS `ENTRANCE UNE OF ROO OVE i II Imre, - --- AMIE 18 '4 L I 0 IS NOTE: TRENCF E S -MAX. 1" DEPTH AS CONDUIT TO EXTRA ¶ 6' UCT. CONC. SLAB EVD. FOR NEW ELEC. E AR H - -SEE ELEC. 4- T - 11' I 5' - 1' NOTE: CONNECT TWIN LEA ER TO EXISTING- ST0564- -BRAIN SY TEM -- TRENCH SLAB AS REVD. NOTE: E. 8.F. RAMP TO MAIN -, SHORTEN RAMP AS SHOWN BY DASH D LINES AND EXTEND RAMP TO NEW C.I. . CONC. URB EXTENSION 0 AUG 2 y 1999 AS NDTED BUILC'":l' DIVMON NEW EXP. IT. COVER E SEARS STORE TO RDA./ EXISTING SEARS ROOF CANOPY CONSTR. TO REMAIN E. SEARS CANOPY COLUMN TO REMAIN 1 O O —� U EXP. JT. COVER °' O EXP. JT. COVER 1 � II II Q NIT NEW EIFS SOFFIT ON METAL STUD FRAMING ®ELEV. TO MATCH SOT. OF ENTR NCE SURROUND EXISTING SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN ® ELEV. i-/- 35' -0 _ / °ROOF PLAN `'® ARCH 13' 4' D 6' -T NOTE: PROVIDEfTYPE 'L' AND 'L -1' IN UP -LIGHT FIXTURES IN TOP OF SOFFIT TYP. AS SHOWN 0 E ENTRANCE GLA2 NG BEYOND D TO OO REMAI PU S W T.-- REPLACE IE. 2' 6' DIRECT CONSTR - LL —U ROOF DRAIN AND SUMP SEE DET. PROVIDE DRAINAGE CRICKETS SLOPE TO DRAINS N 1 PER FT. 2" DIA. ROOF. DRAIN PIPE TYP. AS SHOWN EIFS PARAPET, TYP. ,2" DIA. PIPE'THROUGH EIFS POW OVERFLOW - UNE OF GFRC got. COVER BELOW OF 2"RC UMN LEADERCOVER'INSIDE 0 .® DES COPING. TYP. BRICK SOLDER COURSE ® BASE, T. ALL AROU I NEW LIGHT FIXTURES IN NEW SUSP. EIFS SOFFIT, TYP. NEW EIFS COATING OVER EXISTING PLASTER FASCIA TO REMAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURES IN E. SUSP. PLASTER CEILING, TYP. AS SHOWN- -SEE ELEC. REMOVE EXISTING PRECAST CONC. FASCIA PANELS AS SHOWN; DEMOUSH EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE AND SOFFITS AS INDICATED BY HATCHED AREA AS REVD. FOR NEW CONSTR. -- PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AS REVD. PROVIDE NEW EIFS FINISH ® FASCIA TO MATCH E. FASCIA WHERE CONC. PANELS ARE REMOVED _ EXISTING SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN EXISTING PRECAST CONC. FASCIA TO REMAIN, T. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NEW EIFS SOFFIT ON FURRED MTU. STUDS NEW EIFS SOFFIT ELEV. TO MATOUNC BDT. OF NEW ENTRANCE SURR D . NORTH 1/4'•1'-0' ° PARTIAL RCP- - SEARS ENTRANCE 3 1/4'•T -0' PARTIAL CORRIDOR FLOOR PLAN - -SEARS ENTRANCE EXISTING ALUM. ENTRANCE SYSTEM TO REMAIN -- REPLACE DOOR PULL HARDWARE, TYP. ALL DOORS NOTE: REMOVE 'E DUCT COVERS AND CONC. CURBS TO E. FIN. FLOOR LEVEL. INSTALL NEW 20" DIAM. S.S. DUCT COLUMN DIFFUSERS AND PATCH FLOOR OP AS REVD. TO MATCH ADJ. SURFACE- - (3) T. AS SHOWN - -SEE OCT. IF - LINE OF NEW SOFFIT ABOVE, TYP. EXISTING SEARS STORE EXTERIOR WALL CONSTR. TO REMAIN EXISTING SEARS STORE CANOPY CONSTR. TO REMAIN r r I I I • I I I EXISITING EO ANSION UT. I IN IJDND. W LL I LL EXIS SEMRS CAIN ANI7PY COL(JMN TOE I I BRICK VENE R 0 ENTRANCE PIERS (2 T ) I E. i t$EEL COLUMN & 1 COLU WR P TO R (T EA-S.IE) 1 r I I I/ NEW STEEL C LUMNS PER STRUCT. (4 TYP.) NEW CFRC COLUMN WRAP (4 TYP.) - -S E DETAIL LINE OF NEW EIFS ENT NP R . ANCE AS SHO A CH N ABOVE EXISTING CON �. WALK TO REMAIN, TOP. 2" DIA. RAIN LEADER IN CO4. COVER EXISTI COVER NG TO COL. REMl ND IN MTL EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN, TYR. AS SHOWN (NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT) I ELEV. L TYP. BR PIER DE 0 KEY PLAN LINE OF EXISTING SOFFIT W/ NEW FURRING ABOVE - SEE RCP CITY OF TUICRTL1 APPROVED 117,210. ltiL c i V MV w DS ORMOI w� FR 98284.00 NOT FOR CON STRU ION MI HUN Amer p ...... 3 41, iLIYi VLi 1 T iA tii44 itt) I ii i(stt/ tL ft•t L, I V4'•1 -0' �/7vI�. H V u 7 frISLIO �2028 REG I1' ) tAR TFda2AAS D. EA4R1 STATE OF WASHINGTON F -OR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES SEARS ENTRANCE PLANS RECEIVED 4-15 -88 - GITY OF TUKWIL61z JUN 2 ? 199' \88284 \CAD \A26 , . Mi iac PEP.MIT CENTER PERMIT /BID zl I N REMOVE PORTION O E. GAH T RGGF r STRUCTURE AS REVD. FOR NE PARAPE NEW EIFS COPING 11E \NEW ROOFING INTO EXISTING f _ V EA ENTRANCE SURROUND OVER METTAL STUD FRAMING li STEEL BEAM TO REMAIN Ark SECTION AT SEARS ENTRANCE it Jt TIGHT -UNE ROOF LEADER TOI TRENCH E. SLAB AS REVD. I1E E. STORM SEWER SYSTEM -- nEr @NORTH ELEVATION AT SEARS ENTRANCE � J EIFS COPING EXISTING ROOF UNE BEYOND TO REMAIN UNE OF EXISTING CANOPY SOFFIT BEYOND EXISTING EXPANSION JT., FLASHING, AND COUNTERFLASHING (BEYOND) LAP NEW EXPANSION JT, FLASHING OVER EXISTING EXPANSION Jr. FLASHING, PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS--SEE DET. EXISTING STRIP SKYLIGHT CURB AND FLASHING (BEYOND) EXISTING BRICK VENEER WALL SEARS BUILDING BEYOND, TYP. NEW EXPANSION JT,; RFC' ET AND COUNTERFLASHING BEYOND- -TIE INTO EXISTING FLASHING A EXP. JT. EXISTING ROOF CONSTR. TO REMAIN EXISTING SUSPENDED CEM. PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN NEW EIFS SOFFIT BEYOND NEW DES ON MR. STUD FURRING OVER EXISTING GLAZING EIFS AND METAL -FRAME ARCH ARCH REINF. PER STRUCT. EIFS ARCH nEYONO EXISTING ALUM. -FRAME ENTRANCE GLAZING SYSTEM TO REMAIN _EXISTING STRUCT. EXTERIOR CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN, TYP. NOTE: REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING STEEL - FRAME CANTILEVERED ROOF CONSTRUCTION AS REVD. FOR NEW ENTRANCE EXISTING CLERESTORY WINDOWS EIFS OVER METAL STUD FRAMING (FRAME FROM EXISTING LOWER ROOF LEVEL) EXISTING PRECAST CONC. FASCIA PANELS TO BE REMOVED 2' -0" X V -0" SCREENED VENT LOUVERS (3 TYP) T o n d EXISTING STUCCO AND METAL FRAME FASCIA TO REMAIN W /NEW EIFS AND — METAL STUD 'FURRING OVER NEW REGLETIANO COUNTERFLASHIJJO I ASHING II B. U. BASE F1 ,T EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE TO RFM/yIN, TYP. EXISTING T CONC. FASCIA HNELS TO REMAIN, N. Tv. UNLESS NOTED Ii II I llJ NEW EIFS ON METAL STUD FRAMING TO COVER EXISTING CONC. PANELS BRICK VENEER ENTRANCE PIERS PRECAST CONC. ACCENT STRIPS BRICK SOLDIER COURSE ® PIER BASE TYP. ALL SIDES C.I.P. CONC. PUNTH - -HT. AS REVD. FOR BRICK MODULE FIN. MALL FLOOR EL. 28.50 EXISTING MALL ROOF FASCIA TO REMAIN NOTE: TIE NEW R REGLET AND COON EXISTING IZET NG, BASE FL FLASHING IN EXISTING C.A.B. SIDIN PANELS TO REMAIN, TYP. UNLESS NOTED 1/4' • T-0 SHI EIFS SIDING OVER MTL.STUD FRAMING WITH 3/4" DEEP REVEALS TO ALIGN WITH EAST ELEVATION, TYP. AS SHOWN SIDE ELEV. OF ENTRANCE ARCH 0 NEW EXP. JT. W/ ELASTOMERIC COVER SLOPE B 1/2" PER FT. NEW ROOF MEMBRANE - -TIE TO E. ROOF MEMBRANE V4' "T -0' ■ TOY E. SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN - -CUT HOLES FOR NEW LIGHTING AND PATCH AS REVD TO MATCH ADJ. SURFACES TRANSVERSE SECTION AT SEARS ENTRANCE EXISTING ROOF CONSTR. TO REMAIN EXISTING PRECAST CONC. FASCIA PANELS AND PORTION OF ROOF TO BE REMOVED AS REVD. FOR NEW SOFFIT WALL CONSTR. NEW SUSPEND611T CONSTR: T 7 (SEE DE? 26/(A610I I III METAL STUD YOR61I D OR COLD-ROLLED 7/8" HAT CH LS ® 2' -0" O.C, III 5/8" GYP. SH A9MG I!! EIFS II H I I :II EIFS SIDING 0 1 M STUD FRAM }N{F W/ 3/4" REVEALS 10 ALIGN WITH VIII ENTRANCE SURROUND, TYP. AS SHbIN4 II II I I III U II 1 III TYP. ENTRANCE SURROUND WALL gaol, METAL STUDS IC 01 O.C. I III I 5/8" GYP. SH(Aill1I1)IG i III I EIFS H II I I III I I. II I 7TP. ENTRANCE SURROUND BRICK PIER CONSTR., MATCH DOOR �I VENEER NDR. HT. " AIR MOISTURE - B . RRIE O VER 5/ e- YP. SHEATHING METAL STUD FRAfA1N66" O.C. EXISTING —FRAME ENTRANCE GLA SYSTEM TO REMAIN NEW S.S. 20" DIAM. SUPPLY DUCT -- SECURE TO FLOOR OVER E. DUCT OPENINGS (3) TYP. XPANSH •LAB Ti TRUCT EMAIN 7REl.� IPPTEMI r / i EIFS FORRIN IQ IT ' OVER EXP. JT. r (" I I EXISTING ALISAH. ENTR�r NAP ® M I 1 GLAZING (BE ND) imummila r;J EXISTING EN r G TO..REMAIN, ORE STR. LINE OF ECESSED LIGHT UGH BEYOND EIFS SH COVER MR. ST FRAMING TS NB' STEEL REINF. PER S CT. ROOF D' IN AND OVERFL INLET EIFS CR1 S -BEAM WITH IN :GRAL -:CHI COVE INDIREC UP -LIGHT FIXTURE SEE ELEC. PRECAS COVER, EXISTIN IN CON EXISTIN SLAB'T BRIO PIER BRIO I . III 1 CHANNELS III H I! if H I II 'I I!! X EXISTING ROOF CONSTR. TO REMAIN - -PATCH NEW ROOFING INTO EXISTING AS REVD. TYP. PARAPET WALL CON AST CONC. AC ENT S, TYP. 0 BRI K VEN VENEER FN SOLDIER CC REMOVE PORTION OF E CANT. ROOF STRUCTURE AS REVD. FOR NEW PARAPET NEW EIFS COPING TIE NEW ROOFING INTO EXISTING AS REVD. EIFS. 5/8" GYP. SHEATHING I MR. STUDS ®16" O.C. PRONDE DIAG. BRAgNG AS REVD. ®SOFFIT FRAM' . NOTE: EXTEND SOFFIT FRAM G. TO E. ROOF STRUCTURE I EXIS NG SUSPENDED PLASTER' SOF T TO REMAIN NEW EIFS SOFFIT - -RE INTO) EXIS NG SOFFIT NEW EIFS OVER 5/8" GYP. SHEATHING OVER MIL STUD FRAMING EXISTING PRECAST CONC. � FASCIA PANELS TO BE i, EXISTING ., REM VE PORTION ROO CONSTR. AS E0'D 1 m / 1 76.4 EXIS NG ROOF CON TR. REMOVED rOmi NMI II XIV yw SEARS ENTRANCE KEY PLAN � IJ I i I I I I III T OF IUKWIL A APPROVED 1-i PRECAST GFRC COL. COVER MI T HUN • oilWi WAY.. sit 1 •7 1 f∎.“ 1 xf - r s(err)raf Yrrf I111RI:2 tr 1REGIS ITECT I.' L� \ AR STER TH D.CH STATE OF WASHINGTON EIFS SIDING W/ 3/4" DEEP EIFS REVEALS TOM CH FOR PERMIT OPPOSITE SIDE F ENTRANCE +PC ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED._;_ POE PERMIT APPIICATION:AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY • GOVERNMENTAL ABENCRS - SEARS ENTRANCE - ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS 08294.00 amam 4 -15 -99 CITY 05 ssII WI� 1 (9 E:\98294\CAD \727 PERMIT GENT. o e T, 0 z AUG 24 039 A J NVIFT y BUILDNG D.VISICN ^ SECTION AT - SEARS WITH ARCH REAR ELEV. ' A2-.7 PERM IT/BIQ- NOT FOR CON SIO ONE ®.o mf..,,.., >. n , Y - 24'X24' SCREEN LOUVER — ACCENT FEATURE 10/A6.7 TYP AS SHOWN j 8F' E OM XP FIN. ANSION SI E JOALK INT (FIELD O RO VERIFY) RDW 7 O PARAPET - EIFS FINISH, TYP. O N A97 ' EIFS REVEALS, TYP. . 2 -6' 12 14' -6' 2 6 y 2 i/2' 2 1/2' 1 1 , EIFS ARCH 1 ROOF DRAIN TIGHTLINE ■ ' W/ 2' DIA. • E. ROOF -- I NOTE: PROVIDE T'PE INDIRECT LIGHT FI TU S CONSTR., TYP. AS -- I! Loi-3" 3/4' DEEP REVEAL TYP iiiiii C. ACCENT K UNITS H ITS L N � ,. G PRECAST CO BAND 2 BRIT X 6 BRICK `,�� i `f ■\ � Amil �' "X2' 1:13 r --=,= = S �, � - 7 -0 STONE CLADDING If YN, AS SHOWN NEW BRICK PIERS EA. SIDE OF ENTRA E .. -- S L �? �y ��a _ _ ��Ca1�• I E XISTING ;;N;1: I I f E MAIN p I . •; :E � — _ — — > —_ 4:- - - -- - L__ - - -- ° — �— 't•I Z —t .S nnn r, +lts»lNuuffiiril I � = EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE REMAIN, TYP. U / a ' I UNE OF NEW ENTRANCE �� `� UNE OF (E) PRECAST CONS PIERS BELOW FASCIA PANELS BELOW SHEET METAL COPING i EXP JTJ COVER EIFS COPING Ali NU UNE OF NEW CANOPY — j UNE Od EXISTING STORE RETROFIT I EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN PATCH EXISTING PLASTER SOFFIT PREP 8 FINISH W/ EIFS TOP COAT TYP AS SHOWN AT HATCHED AREA IONS V , \ N.■ N 'It.■ "*. A.M7L IL & ,. k \\N , \N \ \ \\..\, \\ NN I T N.\ i Ai • --_2===•Emsgmaumsnumy :ir ir- - -- 2i 0 O 1-0 ROOF PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE TS BEAMS SEE STRUC. BOS 25 AFF TYPICAL BRICK VENEER CORNY.. BRICK VENEER 2' AIR SPACE MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MIL STUD FRAMING 016' OC I • °REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE EIFS PARAPET RETURN TO CONCEAL BRACING IF REQUIRED ACCENT FEATUR GEE 10/A6.7 CONT. STEEL SUPPORT GABLE WALL BEYOND NOTE NO WORK TO CASK SIDE 0 EXISTING PRECAST PANELS EIFS FINISH SEE 4/A6.3 EXISTING PRECAST PANEL EIFS ARCH NEW LIGHT FIXTURE GEE A70 FOR LOC EIFS OVER METAL STUD FRAMING (ABOVE EXTENT OF BRICK VENEER) NEW EIES SOFFIT RETURN TYP AS SHOWN BY SHADED AREA COLUMN COVER 12 NEW EIFS SOFFIT RETURN 1/e' !' -0 3' -61/8' 7•11 1/8'. } T. 91' -4' CONSTRUCTION AFF 4 TYP EIFS 431 �` .4 11111 SOS 25' -6' AFF 4111110 ° III 11110 IIIII WEST ENTRANCE KEY PLAN EIFS OVER METAL STUO'FRAMING (ABOVE EXTENT OF BRICK. VENEER) 1/8' 7 -11 1/8' O WEST ENTRY SECTION WEST ENTRY SECTION BRICK VENEER PRECAST CONC.. ACCENT BAND ° 2 BRICKS HIGH BRICKS LONG BRICK VEENER SOLDIER COURSE 24124' SCREEN LOUVE VENTS - LOC. PER P 6' METAL STUDS 16' I ail 1 1 r BOS 25' -6' AFF X11 f • Mil 0 P i � 'W 'ja 4 ' f ' 2 VT METAL S IDS 16' OC ittli _-4 ROOF DRAIN W /'�, L DIA. ', ; � Ir) TIGHTLINE THR�,I GH E. I� CONC. PANEL TIC E. ROOF 11'4•$ I\ 1 STONE EIFS FRAM OVER M STUC ING PLAN SECTION AT WEST ENTRANCE 9 TYPICAL METAL BIDING CONGTRUCTIOR METAL SIDING 7/8' HAT CHANNE -S MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MTL STUD FRAMIIIG 016' OC TYPICAL EIFS CONSTRUCTION NOTE: SEE FLOOR PLANS F TILE PATTERN LAYOUT EXISTING ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN- -EXISTI G DOOR PULL HARDWARE TO REMOVED FOR NEW DOOR' P LS EXISTING STRUCT. COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. LINE OF EXISTING DEPARTM STORE TO REMAIN SI PROVIDE 6" RECESS 0 EXISTING BRICK WALL °FLOOR PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE /C Al a EIFS m MOISTURE BARRI 5/8' GYPSUM SHE THING MTL STUD FRAMt 6 016' OC 6' METAL STUD 6' OG - ' T -10' EXISTING DEPARTMENT STORE BEYOND TO REMAIN WEST ENTRAN :,:`ELEVATION` 14'-10' (E) PRECAST CONS FASCIA PANELS TO REMAIN, TYP. LINE OF RECESSED ARCH BELOW SAWCUT EXISTING CONC. PAVING AS REQ'D. FOR NEW BRICK ENTRANCE PIERS AND PIER FOOTINGS- -SEE STRUCT. PRECAST GFRC COLUMN COVER LINE OF NEW ENTRANCE ARCH ABOVE EXISTING CONC. PAVING TO REM N, TYP. UNLESS NOTED —> C l /nl ol Aza EIFS COPING 1/4 V4' •T -O' APPROVED AUG 24 "6999 AS NOTED MITHUN' s 0} IYL L 16L1$$1L VA eL1L1 1"616,$ : . aL(e•L1 .16L az" eia1616 i[4461 BUILDING DIVISION AND 'L -1' ES IN SOFFIT AWN VF MH Ma, D CR FB 98294.00 A2.8 NOT FOR CONSTRUC11ON rO=•+v... 4 9I `` REG STEREO I ._ HITECT TH:MINRICH I .. STA1E AS OF WAS E RiCTON FOR PERMIT WEST ENTRANCE PLANS, ELEVATION & SECTIONS 4- 15 -99. - ' 2 Icon, E\98294 \CAD1A28 IT CENT. PERMIT/6 ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SXB ECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERtMICNTAL AGENCIES' Y - 24'X24' SCREEN LOUVER — — - V I . EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN PATCH EXISTING PLASTER SOFFIT PREP 8 FINISH W/ EIFS TOP COAT TYP AS SHOWN AT HATCHED AREA IONS V , \ N.■ N 'It.■ "*. A.M7L IL & ,. k \\N , \N \ \ \\..\, \\ NN I T N.\ i Ai • --_2===•Emsgmaumsnumy :ir ir- - -- 2i 0 O 1-0 ROOF PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE TS BEAMS SEE STRUC. BOS 25 AFF TYPICAL BRICK VENEER CORNY.. BRICK VENEER 2' AIR SPACE MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MIL STUD FRAMING 016' OC I • °REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE EIFS PARAPET RETURN TO CONCEAL BRACING IF REQUIRED ACCENT FEATUR GEE 10/A6.7 CONT. STEEL SUPPORT GABLE WALL BEYOND NOTE NO WORK TO CASK SIDE 0 EXISTING PRECAST PANELS EIFS FINISH SEE 4/A6.3 EXISTING PRECAST PANEL EIFS ARCH NEW LIGHT FIXTURE GEE A70 FOR LOC EIFS OVER METAL STUD FRAMING (ABOVE EXTENT OF BRICK VENEER) NEW EIES SOFFIT RETURN TYP AS SHOWN BY SHADED AREA COLUMN COVER 12 NEW EIFS SOFFIT RETURN 1/e' !' -0 3' -61/8' 7•11 1/8'. } T. 91' -4' CONSTRUCTION AFF 4 TYP EIFS 431 �` .4 11111 SOS 25' -6' AFF 4111110 ° III 11110 IIIII WEST ENTRANCE KEY PLAN EIFS OVER METAL STUO'FRAMING (ABOVE EXTENT OF BRICK. VENEER) 1/8' 7 -11 1/8' O WEST ENTRY SECTION WEST ENTRY SECTION BRICK VENEER PRECAST CONC.. ACCENT BAND ° 2 BRICKS HIGH BRICKS LONG BRICK VEENER SOLDIER COURSE 24124' SCREEN LOUVE VENTS - LOC. PER P 6' METAL STUDS 16' I ail 1 1 r BOS 25' -6' AFF X11 f • Mil 0 P i � 'W 'ja 4 ' f ' 2 VT METAL S IDS 16' OC ittli _-4 ROOF DRAIN W /'�, L DIA. ', ; � Ir) TIGHTLINE THR�,I GH E. I� CONC. PANEL TIC E. ROOF 11'4•$ I\ 1 STONE EIFS FRAM OVER M STUC ING PLAN SECTION AT WEST ENTRANCE 9 TYPICAL METAL BIDING CONGTRUCTIOR METAL SIDING 7/8' HAT CHANNE -S MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MTL STUD FRAMIIIG 016' OC TYPICAL EIFS CONSTRUCTION NOTE: SEE FLOOR PLANS F TILE PATTERN LAYOUT EXISTING ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN- -EXISTI G DOOR PULL HARDWARE TO REMOVED FOR NEW DOOR' P LS EXISTING STRUCT. COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. LINE OF EXISTING DEPARTM STORE TO REMAIN SI PROVIDE 6" RECESS 0 EXISTING BRICK WALL °FLOOR PLAN AT WEST ENTRANCE /C Al a EIFS m MOISTURE BARRI 5/8' GYPSUM SHE THING MTL STUD FRAMt 6 016' OC 6' METAL STUD 6' OG - ' T -10' EXISTING DEPARTMENT STORE BEYOND TO REMAIN WEST ENTRAN :,:`ELEVATION` 14'-10' (E) PRECAST CONS FASCIA PANELS TO REMAIN, TYP. LINE OF RECESSED ARCH BELOW SAWCUT EXISTING CONC. PAVING AS REQ'D. FOR NEW BRICK ENTRANCE PIERS AND PIER FOOTINGS- -SEE STRUCT. PRECAST GFRC COLUMN COVER LINE OF NEW ENTRANCE ARCH ABOVE EXISTING CONC. PAVING TO REM N, TYP. UNLESS NOTED —> C l /nl ol Aza EIFS COPING 1/4 V4' •T -O' APPROVED AUG 24 "6999 AS NOTED MITHUN' s 0} IYL L 16L1$$1L VA eL1L1 1"616,$ : . aL(e•L1 .16L az" eia1616 i[4461 BUILDING DIVISION AND 'L -1' ES IN SOFFIT AWN VF MH Ma, D CR FB 98294.00 A2.8 NOT FOR CONSTRUC11ON rO=•+v... 4 9I `` REG STEREO I ._ HITECT TH:MINRICH I .. STA1E AS OF WAS E RiCTON FOR PERMIT WEST ENTRANCE PLANS, ELEVATION & SECTIONS 4- 15 -99. - ' 2 Icon, E\98294 \CAD1A28 IT CENT. PERMIT/6 ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SXB ECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERtMICNTAL AGENCIES' I PARTIAL ROOF PLAN AT NORTH ENTRANCE r e/ /1 0 1/ // 1/ �� % %� �� f1 7 // p 1 ' / % ��� e �� /� // /� ICAL EIFS ISTRUCTION C.I.P. CONC. B EXTENSION- : STRUCT : :2 BOS 24' -6' AFF STURE BARRIER GYPSUM SHEATHING . STUD FRAMING 916' OC ?CAL BRICK iFFR CONST SK VENEER GR SPACE STURE BARRIER GYPSUM SHEATHING . STUD FRAMING 516' OC ENTRY BRACE s" sTR ' TTP As 51i0WN EXISTIIIG STOREFRONT TOR MAIN PATCH EXISTING PLASTER S�F PREP D FINISH WITH EIF TOP COAT LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE b' TYP NEW BRICK VENEER COLUMN COVER NEW EIFS SOFFIT RETURN COLUMN COVER O - -- ENTRANCE PARTIAL REFLECTED D CEILING PLAN AT NORTH ENTR NORTH ENTRY SECTION VC • T -0' EIFS PARAPET RETURN TO GONLEAL BRACING IF RF- OUIRED TYPICAL MET, ACCENT FEATURE SIDING CONST METAL SIDINE 7/5' HAT CHA MOISTURE BA 5/8' GYPSUM NITL STUD FR SEE 10/A6.7 NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB EXTENSION- - SEE STRUCT. NORTH ° , ENTRY: SECTION 24724' SCREEN LOUVER VENTS F2 SEE 3/A2.0 FOR LOC SIM NOTE, WRAP EIFS BEHIND STONE CLADDING NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB EXTENSION- SEE STRUCT: TYP AS SHOWN IEI SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN 1E1 ALUM FRAME E TRAN TO REMAIN ROOF DRAIN W/ 2' DIA. TIGHTLINE TO E. ROOF TY, 121 LOC. AS SHOW WOW immui ipwpwu BRICK VENEER SOLIDER COURSE TYP. ON CONC. PLINTH TYP GFRC COLUMN PROFILE EXISTING ALIj 'ENTR CE SYSTe1�1 TO R MAIN NEW it ICK V ry11`ER 14 41.9- EA. S;DE OF ,' NTRA.NC.4 ARCHIiTYP. Afl SHOWN, NORTH ENTRANCE EXTERIOR ELEVATION_ CITY t tWILA D AUG 2 4 -1999 AS NOTED PERMIT GENTS, FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED +.2 FOR PERMIT APPLICATION .AND IS. sU[MC.T TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS ::RE .:; NORTH ENTRANCE'. PLANS, 'ELEVATION & SECTIONS 98294.00 4 -15 -99 P b cm of T UKW "^ E; \98294\CAD \AA29 JUN 2 2 1990 . NO WORK TO BACK SIDE OF EXISTING PRECAST PANELS EIFS FINISH SEE 4/A6.5 EXISTING PRECAST PANEL CANOPY SECTION 10'•0' CENTER LIGHT FIXTURES ON DOORS BELOW. TYP NEW EIFS SOFFIT RETURN LINE OF IEI CANOPY RETRO -FIT TYP EA SIDES 2'-0 1/ 1 10 1/4 . 7.11 1/8' (-- EIFS PARAPET :=1:1141: TYPICAL EIFS CONSTRUCTION EIFS MOISTURE BARRIER 5/5' GYPSUM SHEATHING MTL STUD FRAMING - 4- NORTH ENTRANCE 2' -0 1/4 T -11 VW TYPICAL \ BIDING CONSTRUCTION METAL SIDING 7/8' HAT CHANNELS MOISTURE BARRIE: I �}/ 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING �I I MIL STUD FRAMI X16' OC !�u. 6' METAL STUDS NG I OC • TOS 27-0' AFk 0 1a ` ' �i ® RACE SEE STRUC l ill 'FIXTURE fyT Ft %TURF - S - LEC ROOF DRAIN WW TIGHTLINE TO E. R• 2'1/2' METAL STUDS OC • m STONE p - CLADDING LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC ROOF DRAIN WITH 2 INCH DIA. LEADER. LOC. PER PLANS 2` DIA RAIN LEADER THROUGH PARAPET WALL - -DRAIN TO E. ROOF METAL SIDING METAL TRIM • PENETRATION ELASTOMERIC PIPE COLLAR FLASHING a PENETRATION TYP METAL SIDING CONST. TS BRACE • EACH WING WALL SEE STRUCT r TYPE V INDIRECT LIGHT WING WALL RETURN TO I I I FIXTURE SEE ELEC. I 24X24' SCREENED LOWER CONCEAL BRACING , I TIP EA SIDE SEEM' SIN T 911 TYP AS SHOWN MOW SIlte�.11eUE -•.... �s��st -�' IL�Q�iIC� L� •1s z���!■ CURB E %TENSION YP EACH SIDE OF ENTTRY 1'-0 O PLAN SECTION AT NORTH ENTRANCE Arilh r�=. -- =ow. mi 0 REMAIN IL EXISTING CURB CUT NFIL W/ CONC. �JY7 TYP EA SIDE' IEI ALUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM TO REMAIN REMOVE IE{ DOOR PUTS AND REPALCE W/N - W SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 2' -1' PROVIDE STUD FRAMING AS REONREO FOR COLD COYERS. TY NEW SEE L IE} EXTERI R WALL ON5T. TO REWI TYR VEN ER OOL COLREMAUMN C VERS IEI STEEL N TO ' -0 7-0' '•0 7-0' 0 14 ENLARGED PLAN NORTH ENTRANCE 4 SEE SHT A -2 PLANS FOR DOOR MARKS. TYP E STRUCT. CONC 4LAB TO REMAIN TYP EIFS PARAPET CONS? NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB E %TENSION SEE sTRUCT. 1' 6' 11'8 =STING PRECAST PANELS TO BE REMOVED 11 -8 1/4'•T -0' r CURB E0T 1 gy. VP ' ) - V4' • 1'-0' " 5 TA' 6' T MI T H ITN ''''' offxtr stATxls rA fflff r1S s/ • s of {{ [ ffi fts ffff • ' { - — - - / - �( NEW TYPE 3 ALUM. -FRAME W/ SAFE G ING13 SEEQ MY SKTLIGHTS TYP. I ! I REMOVE E SKYLI‘HTS NFW SKYLIGHIS_L9 SEE © 1 I MY AS REGD. FOR TYP As SHOWNL I ill I I / iron I :r �w , imam A I I IL, 1� rife � ' __I mil UMW _� Muntil ��c, _ ior�:' ►M I�_v�� " �NI I c�ip� I l i e own --• _� f I___u it _� II II . -r g� i ;ii i ��r E' ��� Pi2ft!_!1 1'm1111111 IIIIIIuhIU meenn U11111:�81 1 10 IuhlImllllluuul�tlu F I - _ ---- -� _ __ ___ - _E._ _ _ — __ —_ �. -__ - -- - __ ' { � I E. ' DGE E. palm ' ►f j I EVAN A I I IL, ■ e ;, F4 v ce , I ' ' � I I , I i AA SRFROLOW I I l i Allk I :ir.:_, -� _ g� i ;ii i ��r E' ��� Pi2ft!_!1 ; I F :,;I E:P 5KYLIGHTST T 1 REMA IN. I I . !L'!! REMOVE E 6' X 6' SKYLIGHTS 0 NEW SKYLIGF? LOCATIONS I I NEW TYPE 2 A UM.-FRAME GLAZING SEE, 0 SKYLIGHTS W /SAFETY TYP 00 PLACES I I I I ����o���� II ; ; ;; l . I E ROOF INS,I FLASH INTO DRA NEW TO REMAIN SKYLIGHT - CURBS AS SHOWN ON 7\ LL A6.1 I I - H A; 11 I� I1111!i Alm / MEII AS REQ'D.. TYP. E. SLOPING ?ABLE ROOF MEMBRANE ROOF 0 CONC II ,�� H L 11 W 11% ," B ,111111111111 �111H \ \11TH ►\ \III E. MECH. PENTHOUSE E. HIGH -BAY UMBRELLA cpLUMN LINE OF E. ROOF JOINT AREA MBRELLA COLUMN O 'I nir E. MECH. DUCT TO REMAIN N ROOF BELOW, TYP. - - -1 J E. MECH. HVAC PAD ,E4 A P ROOF PAR WA..S TO REM A N PET --,I I E. WALKING SURFACE E. MECH. PENTHOUSE VIII TO REMAIN • * a 11111��11111TO 1 11H, i 11111 — 11TH ••� 11TH it E. MEG VIDE PROVIDE . STAIRS NEW 3' -0' WALKING SURFACE I II I. E. WALKING T SURFACE J y / / - TIE IT 11 111_ _1111 T 11 •3111 11TH �CONNE . NEW HvAI.IEQUIP: TO EXISTING WALKING -DO• •L. TS TO MATCH E. S - SURFACE YLIGHTS, PROVIDE NEW FOR ACCESS 0 -0' WALKING SUR=ACEJ TO NEW HVAC EQUIp- E. WALKING SURFACE D • _ - : I. ,, 16 16. . AND STRUCTURE T• 371 IN TO REMAIN 6, %�1111r.1 p��ia�iN ��� ' SKYLIG ' -� 161 TYP, CONNECT TO E ® I AS SHOWN I HA NEW ROOF INTO PM. _ a E MEC E. ROOF DRAIN TO REMAIN E ROOF PARAPET W/ NEW EI=S FURRING C� LINES AS REDD. E. ROOF DR ti • 7 2. O. -k-Y I IIP — • 'i'I •T COPIN ei::i TYP . • p, •�I�/ SIDE �•�il. - ® , 'r j p •: J�'':' "i'�'J%':'�ii aJ :;��• v..:.!' • IGe _ •;•rte .�J •• ::•:'�❖ :OS:::' ti':'3�;:•�s,: 1 1 , �• S J • • fff - 1616 ❖.�0��••00�• '• •����•�• V':p�•' :: • J. _ 16 �•� • d ���: =•:':: � F RETURN. EA. i(��// IIW1116Y0rI' /� /� 1616 1- :: r i•: :'i :• O'Sd•� 1616 I ,���:�: 16. , . , I ���� -' I- — _NI r iiiAl• S I NOTE CROSS- HATCHED AREAS INDICATE NEW ROOFING OVER NEW STRUCTURE TYP. AS SHC WN 4 u— 3 0 I I I 1FLp - F AT ,FLPIN - —_ _, e.e = ,.re,,.r � ' � �COPINGI / cn COG) t • � nnuroorc ivuoc I n� TEW E N H YP IT ON RO AC DUNE. SEE MECOF St H E NORDSTROM STORE ROOF PARAPET TO REMAIN NEW TYPE 3 'AI AR -FRAME SKYLIGHT SAFETY GLAZING. SEE E RIDGE EXISTING STRllCT. STE5' BEAM TO REMAIN- - SEE STROCT E. ROOF MEMBRANE TO 1616 REMAN -CUT AND PATCH AS REDS FOR: NEW SKYLIGHT E. STRIP SKYLIGHTS TO REMAIN. TYP. C IF PLAN 0 NORDSTROM IL— NOTE: ALL 5 YLIGHTS TO BE CENTERED OM GRID LINE. TYP U.N.b 7 ROOF PLAN @ SEARS ENTRANCE LJ T E. RI E. SKYLIGHTS TO REMAIN. 1-'P MALL CORR WALLS BELOW EXISTING HIGH -BAY ROOF TO REMOVE 271 EXISTING AS SKYLIGHT$, PATCH ROOF TO NEW SKYLLIGGHT HT CURB RELOCATFAA ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED ET BfiACE -- P. AS GHOWI ROOF PLAN 0 MAIN ENTRANCE & BON COURT EXISTING MALL FACADE W/ NEW EIFS FINISH 1 111 ■1 Mom= O M pin= ,_r11 ■ ►OI • AN Ma. 41111•11 PARMA 0 mr NEW TYP FRAME 5 SAFETY SEE 3 ALUM- YLIGHTS W/ LAZING. I21 TYP. E r��- rmrrr� I IyyyLl 1LEE DEMOLISH PORTION OF E. CANTILEVERED RCOF CANOPY AS REQD. FOR NEW CONSTR. NEW ENTRANCE P RAPET W/ ALUM. CO PCAP HATCHED AREA INDICATES NEW ROOF STRUCTURE - -PATCH INTO EXISTING ROOF PROVIDE NEW EXPANSION JT. TO MATCH EXIST. EXISTING SEARS STORE ROOF - PARAPET TREMADJ 1/16' 28 - 27 28 29 Mq E. RIDGE NOTE: ALL SKYLIGHTS TO BE CENTERED ON ?RID LINE TYP 1/16' ROOF PLAN 0 JCPENNEY CORRIDOR Z '/ O E. SKYLIGHTS TO TYP. AS SHOWN EXISTING ROOF LINE TO REMAIN. TYP. E. SLOPING GABLE ROOF 'MEMBRANE TO REMAIN. TYP. E. HI -BAY G ROOF STRUCTU CUT D PATC FOR W SKYL NEW {TYPE 1 A_I�M: FRAME SKYLIGHT W /S• GLAZING TO ISTING ROOF -i RUCT. L SEE I PROVIDE NEW D • INAGE CRICKETS TYP. AS READ. 0 NEW SKYLIGHTS LINE OF E. MALL CORRIDOR WALLS BELOW E. SKYLIGHT TO R EMAIN E. MECH. DUCTWORK ON ROOF RELOC DUCT AND DUCT PENETRATION AS RE FOR NEW SKYLIG T I E. J.C. PENNEY STORE ROOF TO REMAIN. TYP. TE 'D ROOF PLAN @ MAIN MALL SKYLIGHT E. ROOF DRAINS AND DRAINAGE CRICKETS TO REMAIN-FLASH DRAINS TO NEW SKYLIGHT CURBS. TY . NEW ROOF DRAIN L- SEE DIIT /as NEW MP- ROOF+ OVER E. STRIP SKYLIGFFFNNNII.TS AS REM SEE 1116' 1 -0 E ENTRANCE ROOF AND PARAPET TO 'REMAIN E. RIDGE L 1!W•T -0' - Zl V AM. PERMIT CENTER MT T HUN AiSTA VF v H w2 ... D D S :u.. DAS CRAW FR n 'I u � L J� 0 1 4 -27 -99 BAR. APPROVAL 2029 EGISTERED `RARCHITECT T.10MA`! D. EMRICH STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND LS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES CITY f TIVNILA CITY. OI10 _ — PARTIAL ROOF PLANS AUG 2 4 1599 SKYLIGHT AREAS AS hi, BU!L'JtNG DMDI0N . ,® RR10 98204.00 ( R OF E TNM•4 t5 -99 U 2 1 8198284 \CAD \A2 -10 ` 20161 •216 „44 22,,162, 71603 0 0 < z O w Iu� 0 Uu� 0 0 0 � I-U--I z Q X Z w � - - - -- A2 . 1 0 PERMIT/BID KEY PLAN 5 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTK V m ..16..2.,2,.. s 11 V � 1 EINENEMMEMEMDMVXMOMMINNWMEMMMEMEMNEEMENNONWUNNENNENMENMIM INE_ ■w �Il MMEMLUOMMMUMMENNMENUNMEM ■. r r ■Maw ■UNUELE ■w ■ ■SUa�iwMw EN■■EI TIMM ■I!IMENN■ MMEN■MEMMMO ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■wMITNN I'NNEMN 1■ww ■■■ ■EEHMUNEM MEMNIM ■■w ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■MEMNEAi �aRil�l�iil�' ■UNM IMMUNE ■ E■■■ I■E!ifii�lii+lEN ■MEINE■w ■N ■EN■ ■M 7IM ■■ ■E■Ew A TZT INENNIE MEN ■ ■■ ■E� ■ ■■\IOMI"`�i∎Immom EIIIAEIII ■l ■ ■P� CIti� _Iuni nommil IZ O � ®' MMENII g•: EXTEND FLOOR TILE TO WALL BELOW COUNTER SHOWN FOR CLARITY Y { MAINTE i OFFICE I tJT ALIGN JOINTS W/ CORRIDOR TILE LAYOUT 1 HR RATED WALL INFlLL SET TO ALIGN W/ ADJACENT SURFACES EXISTING TENANT SPACE DOOR SEE 24'•0' NEW SUSP GWB CLG • •- G'-0 1/2' SMOOTH FINISH PAINT 17'-5' EXIST. FLOOR TILE - T-1 TYP. • CORRIDOR E. GRAB BARS TO REMAIN REPLACE FLUSH VAL THIS WC. A LIGN W/ CORRIDOR H.sp W/ SENSOR TYPE V VE GRID PATTERN :: t, ■N r ®_ nl �������� EXIS I -... - ING CHASE ! gasaw■ PHONE JAN �p �A..��iC�t�17■■w � � E■ t 11 PANE 's _ QA Z N y lI s / 4 C y If p h: h i J C e . f tI CLOSET IvN ■■I ■ ■1 l INNIP47 I : , :s I rm .a�...: / a s . :..de. , . 1� , S Haz ' issi IIsII z u■1WAIIIwg "IS . �- -i!y `:.�+"``. 1 ■ .� ■■ ll illCi� __ \il ■I ■ ■ !7 ■ �T ■ I ali�Ie1C�I NO WORK ^16. "11 GI1141E� ■M ■w■ I ELEC. 5 c x . W ■■■Nm�■��1■I�nseinimucu umumgq! THIS ROOM PANE i k_s - = �alI�AM■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■w ■.-' I♦ EM■ ®I ami11i1 ■ilI`iiiY ;7 � il 7 f � 11111 i � s1■marE■■ ■ ■ ■■■EE I A 7■■ ■■■ Innummumciii■inzari �G mi - .- � rt2... i■■■ ■Ewa ■r.� 1 ; ■aa■ii►, ■�■■■■■■ ■■■■ ,k l■u I� -_ �■� ■ ■n■ ■�■I °ER r. m r Iu7NVJ■EE■►:'1 i rI R s miar! cor um o IMi�P �w ■1 lU a J■■ ■■2'�Q. ■■■ ■■r►a■►rsar s irmnWu'aaln: ! / ' 111 " ` NO MURK H N.IGEIN ■iii D \ � c� : CI v RIM ■� i RIVE THIS Roots UNKO •UN NE - —_ - . ss Isi ■��■ RIqKL : M. " NONE _ I■■„■• A 1■w ■■w ■11■ ■M 4 T _ mu s E EENNI.Lasumdw-___�.All■.�� ■I ■ENIN I!lll� l !MINE■ o �/I ■w ■ ■ ■ ■Ew ■ ■ . ■MEER FiiOi4:7fi■MMEMINMEI NIMI ItI■NNIIMMENINMANw 24'-0' I P-2 I EXIST STRUCT. COLUMNS (ENLARGED PLAN -- FAMILY AND MEN'S RESTROOM SEE FLOOR PLANS SHT A -2 FOR DOOR MARKS•TYP °i' PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -- FAMILY AND MEN'S RESTROOM 24•-0' ACT -r NEW CEILING INCL. GRID. MATCH EXISTING GRID HEIGHT 20- 4 FIELD FLOOR TILE - T.1 TYP. ALIGN W/ GR J LAYOUT • MALL BEGIN NORTH -SOUTH TILE LAYOUT WITH FULL TILE • THIS WALL TWO FULL TILES 0 FIXT WALL T -G :TYPO MEN'S RESTROOMS FIELD FLOOR TILE: T -1. TYP U.N.O. ALIGN EAST -WEST JOINTS W/ CORRIDOR TILE LAYOUT ADJUST DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GRIDS • THIS TILE ROW IN ENTRY ALCOVE REPLACE E PHONE BOOTHS W /NEW - -SEE ELEC. (4 TYP.) 11 NEW SMOKE DETECTORS POWER t. INTERLINKED W/ MAG. DOOR HOLDER PER 'E' DWGS ACT -1 REPLACE EXISTING TILE AND PAINT E. GRID PER NOTES ON SHT A7.1 CONTRACTORS OPTION, REPLACE ENTIRE CEILING INCL. GRID (ACT -21 1/4 • 1 -0 np mmmmils 11 ■■■ ■1111MMILWAV% //1i ■ 1 ° 1111216101111119Wda ■■■111111.1Miffinf . EG FA MIL" RESiRO L'^S� 0 RETURN AIR GRILLE SEE MECH. TYP NEW SMOKE DETECTORS POWER 8 INTERLINKED W/ MAG. DOOR HOLDER PER 'E' DWGS m IzEY G -0' g' -0 < O 0 I ram w I a L - ' Imo O GWB AT EG �. 4' -0' E0 ' n U2' AFF 0 0 (11:7:;;L: remi © I� ® ■ CT. I,q O . viimmi ■ O O 4 -1e I• 11 EXISTING CORRIDOR NO CEILING THIS SPACE 0 ® NNeeNN REBTROOM 0 NEW SUSP. GWB CLG 0'- AFF FINISH PAINT I P -2 0 TYPE S LIGHT FIXTURES TYP IN CORRIDOR SEE ELEC. RELOCATE (El FULL LENGTH MIRROR gl WV ENWUNNMNPUNNEMmummo 1 1iN ■N■�i611i�i1lirlldli MENMEM_ 4 1 ICS■E■w ■mime !I P+IIialllilgw!!E IMONNHAMNOMONNUOMENNEM MENN u ■ ■ ■■ ■EINIE■E■[71 ■■U�1I:e4i NI■■ ■E ■ ■N. ;; u.■ N ■ ■E ■M:!!■■ ■M 111111 11 /iiiuHi OM NI I■pI ■■E■ ■A.I IMMENI NENNNENNUN INNE■! NPENIIP-_ NM GHELF LAIN APPROX. D2' - EXIST. I 4•' RELOCATE IEI ELEC 4i Rm4o DRYERS E1 WASTE I o i E n■rEwM■I■►E ■^... flt ■11111 1l.! imummummuummai LU IIM,I ■ ■N■w■E■■m I•.= 11i1Y ■��EN gwo ILINNE ■■EwEE ■■ NNIM_ I■w■EE■■l r,rm ■■■■■■= i�w■ ■■■■NNMEM■ - FI ZEMWMPIZAVAIIININIMMII ■ ■ ■�■ ■fir IMIEfat'tt MENI ■ ■■■ ■a ■i • I■■ NIMEN w ■■NE ■\■■_M_ ME■E■I1wNE■Em..u. EMMEMMIMMI ■■■\\■EM EINEVEi° EIMI ■■■■ ■ELINE AJ 10 EXIST. ENLAR(WA-- WOMEN'S RESTROOM EXISTING DIAPER CHANGE STATION - RELOCATED 1/4' • 1 -0 N OF TUKWILA APP/CVFD AU 241999 Nc■ED Hff T.HUN • s SLITS VAT sVITS AAA • SC SITSerss` _1 , (" II E _J 0 ccw w r uu•� MA D D R � .a FB Q � 0 CC W FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS WREN. PREPARED P OR PERMIT APPLICATION AND. IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVE7TAL AGENCIES ENLARGED PLANS TOILET ROOMS 98294.00 4.15 -99 gECEIVE CITY OF TUKVAL'gI 98294 \CAD \A30 T CF_NTF F SOO) Ssa AS{♦ 1 sis OAS TADS Z z v 4 PARTIAL REFLECTED 'CEILING PLAN- WOMEN'S RESTROOM A v 4 . r - • e PERMIT /BID NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION • O O -0' O 5 - -0' - 1 E0 X O O O ESOP RESTROOM IIII .0•.B \ II np NB O _ I O 0 L NEW SUSPENDED GWB CEILING • 0' -0' SMOOTH 0 NM Ae.D FINISH min p_2 I SEEM ' _ 0 0 C] N EW LT FD(T. PER 0 ® T � ' 'D3 ' 'b3 - ' -- 03 ' 'b3 ' ELECT- DWGS O RETURN AIR GRILLE SEE MECH TYP AS SHOWN o m • EG. E0. E• G O w I , ���''ss�I �I10 /� IIIIBBB ��I _ ®® ®® ® III NEW SMOKE DETECTORS= R POWER 8 h'TERLINKED W/ MAG. DOOR HOLDER PER 'E' DWGS O. 7 � � � � ,� i r��� ® . 1. 7YP E IN SER VICE CORRIDOR SEE r ail s 11 V � 1 EINENEMMEMEMDMVXMOMMINNWMEMMMEMEMNEEMENNONWUNNENNENMENMIM INE_ ■w �Il MMEMLUOMMMUMMENNMENUNMEM ■. r r ■Maw ■UNUELE ■w ■ ■SUa�iwMw EN■■EI TIMM ■I!IMENN■ MMEN■MEMMMO ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■wMITNN I'NNEMN 1■ww ■■■ ■EEHMUNEM MEMNIM ■■w ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■MEMNEAi �aRil�l�iil�' ■UNM IMMUNE ■ E■■■ I■E!ifii�lii+lEN ■MEINE■w ■N ■EN■ ■M 7IM ■■ ■E■Ew A TZT INENNIE MEN ■ ■■ ■E� ■ ■■\IOMI"`�i∎Immom EIIIAEIII ■l ■ ■P� CIti� _Iuni nommil IZ O � ®' MMENII g•: EXTEND FLOOR TILE TO WALL BELOW COUNTER SHOWN FOR CLARITY Y { MAINTE i OFFICE I tJT ALIGN JOINTS W/ CORRIDOR TILE LAYOUT 1 HR RATED WALL INFlLL SET TO ALIGN W/ ADJACENT SURFACES EXISTING TENANT SPACE DOOR SEE 24'•0' NEW SUSP GWB CLG • •- G'-0 1/2' SMOOTH FINISH PAINT 17'-5' EXIST. FLOOR TILE - T-1 TYP. • CORRIDOR E. GRAB BARS TO REMAIN REPLACE FLUSH VAL THIS WC. A LIGN W/ CORRIDOR H.sp W/ SENSOR TYPE V VE GRID PATTERN :: t, ■N r ®_ nl �������� EXIS I -... - ING CHASE ! gasaw■ PHONE JAN �p �A..��iC�t�17■■w � � E■ t 11 PANE 's _ QA Z N y lI s / 4 C y If p h: h i J C e . f tI CLOSET IvN ■■I ■ ■1 l INNIP47 I : , :s I rm .a�...: / a s . :..de. , . 1� , S Haz ' issi IIsII z u■1WAIIIwg "IS . �- -i!y `:.�+"``. 1 ■ .� ■■ ll illCi� __ \il ■I ■ ■ !7 ■ �T ■ I ali�Ie1C�I NO WORK ^16. "11 GI1141E� ■M ■w■ I ELEC. 5 c x . W ■■■Nm�■��1■I�nseinimucu umumgq! THIS ROOM PANE i k_s - = �alI�AM■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■w ■.-' I♦ EM■ ®I ami11i1 ■ilI`iiiY ;7 � il 7 f � 11111 i � s1■marE■■ ■ ■ ■■■EE I A 7■■ ■■■ Innummumciii■inzari �G mi - .- � rt2... i■■■ ■Ewa ■r.� 1 ; ■aa■ii►, ■�■■■■■■ ■■■■ ,k l■u I� -_ �■� ■ ■n■ ■�■I °ER r. m r Iu7NVJ■EE■►:'1 i rI R s miar! cor um o IMi�P �w ■1 lU a J■■ ■■2'�Q. ■■■ ■■r►a■►rsar s irmnWu'aaln: ! / ' 111 " ` NO MURK H N.IGEIN ■iii D \ � c� : CI v RIM ■� i RIVE THIS Roots UNKO •UN NE - —_ - . ss Isi ■��■ RIqKL : M. " NONE _ I■■„■• A 1■w ■■w ■11■ ■M 4 T _ mu s E EENNI.Lasumdw-___�.All■.�� ■I ■ENIN I!lll� l !MINE■ o �/I ■w ■ ■ ■ ■Ew ■ ■ . ■MEER FiiOi4:7fi■MMEMINMEI NIMI ItI■NNIIMMENINMANw 24'-0' I P-2 I EXIST STRUCT. COLUMNS (ENLARGED PLAN -- FAMILY AND MEN'S RESTROOM SEE FLOOR PLANS SHT A -2 FOR DOOR MARKS•TYP °i' PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -- FAMILY AND MEN'S RESTROOM 24•-0' ACT -r NEW CEILING INCL. GRID. MATCH EXISTING GRID HEIGHT 20- 4 FIELD FLOOR TILE - T.1 TYP. ALIGN W/ GR J LAYOUT • MALL BEGIN NORTH -SOUTH TILE LAYOUT WITH FULL TILE • THIS WALL TWO FULL TILES 0 FIXT WALL T -G :TYPO MEN'S RESTROOMS FIELD FLOOR TILE: T -1. TYP U.N.O. ALIGN EAST -WEST JOINTS W/ CORRIDOR TILE LAYOUT ADJUST DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GRIDS • THIS TILE ROW IN ENTRY ALCOVE REPLACE E PHONE BOOTHS W /NEW - -SEE ELEC. (4 TYP.) 11 NEW SMOKE DETECTORS POWER t. INTERLINKED W/ MAG. DOOR HOLDER PER 'E' DWGS ACT -1 REPLACE EXISTING TILE AND PAINT E. GRID PER NOTES ON SHT A7.1 CONTRACTORS OPTION, REPLACE ENTIRE CEILING INCL. GRID (ACT -21 1/4 • 1 -0 np mmmmils 11 ■■■ ■1111MMILWAV% //1i ■ 1 ° 1111216101111119Wda ■■■111111.1Miffinf . EG FA MIL" RESiRO L'^S� 0 RETURN AIR GRILLE SEE MECH. TYP NEW SMOKE DETECTORS POWER 8 INTERLINKED W/ MAG. DOOR HOLDER PER 'E' DWGS m IzEY G -0' g' -0 < O 0 I ram w I a L - ' Imo O GWB AT EG �. 4' -0' E0 ' n U2' AFF 0 0 (11:7:;;L: remi © I� ® ■ CT. I,q O . viimmi ■ O O 4 -1e I• 11 EXISTING CORRIDOR NO CEILING THIS SPACE 0 ® NNeeNN REBTROOM 0 NEW SUSP. GWB CLG 0'- AFF FINISH PAINT I P -2 0 TYPE S LIGHT FIXTURES TYP IN CORRIDOR SEE ELEC. RELOCATE (El FULL LENGTH MIRROR gl WV ENWUNNMNPUNNEMmummo 1 1iN ■N■�i611i�i1lirlldli MENMEM_ 4 1 ICS■E■w ■mime !I P+IIialllilgw!!E IMONNHAMNOMONNUOMENNEM MENN u ■ ■ ■■ ■EINIE■E■[71 ■■U�1I:e4i NI■■ ■E ■ ■N. ;; u.■ N ■ ■E ■M:!!■■ ■M 111111 11 /iiiuHi OM NI I■pI ■■E■ ■A.I IMMENI NENNNENNUN INNE■! NPENIIP-_ NM GHELF LAIN APPROX. D2' - EXIST. I 4•' RELOCATE IEI ELEC 4i Rm4o DRYERS E1 WASTE I o i E n■rEwM■I■►E ■^... flt ■11111 1l.! imummummuummai LU IIM,I ■ ■N■w■E■■m I•.= 11i1Y ■��EN gwo ILINNE ■■EwEE ■■ NNIM_ I■w■EE■■l r,rm ■■■■■■= i�w■ ■■■■NNMEM■ - FI ZEMWMPIZAVAIIININIMMII ■ ■ ■�■ ■fir IMIEfat'tt MENI ■ ■■■ ■a ■i • I■■ NIMEN w ■■NE ■\■■_M_ ME■E■I1wNE■Em..u. EMMEMMIMMI ■■■\\■EM EINEVEi° EIMI ■■■■ ■ELINE AJ 10 EXIST. ENLAR(WA-- WOMEN'S RESTROOM EXISTING DIAPER CHANGE STATION - RELOCATED 1/4' • 1 -0 N OF TUKWILA APP/CVFD AU 241999 Nc■ED Hff T.HUN • s SLITS VAT sVITS AAA • SC SITSerss` _1 , (" II E _J 0 ccw w r uu•� MA D D R � .a FB Q � 0 CC W FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS WREN. PREPARED P OR PERMIT APPLICATION AND. IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVE7TAL AGENCIES ENLARGED PLANS TOILET ROOMS 98294.00 4.15 -99 gECEIVE CITY OF TUKVAL'gI 98294 \CAD \A30 T CF_NTF F SOO) Ssa AS{♦ 1 sis OAS TADS Z z v 4 PARTIAL REFLECTED 'CEILING PLAN- WOMEN'S RESTROOM A v 4 . r - • e PERMIT /BID NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION • METAL STUDS • 16" OC 5/8' 6WB 6' METAL STUDS • 16' OC 5/8' GWB INSULATE OVER WINDOWS CLERESTORY INFILL SECTION EXTEND VAPOR BARRIER 0/ EXIST GLAZING FRAME SEAL SEMI -RIGID FIBERGLASS INSUL - FILL ALL VOIDS W /IN GLAZING SYSTEM. SEMI -RIGID FIBERGLASS INSUL - FILL ALL VOIDS W /IN GLAZING SYSTEM. 13 CLERESTORY INFILL INSUL - HEAD EXTEND VAPOR BARRIER 0/ EXIST GLAZING FRAME SEAL �fl ()CLERESTORY ERESTORY INFILL INSUL - SILL INFILL AT EXISTING CLERESTORY WINDOW. PAINT 1= E %TEND GWB OVER FURRING TO ALIGN W/ CEILING STEP ABOVE EXIST. MET. BREAK•SHAPE. — GWB, 6 WALL FINISH TO REMAIN — EXIST, STRUCTURE 6 ALUM GLASS GLAZING SYSTEM REFLECTIVE WINDOW FILM - APPLY TO INSIDE FACE OF EXIST. GLASS OPAQUE GREY WINDOW FILM - APPLY TO INSIDE FACE OF EXIST. GLASS EXIST. STRUCTURE 8 ALUM 6 GLASS GLAZING SYSTEM EXISTING G B WALL PAINT 1=1 J -MOULD W/ BACKER ROD SEALANT TO EXIST, CEILING PROVIDE METAL FRAM'G SUPPORT BEHIND GWB 2" X 2 -i/2" X 1/4" ANGLE DRILL 8 TAP EXIST. CHANNEL FOR 3/8" M.B. o 4'-0" 0.C. MAX. 5/8" GWB 0/ 2 -1/2" METAL STUD FRAMING o 16" O,C. EXTEND G`,!B VEIL FURRING TO ALIGN W/ COI INN STEP ABOVE 14 CLERESTORY INFILL INSUL & GWB - HEAD 20 CLERESTORY INFILL INSUL & GWB - JAMB NOTL. SEE HEAD DETAIL FOR COMMON NOTES 6 MATERIALS 2' X 2 -1/2" X 1/4• ANGLE DRILL 6 TAP EXIST. CHANNEL FOR 3/8" M.B, o 4'-0" 0.C, MAX. RETURN GWB - PROVIDE _E. ,L FOAM'G SUPPORT J -MOULD TIGHT TO EXIST. WALL NEW PLANTER 'SEE .FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATIONS INFILL AT EXISTING CLERESTORY WINDOW. PAINT P-1 EXTEND GWB OVER FURRING T0� ALIGN W/ CEILING STEH ABOVE REMOVE EXIST. MET. BREAK - SHAPE. GWB, WALL FINISH AS NECESSARY EXIST. STRUCTURE 8 ALUM A GLASS GLAZING SYSTEM OPAQUE GREY WINDOW FILM APPLY TO INSIDE FACE OF EXIST. GLASS FIBERGLASS BATT INSUL. - FILL ALL VOIDS WAN FRAMING 6 GLAZING SYSTEM.. VAPOR BARRIER • NEW FRAMING ADJ. TO GWB TYP. EXIST. STEEL COL. COVER OPAQUE GREY WINDOW FILM - APPLY TO INSIDE FACE OF EXIST. GLASS EXIST. ALUM 6 GLASS GLAZING SYSTEM EXIST. STRUCTURE FINISHES GFRG GWB T P -1 N SKYLIGHT WELL PAIN GWB CONTROL JT, EA. SIDE OF COL EXISTING GWB WALL PAINT P-1 PAINT EXISTING LOUVERS TYPICAL PAINT EXISTING LOUVERS TYPICAL 1=1 — EXTEND LIGHT COVE AND MIRROR BAND TO COLUMN WRAP CLOSED END • NEW GFRG FASCIA. ADJACENT TO EXIST. COL, FASCIA 411111111111117 AY/ A NEUTRAL PIER NEW PLANTER O INFILL 6 EXIST. SKYLIGHT 3 -5/8' METAL STUDS a I6' OC 5/8' GWB, ALIGN W/ EXISTING CEILING LEVEL 8 FINISH N 36' X 24" LOUVER PAINT P -1 PROFILE TO MATCH MAIN AISLE GABLE 24" X 36' ACCESS DOOR PAINT P-1 EXIST TO REM EXIST. SKYLIGHT EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE. EXIST GWB WRAP • SEARS BLDG. EQ 16 NEW PYRAMID SKYLIGHT EXISTING HVAC SUPPLY DUCT BEHIND DEMO'D. NEUTRAL PIER. SEE PLAN, PATCH EXIST. GWB - FURR I. SHEATHE W/ GWB WHERE NONE EXISTS. FINISH SMOOTHS READY FOR PAINT ALL AROUND NEW HVAC COLUMN EXIST. HVAC TUNNEL 17f SEE SHEET A FOR CANOE SECTIONS 8 ELEVATIONS 1/2 1' -0 EXISTING MIRROR TD REMAIN TENANT SPACE CLOSED END NEW GFRG FAS NEUTRAL PIER INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 GRID 11 36' X 24- OW LER PAINT P -1 N.I.C. RAINFOREST CAFE DECOR TREE IN FRONT OF SOFFIT mar"-, ASCIA �R� Al FURNISH GFRG FASCIA ELEMENTS FOR THE ' 1 FASCIA ABOVE RAINFOREST CAFE BETWEEN CLOSED END FASCIAS. NUMBER FOR INSTALLATION g UENCE, CRATE. AND DELIVER FOR OWNER • STO' AND FUTURE OWNER INSTALLATION. PROVIDE E rUT PLAN 6 INSTALLATION DIRECTION EXISTING 'FO'" CAFE STO: 'ONT TO REMAI` FUTURE RAINFOREST CAFE CLOSED ND • NEW 3F G FASCIA NEUTRAL PIER Cm Of NITA APPR '£D AUG 2 L ;935 AS NOTED ulwirv4 vr;B;�Y: PERMIT CENTER A NTI T H U N •171 rcrz VF WMMWOMW MH Miff . DS A.. CR F f zrrl r I rr) rxr ar FOR PERMIT ONLY NOT FOR CONK STRUG ©.,le�,,., THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS:SDBJCCT _. TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS 'BY GOVERNMENTAL ARENCIE6' INTERIOR DETAILS AND ELEVATIONS 98284.00 4 -15 -85 cRY of R U MNI5, �\98294 \CAD\A 60 u22.1 A600 PERMIT /BID' T INSULATION BOARi SPRINGLOCK 2 PIECE FLASHING TUBE STEEL FRAME SEE STRUC. TUBE STEEL POST SEE STRUC 5/4' FTRE TREATED PLYWOOD WOOD CANT METAL STUDS IV OC 5.'8' GWB LINEAR UPLIGHT FIXTURE 2 VT NESTED STUDS EXISTING CEILING 1 TYP SKYLIGHT @ STEEL FRAMING 1 11/2 10 SKYLIGHT ISOLATION JOINT SKYLIGHT SUPPORT BRACKET FLASHING NEOPRENE GASKETED SCREWS 1' HALF TRIM SPRINGLOCK 2 PIECE FLASHING TUBE STEEL FRAME SEE STRUC. 5/8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD T INSULATION BOARD ROOFING MEMBRANE 5/8' EYEHOOKS • 4' -0' OC SKYLIGHT 11 TYP SKYLIGHT CURB HALF SCALE SKYLIGHT DIM. POIN SKYLIGHT DIM. POINT NEW SKYLIGHT 2 PIECE FLASHING SYSTEM SUPPORT POST BEYOND RAS BAIT INSULATION 5/8' -FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 5/8' GWB 8' METAL FRAMMG NEW CONCRETE CONC. CUT LINE REBAR DOWEL INTO EXIST TYP SKYLIGHT a CONC. FRAMING EXITING SKYLIGHT REMOVED EXTEND B.U.R. ROOFING SYSTEM OVER PATCHED AREA TAPERED INSUL. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ROOF DRAINAGE PATTERNS MATCH TO EXISTING CRICKETS REMOVE MIN. 1-0' SQ. GWB 3 SIDES OF LIGHT WELL NEW 5/8' GWB ON LT GAGE METAL. FRAMING IV OC EXISTING GWB EXISTING GWB a SKYLIGHT WELL I Ill l 11! 0,1111 NEW SKYLIGHT . 5/8' GWB V METAL FRAMING 5/8' GYPSUM. SHEATHING R IS BAIT INSULATION SEALANT TYPICAL 5/8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 2 PIECE FLASHING SYSTEM 8' METAL FRAMING 1' RIGID INSULATION 20 GA ALUMINUM FLASHING SUPPORT POST BEYOND EXISTING ROOF DRAIN 1 -0 GWB EXP. CONTROL JT • PERIMETER OF EXISTING SKYLIGHT WELL CLOSURE OF UNIT SKYLIGHT @ JCP COURT 3/4' • 1 -0' SNAP ON COVER RAFTER CAP INSULATED GLAZING INTEGRATED GUTTER SYSTEM EXTRUDED ALUMINUM RAFTER TYP SKYLIGHT RAFTER O SKYLIGHT DETAIL AT EXISTING ROOF DRAIN OTYP SKYLIGHT PURLIN 5/8 GWB NESTED 15/8' METAL STUDS EXISTING STRUCTURE PAINT ALL SIDES 7/e' HAT CHANNELS 0 IB' OC 1' TYP RAFTER CAP BEYOND SILICONE SEALANT HALF SCALE NSULATED GLAZING INTEGRATED GUTTER SYSTEM EXTRUDED ALUMINUM PURLIN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM RAFTER BEYOND HALF SCALE O p TYP BEAM WRAP @ SKYLIGHTS 1J – 1 I/2• • 1' -0' SKYLIGHT TYPE 1 (1 LOCATION) O TYP. SKYLIGHT PLANS AT EXISTING ROOF DRAINS PLAN AT SKYLIGHT TYPE 1 LINEAR LIGHTS OPPOSITE SIDES TREE ACCENT LIGHTS ON NORTH SID 14 SKYLIGHT BY NORDSTROMS - SECTION LOOKING EAST 1 OUTLINE OF EXISTING SKYLIGHT TO BE REMOVED LINEAR LIGHTS ON 9 SIDES TREE ACCENT LIGHTS ON NORTH SIDE— N uSTIN AI G NS BEAM LOCATION IF IT REM OUTLINE OF EXISTING SKYLIGHT 70 BE REMOVED 12 10 ED SPACES SKYLIGHT TYPE 2 (4 LOCATIONS) SKYLIGHT TYPE 3 16 LOCATIONS) CONCRETE CUT LINE INSIDE EDGE OF SKYLIGHT CURB NEW CONCRETE EDGE 19 SKYLIGHT BY NORDSTROMS. - SECTION LOOKING NORTH 'J u t 3 4 PLAN VIEW NEW SKYLIGHT NEW INSULATION AND ROOFING 8 ED SPACES 0 INSIDE PROFILE PER PLAN EXISTING CONCRETE UMBRELLA COLUMN 1/2' CHAMFER TYP ALL AROUND SKYLIGHT TYPE 4 (5 LOCATIONS) TYPICAL SECTION @ DBL DOMED SKYLIGHTS l I V 1/4 = 1-0 ] E°A1IT /SID • CT TV TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS 4OTEV 1/4' • 1-0' I JIN221999 - PERMIT CEMER All T HUN' • • i • 4140 LIii L4Y [To. OTT a r6:lur3. :666 INST • L— J VF M F , OUNCE MH DS CR.DS FR SKYLIGHT 2005 REGISTERED A - ki S OMAS o. STATE OF WASHINGTON NOT FOR GISUCTION;a.m® .� FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED POR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS' BY SOVERNMENTAL mercies -. SECTIONS & DETAILS 88284.00 BUILDING DM3400 4.15 -88_- AOF ° ru° is E: \88284 \CAD \A60 { 1 CLERESTORY INFILL DETAIL SEALED 45d CAP IEI STOREFRONT NOTES SELF SUPPORTING AIRTIGHT SEAL AT ALL JOINTS STAINLESS STEEL W/ SWIRL -GRIND FINISH (31 UNITS 20• VERT DUCT W/ RIGID INTERIOR FRAME 288 SQ INCH OF LOUVERS NEW METAL PANEL MATCH EXISTING WINDOW SYSTE REMOVE IEI PLENUM REMOVE 4• CURB BOLT TRU TO FRAME IN UNDER SLAB PLENUM EXISTING CONC. HVAC SUPPLY II � 0- 11 •itia ���EXISTING CONST. TYP L - EXISTING CONST. TYP 4' METAL STUDS 16' OC 5/8' GWB R -1t BAIT INSULATIN O FILL VOID ENTIRELY OPAQUE GREY WINDOW COATING , %t MDF AINTED 40F2' ERACKETS P AT 24� SEE FLUELORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE ECT 2• -5 3/4• 1/2' F L O HVAC TOWER PLAN \ \\\ 1 II II NEW FINISH FLOOR �\ I HVAC TOWER SECTION • 1 '•1 -0 R -11 BATTS INSULATIO FILL VOID ENTIRELY IEI CONST. TYP OPAQUE GREY WINDOW COATING FACE OF COLUMN COVER BEYOND 2 CLERESTORY INFILL — JC PENNY'S Li I /\ /\/ ON MTL STUDS HT WE !L FI %TURFS (E) GWB PATCH AND REPAINT AS NECESSARY O UGHT WELL AT CROSSCOURT CORNERS SKYLIGHT SECTION HR CXISTINO RIDGE BEAM M GWB WRAP TIGHT TO BEAM 12 E %(STING BCAM AT VALLEY i GWB WRAP TIGHT TO BEAM i - i 12' LINEAR UP LIGHT EA SIDE - ' ; /- lalli ■■ lininto mlin-- • I 1 tam 'u I♦. IE) GWB celuNq BLOND W/ NEW PAINT FINISH= FIRESTOP DETAIL HR. FIRESTOP CLG DTL HR WALL -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY W.C. FLANGE 1 -HR FLOOR -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY NON- METALLIC DRAIN OR VENT PIPE 2x_ PLATES IFURR WALL AS REQUIRED TO FIT WRAP STRIP( WRAP STRIP (5 S.S. HOSE CLAMP. INSTALL PER MANUF. 1 HR WALL -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY NOTE: VERIFY DETAIL WITH SELECTED FIRESTOPPING MANUF. 1 -HR WALL -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY MIN. 3/4" FIRE SEALANT DEPTH WITHIN ANNULUS AROUND PIPE. WIRE. OR CONDUIT -- VERIFY w/MANUF. NOTE: MAX. ANNULUS BETWEEN CABLE /PIPE AND WOOD NOT TO EXCEED 1/2" , -HR FLOOR -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY MAX P PLUMB. SUPPLY OR CONDUIT: ELECTRICAL WIRING MIN 3/4• FIRE SEALANT DEPTH INSTALLED 0 ANNULUS OF PIPE -- VERIFY w/ MANUF. 1 -HR WALL ASSEMBLY NOTE: VERIFY DETAIL WITH SELECTED FIRESTOPPING MANUF. 11/2 INFILL WALL AT EXISTING CLERESTORY WINDOWS FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES BEHIND PAINTED MDF FASCIA SEE ELEC. NEW FASCIA TRIM TYP. NEW GWB SOFFIT TYP 4 PLACES FIRE —RATED PENETRATION MATRIX AND DETAILS HR. FIRESTOP DETAIL O 1 HR. FIRESTOP CLG CTL (E) GWB W/ NEW PAINT METAL OR PLASTIC TUB DRAIN AND VENT PIPES FIRE SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF WRAP STRIP. 0/4' MIN. - , /2' MAX ANNULAR SPACE) WRAP STRIP. ENCIRCLE PER MANUFACTURER 1 -HR FLOOR -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY NON METALLIC DRAIN OR VENT PIPE 121 5/8' TYPE 'X' LAYERS GWB (SECURE w/WALL BOARD SCREWS) NOTE: VERIFY DETAIL WITH SELECTED FIRESTOPPING MANUF- 1 -HR WALL -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY 1P - 1 1 HR FLOOR -- SEE DETAILS FOR ASSEMBLY NON METALLIC DRAIN OR VENT PIPE (MAX. 41 2x_ PLATES (PURR WALL AS REQUIRED TO F:T WRAP STRIP) WRAP STRIP 8 S.S. HOSE CLAMP. INSTALL PER MANUF. 1 -HR WALL - 5 AILS FOR - ASSEMBLY NOTE: VERIFY DETAIL WITH SELECTED FIRESTOPPING MANUF. NEW SKYLIGHT. TYPE PER DETAIL 4/A8.1 SPRI KLER HEADS AS REQ RED EVENLY SPACED FINAL LOCATION BY APPROVAL INFILL WALL BEYOND NOTE: THESE FIRESTOPPING DETAILS ARE REPRESENTATIVE OF TYPICAL SITUATIONS ONLY. FOR OTHER CONDITIONS REFER TO MATRIX OF UL TESTED SYSTEMS BELOW. IF CONDITION IS NOT COVERED IN THIS MATRIX. CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR TESTED ASSEMBLY RECOMMENDATION. THIS MATRIX IS BASED ON 3M SYSTEMS. EQUALS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT. ALL FIRESTOP DETAILS TO BE EXECUTED BY LICENSED AND /OR CERTIFIED INSTALLER FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS AND VOIDS IN RATED CONSTRUCTION: PENETRATING ITE ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING METAL PIPE /CONDUIT MULTIPLE METAL METAL PIPE /CONDUIT MULTIPLE METAL INSULATED PIPE PVDF PLASTIC PLASTIC PIPE PLASTIC PIPE PLAS. JACKETED CABLE FLRS. JACKETED GABLE CABLE TRAYS CABLE TRAYS BUS DUCT ELEC. OUTLET BOXES GYPSUM WALL TO GYPSUM WALL TO CONC. WALL TO CONC. FLOOR TO •PPD • 9M PLASTIC PIPE DEVICE CONC. WALLS /FIRS CONC. WALLS /FIRS GYP. WALLS GYP. WALLS CONC. WALLS /FIRS INSULATED PIPE GYP. WALLS HVAC DUCTS 1RECTANG.I CONC. WALLS /FLRS HVAC DUCTS (ROUND) CONC. WALLS /FLRS HVAC DUCTS GYP. WALLS PVDF PLASTIC CONC. WALLS /FLRS GYP. WALLS CONC. WALLS /FLRS GYP. WALLS CONC. WALLS /FLRS GYP. WALLS CONC. WALLS /FIRS GTP. WALLS CONC. WALLS /FL, GYP. WALLS CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: FLUTED DECK CONC. DECK FLUTED DECK CONC. FLOOR 2.384 HR 2 HR. 1.283 HR. 182 HR 1.283 HR. 182 HR 2 HR. 2 HR. 182 HR. 2 HR. 162 HR. 182 HR. 182 HR. 2 HR. 182 HR: 283 HR. 182 HR. 283 HR. 782 HR. 82 HR HWD0011 82 P.. HWD0012 2 HR. HWD0013 3 HR. FFD1002 SYSTEM PRODUCT LAJ1944 CP25WB• CAJ1002 CP25WB• WL 1001 CP25WB• WL 1016 CP25WB• CAJ5001 CP25WB• WL5030 CP25WB• CAJ7016 CP25WB• GAJ7003 CP25WB• WL7008 CP25WB• CAJ2127 FS/05• CP25WB• WL2002 F9105• CP25WB• CAJ2001 •PPD WL2002 • PPD LAJ9021 MOLDABLE PUTTY WL3091 CAJ4009 MOLDABLE PUTTY CP25WB• CS105• W14004 CP25WB• CS195• CAJ6001 CP25WB• CS105 ANSI MOLDABLE UL2£3 .RJ`'.f PADS FIRE OF BLDG CONSTR. MATLS CITY Of TUKWILN APPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOIED EIJILONG 01,910M 1/4• • 1• -0• SILICONE 2000 SILICONE 2.000 SILICONE 2000 SILICONE 2093 PERMIT GENTEP p MI T RUN N so .v selTTfers111s1i. -( 11) 1 3 lif4 Q VF MH MEC DS 5 MELT AXIOM CR FB r11,2111)111 Tess STALE OF WASHINGTON 0p 2029 IR EGISTERED k TECT A THOMAS D. v.04 FOR PERMIT -- ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED: FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND I5 SUBZCT '. TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS'EY GOVERNMENTAL 'AGENCIES • SKYLIGHT AND _ INTERIOR DETAILS 882U4.00 MEW M 4 -15 -99 c , -,TOY °wI E: \98294 \CAD \A62.DWG JUN 2 2 193"°"'' A6 . 2 ' PERMIT /BID NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION—.—.....— 0 niNF 4' METAL FRAMING WRAP EIFS FINISH TO EDGE OF PRECAST PANEL REINFORCEMENT MRS: 2' OR E' EXISTING EXPANSION / JOINT TO REMAIN REINFORCEMENT MESI: EXPANSION JOINT AT CAP EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT TO REMAIN 2' OR 6' (ID EXPANSION JOINT TYPICAL 11 END CONDTION AT BUILDINGS VARIES EIFS CAP 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING 19 CANOPY RETOFIT EXPANSION JOINT EXISTING PRECAST PANEL BEYOND EIFS STARTER TRIM BACKER ROO AND SEALANT -- EXISTING PRECAST PANEL EXISTING BUILDING EXISTING PRECAST PANEL 4' METAL STUD FRAMING SUPPORT BRACKET CONTINUOUS 2X BLOCKING SECURE WITH 5/8' KWIK BOLTS AT 4'-0' OC BACKER ROD AND SEALANT SECURE WITH 3/8' KWIK `4' METAL STUD FRAMING SUPPORT BRACKET CONTINUOUS 2% BLOCKING SECURE WITH 3/8' KWIK BOLTS AT 4'-0' OC 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH COAT EXISTING BUILDING EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT TO REMAIN EXISTING PRECAST PANEL 4' METAL STUD FRAMING SUPPORT BRACKET 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING RIPS INSULATION AND FINISH C CONTINUOUS 2X BLOCKING SECURE WITH 3/8' KWIK BOLTS AT 4' -0' OC 2 E.I.F.S. CONTROL JOINT O SCUPPER ELEVATION 8 G STUD FRAMING SHEATHING ;SEE STRUCTJ INSULATION BOARD BLOCKING ITYPJ REINFORCING MESH EMBEDDED IN BASE COAT E.LF.S. FINISH COAT SCREW OR MACHINE BOLT ATTACHED TO FRAMING MEMBER E.I.F.S. CONTROL JOINT FULL SCALE EOPRENE WASHER SEALANT ALL AROUND PIPE SLEEVE SIGN / FIXTURE /, MISC. NOTE WATER ENTRY INTO y/APCPE SLEEVE SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT (2) LAYERS EIFS INSULATION EIFS FINISH COAT ACCENT COLOR 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING ON METAL FRAMING PER DETAILS CANOPY RETOFIT EXPANSIOW JOINT FULL SCALE ;., ", HALF SCALE °CANOPY RETOFIT CAP 8 CANOPY RETOFIT SCUPPER REINFORCING MESH FRY EIFS DRIP SCREED DS- 75 -V -75 CANOPY RETOFIT SOFFIT CANOPY- ;OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL 5/8' GWB SHEATHING 4 MEAL STUDS 24' OC - EIFS STARTER STRIP 3/4' FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD REINFORCING MESH APPROVED EIFS INSULATION 22 GA METAL FLASHING FIRE TREATED WOOD NAILER 22 GA METAL CLEAT SEALANT EXISTING PRECAST PANELS • SUPPORT BRACKET APPROVED EIFS INSULATION 5/8 GWB SHEATHING 4' METAL STUDS AT 24' OC SURFACE FLASHING AT SCUPPER INSERT SUPPORT BRACKET ONE PIECE 22 GA OVER FLOW INSERT EXTEND 4' AROUND OPENING SET IN MASTIC ALL AROUND EXISTING PRECAST PANELS EXISTING SCUPPER EXISTING STRUCTURE AND ROOFING NEW TOP COAT AT SCUPPER ` - - EIFSIS DE ST ARTER FLASHING 3 BACKER ROD AND SEALANT SHEET METAL FLASHING ALL AROUND SLOPE SIM TO TYP REVEAL 3' • 1' -O' APPROVED EIFS INSULATION 5/8 GWB SHEATHING 4' METAL STUDS AT 24' OC STUD SUPPORT BACKING EXISTING STUCCO SOFFIT EXISTING PRECAST PANELS SEALANT NESTED 1 5/8' STUDS 3' • 1' -0' 4' METAL FRAMING SECURE TO PRECAST PANEL EXISTING FLASHING TO REMAIN EXISTING PRECAST PANEL 4' METAL STUD FRAMING SUPPORT BRACKET 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH COAT 5' • P -0' EXISTING PRECAST PANELS EXPANSION JOINT SIGNAGE MOUNTING ACCENT REVEAL SEE- w. BUILDING WALL TO TERMNATE AGAINST EXISTING SCUPPER CONTROL JOINT TYPICAL AT BUILDING GRIDS 4 CANOPY RETOFIT TYPICAL ELEVATION EXL LNG PRECAS J PANELS FRAMING AT SCUPPER SUPPORT BRACKETS (D) PER STUD 4' METAL STUDS AT 24' OC SUPPORT BRACKETS EXISTING PRECAST PANELS 4' MET TUDS S AT 24' OC 5I8' GYPSUM SHEATHING W EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH COVERED WALK AREA SEE 20 A/6.5 FOR FRAMING FRAMING ELEVATION PLAN 1 -Q OUTSIDE CORNER Vi a , H A — _- __.. -- AS NOTED 3' • C- 0 < 0 ZD W 1M ( THOMAS D. EMRICH 1 - STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT. ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND78 SUBJECT - TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL ASENCIOS „ _ CANOPY RETROFIT DETAILS 58294.00 4 -15 -59 CITY uX TUKWILR RECEIVED us - APPROVED cm' oP Twcvv�E. \98294 \CAD \A5 - :3 -- AUG 2 4 1999 JUN 2'ti, . z z -' 0 0 V 0 I 0 z < 0 z 0 0 w PERMIT CENTER CANOPY RETOFIT FRAMING OT LORNG OVIHI A 6.3 29 PERMIIlB v2• • T ` D• NOT FOR CONSTPUCTION .a- ...„.....K `1 EIFS DRIP S °COPING DETAIL SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD 0 BASE F.FO MALL NOT USED 13 COPING DETAIL EIFS COPING NOTCH FOAM OVER MEMBRANE AS SHOWN 1/8' X 1.02' CONT. TERMINATION BAR WI t12 SCREWS f 1'-0' 0,C did 1 H. SHCA 7 314 DX PLYWOOD 1 MTL BTUD FRAMING 0 P -V O.C. GYP. SEALANT W/BAIIKER ROD. TYP EIFS SOFFIT. TYP. PRECAST GFRC COL. COVER C.I.P. CONC. PLINTH - W/ 141 44 DOWELS INTO E. CONC. SLAB E. CONC. FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN. ( -- 7 -SOFFIT/GFRC COLUMN DETAIL ROOF MEMBRANE GRAVEL STOP CONT. ALUM. GUTTER W/ DOWNSPOU 5 3'•1 3' • 1'-0' 3 1' -0' 3/4' COPING DETAIL 1 ° PARAPET DETAIL TYP. EIFS PARAPET CONSTR. - M IFS \ S ' TRIP MODEL 2 -PART FLASHING SYSTEM ROOF MEMBRANE TYP. ROCF CONSTR. E. PRECAST ROOF SLAB TO REMAIN. TYP. FULL -HT. MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 1'-4' O.C. EIFS REVEAL NOTE: SLOPE BOT. OF EIFS REVEAL AS SHOWN. TYP. FULL -HT. MTL. STUD WALL FRAMING 0 1 %4' OC. TYP. EIFS REVEAL EIFS STARTER STRIP MODEL N0. 2 -PART FLASHING SYSTEM 5/8' CDX PLYWOOD 0 BASE OF ROOFING AS SHOWN ROOF MEMBRANE 4' CANT. STRIP 3' • 1' -0 3' • 1' -0' V A t PARAPET TO ROOF DETAIL 3 . 1 0 EIFS COPING 2 -PART FLASHING SYSTEM FILLER STRIP METAL SIDING °COPING DETAIL MTL. STUD FRAMING, TYP. AS SHOWN EIFS REVEAL °SOFFIT DETAIL A. GFRC COLU 7 'L ®MAIN ENT•ANCE 3' • 1' -0' 2 %6' RADIUS GFRC COL. COVER STEEL BEAM PER STRUCT. TAPE AND MUD SEAMS MTL L- BRACKETS W/ SLOTTED HOLES FOR ADJUSTMENT METAL STUD FRAMING AS REGD. WALL SECTION 0 ENTRANCE ARCH EIFS ARCH BEYOND EIFS COPING EPDM MEMBRANE OVER 3/4' CDX PLYWOOD SHEATHING LIGHT FIXTURE - -SEE ELEC. BEAM PER STRUCT. MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 1'-4' O.C. TYP. EIFS DRIP SCREED PRECAST GFRC COL. COVER C.I.P. CONC. PLINTH STRUCT. CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN, TYP. 2 %2' RADIUS RC COL. COVER WEST. NORTH. & SEA'S ENTRANCE 0 3/4' TYP. VOTFIT CONSTR. EIFS COPING. TYP VENTED DRIP SCREED FRY REGLET DS- 75 -V -75 EIFS • ENTRANCE ARCH BEYOND PRECAST GFRC COLUMN COVERS. TYP. PROVIDE L.I.P. CONC. PLINTH 0 BASE OF PRECAST COL. COVER- -MATCH DIAMETER OF PRECAST COL. E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB WALKWAY TO REMAIN. TYP. NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB EXTENSION- -SEE STRUCT. EPDM MEMBRANE 3/4' CD% PLYWOOD SHEATHING LIGHT FIXTURE - -SEE ELEC. BEAM PER STRUCT. EIFS - PROVIDE 121 LAYERS 3/4' FOAM BD. THIS FACE MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING METAL STUD FRAMING 0 1'-4' O.C. TYP. Ark 3, III =1 = III =1 I i�l 1 =1 111- 111 -I =III 1 111_111 II -111_1 _ =11- 111 =111 -I I 1 111 =111 -I =111 -111= 1 111- 111 - 111 - 111 -11- 111- 111-I 1 =11 =111 - 1 -1 I=I I I =1 i t -1 1 =III =1 1 -M1 - 1 11- 111 -111 -1 E- PAVING- PAVING C} -III— -III — TO REMAIN= -CUT AND - REMOVE -- 1=11 ICI I AS RECD. FOR NEW CURB _ E %TENSION. THEN PATCH TO :111=111=11=11=1 MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE I —I I1 —III III III - 111=111=111=1 23 WALL SECTION 0 ENTRANCE SURROUND BIRD NETTING. TYP. ALUM - FRAME ENTRANCE SYSTEM W/1 INSUL SAFETY GLAZING. TYP. 1 III 1 11=111E111== 1I -1) -111 -111 -111 1 -1 ! 1 -1 I -111 -I I F LI I III =i -_ - 1 T& I I _II! T1 111 =11! =III= I I !- III -I? i= 111 =111 =111 =111 -1 1 111 III II III= 1 111 -111 11 - I ! III= = 1 1 1 = 1 1 1 = 1 1 H 1=111=7111=111=1 1=111=11E111_ I I1 =1 III 111 I I, I I „III -t I I I I-1 I I 11� I H I E1 I I, ,111 „III; EIFS MOISTURE BARRIER -� 5/8 GYP. SHEATHING-4 3, B. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB AND GRADE SEAsA TO REMAIN. TYP. E TRENCH TO REMAIN. TYP. COP OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS N01EV BUILDING DIVTBION MH ADS PERMIT CET,,.. D F MI T HUN 0 0 V 0 ( T ) nr L z w 0 0 H o Q 00 4 -27410 BAR APPROVAL VF 2024 REGISTERED IARCHITECTI THOMAS D. EAIRICH STALE OF WASHINGTON 9882994.00 R CETUKWhA a -15 -99 E. \98284 \CAD \A64 A6.4 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 7117200)023 7003 FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED POR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT GOVERNMENTAL *ENG= 1 1 ! 1 11 1 ! 1 1 -1 1 ! ! TO REVIEW AND MODIFTCA710N6 6Y I I=! 11=16 =1111 - I I IE III III !I1- III =I1 MAI ENTRANCE SECTIONS AND DETAILS PERMIT /BID O CURBCUT a WHEELCHAIR RAMP C NOT USED o ENTRANCE GLAZING JAMB NOT TO SCALE 2 3' • 1' -0' `/ n MECH. EQUIPMENT PRE - FABRICATED CURB. FOI C. SEE MCCH 3/4' PERLITE BD. 3/4' EXT. PLYWD.— NAILER. SCREW TO PREFAB. CURB 19 MECH. EQUIP. CURB - t10TE. VERIFY REVD DIMENSIONS w/ MECH. CONTRACTOR LADDER: 2 VT X VT STEEL BAR W/ 9/4' X Ur RUNGS PLUG WELDED AT 12' O.C. PROVIDE STEEL BRACKETS AT 19) SETS 5' -0' OC. MAX ACCESS LADDER TO UPPER ROOF EXIST. 17 DECK EXIST. INSUL P.T. NAILER CONT. SEALANT 24 GA. COUNTER FLASHING. FACE NAIL W/ NEOPRENE WASHERS. RUN ROOFING - 2' MIN ABOVE CANT STRIP BUILT -UP ROOFING MECH. DUCT - SEE MECH. EQUIPMENT FLASHING - SEE MECH. FACE SCREWS 8 O.C. w/ NEOPRENE WASHERS. TYP. PRE FABR. CURB 3 1/2" CANT STRIP 2 LAYERS COMPOSITION STRIP FLASHING BASE SHEET ROOFING FELT (DASHED LINE) EXIST. BUILT UP ROOFING TYP. ROOF CONST. FRAMING • OPENING SEE STRUCT. FRAME NEW MECH ROOF OPNGS. w/ NEW JOISTS TO MATCH. EXIST. w/ F24N HANGER EA. END' 2 5 MECHANICAL PENETRATION i I TENANT SPACE I � ��1/ re=v p -1 r 1.4 AVA POWER ASSISTED DOOR BUTTON BRICK VENEER ANCHORS 0' OC • ALL PANEL EDGES TYP HORZ AND VERTICAL MOISTURE BARRIER 4' METAL STUDS • 1s' OC GA ANGLE CONTINUOUS l GLA ZING 5757E TENANT STOREFRONT GLAZING JAMB °ENTRANCE GLAZING JAMB 10 ENTRANCE GLAZING HEAD LEAD SLEEVE w/ FLANGE SET IN PLASTIC CEMENT BITUMEN STOP w/ 3" FLANGE 2 LAYERS COMPOSITION STRIP FLASHING BASE SHEET EXIST. BUILT -UP ROOF EXIST. PLYWD DECK EXIST. INSUL. PLUMBING VENT PENETRATION 1 1/2' • 1'•0' 20 PREMANF. DRAIN FLASHING & DRAIN.. COMPOSITION FLASHING LEAD FLASHING SET IN BLACK PLASTIC CEMENT 12" MAX. BEYOND DRAIN -DOPING FELT IDASxeO uxel 4 PLY BUILT UP ROOF "BD O, 4G:" INSuLATION 1/2" METAL DECK 'HOOD BLOCKING - — UNDERDECK. CLAMP. ALUM. ENTRANCE GLAZING. SYSTEM - SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD YP: ET. BRICK V WALL CONSTR T JJJ''' • ALUM. ENTRANCE GLAZING SYSTEM SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD TYP. EXT. EIFS WALL CONSTR. OA VENTALATION LOUVER HEAD ©VENTALATION LOUVER JAMB 21 VENT LOUVER, DETAILS ©VENTALATION LOUVER SILL SAW AX . 1'.DE H CUT E. ATRUCT. CONC. SLAB M NEW CONC.IL EVELLING SLAB • SLOPE. 1/4' rER FT. MAX. 1 E. STRUCT.. SLAB TO REMAIN. 9' • 1'•0' METAL J TRIM VENT LOUVER TYP METAL SIDING CONST. FLASHING VENT LOUVER ()ENTRANCE GLAZING HEAD EIFS META S 018'O.C. TYP. AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE MECH. 5/8' OWB SEALANT ANT W /BACKER ROD. TYP. EA. SIDE SHIM AS REDD. ALUM. -FRAME ENTRY SYSTEM TYP. EIFS CONSTR. AT ARCH SOFFIT ENTRANCE GLAZING HORIZ. MULLION 9 • 1 -0' E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN. TYP. O BRICK PIER a SOFFIT TYP. EIFS PARAPET CONSTR. MTL. STUD BLOCKING AS REDD. 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING SEALANT GALV. MTL HEAD FLASHING TYP. BRICK VENEER EXTERIOR WALL CONSTR. TYP. BRICK VENEER EXT. WALL CONSTR. PRECAST CONC. ACCENT BAND - -1131 BRICK UNITS IN LENGTH AND 12) BRICK UNITS IN HEIGHTH AS SHOWN 9/4' 11 BRICK PIER @ SOFFIT 16 ENTRANCE GLAZING HORIZ. MULLION e BRICK PIER ACCENT 9' • i -0' TYP. BRICK VENEER EXT. WALL CONSTR., LAP MOISTURE BARRIER OVER BASE FLASHING WEEPHOLES 0 8' O.C. TYP. GALV. MTL. BASE FLASHING DIMENSION PT. C.I.P. CONC. PLINTH BRICK PIER BASE EIFS MTL STUD FRAMING VENTED EIFS SILL FLASH GALV. MTL FLASHING TYP. BRICK VENEER CONSTR. V / //A LEVELLING SLAB EDGE ENTRANCE SILL ENTRANCE THRESHOLD ALUM. cNTRANCE DOOR DOOR BOTTOM SEAL ALUM. THRESHOLD SET IN BED OF SEALANT P.T. WO - V''1 AS READ. NEW TILE FLOOR NEW CONC. LEVELING SLAB AS READ. OVER E. CONC. SLAB E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB 9' •T -0' 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING MTL STUD FRAMING TYONP. STR. EIFS SOFFIT C TYP. BRICK VENEER CONSTR. BRICK VENEER 0 SOFFIT DIM PT MAT 1E) ADJ. IF EXTERIOR WALL CONSTR. 1_\ CO X 1'-0' DOWELS111 • 2'-0' O.C. INTO E. CONC. SLAB E. CONC. SLAB SOLDIER COURSE LAP MOISTURE BARRIER OVER BASE FLASHING WEEPHOLES 0 8' O.C. GALV. MTL BASE FLASHING C.LP. CONC. CURB BRICK VENEER SILL 1E) FLASHING TO REMAIN IEI ROOF TO REMAIN 1E) CONC ROOF STRUCTURE SEANT NEW FLASHING SECU TO DEFLECTION CHANNEL ONLY DEFLECTION CHANNEL UIRED 9' • 1 -0 TYP METAL PANEL SIDING CONST. T 16' O METAL C STUD FRAMING A TYP METAL SIDING CONST. DUCT 24 DUCT PENETRATION DETAIL a 3 • 1 0 J FLASHING AND FLASHING CLEAT r CITY OF TUHWIIA APPROCEO At46 2 4 1999 AS NOTED 6111M. 016TTCN 1 -1/2" T -0" aERMiT CENTER A6 5 NOT FOA CONSTRUCTION=-.., MI T H U - N • 4414i OLIVE "ssalsas va (ssa) sagses, sea TO 18 ROOF TO WALL AT (E) CONC. ROOF a� 1 -1/2" T-0ia mem VF • MH • DS W.= DS FB 88294.00 4 -15 -BO 2029 REGISTERED ARCHITECT J m� D.�cHk e1A1ECF WASHWGTOH FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED , _ FOR PERMIT APPLICATION ANOIS SUBJECT • TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY— GOVERNMENTAL / S MAIN ENTRANCE SECTIONS AND DETAILS RECEIVED a¢ ATT of TuCCIIA E: \98294 \CAD \A6.5 Jilt; 2Y199° - TYP. EIFS WALL CONSTR EIFS REVEAL TYP. 9/4' EIFS VENTED STARTER STRIP MODEL N0. ALUM.. MTL FLASHING W/ PAINT FIN. TYR. EXT. BRICK VENEER WALL CONSTR. TYP EXT BRICK VENEER WALL CONSTR. }/4. BRICK SOLDIER COURSE • BASE WEEP NOLES • 8' O.C. TYP. GALV. MTL BASE FLASHING 1 1 E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB O COPING DETAIL 13 COPING DETAIL EIFS COPING EIFS STARTER MODEL 2 -PART FLASHING SYSTEM TYP. EIFS PARAPE WALL CONSTR. ROOF MEMBRANE EIFS COPING NOTCH FOAM OVER MEMBRANE AS SHOWN 1/8' X 14/T CONT. TERMINATION BAR W /02 GASKETED SCREWS • 1' -0' O C. EPDM MEMBRANE e 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING 3 /4' COX PLYWOOD METAL STUD FRAMING • Ti' O.C. TYR 0 MTL STUD FRAMING 0 1', CC. TYP, 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING 9 • 1 -0 0 HEAD FLASHING ® BRICK PIER NOTE: LAP MOISTURE BARRIER OVER TOP OF MTL BASE FLASHING, TYP. 25 BASE FLASHING ® BRICK PIER s• . r-o• O EXPANSION JT. 0 ROOF EIFS REVEAL TYP. AS SHOWN �TY EIFS DE DE TAILS TYP. EIFS SOFFIT CO EXPANSION J T . COVER 0 SOFFIT FIELD - VERIFY WIDTH EXISTING BRICK VENEF�R a REARS- - PROVIDE EXP. ANCHOR • REO'D. Ark d! r •I si • U1 gm ■1 ■I MR ® WALL SECT, 0 BRICK •PIER STEEL COL- -SEE STRUCT. E STRUCT. CONC. S_AB TO REMAIN WALL SECTION THROUGH ARCH 0 9/4• - • 1'•0' VERSASEAL SER VeS •800 EXPANSION COVER BLOCKIN 1 STR J 5' 1 E. SUSPENDED PPLASTER SOFFIT TO RE AIN SEALANT W/BACKER ROD EIFS SHEATHING MTL STUD FURRING • 1'-4' O.C. EIFS RETURN SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD n �.1 E. SUSPENDED PLASTER CEILING NEW 5/8 OWB ON 2112• MTL. STUD FURRING s T -4 O.C. - E. ENTRANCE G,AZINO TO REMAIN. TYR NEW 0/8' GWB SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD E. ENTRANCE GLAZING TO REMAIN O E. CLERESTORY GLAZING INFILL TYP. EIFS WALL CONSTR. EIFS REVEAL LIGHT FIXTURE - -SEE ELEC. N TYP. ENTRANCE SURROUND BRICK. PIER CONSTR.. PRECAST CONC. ACCENT BAND )2) BRICK' UNITS IN HEIGHT AND I6) BRICK UNITS IN LENGTH BRICK SOLDIER COURSE 0 BASE C.I.P. CONC. PLINTH STRUCT. CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN E. ASPHALT PAVING NEW C.I.P. CONC. CURB EXTENSIO SEE STRUCT.. TYP. EIFS PARAPET WALL CONSTR SEALANT W /BACKER ROD. TYP. AS SHOWN E. MTL C COVER TO REMAIN OL. LINE OF EXISTING ROOF EDGE ABOVE E. STRUCT. STEEL COL. TO REMAIN E. ALUM. CLERESTORY WINDOW TO REMAIN - Ic Ic BACK•PAINT E. GLASS PRIOR TO NEW GWB FURRING NEW 5/8' GWB OVER MTL. STUD FURRING • 1'•4' O.C. E. ALUM. ENTRANCE GLAZING TO REMAIN EIFS SOFFIT CONSTR. EIFS ARCH BEYOND EIFS COPING EIFS MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING MTL. STUD FRAMING • 1'-4' O.C. TYP. EIFS SOFFIT PRECAST GFRC COL. COVER U U E. CLERESTORY GLAZING JAMB VOID SPACE 1 3• • r TERMINATE. NEW NEOPRENE EXPANSION JT CLEAR OF PARAPET. TYR AS SHOWN EIFS PARAPET LINE OF E. CANTILEVERED ROOF STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED BEAMS AND ROOF JOISTS PER STRUCT. EIFS REVEAL MTL STUD FRAMING •T -4 O.C. TYP. TYP. EIFS EXT. WALL CONSTR. EA SIDE AS SHOWN E SUSPENDED PLASTER SOFFIT TO REMAIN EIFS SOFFIT EIFS SURROUND BEYOND LIGHT FIXTURE- -SEE ELEC. EPDM MEMBRANE OVER 3/4' COX PLYWOOD SHEATHING MTL STUD FRAMING •T- 4'O.C. EIFS MOISTURE BARRIER 5/8' GYP- SHEATHING STEEL BEAM PER STRUCT. EIFS ARCH SOFFIT EIFS ARCH BEYOND PRECAST GFRC COL. COVER DASHED LINES INDICATE STEEL BEAM - -SEE STRUCT. 02� E. STRUCT. CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN. TYP. -- REMOVE PORTION OR CORE DRILL AS REDO. FOR NEW PILE FOOTINGS -SEE STNUCT. NEW C.LP. CONC. CURB EXTENSION SEE STRUCT. E. ASPHALT PAVING 0' Ark WALL SECT NO CITY OF TUKWILA, APPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED BUILDING DIVISION ^r0 'PECEIVEO A 55 -99 CITYOF TUKWI p ML T H VF MH O MAT . DS &W. MUCTMOORT DS FB 98294:00 PERMIT CENTERS FUN.' EN A /� VONSII EIC amo'mm1 ON ro..oww IVA TIT laes7�e a. aa.t 7111x..1 .. P11 DAM. Z z 0® Z < u z w 0 Q X z � W u . 29 'REGISTIRED F 1 '7 C tECTI STA. OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY_ THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED__" POR PERMIT APPLICATION' AND I6.SULIECT' TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS- BY ; - :° GOVERNMENTAL' ABBICRS SEARS ENTRANCE SECTIONS AND DETAILS ..JUN r E: \98294 \CAD \ -A66 PERMIT/61D n it APET I CA Li !Ohl EIFS F O A A I� 7 SOFFIT /PAREPET DETAIL SEE 1/A6.7 FOR EIFS HEAD / COPING RETURN EIFS 0 SIM (JAMB) CONDITION 11 L GHT COVE DETAIL J / 1 ANGLE SUPPORT PER STONE SUPPLIE L 5/8 ' G YPS U M SH E ATHING MOISTURE BARRIER � FRY EIFS DRIP SCREED DS- 75 -V -75 1 � — ... 121 DYERS 3/4' EIFS INSULATION Ell I) MAN ,'o UNISTRUT P1000 U CLIPS 1 1/4' STONE VENEER N A OT SIM CONDITION NEER AND FINISH COAT UNISTRUT P1000 GRID 2' -0' CC EA WA BACKER ROD AND SEALANT ALL AROU 1 1/4' STONE VENEER STONE SUPPORT CLIP BACKER AT R00 AND SEALANT ALL AROU WEEPS 24' OC (2) LAYERS 3/4' EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH COAT 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING BACKER ROD AND SEALANT ALL AR 2 VT NESTED STUDS 3/4' EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH C LEI SUSP PLASTER SOFFIT FRY EIFS DRIP SCREED DS- 75 -V -7 PROVIDE H.D. PRE - FOLDED MESH • FRONT EDGE TYP VS' 12) COATS ELASTOMETRIC PAINT 0/ EIFS FINISH COAT EIFS W/ 12) LAYERS 314' FOAMBOARD EIFS STARTER TRACK 2 PIECE FLASHING SYSTEM 40 LB FELT 22 6A COUNTER FLASHING CLEAT 3/4' FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD 22 GA METAL PARAPET CAP W/ STANDING SEAM JOINTS 7/8' METAL HAT CHANNEL SOFFIT RETURN AT STONE RECESS DETAIL BIRD COIL B" BIRD BARRIER AND NETTING AT ALL LIGHT COVES TYP INSTALL PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS EIFS STARTER TRIM SPRINGLOCK 'LASHING SYSTEM 5/8 FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 314' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD (21 LAYERS 3'4' EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH :OAT 2 1/2' METAL STUDS 0 16' OC 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING 4' METAL STJDS 0 16' OC EDGE OF GRAVEL STOP BEYOND 2' ROOF ORA N CONNECT TO EXISTING RA LEADER 6' METAL ST DS O16'OC CLOSURE STRIP TORCH DOWN ROOFING MEMBRANE LIGHT FIXTU tE — 4' 16 GA SUPPORT BRACKET 0 24' OC 22 GA HEMMED BASE FLASHING 2 PIECE FLASHING SYSTEM 3/4' FIRE RETARDANT PLYWCOD WATERPROOF MEMBRANE 22 GA METAL FLASHING TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 22 GA COUNTER FLASHING dLEAT METAL SIDING 2' DIA. RAIN LEADER THROUGH PARAPET WALL - -DRAIN TO E. ROOF METAL TRIM 0 PENETRATION ELASTOMERIC PIPE COLLAR FLASHING a PENETRATION A DRAIN PIPE PENETRATION 3' • 1' -0' STONE NT SUPPORT CLIP SEALA 1/8' CHAMFE SONE JOINT DETAIL 3' • T -0 EFTS STARTER TRACK GALVANIZED SPRINGLOK, FLASHING 5/8' FIRE RATED PLYWOOD ROOFING MEMBRANE SIDING PROFILE CLOSURE TYP TYP METAL SIDING. CONST. SIDING PROFILE CLOSURE TYP 22 GA COUNTER FLASHING CLEAT AND FLASHING ROD AND SEALANT TUBE STEEL BRACE SEE STRUC. TS FRAMING SEE STRUC 5/8 GYP SHEATHING MOISTURE BARRIER 7/8' HAT CHANNEL J TRIM -- BACKER ROD AND SEALANT SECTION A -A 8 ENTRY BRACE PENETRATION DETAIL L L BRICK VENEER 0 SIM CONDITION EIFS SYSTEM FLASHING PAINT TO MATCH EXP. JT. COVER EXPANSION JOINT • MM SYSTEMS STEEL SUPPORT 0 SIM WJL 6 -3, DARK BRONZE FINISH CONDITION WEST ENTRY EXISTING MASONRY WALL 0 NORDST VAPOR BARRIER 5/8 GWB SHEATHING 6' METAL STUDS 5/8 22 GA BACKER BRICK VEN E' METAL ST D FR SHEATHING FLASliI INYSTEM AND SEALANT BRICK VENEER ANCHOR EIFS TO "BRICK DETAIL BACKER ROD AND SEALANT BRICK VENEER VENEER ANCHORS O8'OC A% • PERIMEMTER BRICK TO SOFFIT TRANSITION PACE OF EIFS ABOVE • Or MI 9 WMEl II ' III 4 WA' AMP' ArliArehWAMMEMMY 4 VARIES SEE PLAN NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT 22 GA 4' CORNER TRIM TYP METAL SIDING CONST. () EXPANSION JOINT PLAN DETAIL 3/4' APPROVED DIPS INSULATION. WELD ALL AROUND LAP SEALANT 5/4' CORRUGATED METAL SIDING PROFILE CLOSURE TYP 24 GA FLASHING CLEAT HEMMED 24 GA FLASHING GALVANIZED SPRINGLOK FLASHING NEW ROOFING MEMBRANE CANT EXISTING ROOFING METAL SIDING TO ROOF DETAIL ENTRY BRACE PENETRATION ELEV. BRACE AND SUPPORT TO EXISTING ROOF 5/S BAND. NUT AND BOLT PRE FAO PIPE FLASHING EXISTING B.U. ROOF — LAP SEALANT INSULATION TO S'ATCH EXISTING DEFLECTION /CARRIER CHANNEL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MOISTURE BARRIER 2 PIECE FLASHING 14 E NTRY BRACE ROOF PENETRATION EXISTING MASONARY BUILDING SURFACE APPLIED SPRING LOCK FLASHING EIFS PARAPET SPRINGLOCK FLASHING 22 GA FLASHING CAP EXTRUDED ALUMIMN EXPANSION JOINT NEW NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT FROM CORNER FLASHING TO EXISTING BRICK VENEER EXISTING BRICK VENEER EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT NEW METAL FLASHING NEW NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT 4' METAL CORNER FLASHING CORRUGATED METAL SIDING BASE FLASHING 22 GA FLASHING LAP EXISTING PRECAST PANEL 1O ACCENT FEATURE TYP METAL SIDING CONSTRUCTION MET L J TRI 3/4' ETAL SIDING CORTR TRIM 15 EIFS TO METAL SIDING DETAIL TYP BRICK VENEER COLUMN COVERS METAL STUD FRAMING 121 LAYERS 3/4' EIFS INSULATION AND FINISH 8' GYPSUM SH{ ^HEATH[ NG] { /.- ,//sue-► ar i 9 1 BACKER ROD AND SEALANT NEW BRICK VENEER COLUMN MATCH EXISTING BRICK MASONRY TIES I6' OC VERT 6 HORZ 2' AIR SPACE 3 5/8' METAL STUDS 0 16' OC 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING MOISTURE BARRIER EXISTING COLUMN LOCATION VARIES REMOVE EXISTING BRICK VENEER Of TUKWIIA ASR OVED AUG 2 H 1999 AS NOTED- BU!LDH/O NTS 1/2' • 1' -0' M r ■. t t: i .010 * sr sari isfaf afrsa Teri. ru tsavws • sf is ]Rraafaa tat1F: -I DI6'i910N _ A NOT COIVSTRUCTIOIit7.a�.®®�.: .a CO FOR PERMIT ONL THIS DOCI MENT HAS BEEN P ARCD FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SMELT • TO REVIE AND MODIFICATIONS'B, . SO Al AGENCIES VNORTH AND NOR ENTRANCE DETAILS NEW COL I� V'IN AT WEST ENTRY 9829 4.06 SEE STRUT F ,� ,,, n c, o° �iH LL A 4 - JO 2 2 19 s° E_\98284 \CAD \A67 o CENTER o>M�R ".41 1 4' MTL STUD FRAMING T-4 CC. SEE D`, 1VA68 FOR TYP GFRG FASCIA NOTES NEW STEEL CHANNEL SEE STRUCT 0 EXISTING MIRROR TO REMAIN AIM 20 GA L- BRACKETS OC_ SECURE TO STL�EL CHANN5_ GWB OVER AITL. STUD FRAMING 0 T-4' O.C. „1/2' V4' PL GLASS MIRROR W/ MOLDING TOP AND BOY: - MIRROR LENGTHS TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MIRROR LAYOUT TYP INSIDE CORNER O TYP. NEW BULKHEAD CONSTR. EXISTING TOPPING SLAB NEW CONC. PLANTER PER 'S' DWGS 0 TYPICAL INTERIOR FASCIA ELEVATION GUTTER BELOW GRATE - TYF. 4 SID NOTE: INSTALL GRATE W/ ORIG NAL 16” DIAMETER OPENING d ADJUST AS NECESS 72'X72 TREE GRATE PEDESTRIAN PROOF MANUF. BY 'IRONSMITH. INC'' PART #M- 7206 -1 (FACTORY FINI, I) CAST -IN -PLACE STEEL FRAME O TREE GRATE PLAN 19 _128224, <A6, FACTORY FRAME FOR TREE GRATE EXISTING STRUCTURAL SLAB PATCH d TIE BACK NEW CON C. SLAB TO EXIS'INf PER 'S' DWGS 1292241CADD,A. DWG GUTTE PROFIL BED PLANTER WELL SECURELY ON COMPACTED SUBSOILS. EXTEN DEPTH AS NECESSARY FOR DEAR TREE GRATE /PIT DETAIL N1N FASCU RG MALL 5/8' OWN OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 1' -4' O.0 °.L EXPAND -O -FLASH SET IN FULL SEALANT c BED TOP d BOTTOM W/ STAINLESS STEEL WINGS d PRESSURE BAR & ST. STEEL FASTENERS. SEAL JOINT CORNERS TIGHT. WASHED DRAINROCK 0,5 EXPANSION JOINT CDX PLYWOOD PLATFORM. TYP. CO_) STEEL DECKING PER STRUCT. CANT. STEEL OUTRIGGERS- PER STRUCT. PROVIDE ANGLED BRACING • PA. OUTRIGGER TYP, NEW STEEL BEAM PER STRUCT. LEASE LINE WASHED URAINROCK 1 -1/2° • 1 MC • 1'-0 9 4' • i' -0" FIN. SOIL LE �- ST. STEEL GUTTER -ALL AROUND GRATE A lia PkERIMET E SOLDER ALL JOINTS. NOTE: NO DRAIN OUTLET - 20 GAGE MIN 2" D1AM. TRAP DRAIN PIPE W/ CHEC VALVE DEPTH AS NECESSARY FOR BEARING PERF. PI - CAP HOLES PE AT BO TTOM OF PIPE kk CONTROL JOINT p AT EACH GRID METALLIC LAMI ACCENT STRIP- -CONT. STL SUPORTS • - REO'D BY P GFRG MAN, . 2' TYP. E XP. CNTROL JT Y-Y W /SE ALANT O BEAD. TYP. INDIRECT FLUORES:ENT LIGHT PER ELEC. 5/8' GWB OVER 4' MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 1' -4' 0.1. TYP. SEE DET. 11/A6.8 FOR TYF GFRG FASCIA NOTES MECH. HVA 5FF MFGH C PLENLM -- TYP. COL.. GRID- - SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOC LINE OF EXISTING GWB SOFFIT 0 MALL BULKHEAD NEW 2X4 CLEATS -- SECURE TO EXISTING FRAMING NEW GFRG PANELS 15 GFRG FASCIA @ NEW HVAC SOFFIT 15 1.1/2" • 1 . -0 ° 3/8' STONE TILE EASE AND POLISH EDGES CONCRETE CAP BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE PILL W/ GRANULAR FILL AND SOIL SEE ORIEN FOR LANTER P LOCATIONS AND ORIENTATION FOOD COURT PLANTERS I/ TYP. CONTROL JT. W /SEALANT BEAD. TYP. 0 TYP. GFRG CO TROL •JT. PLAN DETAIL 14/2 • 1'-0" METALLIC LAMINATE ACCENT STRIP - -CONY. CONTROL JT. 0 EA. COL. GRID. TYP. TYPE 0 1/4° • 1 NOTE: REMOVE E. GWB AS REDD. FOR NEW CONSTR. & PATCH AS REVD. INTO NEW 5/8' GWB 4' MTL. STUD DIAL. BRACING 1 0.C. 4' MTL. STUD OUTRIGGERS 0 1'-4' O.C. MTL CLIP ANGLE 0 EA. OUTRIGGER d SECURED TO E. STEEL BEAM E. STEEL BEAM TO REMAIN (MATCH EXISTING) ONE -PIECE GFRG CORNER TRI . COL GRID -- SIZE AS REVD. TO ALIGN TYP SEE COL GRID-- POR LOC • EXPANSION CONTROL JOINTS 4 COL. GRID LINES. TOP.-- . LINE OF 'EXISTING. GWB FIELD VERIFY ALL DIME 'SOFFIT • MALL BULKHEAD NEW 2X4 CL ATS -- SECURE TO EXISTING PRAMING NEW GFRG GELS FOOD. COURT <PLANTER ' DE' 1.1/2' • GFRG FASCIA P NEW SEARS SOFFIT NEW GLASS -FIBER REINF GYPSUM (GFRG) SOFFIT TRIM--SE • RE TO EXISTING SOFFIT CONSTR. NEW 2X4 CONT. CLEATS. TOP T. SECURE TO E. 204 FRAMING LINE STE BEAM OTYP. GFRG EXP LEASE . JT. PLAN DETAIL GFRG DETAIL ELEV. 0 CONTROL JT. TYP. GLASS FIBER - REINFORCED GYPSUM (GFRG) E FA a E. BULKHEAD CONSTR.. ' i -1/2' • 1' -0 ". -. E. WALL CONSTR. TO REMAIN 1.1/2• . T -0' 1 -1/2' • 1 -0' NEW GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED G IGFRGI LIGHTING SHROUD TAPER GFRG EDGES FOR SMOOTH SECURE JOINTS TIGHT W/ INTERNAL BOLTS NEW GFRG LIGHTING SHROUD- - SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS METAL SUPPORT BRACKETS AND ARMATURE BY GFRG MANUF UPLIGHT FIXTURE PE P -LAM STRIP ALL AROUND /> ADHESIVE SET W/ TIGHT JOINTS I ADHESIVE STRIP ALL AROUND ADHESIVE SET W/ TIGHT JOINTS -- > I 2 X 4 STYROFOAM BLOCK - ADHESIVE SET FOR INSTALLATION OF N.I.C. SIL DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE PER PI EP NEW 204 CLEATS -- SECURE TO EXISTING 2X4 SOFFIT F LINE OF EXISTING GWB TO REMAIN: TYP. G OUTSIDE CORNER PLAN DET. 6 GFRG INSIDE CORNER PLAN DET. Hir • 1 %0' 1 -1/2' 1/2' JOINT W /SEALANT BEAD. TOP AN EMBED MTL. PLATE FOR NAILING d PATCH AS REQ' TYP. TOP d BOO. L 4 X 4 X 1/4 STEEL SUPPORT ANGLES - SECURE TO E. PRECAST CONC. COL. PER STRUCT. STAGGER EXP. DOLTS ADJ, SUPPORTS: EXISTING SOFFIT CONSTR. TO REMAIN- - FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO GFRG FABRICATION 29 GFRG PLANTER DETAIL ;Jl • 1 E. 2X4 FRAMING 0 T -O' O TYP. (FIELD-VERIFY) L E. 2X6 NAILER ON E. PLASTER d MTL. LATH ON E. METAL STUD FRA1lIRG -, , E. 5/8' GWB OVER \y E. 5/8' PLYWOOD SHEATHING DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC. 4 TYP. PER SHROUD) 1 -1/2 • 0-0 NEW 2X4 CLEATS -- SECURE TO EXISTING 2X4 SOFFIT FRAMING LINE- OF EXISTING GWB SOFFIT TO REMAIN. TYP. ONE -PIECE GFRG CORNER TRIM- ' SIZE AS REVD. TO ALIGN EXPANSION CONTROL JOINTS • COL. GRID LINES - TYP- - FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS of UPLIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC. (4 TYP. PER SHROUD) EXISTING PRECAST CONC. COLUMN TO w REMAIN. TYP. -- FIELD VERIFY SIZE OF COL. DS 0 SHROUD LOCATION FOR EXACT FIT LOW SMOOTH FINISH W/ JOINTS TAPED SMOOTH 7 LEVEL W/ GFRG. PAINT CITY OF TUKWILA 4PPROdED AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED BUILDING T. TVIQN NOT FOR CON S''TRUCTON 0t ..2�,. VF MH DS < .. 2028 S REGITERED • �, ` 1,' CHITECT 4 -15 -99 THOMAS D. EM RICH STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL ABENQES. INTERIOR DETAILS 55294.00 RECEIV0 cm °F Tu ' 68294 \CAD \A68 JUN 2 2�•� PERMIT GEM A6.8 PERMIT /BID ri C CORNER PLAN DETAIL J PLAN DETAIL FRONT VIEW NEUTRAL PIER BASE DETAIL �IFJ SLAB O TYPICAL BASE DETAIL ACCESSORIES IN AX. TYP. LEASE LINE MI GWB WALL NEW 3/4' BASE EASE TOP EDGE REMOVE 1E1 BASE MATERIAL REPAIR SUBSTRATE IF REQUIRED IEI FLOORING MATERIAL NEW 1/2' FLOORING RETURN TILE BASE TO LEASE LINE (El NEUTRAL PIER W/ NEW PAINT FINISH EASE CORNERS AND POLISH EXPOSED EDGES NIT 'S TILE NEW FLOORING SIDE VIEW HR RATED WALL �� O SERVICE PIERS 012 GA. WIRE HANGER TO STRUCTURE AT EACH CORNER OF FIXTURE ATTACH SLACK WIRES DIRECTLY TO FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS ATTACH FIXTURE TO CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH POSITIVE CLAMP DEVICES HAVING CAPACITY OF 100% OF LIGHTING FIXTURE WEIGHT IN ANY DIRECTION SUPPORT WIRES SEE ACP. SWAY BRACE DETAIL VIP VERTICAL STRUT CAPABLE OF RESISTING VERTICAL LOADS NOT SUSPENDED CLG SHALL BE INSTALLED PER UBC STANDARD 25 -2 25 CEILING BRACING DETAIL 1 -1/2• • 7-0" e�ar•.1•111111111111•••11111•11. sasa� i■ ■t1■ ■ ■11■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■II■ ■t ® 11111111111•1111111111111111111111111M1 1111111 ■•11■1111■ ■ ■ /21111111 1 ■■111 ■■■■ ■■ ■MIE1111 ■Stf ■■i1 ■1111■■■■■■ ■1111 ■111 111■u1■•■ ■ ■■ ••■ ■■u1 ■ ■u 1111111M11111111111111111111111111111••11 11111111 ■■ ■1111 ■1111■■■■ w r i■■'�o.� /err, —, 4 7 �r s ri- ; /i.■11� i■■i�� r . /rr/ii'�r% r rrr.% ■11 "or rr _ �rffrrrr /ri Z ri %r✓/r ✓/. As'�r/,/r./ '/,yrrr/r/r�✓ A /�.Ti1 AV:. /,r,fla rr/// NOTE: SUSPENDED CLG SHALL BE INSTALLED PER UBC STANDARD 25 -2 ELEVATION ® FOOD COURT NETURAL PIER DETAIL FASCIA WHERE-OCCURS SEE IEI PAINTED BRICK PREP AND PAINT (El FIRE AND BATTERY CABINET PREP AND PAINT SAME COLOR AS BRICK IEI FIR: ALARM SYSTEM AS OCCURS IE) DRINKING FOUNTAIN AS OCCURS NEW BASE TO MATCH FLOORING COMPRESSION STRUT 1111111111111. I X ♦♦♦nu A.C.P. CROSS RUNNER PLAN VIEW VERTICAL 12 GA HANGER SPACED 4 O.C. ALONG MAIN RUNNER TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. LIGHT FIXTURE ®A.C.P. CEILING 20 A.C.P. SWAY BRACE DETAIL 141 12 GA WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2' OF CROSS RUNNER SPLAYED GO FROM EA OTHER N.T.E. 45 FROM CLG PLANE. HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12'-0' O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. W/ THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6'-0' FROM EA WALL. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. MAIN RUNNER VERTICAL C STRUT •12'- 0'O. 12 GA. SWAY SUPPORT WIRES 0 12 O.C. GA. SUSPENSION WIRE • 4 -0' O.C. COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 4.0' 0.C. 16 GA. TIE WIRE CHANNEL f 2 -0' O.C. 8" MAX. TYP[CA6 4 E1 NETURAL PIER 0 REMAIN IEI MOSAIC TILE TO REMAIN TENANT ACCENT OR COUNTER TO REMAIN SET TOP OF BASE AND BOTTOM OF ACCENT NEW TILE BASE T -2 OVER IE) 2X2 MOSAIC TILES. EASE CORNERS POLISH EDGES LOWER BASE RETURN 12 TILE TO WALL WALL I..® T-5� MEM siiee ■i I ®t ®. ® ®'U r ■ �. ■.. ■K% MM■E■MYR!■■ ® ® ®IS� � ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■MMO ��r ► \ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■ ITI ■ ■■■ ■ ■ ■Cmm C iii• ®i:iiiii: ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ a° ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■■■ •T ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■LSR!•Rl1Rl R ■■■■■■■■M■■■■ ■■■■■1111■ ■■■■ MMEMMOMMEMMEM ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ iiiiiiSIMMIMi -. CERAMIC WALL TILES ON 5/8' CEMENT BOARD CT -7 CT -10 FT -8 CT -0 T -10 CT-7 CT -6 FINISSIZE 1-1/2" • 7 -0" SEE H SC HEDULE O !TR. O.O HT. A WV BASE TILE EASE EDGES FIN. FLOOR TILE 15 TYP WALL TILE LAYOUT OTTOM OF STRUCT. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. � �� PER WALL TYPE 5 U� nu s to u w iling 1/2' • 7 -0" 1n♦♦u111u1 LT. GAGE ET. FRAM' BRACES TO M STRUCT. ALTERNATE SIDES EXTEND TO STRUCT. CEILING RUNNER w/ 0.C.P. PER WALL TYPE NEW TILE AS REQUIRED VIA IEI TERRAZZO FL00 ING IEI STRUCTURAL SLAB TO REMAIN DO NOT CUT TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL EEMPIN WAWA WEE 10 TYP. FLOOR EXPANSION JT. DEMO FIRST 2 LAYERS OF EXISTING CERAMIC TILE 1/2' THICK AGGLOMER TE BASE ILE t I - f - TILE MODULE TYR. STAGGER JTS 1/2 MOUDLE FROM h-OOR TILE 1 JTS MIN 4' PIECE 1 1 I AGGLOMERATE TILE FLOOR SCHUTER DILEX -HKW OVER EXISTING FLOOR T[LE 16 BASE DETAIL 21 PARTITION @ A.C.P. CEILING 22 LIGHT COVE 1 -1/2' • 1 ELECT. AND TELE. CONDUITS NON SHRINK GROUT FILL ANTI FRACTURE MEMBRANE NEW TILE SCHLUTOL JOER IN OI T LER -KS -EKSN 125 CONTR SEALANT ANTI-FRACTURE MEMBRANE MIN. 3 WIDTH. LINTER ON EXP. JT. EXISTING CONDITION FLOOR JOINTS (El TERRAZZO (El STRUCT. CONC. SLAB FRAMING TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE BRACE AS REQUIRED EXISTING CEILING 4' METAL STUDS W/ 5/8' GWB LIGHT FIXURE SEE ELEC. DWG MTL ANGLE RUNNER CONTINUOUS PARABOLIC LOUVER EXISTING WALL - REMOVE TILE AS REQUIRED SMOOTH FINISH PAINT ALL SURFACES WITHIN LIGHT COVE APPLIANCE WHITE EILING RUNNER w/ A.C.P. FULL HEIGHT PARTITION .0 A.C.P.;CLG'' 1. 112" • 1•0 NEW TILE TYPICAL FLOOR TRANSITIONS 0 TENANT ,ENTRIES LIGHT FIXURE SEE ELEC. DWG GWB CEILING PER R.C.P. CONTINUOUS PARABOLIC LOUVER 1 -1/2 • i' -O'• MTL ANGLE RUNNERS EXISTING WALL - EXTEND GWB TO TOP OF NEW LIGHT COVE 5/8' GM) SMOOTH FINISH PAINT ALL SURFACES WITHIN LIGHT COVE APPLIANCE WHITE RECESSED LIGHT; COVE B/8' TIL!!r!ERS 9 ` ° E E. CONC. COL. BASE BELOW I , °�: - E. CONC. COL. !IL O E. PRECAST CONC. COL. ASE PLAN E. CONC. COL. STONE TILE BASE T -2 OVER IEI CONC. COL BASE PROVIDE 12I LAYERS AS SHOWN 1' IEI REVEAL SEALANT • FLOOR JT. FLOOR TILES PER PLAN NEW TILE OE. PRECAST COL. BASE ELEV. /SECT. ONOT USED 1 -1/2 • 7 -0 O LAV. PLAN AND ELEVATION 'd�• �'d: ea °a�i °mii °i'1imima °i;a';i.! l I /IA_ r ______ em ei�im °hie'ae'mG °:a�kmwi°f °ei l `,` �� EXISTING CONDITION FLOOR JOINTS CRUMPLE JOINTS SCHLUTER - SCHIENE E 125 E 125 -FLOOR TRANSITION EXISTING CONDITION BOTH FLOORS LEVEL SCHLUTER - SCHIENE E 125 E 125 -FLOOR TRANSITI EXISTING CONDITION O FLOORS LEVEL OPT SWINGING DOOR CHAMFER AND PO TILE EDGES AS SHOWN. TYP. SC - D- S -EKSN 125 CO JOINT E) TERRAZZO EXTENDED LEASE LINE COWAN COUNTER TOP W/ INTEGRAL 810S BOWL r DIA FOR SOAP DISP. SINK BOWL 3/4' PLYWOOD DIVIDER CENTER BETWEEN LAVATORIES 1/2'X6' CORIAN BACKSPL ASH CORM ACCESS PANEL KEYED CYLINDER CORIAN ACCESS DOOR W! CONCEDED SOSH HNGES OR ARCH APPROVED EQUAL S.S. WASTE CONTAINER 24WX22'DX20 3!4' NEW BASE SEE 22/A8G ELEVATION FINISH FLOOR 3/4 • 7-0' REGISTERED ARCHITECT MIRROR SEE ELEVATIONS 2X BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 3/4' PLY -WOOD DIVIDER BEYOND 3/4' PLY -WOOD CONT. NOT USED LAVATORY DETAIL 15M0.et0W6 MM SYSTEMS EXPANSION JT. COVER LSSBE 6 -1 1/2 SCHLUTER - SCHIENE E 125 FLOOR TRANSITION. TYP. NEW TILE CONC. INFILL E STRUCT. CO SLAB TO REMAIN_-_. : CONCRETE INFILL EW TILE GROUT RAWL SPIKE B/1F IV 1 VW ANCHOR IT O. FACTORY DRILLED 2'-0'. , REMOVE 10 IEI TERRAZZO NEW LEVELING R SLAB O AGAINST IEI TENANT STRIP 3/4' NEW BASE FINISH FLOOR? 7 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL NOTE VER "T TTAT OUT - SWINGING DOORS DOOR CLEARANCE ("WI UNDER CUT DOOR OR RAISE 'DOOR. EXTENDED LEASE LINE o , LEASE LINE SLOPE 1 @0 MAX - AS REQUIRED LEASE LINE RANT FLOOR REMOVE AND RE INSTAL L OF. REPLACE ANEW FLO LEVELING AS _R£QUIREO TENANT FLOOR 1/2' R TYP N /2• • r -0• 1 -1/2• • 7-0' 6' BACKSPLASH 3 SIDES 2 1/2 1/27(5/16' CONT. ANGLE SOAP DISPENSER RESERVOIR I/2' CORIAN FRONT WITH INTEGRAL APRON - COPE AROUND SINK SUPPORTS CONT. 5/4X2' BRACE W/3/4X3/4' L KEYS TOP AND BOTTOM E. BRICK VENEER CONSTR. 0 SEARS STORE MM SYSTEMS EXPANSION JOINT rCOVER LSSF -NB 6 -3 SCHLUTER - SCHIENE E 125 FLOOR TRANSITION. TYP. NEW TILE— TYP IF MORE CONSULT W/ ARCHITECT CITY Of TUKWILA APPROVED AUU 2 4 1999 AS VOl/U MI • (., r s 1+r e ca a e di} ( e )sss s a :a' PaE 'Wt./ st ar.. 0 O 1111 Z < aa OH 0 z .0 1!2• • ,• -fi amc am 010 X r FASTENER 8 SLEEVE o 24 O.C. A. EXP. JT. WALL COND. el TERRAZZO •7 -0 FS 08204.00 BUILDING DIVISION R.... 4 - 15 - 98 AZ; D. EMRICH SIAIE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED_ FOR PERMIT APPLICATION ARO IS SUBUECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES DETAILS VAC • can of 5U RJE.\88294 \CADlA69 JUN 2. ? h° PERMIT GENTEn [0.191211.109 IOWA MUM A6.9 IIQ o _ „ `� O 0 ® NEW ENTRANCE CANOPY AND SOFFIT RELOCATE IEI L TABOT'S CANOPY SEE SET Alk NEW CANOPY FACT OPY TRI MONO =MN NOMOMENOMOM EW GFR< ANOPY - IM _ i1 illi= • ••• •■••••■ I I••••■•�• U uq,a mum Wm: _.i - � r11i a atimutgas NEW GFRG CANOPY TRI EW GFRG CANOPY RIM JEW WALL ABOVE FASCI SEE ! ° CLOS EXIST. SKYLIGHT EVEN W /CEILING EXIST[ YLIGHT TO REMAIN SK EXSTING GWB CEILINGS T I O REMAIN EXISTING'STRIP SKYLIGHTS TO REMAIN REMOVE EXIS 'G DOME .SKYLIGHT AREA F S GWB CEILING THIS PATCH • RO F 8 WFILL a CELL TYP. AS 5 OWN) AREAFO NEW SKYLIGHT CO ST. ®$IM. TYP. AT HADED AREA SEE DETAIL PROVIDE TYPE 'G' FIXTURE. END 0 D IN LIGHT COVE. TYP. AS SHOWN PROVI E TYPE 'E FIXTURE IN LI HT COVE. TYP. AS OWN[ ETANOHIC PY RETROFIT HR. WALLS TO ROOF DCK FIR -SEAL TO DECK EXP SED ROOF DECK NEW) GWB CEILING • 0' -p" SMO TH FIN. PAINT EXIST. DU T DROP EXTEND `= SCIA, COVE 8 MIRK i _�_ a _— s • ___i — EXPANSION JOINT SEE TYP 1 -HR. WALLS TO ROOF DECK FIRE-SEAL TO DECK EXPOSED ROOF DECK NEW ENTR CANOPY AND SOFFIT AREA Ip 25 PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN @ NORDSTROM /SEARS TIP PLAN DE +AIL AT NEW TYPE 3 SKYLIGHT PATCH. REPAI PAINT HIGH CEILING (F- EXTE D COLOR INTO EXIST. 6 NEW SKYLIGHT ELLS EXISO REN TIMAING OW CEILING T EXISTING GTR P SKYLIOIITS TO R I 7 ) NEW CANOPY FACING NEW CANOPY FACING KEY TO SOFFIT WORK ® - EXTENT OF NEW GFRG INTERIOR CANOPY RETROFIT SEE DETAIL 11/A6.8 TYP EXTENT OF NEW EIFS p I ® RETROFIT E %[STING EXTERIOR PRECAST C.C. FASCIAS EXTENT OF NEW /NEILL AT EXISTING CLERESTORIES WINDOWS ITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED PERMIT GEN'. as II II a 414 OLIV. < rns ra vi. (so<) sze a acTORE r•zts.•T eee 717 i< :noz aaa�« ML THUN z�..z U 0 < z o Z 9 11 �I z O D R I 0 Uu L_ —J 0 Z Q —L 0 CZ AS Q. EM STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS &WELT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS ST GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES PARTIAL REFLECTED AUG 2 4 1999 AS OTED CEILING PLAN - :WEST MALTING DINE■ON 1 _ Gtv 98 294.00 !MI' an I 4 -15-OX 0FE1u °,y, E: 8294 \CAMA70 \9 s IFE j,i 2z 1 LUC \ 0 x • nnY]♦ L �- r. fill A.7•0 .O PERMITLEj NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION USED ® 1 • 0 'I ilk SI - - 1�: X11 1� 1 1 1 L 1 I I I 1 �I ✓�/ / / / / ` 0 - - - T p=/ i 0 11 6.8 NEW GFRG CANOPY TRIM r � 1 A 1 1 n 0 I rr $ 1 TYP VENNI TYP NEW 1GFRG CANOPY TRIM ' TYP} 18 A6.3 11 6.8 — — T 'P FAMILY RESTROOM RE TO PE G -2 ND TO END NEW CLERESTO OCATIONS-=- TYPE 'D' ITYP.I DETYP T AIL AN PL 4 S ay. , _ �� Tlillik TYP �' mTYP 4 i - 2%W fj 11 1 1 LIGHTING SHROUD 2D ) I ' T UMBRELLA COLUMN 1 A68 z_ }TYP 32 LOCATION.) \- J ate_ - !� U 6_ - -C TIT SHROUD L vHTIFG: TT. E _' ABOVE 14 YER SHROUD) TYPE 'F BELOW 1 4 iPER SHROUD) L 14 TYP. PERIMETER Ur�BRELL A COLUMN LIGHTING. 4 -' TYPE N ABOVE 12 PER SHROUD) Tj'PE 'E' ABOVE 12 PER SHROUD} % 03 NEW L-TYPE INDIRECT UP -LIGHT FIXTURES ABOVE EXISTING ENTRANCE SOFFIT 0 BON MARCHE. TYP. AS SHOWN SEE ELEC. 4 TYP PLAN bETAIL 'T NEW TYPE 2 SKYLIGHTS TYP. 4 LOCATIONS N DOME SKYLIGHTS / 10 OCATIO NEW SOFFIT B END WALL TO MATCH EXISTING' SOFFIT TYP AT E NOTE: NTRAN SEECF�S '�EL TYP C. FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING ...�\ —f NEW CANOPY FACING I I I II PAINT CEILING AND COLUMNS P -2 P %rte/ . 0 FfriA —1 OD ( p Q - -4 0 0 -gy p 4 VW NEW G -TYPE DIRECT UP -LIGHI i B ~ —� r -471 1 FIXTURES-SEE ELEC IN 0 owl •• I� — Nd�ne •r r 25 PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN @ BON MARCHE COURT 1 _ !! plh u J J® W ENTRANCE CANOPY S SHEEZS A2.3. 8 A2 6 NEW CANOPY FACING ENLARGED; RCP 1 HR. WA TO REOF DECK r FIRE -SEAL TO DE1K - - 4 EXP NEW ROVICE DK OTRYP IN 05 S ER COR IDS _ I 1_ I- I I_ 93 ° `� II V ) i4 NEW CANOPY FACING l n 1 DEO I_ 1 I I 1_ I TOP RCOFt7 ANOPY MM. _ RET 1 NEW SK LIGH TYPE 1 Q qui 6 1 T G 8111 EXISTING GW 12 B CEILINGG 7� IGH T FIXT "RE5 TO REMAIN y: IN L[GHT COVE TYP IBI A T 1. INFILL EXISTING N , STR SKYLIGHTS O REMAI 1 : 1 �,�p INRAP SKYLIGHT WELL -- W/ RRING 8 GAVE `YY' PAINT T01 MATCH P -1, ® TYPE G LIGHT FIXTURES • �y P1;1.'4 L LII,,�ERESTORY WINDOW `vi' SSDES OF RAA — SEO ROOF AREA I 1 1 — 1 1 !Km --=, _ ¢ - GWB SOFFIT TYP 4 CORNERS KEY TO SOFFIT WORK DM — _ o EXTENT OF NEW GFRG INTERIOR CANOPY RETROFIT SEE DETAIL 11 /A68 TYP EXTENT OF NEW EIFS WI 1 _ I — RETROFIT EXISTING EXTERIOR PRECAST CONC. FASCIAS EXTENT OF NEW INFILL — • AT EXISTING CLERESTORIES WINDOWS ' I R E E EXIST. CEILINGITILES d PROVIDE NE ATCH GRTILES CLEAN d PAINT GRID TO MATCH NRW 'YfPIt,wLACT -11 1 1 L VE'EXIST. CEING TI 8 PROIDE D TYP CEILING TILES IL CLAN LES I PANT V GRI AT�H NEW TILES -� TYPICAL 4 - AMIFLY MEN'S L E RESTRCOM A REMOVE EXIST CEILING TILES d PRO'/IDE NEW MAT CE CH N ILING EW IC TIDES ES TY CLEAN PI 8 CAL PAIN11 GRID TO 1 11ASS-1[- ._ - - - _ _ - TACT -11 q el'C' .1....- 1/16 • % % % I % % % % o I r 1 NEW ENTRANCE CANOPY AND SOFFIT RELOCATI EE GRA. — -- o .7 ) iNG G CEtLiit85. TO REMAIN WB °%}STING "TRIP SKY lJ 70 REMAIN 1 I I I f O S gr I CS i DWGS �wlu AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED BUILDING Oil/7919N P WIT CENTER VF CITY GFETUKWILA I5 -49 MI THUN NOT FOR ,CONSTRUCTION +sv 2 ' Ala .AT 1 4 - 27 - 00 BAR APPROVAL ,M.. OtARCE DS CR FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND 19 SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - CENTRAL 98294.00 A I [—LA oe} s + +ixe} ■era roan w (\ z8 'REGISTERED I I ' ARCH} T THOMAS D. EMRICH STATE OF WASHINGTON EO ED NEW ALUM. -FRAME TYPE 3 SKYLIGHTS W/ IN UL SAFETY GLASS 13) TYP. AS SHO SEE TYP PLSN D TAIL Q I PAT. H. REPAIR. 1. PAINT HIGH CEILING Efl EXTEND COLOR I TO EXIST 8 NEW YLIGHT WELLS PROVIDE NEW TYPE LIGHT FIXTURES IN ffXISTIN0 COVE- -SEE NOTE - EXISTING FLUORESCENT S FIXTURES TO IREMAIt• � I ( , - . ENAIN I __ —_ LING STRIP SKYLIGHTS EMAIN RELPA 5EE GRA 39 MATCH LINE NI°W CANOPM FACING EI(PANSION JOINT SE 13 PARTIAL REFELECTED CEILING PLAN 0 JCPENNEY /MERVYN'S G.3 O O ■f9� � N1 I y9: liii Baa "" 110 I ii I � � EXISTING GW• CEILINGS � T � 1111 IRKENNINIIMM ��� ��MSIMMY — S\M��5 • s : • • ■ f yin �TTR oiirir PiJ roir %o %sr %rrrrr %iYOr % % %v.r '.F'.r rlJ•OL�' / %%Jr Y�%Ywr %r % %OYr %��62'/.%'I %2 %r' /'�%'�G /rJ iriw.:ir.Yw� %pe' irrriw / /8 %irrYwrzoiii %Fi %ir. i rwirrina%J. wr,%rso %r%/wr% i i%i%e7%%•weoie Yr/ YrJ %7✓./. ///Jr /% w%/ rr 1 . %;JrI' /wi %JJ % % % %G' /, /. % % %' /,/4 (uu--__ui■W 1 17 MUM I ° ■N== IMMUNE iNNIEMENN rimmaimm ' •mmf II� Ii..... Im■■m■o11 ammo �".. ®,1' 0 FOOD COURT Lk! L J PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 7 CEILING TILES 8 P LEG. CLEAN 8 PAI TILES -- TYPICAL LcTa OVIDE IT GRID 'HROUGHOUT 57 O 59 =-___ J '_ LNG IN GWB CEILINGS MA EXIS SKY LIGHTS TO R EMAIN __—E vi vie evViv v. +iv.,riinrlvirvnviivV NLARGED PARTIAL R.C.P. 0 FOOD COURT KEY TO SOFFIT WORK www Im EXTENT OF NEW GFRC INTERIOR CANOPY RETROFIT SEE DETAIL 11 /A6.8 TYP EXTENT OF NEW EIFS RETROFIT EXISTING EXTERIOR PRECAST CONC. FASCIAS UMW EXTENT OF NEW'NFILL AT EXISTING CLERESTORIES WINDOWS E1 I ! i 1/16' • I' -0' — NEW TYPE 'E' LIGHT FIXTURES O 0 FIXTURES IN EXISTING COVE- -SEE ELEC. NOTE: EXISTING FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURES TO REMAIN EXISTING DOME SKYLIGHTS TO REMAIN. TYP. UNLESS NOTED O EXISTING DOME SKYLIGHTS TO BE REMOVED W TYP AS SHOWN GWB INFILL � CEILING LEV L® EXISTING STRIP SKYLIGHTS TO BE REMOVED GWB INFILL o CEILING LEVEL 5EE 1 /16'•T -0' to CITY OF TUTWiLA APPROVE AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED ELP DUNG DIVISION PA-873.3 T HUN (IIii) • as a.1 _ Tit(tiil . IFTFiIOi •{ZION 1/F M O i S CR DOW FR 4 -15 -99 I f Q L L_ J 2029 98294.00 REGISTERED ARC 1HOM EM STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS ST AGENCIES PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EAST RECEIVE[ 1 198204\CADYA70 CITV�OF T .J✓�� JH'd 2. E 1999 PERMIT CENTER A7.2 O O O pp pp pp F 0 0 z Q w 0 wl- LU 0 Z H Z DC l L J PERMIT. /BID SOUTHCENT ER MALL 08204 TOILET AC ESSORY SCHEDULE ITEM # MFG. [DENT. # DESCRIPTION B -287 FOLDING UTILITY SHELF 2 8 -4288 SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (GONTURA SERIES) 9 B -4388 RECESSED MULTI -ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (CONTURA SERIES) 4 B -2908 MIRROR WITH S.S. ANGLE FRAME 38' F14- ABOVE LAVATORY COUNTER TOP BACKSPLASH. LENGTH PER ELEVATIONS. 5 B -9500 RECESSED NAPKIN/TAMPON VENDOR 25CENTS 6 B -35701 PARTITION - MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AND TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (THEFT - RESISTANT TOILET TISSUE SPINDLES) 7 B -35704 RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AND TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER ITHEFT- 8 B -9644 RESISTANT TOILET TISSUE SPINDLES) SEMI - RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE 8 -6717 COAT HOOKS. SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL W/ FIRETREATED WOOD BLOCKING BACK -UP BEHIND GYPBOARD. 10 NOT USED 11 B- 6806.00 K 36' STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BARS 1 MT DIA. WITH CONCEALED MOUNTINGS (PEENED GRIPPING SURFACES) 12 B- 6806.00 X 42' STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BARS 1 1/2' DIANA. WITH CONCEALED MOUNTINGS (PEENED GRIPPING SURFACED(' 19 8 -3044 RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER / WASTE RECEPTACLE 14 5-0226 LAVATORY- MOUNTED LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER VALVE W/ UNDER TAE COUNTER SOAP APPROk T1 RESERVOIR AND i4 BOBKEYS u 16 NOT USED NOT USED AUG 2 4 A _;-_ :99 17 5-2008 36' W X 38' N MIRROR W/ STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE FRAME AT FAMILY RESTROOM n DRJr (1I ,¢I, 18 10 NOT USED B -362 RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 20 21 NOT USED BCS -V BABY CHANGING STATION BY AVANTI BABY 22 CPS -01 CONSULTANTS 1 - 9778 • CHILD PROTECTION SEAT BY AVANT( - cu . 23 24 - SPD NOT USED DIAPER.PAIL BY AVANTI 25 FAUCET W /SENSOR VALVING PER IC DWGS IEI DOOR TO BE REMOVED onensE an rap °INTERIOR ELEVATION -MEN'S TOILET #102 IEI CT WALL FINISH PREP FOR NEW PAINT. TYP ALL WALLS (El MIRROR O TILE BASE T -2 I •-2 I ° INTERIOR ELEVATION -MEN'S TOILET #102 1/4' • T -0' (El HAND DRYERS RELOCATED INTERIOR ELEVATION - WOMEN'S TOILET #103 INTERIOR ELEVATION- FAMILY TOILET SS CORNER GUARD RELOCATE IEI DIAPER CHANGER NEW ACCESSORIES. TYP 0 RI DIAPER CHANGE STATION TO REMAIN (El WASTE UNIT TO REMAIN 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION- FAMILY LOUNGE NEW LAY. CASEWORK W/ CORIAN FINISH NEW LAV SINKS SEE MECH. CT -5 TY NEW TOILET PARTITIONS. TYP IP -2I (El TOILETS TO REMAIN NEW 1/4' PLATE GLASS MIRROR RR MAN K 7 _, 27 O MYTYP. NEW TOAST PARTITIONS LOCATE PER PLAN IE) CT WALL FINISH PREP FOR NEW PAINT, TYP ALL WALLS CT-5-7 TILE BASE T 2 (-SS CORNER 1 GUARD P -2 I NEW GWB WALL PREP AND PAINT. TYP ALL WALLS NEW CT. WALL TO'MATCH (0 TILE PATTERN 6 SIZE PREP FOR PAINT (El HAND DRYERS TO REMAIN IEI WASTE UNIT TO REMAIN INTERIOR ELEVATION - WOMEN'S TOILET #103 IIIIIIIIIIi11111111111Ii1111111111111i11II111111111111II11111111111111I11111111111111II111I111111111II111I111IIII1111111111I1111I11111111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIillllllllllllllllllllllillllll it 11 11 llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllillllllllllllf llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllfllllllllllllllllllllll 11111111111 II II 1111 Illllllil11111111Y1 11111111111In11111111111111111111111111n11111111111111111111111111111111111111 11111111111111 II n_ ll ri MEW i IN UM I•11 MI MI el it =l..:-3i1Y11I.1i.31...:±i111 ii11._41l.11.i111 uIII.. _•I.1im111._.(.I.I../1....IJ. 6' TILE BASE T -2 O NEW GWB WALL PREP AND PAINT. TYP ALL WALLS I P - 2 I L NEW ACCESSORIES. TYP SEE SCHEDULE A$Q C TILE BASE T -2 (E) CT WALL FINISH PREP FOR :ElW PAINT,TYP ALL WALLS TILE BASE T -6 NEW TOILET PARTITIONS. TYP LOCATE PER ENLARGED PLAN. BHT A3.0 0 1/4 T 0• 6' TILE BASE T -2 0 NEW TOILET PARTITIONS. TIP 7 . .1...._1.41.71.1... 11.1.1..1.1.1.1..- ..1.1.7...1--.. -..-..... ..................... . .. NIALS TO Aft IEI URNIALS TO REMAIN. TYP TYP REMAIN. TYP 1/4 • 1 iniiiiiiii ii ° i.l iiuliuunm niuim' °• ••,•• �yFui iii l ° •• liii� ownnu nu uw 1 wl nnaonnirinn �wi° • wnn nlnlun l nwn uiillnunumm�n I 1 iii nwn l ml l -_. SS CORNS' Q GUARD nwn 'WTYP. TILE BASE T -2 TTY 0 CT -9 (El OWE 6 CT WALLS W/ NEW PAINT FIN, TYP CT -3 IEI CT WALL FINISH PREP CT -4 FOR NEW PAINT, TYP ALL WALLS I P I IEI GRABBARS TO REMAIN. TYP. TYP. :NAPP W GWB WLL REP , ` y ALL ' ` WALLS 1 P-2 1 0 CT -1 CT -2 LIGHT COVE TYP ` SS CORNER GUARD TILE BgG6�T -2 TILE BAS�-j-2 O - IE) CT WALL FINISH PREP FOR NEW PAINT. TYP ALL WALLS NEW 1/4' PLATE GLASS MIRROR ® P -2 I (EI CT WALL FINISH PREP FOR NEW PAINT. TYP ALL WAILS I P -2 1 1111111111 l TYP TILE BASE T -2 26 8-270 NEW LAV. CASEWORK W/ CORIAN FINISH NEW LAV SINKS SEE MECH. TYP EA LAV TY PREP AND STAIN DOOR PAINT FRAME 1/4' • T -0' NEW CT WALL TO MATCH (E) TILE PATTERN 8 SIZE PREP FOR PAINT CT -3 114' • T -0' 1/4• - 7-0' VT M MH "°` MALT il.4.507 DS DS FB ✓029 REGISTERED \, I CHITECTI MAS D. Ill 1 ICH STATE Of WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED-FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUSS= TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY = -'_' GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 98294.00 4 -15 -99 . 0 E: 98294 \CAD \A80 TMITT0 • SURFACE -MT. SANITARY NAPKIN' DISPOSAL - PERMjT'(BjQ s¢r++eu NOT FOR CONSTRUOTION' ®...w NO ROOM NAME SIZE DOOR LEAF FRAME HARDWARE DEL SHT. A9.0 -- U.N.O. RATING REMARKS CT -1. TYPE MAT. FIN • MAT, FIN. GROUP HEAD JAMB THRESHOLD TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT -3 CERAMIC. TILE NEW DOORS 2X3 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT-4 CERAMIC TILE N/A IX1 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT -5` CERAMIC TILE TBD 4X4 NOM. 1 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 3'- 07T -0 C AL FF AL FF 5 TBD 1/2X6 29/A6.5 CT 8 CERAMIC TILE 2 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'X7' -0' C AL FF AL FF 5 CT -10 CERAMIC TILE 20/A6.5 1/2X6 DALTILE TRIM SHAPE LINER 3 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 3'- 077-0' C AL FF AL? FF 5 12X12 NOM. MANUF. QUARELLA 20/A6.5 AGGLOMERATE TILE ROSSO ASIAGO 4 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 3'- 077 -0' C AL FF AL ' FF 5 AGGLOMERATE TILE T -6 20/A6.5' LEMAN'S (MATTE FIN.( - -. 5 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 7- 0'XT -0' C AL FF AL FF 5 20/A6.5 P -1 PAINT 6 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 3'- 077-0' C AL FF AL FF 5 S -1 29/A65 - MATCH PRINCETON PECAN 7670.13 WILSON ART P -LAM 7 MAIN ENTRANCE PR 7-0' C AL FF AL FP 6 21/A6.5 CEILINGS 32 WEST CORRIDOR COVE 3- O'XT -0' A WD S-1 HM PT 2 19 19 25 20 MIN 35 MAIN SERVICE CGRR 3'- 0'XT -0' A WD SA HM PT 2141 19 11 - 20 MIN 36 MAIN SERVICE CORR. 7- 0'XT -0' A HM PT HM PT 1 16 22 28 42 SOUTH SERVICE CORR 7- 077' -0' A WD S -1 HM PT 2 11 19 25 20 MIN 45 FAMILY RESTROOM 7- 077' -0' A WD S -1 HM PT 7 10 26 - 20 -MIN SEE DET. 26/A9.0 'SIM' CONDITION 44 FAMILY RESTROOM 3'- 0'XT -0' A WD S -1 HM PT 8 19 19 45 SOUTH SERVICE CORR PR 3'- 0'X7' -0' B WD S -1 HM PT 9 10 19 25 20 MIN 46 SOUTH SERVICE CORR PR 3'- 6'X7 -0' B WD HM PT 10 10 15 - 20 MIN 55 MAIN SERVICE CORR. 3'- 0'XT -0' A HM HM PT 1 16 22 28 54 SOUTH CORR WOMEN 3• O'XT - 0• B WD HM PT' 7 15 10 - 20 MIN SEE DET. 26/A9.0 'SIM' CONDITION EXISTING DOORS - - 8 SEARS ENTRANCE PR 7- 0'XT -0' C AL AL FF - 29/A6.5 0 SEARS ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'XT -0' C AL m AL FF 3 - 28/A6.5 10 SEARS ENTRANCE PR 3'- 077 -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - 20/A6.5 11 SEARS ENTRANCE PR 3'- 077-0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 28/A6.5 1 2 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 07T -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - 29/A6.5 13 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'XT -0' C AL FP AL FF 3 - - zm /AM.5 - - 14 WEST ENTRANCE PR 7- 0 -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 29/A6.5 15 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'XT -01211,31® AL FF 3 - - 20/A6.5 16 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- O'XT -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 20/A6.5 17 WEST ENTRANCE PR 7- 0'XT -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 29/A6.5 - 18 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'XT -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 28/A6.5 19 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'X7' -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 20/A6.5 20 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'X7' -O' C AL FF AL FF 3 - - 20/A6.5 21 WEST ENTRANCE PR 3'- 0'X7' -0' C AL FF AL FF 3 - 29/A6.5 - _ _ 30 WEST CORRIDOR COVE 7- 0'XT -0' A WD S HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH- MALL SIDE OF DOOR 33 CENTRAL CORR COVE 3'- 0'XT -0' A WD $.9 HM PT 4 - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 34 CENTRAL CORR COVE 3'- 0'07 -0' A WD ¢2fj HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF, DOOR 37 MAIN CORRIDOR COVE 7- 0'X7' -0' A WD P9 HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 38 NORTH CORR COVE 3'- 0'X7' -0' A WD Alf, HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 39 SOUTH CORR COVE 7- 0'XT -0' A WD eXt HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 40 SOUTH CORR COVE 7- 0'57-0' A WD _ - HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 41 SOUTH CORR COVE 7- 0'X7' -0' A WD _ HM PT 4- - - - 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 47 MAIN CORR COVE 7- 0'X7 -0' A WD HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 48 WEST CORR COVE PR 3'- 0'X7' -0' B HM HM PT 4 - 25 20 MIN 49 WEST CORR COVE PR Y- 0'X7' -0' B NM HM PT 4 - 25 20 MIN 50 WEST CORR COVE 7- 0'XT -0' IIMECI = HM PT 4 - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 51 WEST CORR WOMEN 7- 0'X7' -0' 3'- 0'XT -0' IMECEM1 B WD HM PT _ - 20B/A6.9 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 52 WEST CORR MEN f HM PT 11 - - 29B/A6.9 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR 53 WEST CORR COVE 7- 0'XT -0' B WD - _ / HM PT 4 - - 25 20 MIN STRIP AND REFINISH MALL SIDE OF DOOR MARK MATERIAL - COLOR UNIT SIZE REMARKS TILE ^' CT -1. CERAMIC' TILE N/A 4X4 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT -2 .'CERAMIC TILE .: N/A 151 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT -3 CERAMIC. TILE N/A 2X3 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT-4 CERAMIC TILE N/A IX1 NOM. TO BE PAINTED MATCH EXISTING SIZE AND SURFACE TEXTURE CT -5` CERAMIC TILE TBD 4X4 NOM. DALTILE NATURAL HUES. PRICE GROUP 2 OR EQUAL CT -6 CERAMIC. TILE TBD'' - 2X2 NOM. DALTILE NATURAL HUES. PRICE GROUP 2 OR EQUAL CT -7 CERAMIC TILE -, TBD 1/2X6 DALTILE TRIM SHAPE LINER CT 8 CERAMIC TILE TBD - 2X2 NOM. . DALTILE NATURAL HUES. PRICE GROUP 2 OR EQUAL CT -0 CERAMIC TILE -' TBD 2X2 NOM. DALTILE NATURAL HUES. PRICE GROUP 2 OR EQUAL CT -10 CERAMIC TILE TBD 1/2X6 DALTILE TRIM SHAPE LINER T -1 AGGLOMERATE TILE BOTTICINO 12512 NOM. MANUF. QUARELLA T -2 AGGLOMERATE TILE, BRECCIATA 12X12 NOM. MANUF. QUARELLA T -3 '_ AGGLOMERATE TILE ROSSO ASIAGO 12X12 NOM. MANUF. QUARELLA T-4 AGGLOMERATE TILE VERDE TIRRENO ROSSO LEVANTO 12X12 NOM. 12X12 NOM. MANUF. QUARELLA MANUF. QUARELLA T -5 AGGLOMERATE TILE T -6 PORCELAIN TILE ' LEMAN'S (MATTE FIN.( 12X12 NOM. MANUF. INNOVATIVE MARBLE TILE INC PAINT AND. STAIN P -1 PAINT MATCH EXISTING: - P -2 POLOMYX 4043 -EE58 - S -1 - MATCH PRINCETON PECAN 7670.13 WILSON ART P -LAM CEILINGS ACT -1 'SUSPENDED CEILING MATCH (E) EXISTING GRID. PAINT - NEW TILES ACT -2 SUSPENDED CEILING 2X4 NEW GRID AND TILES DOOR NEW 1/2' TILE (E) TERRAZZO IE) CONC. SLAB DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR GF_NERAL NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING DOOR CONDITIONS WHERE NEW MALL FLOOR TILE ABUTTS EXISTING THRESHOLD. PROVIDE FOR UNDER - CUTTING E. DOORS AS READ. -SEE DET. 25/A0.0 FOR TYP. FLOOR TRANSITION AT THRESHOLDS. 1/2' PER WALL TYPE J,.,5/WJAAR 11- 15/16 25 THRESHOLD DETAIL 1 -HR. RATED GWB WALL ASSEMBLY 121 STUDS JAMB ANCHORS STEEL FRAME GROUT SOLID SMOKE GASKET 20 MIN. RATED DOOR PER SCHEDULE 19 DOOR JAMB DETAIL (HEAD SIM.) 2 CONTR.L JOINT DETAIL PEMKO R.75FA VERIFY HEIGHT AT EACH DOOR 1 1/2' • 1'-0' BRICK VENEER ANCHORS T -3' VERTICALLY SEALANT ON I-4' HORIZONTALLY COMPRESSIBLE FILLER BRICK VENEER WALL PER SCHEDULE SELF- HEALING FLASHING 121 SCREWS 0 EACH ANCHOR NEW FURRING WALL 10' & 5/8 JO T rim= waffizezo umitimmignm DOOR IN OPEN POSITION MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN ANCHORS 0' OC 0 ALL PANEL EDGES TYP HORZ. AND VERTICAL , . - MOISTURE BARRIER 4 1/4' MATERIAL AND COLOR LEGEND 3' • T -0' HOLLOW METAL FRAME SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD LINE OF GWB 8 MTL STUD WALL 0 'SIM' CONDITION TYPE C PER' WALL ,PE, IArs i �il ill III'( GALVANIZED STEEL gill VANE STRUCT. 7 l tf / HOLLOW -• METAL FRAME FILLED W/GROUT 1.. 1- 15/14 11- 15/16 , 5 7/8' 0 DOOR HEAD DETAIL DOOR JAMB DETAIL THRESHOLD DETAIL BRICK WALL ANCHOR FACE BRICK FLASHING PEA GRAVEL WEEPS • 24' OC TOP AND BOTTOM • OF ALL PANELS SEALANT (TYP) - HOLLOW METAL FRAME FILLED W /GROUT DOOR JAMB & HOLD OPEN POCKET DETAIL DOOR PER SCHEDULE DOOR SWEEP CONC. SLAB FACE BRICK 5/8' GYP. SHEATHING 5/8 • GYP. BD. SEALANT ITYP) MTL THRESHOLD SET IN SEALANT 3' • 1 -0 WALL TYPE WALL TYPE ALL. TYPE 4' 20 GAUGE MTL STUDS 0 BY 16' STRUCT O.C. IOR ) AS SPEC. R -11 BAIT 1NSUL. 1 LAYER 5/8 TYPE 7(' GWB EACH SIDE Al 6' METAL STUDS 1 HR UL LISTING U410 EXISTING WALL 4• METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. ACOUTICAL BATT S INSULATION 1/2 CEMENT BACKER BD. CERAMIC TILE 24 WALL TYPE <° °I'67 [STING WALL 7/e' METAL HAT CHANNEL AT 16' OC 5/8' GWB 1 1/2' • 1 -0' CITY A TUAH)IA AUG 2419IS AS STIES .11/2' •T -0' WALL TYPE QQ :EXP. JT. ® E. WALL -'f ILJI EXISTING TENANT DOOR AND FRAME 13 THRESHOLD I E. EXP. JT. i6 METAL O.C. STUDS ACOUSTICAL GATT INSULATION 1/2' CEMENT BACKER BD. CERAMIC TILE 5/8 GWB 6' METAL STUDS ,S' O.C. ACOUSTICAL GATT INSULATION NV CEMENT BACKER BD, CERAMIC TILE EXISTING TENANT CORRIDOR WALL TO REMAIN NEW GWB WAIL TYPE PER PLAN _ METAL STUD BLOCKING EXPANSION CONTROL JT. WM SYSTEMS' MODEL NO. 55W -300 (FIELD - VERIFY EXP. JT. WIDTH) THRESHOLD BELOW 3'• - :2 -1/2' MTL. STUDS OT- 4'0.C. 1 1/2' • 1'-0' MTL. STUD DIAGONAL WALL BRACING 0 12'-0• OC. MAX. - -BACK TO E. ROOF DECK AbOVE EXISTING ACP CLG. PER RCP -CUT PANEL. AS REQ'D. FOR BRACE 5/8' TYPE 'X' GWB ALIGN STUD WALL W/ EDGE OF EXP. JT,. VF WAX MH D5 . DS ORM FA SCHEDULES S CWB WALL TO REMAIN • 98204.00 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2029 REGISTE f• H)TECT TH`oM EMRICFI • STATE Dr WASHINGTON FOR PERMIT_ ONLY THIS HAS SEEN PREPARED_ POR PERMIT N APPLICATION AM IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES `. 4 - 15 - 99 E. S HRUC T. CONE. I • E. XPAN SIDN JT. ,( c1. e ° e 8 ° _ PRMIT CENER FURRIR Ca GET. EXP. PERMIT / SI (DWALL ABBREVIATIONS AB ANCHOR BOLT LB OR # POUND A/C APHALT1C CONCRETE LLBB LONG LEG BACK TO BACK ACT AMERICAN CONCRETE LLH LONG LEGS HORIZONTAL INSITUTE LLV LONG LEGS VERTICAL ADDL ADDITIONAL LP LOW POINT •VXR AGGREGATE DISC AMERICAL INSTITUTE OF LSL LONG SLOTTED HOLES STEEL CGNSTRUCTON LT LIGHT NTC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF LT WT LIGHT WEIGHT TIMBER CONSTRUCTION L ANGLE ALT ALTERNATE ALUM ALUMINUM M MISCELLANEOUS SHAPE ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL MAS MASONRY O AT MAIL MATERIAL APPROX APPROXIMATELY MAX MAXIMUM ASPS ASPHALT MB MACHINE BOLT ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR MC MISCELLANEOUS CHANNEL TESTING MATERIAL SECTION A. AMERICAN WELDING MECH MECHANICAL SOCIETY MEMB MEMBRANE k AND MFR MANUFACTURER MFRG MANUFACTURING B BOTTOM (BEAM AND JOIST MIN MINIMUM SCHEDULES ONLY) MISC MISCELLANEOUS BD BOARD MT STRUCTURAL TEE FROM BNM BITUMINOUS M SERIES SECTION BUILDING LINE MOD MOUNTED BLDG BUILDING MTL METAL BLK 81.K ...KG BLOCKING N NORTH BM BEAM NF NEAR FACE MT BOTTOM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT BRG BEARING No OR / NUMBER BAIT BASEMENT NOM NOMINAL BTWN BETWEEN NS NEAR SIDE NTS NOT TO SCALE C AMERICAN CHANNEL CB CATCH BASIN OA OVERALL CG CENTER OF GRAVITY OC ON CENTER CJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OP CAST -IN -PLACE OF OUTSIDE FACE 'L CENTER LINE OPNG OPENING CJP COMPLETE JOINT OPP OPPOSITE PENETRATION 0, OVERSIZED CLKG CAULKING CLR CLEAR P/C PRECAST MP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE PERP OR 1 PERPENDICULAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 2 PLATE (STEEL) CO CLEANOUT, CONCRETE PROPERTY UNE OPENING PL PLATE (WOOD) CM COLUMN PLCS PLACES CONC CONCRETE PLWD PLYWOOD CONN CONNECTION PP PARTIAL PENETRATION CONSTR CONSTRUCTION P/S PRESTRESSED CONT CONTINUOUS PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT CONTR CONTRACTOR PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH CTJ CONTROL JOINT P/T POST TENSION CONTRACTOR JOINT PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CTR CENTER "my PAVEMENT CTS( COUNTERSUNK CU CUBIC R RADIUS RO ROOF D.N. ROUND DBL DOUBLE 0 ROUND DEPT DEPARTMENT REF REFERENCE DU DETAIL REINF REINFORCING IRA OR & DIAMETER REINFORCEMENT. DIAG DIAGONAL REINFORCED DMPH DIAPHRAGM REGO REQUIRED DIES DRILLED -IN RO ROUGH OPENING EXPANSION BOLT DM DIMENSION S AMERICAN STANDARD DN DOWN STEEL SHAPE, SOUTH do DITTO SCHED SCHEDULE DP DEEP SEC SECTION DWG DRAWING SH R SHEAR PLATE DWI DOWEL SHT SHEET SHTG SHEATING E EAST SIM SIMILAR (E) OR EXIST EXISTING SLBR SHORT LEGS BACK EA EACH TO BACK EB EXPANSION BOLT SP SPIRAL EF EACH FACE SPA SPACE, SPACING, EOU EXPANSION JOINT SPACES EL ELEVATION (HEIGHT) SPEC SPECIFICATION ELEC ELECTRICAL SO SQUARE E. ELEVATOR SS STAINLESS STEEL EN. ENCLOSURE SSL SHORT SLOTTED HOLE EN. ENGINEER ST STRUCTURAL TEE EC/ EQUAL FROM S SERIES SECTION . EARTHQUAKE JOINT STA STATION EQUIP EQUIPMENT STD STANDARD ES EACH SIDE STIFF STIFFENER EW EACH WAY STIRR STIRRUP UP EXPANSION STL STEEL M EXTERIOR STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUPT SUPPORT FD FLOOR DRAIN SUSP SUSPENDED F. FOUNDATION SAW SYMMETRICAL FIN FINISH IF FAR FACE T TOP FIG FIANCE TC TOP OF CURB FLIT FLOOR T. TONGUE h GROOVE FLASH FLASHING TEMP TEMPERATURE FOS FACE OF STUDS TEMPORARY FP FIREPROOF THK THICK. FULL PENETRATION THRU THROUGH FS FAR SIDE T. TOP OF CONCRETE FT OR • FOOT, FEET TOS TOP OF STEEL FTG FOOTING TOW TOP OF WALL FUT FUTURE TP TOP OF PAVEMENT TRANS TRANSVERSE GA GAUGE, GAC-F. TS STRUCTURAL TUBE GALV GALVANIZED TYP TYPICAL GEN GENERAL GIRD GIRDER UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE GL GLUE LAMINATED UL UNDERWRITERS GND GROUND LABORATORY GR GRADE LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 0" GYPSUM WALL BOARD UT ULTRASONIC TEST GYP GYPSUM VEF VERTICAL EACH FACE HEF HORIZONTAL EACH FACE VERT VERTICAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL VIF VERTICAL INSIDE FACE HP HIGH POINT, HP STEEL VOF VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE SHAPE H. HIGH STRENGTH BOLT W WEST, W SERIES HT HEIGM SECTION W/ WITH D NSIDE DIAMETER W/O WITHOUT E NVERT ELEVATION WD WOOD NSIDE FACE WH WEEP HOLE N OR " NCH, INCHES WP WATERPROOF, NCL NCLUDE WORK POINT NSUL NSUTATION WPJ WEAKENED PLANE JOINT NT NTERIOR WT WEIGHT, STRUCTURAL TEE FROM W SERIES SECT:CN JT JOINT WWF WELDED WRE FABRIC JST JOIST YD YARD K KIP, KIPS KS KIPS PER SQUARE INCH GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES THE FOLLOWING NOTES APPLY UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE: CODE: UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1997 EDITION. DESIGN SOIL PRESSURE: 3000 PSF MAX DEAD + LIVE LOAD. CAST FOOTINGS ON FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL, 1' -6' MINIMUM BELOW FINISHED GRADE. CAST SLAB ON GRADE OVER 2 COARSE SAND ON VAPOR BARRIER OVER C THICK COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL OVER COMPACTED SUBGRADE. DESIGN IJVE LOADS: ROOF WIND SEISMIC REINFORCED CONCRETE: CONCRETE COVER: FOOTINGS: WALLS: GROUT: DRILL-IN ADHESIVE ANCHOR: STRUCTURAL STEEL: GALVANIZE STRUCTURAL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER. = 25 PSF = 80 MPH, EXPOSURE B. 1 =1.0 ZONE Z = 0.3, 1 =1.0 ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE I'c =4000 PSI, MAXIMUM W/C =0.45, MINIMUM 5 1/2 SACKS OF CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD. SUBMIT MIX DESIGN. ' _= SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADMIXTURES. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, REINFORCING STEEL SHAD_- .ONFGPM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60. SUBMIT REINFORCING STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS YID/ DETAILS PER ACI 315 MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE. LAP BARS WITH A CLASS 8 SPLICE. MTN A706, GRADE 60, REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE USED FOR WELDED OR FIELD -BENT BARS. FOOTINGS: 3'. . WALLS: 1'. EXCEPT 1 1/2 WHERE EXPOSED TO WEA •O 4 A GAINST EARTH: BEAMS AND COLUMNS: 1 1/2 TO STIRRUPS OR 'YES: SLABS AND JOISTS: 1'; SLABS ON GRADE: 1 1/2. PROVIDE 2 -#5 LONGITUDINAL BOTTOM BARS IN WALL FOOTINGS. PROVIDE CORNER BARS OF SAME SIZE AND NUMBER AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS, 40 DIAMETERS EACH LEG. PROVIDE VERTICAL DOWELS OF SAME SIZE. NUMBER AND SPACING AS WALL VERTICAL BARS WITH A 90" STANDARD HOOK AT THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING. REINFORCE AS FOLLOWS: Ii WALLS: #4 0 12 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL O CENTER OF WALL. if WALLS: /5 O I5 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL 0 CENTER OF WALL, 10 WALLS: /4 0 16 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL EACH FACE. AT OPENINGS OVER 12 SQUARE, PROVIDE 2 -/15 BARS O CENTER OF WALL ALL FOUR SIDES. EXCEPT 1O WALLS AND OVER PROVIDE 1 -p6 BAR EACH FACE ALL FOUR SIDES, EXTENDING 40 DAMETERS PAST OPENING. PROVIDE 1- /15x4' -0 DIAGONAL 8AR 0 CENTER OF WALL ALL FOUR CORNERS. AT CORNERS, PROVIDE CORNER BARS IN OUTSIDE FACE OF SAME SIZE AND SPACING AS HORIZONTAL BARS, 40 DIAMETERS EACH LEG. AT INTERSECTIONS, PROVIDE CORNER BARS OF SAME SIZE. NUMBER AND SPACING AS HORIZONTAL BARS OF INTERSECTING WALL, 40 DIAMETERS EACH LEG. PROVIDE 2 -#5 LONGITUDINAL BARS AT TOP OF WALLS. PROVIDE ROUGHENED SURFACE AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. PROVIDE VERTICAL DOWELS OF SAME SIZE. NUMBER AND SPACING AS VERTICAL BARS. GROUT TO BE 5000 PSI MINIMUM 7 -DAY CURE STRENGTH PER ASTM C109. GROUT TO BE PREMIXED, NON- SHRINK - MASTERFLOW BY MASTER BUILDERS OR 'CONCRESNE" BY ADHESIVE ENGINEERING OR APPROVED EQUAL. ICBO CERTIFICATION REQUIRED. USE SPECIFIC GROUT MIX RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR EACH GROUT APPLICATION AND FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ANCHOR BOLTS: ANCHOR BOLTS, ASTM .07. SET ALL ANCHOR BOLTS BY TEMPLATE. DRILL -IN EXPANSION BOLTS: KWIK -BOLT IF BY HILT FASTENING SYSTEMS, "RED HEAD WEDGE ANCHOR" BY ITT PHIUJPS OR APPROVED EQUAL. ICBO CERTIFICATION REQUIRED. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. "HIT HY20' ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM WITH SCREEN FOR UNGROUTED AND UNREINFORCED MASONRY; "HIT HY150" ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM FOR CONCRETE, BY HILT FASTENING SYSTEMS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ICBO IC80 CEROFICATION REQUIRED. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUITED. ALL STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A36, Fy =36 KSI, EXCEPT TUBES TO BE ASTM A500, GRADE B, Fy =46 KSI. AND PIPES TO BE AS" A53. GRADE B. Fy =35 KS!. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED. FABRICATION AND ERECTION PER Al. SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS. WELDING TO BE PER ABS 01.1. MINIMUM SIZE WELDS 3/16' CONTINUOUS FILLET. WELDERS CERTIFIED PER WABO FOR ROD AND POSITION. USE E70XX ELECTRODES. APPLY ONE COAT OF SHOP PAINT TO ALL STEEL EXCEPT FOR CONTACT SURFACES IN BOLTED PARTS. SURFACES EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. AREAS TO BE FIELD WELDED OR SURFACES WITH SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING. TYPICAL BOLTS SHALL BE 3/4' DIAMETER ASTM A325 -N BEARING TYPE. PROVIDE TENSION CONTROL BOLTS INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS. OPTIONAL TO TENSION HIGH - STRENGTH BOLTS 7T' DIRECT TENSION INDICATOR METHOD USING LOAD INDICATOR WASHERS INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS. CAMBER ROOF BEAMS L/720 FOR ALL SPAN GREATER THAN 20' - STEEL DECKNG: STEEL DECKING DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED PER STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS. ICBO CERIFICATION REQUIRED. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS. COMMERCIAL WEIGHT GALVANIZED FINISH ON ALL DECKING. ROOF DECKING SHALL BE 1 1/2" DP x 20 GA Imin =0.216 IN PER FT, Smin =0235 INJ PER R. FASTEN ROOF DECK UNITS TO STEEL AT TRANSVERSE. END AND SIDE SUPPORTS WITH 3/C DIAMETER SPOT WELDS AT 12 DC. FASTEN SIDE LAPS OF ADJACENT UNITS WITH BUTTON PUNCH AT 12 OC. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND CLOSURE PIECES AS REQUIRED FOR STRENGTH, CONTINUITY OF DECKING AND SUPPORT OF OTHER WORK. FASTEN NEW BEAMS TO EXISTING STEEL DECKING FROM BELOW WITH #12 TEK A SCREWS AT TA B ' WITH O THE TOP FASTENING G`F THE NEW METHOD SBEPM.. HALL KEEP THE EXISTING STEEL DECK IN MISCELLANEOUS: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL OPENINGS. ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT AND DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SIZE AND LOCATOR OF DUCT OPENINGS, PIPING, CONDUITS, ETC, NOT SHOWN. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AND REVIEWED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PROVIDE TEMPORARY ERECTION BRACING AND SHORING AS REQUIRED FOR STABILITY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFORMATION NOT CONTAINED IN THESE GENERAL NOTES. NO LIGHT GAGE FRAMING, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR OTHER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM OR ATTACHED TO ANY STEEL DECK_ NO LIGHT GAGE FRAMING SHALL BE FASTENED TO EXISTING OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS BY SCREWS OR POWDER DRIVEN PINS. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: PROVIDE SPECW. INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC 1701.5 FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. CONCRETE. 2. BOLTS INSTALLED IN CONCRETE: - EMBEDDED BOLTS - DRILL-IN EXPANSION ANCHORS - EPDXY ANCHORS 3. REINFORCING STEEL 4. STRUCTURAL WELDING. 5. HIGH - STRENGTH BOLTING. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AND REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL DE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY OF TU./. FOLLOWING REVIEW_ THE FOLLOWING ARE DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: 1. SKYLIGHTS. 2. GE. COLUMN COVER. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE ACCENT BANDS 4. GFRC PLANTER /LIGHT SOFFIT. CITY OF TIC ;hiLA �: _rtOVCL AUG 2 1999 LS C LS J V 2 AUG ' 9,; -_ REID MI DHB ACJ =� ACJ DDA MP Sarl RN= awcra DATE 4/14/99 Si .1 a. I: \98160 \cad \scrosI -1.dgo a 0 cr 0 BC z � LLUT ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE JADGSS•IND CONSULTING ENGIN... A aJ B A 5/27/99 ADDENDUM 12 A 6/16/99 PERMIT 4 7/23/59 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET GENERAL NOTES & ABBREMATIONS 98294.00/98160.00 SET WEST ENTRANCE ROOF PLAN 0 0 O ' WEST ENTRANCE FOUNDATION PLAN 4+ 1/17 =1' -0' N TS8.8 f / 1 1 -. 1 /g =T._O. • • 10• -3 O 7• -4' /IN 24' -O TS6x6 & TS8x8 TO W12 1. SEE 77/S6.1 FOR BRACE CONN t N O NOTES: _1. O INDICATES FOOTING TYPE. SEE 70/S6.1. 2. NUMBERS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES: ( ) BOTTOM OF FOOTING ELEVATION. !STING BOTTOM OF FOOTING ERE INDICATED BY ( J.. REOUIR i2 GUSSET Ip, 3/8 TS6x6 1/4 W18 NOTE: 1. SEE 17/56.1 FOR BRACE CONN SEE 1ij562 FC3 DETAILS NOT =HC'YN C6 TO TS14x14 1 1 /7=1• -0• A O TS8x8 TO TS14x14 7 I 1/2"=1' -0' W18 TO W12 1/4 W12 COL W6 TS8x8 7514x14 COL BASE E 1/2 2 -BOLTS W14 A NOTE: 1 1. SEE 17/S6.1 FOR BRACE CONN C6 TO TS8x8 1 1/2 W6 TO W14 1 1 /2' =1 • -0• A 0 .1-3 � 3 I 16' -1' 18' -3' II I I I 5 SPA I I A O WEST ENTRANCE ELEVATION W18 TO W12 1 1 /<' -1' -0' MAIN ENTRANCE FRAME ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8' =1' -O A CITY TUKIIA APP ROYET W AUG 2 4 1999 AS NJ:EU 3UI'LDINO Di A TOS EL =22' -10' SEE PLAN NOTES: 1 INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTION BETWEEN W18 BEAM de W12 COLUMN, SEE 11/S6.2 2. ALL DIAGONAL BRACES TO TO BE 756x6.3/16 MITHUN PARTNERS i. Ex ^O. ' OE SI G. DHB ACJ FR= IMMIX ODA Mug TDP WIT •UlVe S2.1 Ll 0 O WEST ENTRANCE CONN 3/4- =I* -O•[W1 2B 0 Q _ TOS EL= 49' -6' TOS EL= 48' -4' d TOS EL= 45' -6" 0 SEE PUW w u ANCERBEN BJORNEITAC KANEJACOB S• INC CONSULT IMO 1 ,30,1FTli AVENUE A 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET WEST ENTRANCE PLANS & ELEVATION 98294.00/98100.00 DATE 4/14/99 I: \90160 \cad \scros2 -1,dgn SET TS14x6x3 /8 TOS EL =31 1 56x 6 " I 75`63 T6 755.6x3/8 7514.6x1 /4 TOS EL= 25' - 6" tillr758x8.3/16 TOS EL =23 TS6x6x3/16, Y I I TIP l m I TS8x8.3 /16 1 1 TOS EL =10 n a � \ / IO I /- j I _ WEST ENTRANCE ROOF PLAN 0 0 O ' WEST ENTRANCE FOUNDATION PLAN 4+ 1/17 =1' -0' N TS8.8 f / 1 1 -. 1 /g =T._O. • • 10• -3 O 7• -4' /IN 24' -O TS6x6 & TS8x8 TO W12 1. SEE 77/S6.1 FOR BRACE CONN t N O NOTES: _1. O INDICATES FOOTING TYPE. SEE 70/S6.1. 2. NUMBERS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES: ( ) BOTTOM OF FOOTING ELEVATION. !STING BOTTOM OF FOOTING ERE INDICATED BY ( J.. REOUIR i2 GUSSET Ip, 3/8 TS6x6 1/4 W18 NOTE: 1. SEE 17/56.1 FOR BRACE CONN SEE 1ij562 FC3 DETAILS NOT =HC'YN C6 TO TS14x14 1 1 /7=1• -0• A O TS8x8 TO TS14x14 7 I 1/2"=1' -0' W18 TO W12 1/4 W12 COL W6 TS8x8 7514x14 COL BASE E 1/2 2 -BOLTS W14 A NOTE: 1 1. SEE 17/S6.1 FOR BRACE CONN C6 TO TS8x8 1 1/2 W6 TO W14 1 1 /2' =1 • -0• A 0 .1-3 � 3 I 16' -1' 18' -3' II I I I 5 SPA I I A O WEST ENTRANCE ELEVATION W18 TO W12 1 1 /<' -1' -0' MAIN ENTRANCE FRAME ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8' =1' -O A CITY TUKIIA APP ROYET W AUG 2 4 1999 AS NJ:EU 3UI'LDINO Di A TOS EL =22' -10' SEE PLAN NOTES: 1 INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTION BETWEEN W18 BEAM de W12 COLUMN, SEE 11/S6.2 2. ALL DIAGONAL BRACES TO TO BE 756x6.3/16 MITHUN PARTNERS i. Ex ^O. ' OE SI G. DHB ACJ FR= IMMIX ODA Mug TDP WIT •UlVe S2.1 Ll 0 O WEST ENTRANCE CONN 3/4- =I* -O•[W1 2B 0 Q _ TOS EL= 49' -6' TOS EL= 48' -4' d TOS EL= 45' -6" 0 SEE PUW w u ANCERBEN BJORNEITAC KANEJACOB S• INC CONSULT IMO 1 ,30,1FTli AVENUE A 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET WEST ENTRANCE PLANS & ELEVATION 98294.00/98100.00 DATE 4/14/99 I: \90160 \cad \scros2 -1,dgn SET ADD C8x13.75 XT.9;,°A . 0 . W12x14 W12x14 NORDSTROM I BUILDING (Q14x22 "tat 4,42- 0 (E)W18x60 / /7 • /•■ SEE 4/52.2 FOR : SKYUGHT CURB ( SEARS ENTRANCE FRONT ELEVATION ADD C8x11.5 ON TOP OF (E) W12 & (E) W16 SEE SECTION 3/52.6 141 (E)W14x22 BELOW SEARS BUILDING O NORDSTROM 9 Ts SK CURB —7\ \ NORDSTROM & SEARS SKYLIGHT ROOF FRAMING PLAN t L... 1 (E)W12x i9 ; :EE 2/ 2 FOR (E)W1219 ----- (E)W16x45 Anlir /.•• ■■■■" .ffar r , A% AI .M2 SKYUGHT DELETED W8x10 •(E)16H5 r v.v. W8x10 •(E)16H5 (E)W16x45 ; (E)W1 2x19 16x 4 6- ------ (E)W14x22 BELOW (E)W12x19 (E)W12x19 W16x26 (E)W12x19 (E)16H5 (E)16H5 (E)16H5 FRAMING BELOW. SEE 4.5 & 6/S2.2 E ViI6x31 L lEt ( 1 ' 4%; " 6?; (E)W16x31 \ I (E)W14x22 . .8 43 (EL6H5 i (E)16H5 ( )W16x40 BELOW Hi (E)W14x22 BELOW (E) 1.6x4.5 NOTE: 1. • NDKATES EXISTING OPEN 1.4E0 STEEL JOISTS TO BE CUT OP, O SEARS ENTRANCE SIDE ELEVATION /8", -o• ® SEARS SKYLIGHT CURB 1/6 (E)W14x22— (E)W14x22 (E)W16x31 Ei _i r LOW16x31 (E)W16x31 EBYT6 — r_LEA16,731 !cowls., (E) 6H6 (E)16H5 (E)w1219 - I °-; (E)1814.2 1 1/22O GA STEEL DECK 7520 12 x3/8 0 T520x12x3/8 (ID SEARS ENTRANCE FRAMING PLAN ,F_DfNC --3, --- ------ -- , ' 1 1 1 , H 4 1_ 1, 1 1 i 11 11 t 16-10. L 1 L , SEARS ENTRANCE PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN KEY PLAN 1.• ciTy AUG 2 4 1999 AS ticau REID MIDDLETON, INC \g, t or a 0 0 flhifl ANDERSEN EIJORNSTAD KANE JACOBS • !No CONSULTING ENGINE., : AVENUE TEL: 20G-340-22,5 0 CC Z A 1517 B am gamm, 71\ 5/17/99 ADDENDUM 1 A 5/27/99 ADDENDUM 12 A 6/, 6/99 PERMIT 4 7/23/99 CONSTRUCDON SET CONSTRUCTION SET OHB ACJ ACJ wnramaaw DDA TOP SEARS ENTRANCE NORDSTROM & SEARS SKYLIGHTS 98294.00/98160.00 DATE 4/14/99 \98160\oxl\scms2-2.dgn scr, ars conma 17 S 2 . 2 SET 0- 0-- r LINE OF SAWCUT 3• PILE - - 3' -O�z7 - 0'x3 9' DP 3. FILLET WELD 1/3/4 TO NORTH FACE OF W8 COL AND FEUD WELD (E) W10 DOUBLE ANGLE CONN TO 1/3/4 W/ 1/4' FILLET 3 SIDES O EA (E) ANGLE. 4. EXIST LOWER TRUSS FRAMING AT GRID U AND SOUR, OF GRID U TO REMAIN. 5. TS4x4x3/16 BRACE, FIELD WELD GUSSET P3/8 TO (E). SEE 12/52.5. CONN GUSSET R TO (E)W14 BELOW (E)W14 SOUTH OF GRID U AND TO BOT FLANGE OF (E)W16 • GRID U. 24• - r - - - r - �- - - I I + - T L ___ L_t 24' - O 24 TOT EL 18- 7/8' NOTE: 1. TOS ELEVATIONS ARE TO BOTTOM OF STEEL DECK MAIN ENTRANCE LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN ÷ 2. SEE S2.4 FOR HIGH ROOF FRAMING. 1 /8 .1' -0 1 I I 1 I I L L L_1 L I .1. - 1 J • 8'x24 BM • 24' - } I (E) PILECA 3'- 0 -O" OP--r I (E) Pit ECAP 3'- 0'50x3' -0' 0 P-i I r 7.-T I A MAIN ENTRANCE FOUNDATION PLAN 24" - I 24• -0' - � -+j 1� I I I I L - t r - I I I � I L - a - , L_1_ , � 1, TE 5 TSBxB FAR SIDE W12 COL W18 FAR SIDE MAIN ENTRANCE FRONT ELEVATION 1 /8" =1' -O• MAIN ENTRANCE FRAMING PLAN 1/8 =1• -0 MAIN ENTRANCE SIDE ELEVATION 1/6' =1' -0f Mir 0 2 8• -1 r iss X 6 3 SIM '. /c, STD PIPE 3 1/2 E) W16 FIELD WELD 'd'iTH FILL T WELD ALL ARO Tt 3/6x9 TO (E) W16, S EE 7/562 FOR D;:fAILS NOT SHOWN END BRACE ELEVATION nI LEI MIDDLETON. INC I KEY PLAN T CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 2 4 199? AS HOi D M aCxiiEti DOB ACJ MITHUN P ARTNERS ACJ D TDP 98294.00/98160.00 ROOT NI DATE 4/14/99 5 II ;;;; I: \98160 \ Cad \scros2 -J.dgn rxx(zos) -UV! 6O I( off Q c z co Q z 0 0 2 12 o lUj 0 a ANDERSEN BJORNRTA0 KANE JACOBS INC CONSULT INC ENG I NEE VS 1:21VIFTI AVENUE A �J B 1 5/17/99 ADDENDUM /1 2 5/27/99 ADDENDUM #2 3Q 6/16/99 PERMIT 4 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET MAIN ENTRANCE PLANS & ELEVATIONS S2.3 SET (E)W16x58 t (QV 16x11 (E)W18x45 I--•, sH9(3) -.1■Z iII 9991(3) "41 01491(3) 41 0149 0991(3) 1 1 gH91 (3) ,Patm(3) <i tal zu GtfeLtA(3 0 surim(3) im(3) Aka 004 IM(3) 00 m NOTE 3 16.0 n 06(3) 0991(3) SH91 (3) gH91(3) I rini 01491(3) 0991(3) ft' 9991(3) 1 - 0 - 991 (3) ..:.--/\,---------------, .0-421 7 rintma f Hg(i) 54191(3) xiim(3) \ \ _ 0" 1 1.1:11M 1V91.M(3d 111 /4 1 5 lx0,1(3) ..: MC!2x10.6 MC12x10.6 '0 -8 " • r V Aj "019(3) \ 1 / L IF x9 3 0991(3) 1 t xZ 1M(3) 1 . ..,- LICE Qua.. wzim(3) 0991(3) z31 A O (E)w14 22 I A gg ia � W12z1 CUT W72z74 01491 (3) 78x45 >1030 11.1 do D l3 3x5%16 ME FRAME. SEE 8/56.1 (E)W72x14 0991(3) do a do � \ .___W x1 / x1 (E)W 72x14 x `° do � T • = do tlo (E)W12,14 , (E)W124 ;2 (E)W12z � - / do ■ do do r do (E)W12z14 \ e NOTE 5 \ / r ( 01/124x65. e TOS ■ IEL 75' -t0 1/Y do TOS EL 15' -3 7/8' do TOS EL 15' -3 7/8'7,7 do /. I� / I tlo® (E)W24x68 (E)1.14x22 -,.. V _ W12z14 - NOTE do i \/ : / : N \ ( W18 -— — � - WtR W1D CUT W t2 , 4 , 0- 0-- r LINE OF SAWCUT 3• PILE - - 3' -O�z7 - 0'x3 9' DP 3. FILLET WELD 1/3/4 TO NORTH FACE OF W8 COL AND FEUD WELD (E) W10 DOUBLE ANGLE CONN TO 1/3/4 W/ 1/4' FILLET 3 SIDES O EA (E) ANGLE. 4. EXIST LOWER TRUSS FRAMING AT GRID U AND SOUR, OF GRID U TO REMAIN. 5. TS4x4x3/16 BRACE, FIELD WELD GUSSET P3/8 TO (E). SEE 12/52.5. CONN GUSSET R TO (E)W14 BELOW (E)W14 SOUTH OF GRID U AND TO BOT FLANGE OF (E)W16 • GRID U. 24• - r - - - r - �- - - I I + - T L ___ L_t 24' - O 24 TOT EL 18- 7/8' NOTE: 1. TOS ELEVATIONS ARE TO BOTTOM OF STEEL DECK MAIN ENTRANCE LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN ÷ 2. SEE S2.4 FOR HIGH ROOF FRAMING. 1 /8 .1' -0 1 I I 1 I I L L L_1 L I .1. - 1 J • 8'x24 BM • 24' - } I (E) PILECA 3'- 0 -O" OP--r I (E) Pit ECAP 3'- 0'50x3' -0' 0 P-i I r 7.-T I A MAIN ENTRANCE FOUNDATION PLAN 24" - I 24• -0' - � -+j 1� I I I I L - t r - I I I � I L - a - , L_1_ , � 1, TE 5 TSBxB FAR SIDE W12 COL W18 FAR SIDE MAIN ENTRANCE FRONT ELEVATION 1 /8" =1' -O• MAIN ENTRANCE FRAMING PLAN 1/8 =1• -0 MAIN ENTRANCE SIDE ELEVATION 1/6' =1' -0f Mir 0 2 8• -1 r iss X 6 3 SIM '. /c, STD PIPE 3 1/2 E) W16 FIELD WELD 'd'iTH FILL T WELD ALL ARO Tt 3/6x9 TO (E) W16, S EE 7/562 FOR D;:fAILS NOT SHOWN END BRACE ELEVATION nI LEI MIDDLETON. INC I KEY PLAN T CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 2 4 199? AS HOi D M aCxiiEti DOB ACJ MITHUN P ARTNERS ACJ D TDP 98294.00/98160.00 ROOT NI DATE 4/14/99 5 II ;;;; I: \98160 \ Cad \scros2 -J.dgn rxx(zos) -UV! 6O I( off Q c z co Q z 0 0 2 12 o lUj 0 a ANDERSEN BJORNRTA0 KANE JACOBS INC CONSULT INC ENG I NEE VS 1:21VIFTI AVENUE A �J B 1 5/17/99 ADDENDUM /1 2 5/27/99 ADDENDUM #2 3Q 6/16/99 PERMIT 4 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET MAIN ENTRANCE PLANS & ELEVATIONS S2.3 SET 24' -0" W12x,4 I NOTE: 1. SEE S2.3 FOR LOW ROOF FRAMING. 2. TOS ELEVATIONS ARE TO BOTTOM OF STEEL DECK. 24' -0" A 8 S21 LOW ROOF TOS EL= 30' -6" W14 <i > A TS 4x4x3/1 ■ BRACE TYP 5 PLACES, SEE 6/52.5 SIM Q 26 H < 1 > A s \ / y — — <1> , — SMALL SKYLIGHT OPENING, TYP (5 PLACES) -I— < I > LOW ROOF TOS EL= 30' -6" MAIN ENTRANCE & BON COURT HIGH ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1 /6' =1' -a STEEL TUBE CURB, TYP 24' —T ( LARGE SKYLIGHT OPENING, TYP (4 PLACES) SEE 1/52.4 FOR i SKYLIGHT FRAME O BRACED FRAME AT HIGH ROOF O TS6x6 COL TO (E) CONC 3 SCALE: 1 1/7 =1' —a TS6x6 TO W24 SCALE: 3 /4-=1' -K SIM REMOVE CONCRETE SLAB TO FROM EDGE OF DROP PANEL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS BON COURT LARGE SKYLIGHT FRAME TS6x6 6' DIM_ V ARIES - BRACE AT W12 SCALE 1 /C =1' —a TS6x6 TO (E) CONC SLAB CD SCALE: I 1/2=1' -0" d (E) UMBRELLA ROOF STRUCTURE (E) COLUMN & RIBS BEYOND W24 TO TS6x6 O LARGE SKYLIGHT OPNG SCALE: 3/4"..1 SCALE: 3/4 "=1' —a SEARS KEY PLAN T I k pI I LT1L REID MIDDLE ?ON. INC T'JKWIIA APPRDVED SIC 2 V .559 DIVIPION MERVYN'S JCPENNEY PARTNERS (iosl E fAi(206) G27 7005 ix lE POOROESI DHB ACJ or ACJ maimpocm DDA oozy TDP coome ormwrenw L 00 Q I z Q 0 IBS o c Z u H ANDERSEN 13J0RNSTAD KANEJACOBR • INC MG O A IJ B A 5/27/99 ADDENDUM 12 A 6/16/99 PERMR /7\ 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET MAIN ENTRANCE & BON COURT PLAN & DETAILS 98294.00/98160.00 DATE 4/14/99 I: \38160 \cad \scros2 -4.dgn S2.4 SET A NORTH MALL ENTRANCE ROOF PLAN 4 O NORTH MALL- ENTRANCE ELEVATION O /8 _ N TS 8.4x1/4 R 3/6.5x10' EL 25' -6 0 NORTH MALL ENTRANCE r - BELOW TOS O HIGH ROOF MAIN ENTRANCE TS4x4 (TS6x6 0 SIM) C 3/8 STD PIPE 3 1/2 (E) Ala BRACE DETAIL NO SCALE TS4x4'S TO TS8x4 NO SCALE NOTE: 1. GALVANIZE ALL STEEL EXPOSED TO THE VEATHER. A A Ll 12 NO SCALE TS8x4 TO (E) W14 NO SCALE NOTES: 1. ALL BRACE CONN BOLTS SHALL BE 3/4' DIAMETER A325 -SUP CRITICAL CLASS A. PROVIDE OVERSIZED HOLES. 2. EDGE OF le3/8 SHALL RE 1" CLEAR MINIMUM TO COL, BEAM OR BRACE. TYP TS4x4 BOLTED CONN A SIDE ELEVATION TS8x4 TO (E) W14 NO SCALE O TS4x4 TO TS8x4 & TS8x2 O TS8x4 TO TS8x2 NO SCA. NOTE 1. SEE 12/52.5 FOR TStx{ CONN O TS8x4 & TS4x4 TO (E) W16 O TS4x4 TO TS8x4 NO SCALE NO SCA. NOTE 1. S2.5 FOR T54za EE 12/S CONN 10 TS4x4 TO TS8x4 NO SCALE A ('I ry f1F NKWIi:S Ah'%2G4ED =;4 3U'LD.G MERVYN'S KEY PLAN T ANDERSEN BJCRNSTAD (CANE JACOBS •(NC 5/27/99 ADDENDUM #2 3 6/16/99 PERMIT A 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET DH8 ACJ ACJ DDA TOP NORTH MALL ENTRANCE PLANS & ELEVATION 98294.00/98160.00 DATE 4/14/99 I: \98160 \cad \scros2 -5.dgn 021IVIER Fat ij I S2.5 A ©J B SET (E)w/6 (E)w14x68 W10x 12 W21.68 10.12 (E)W21 x68 W10 x12 W10.12 (E)10H4 (E)10H4 16 -8' 16' -8' (E)W14x68 (E)W16x31 (E)W16.3 (E)W16x31 SEE 2/52.6 FOR SKYLIGHT CURB (TYP) JOIST (E)16H5 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE W16 26 (E)W16:31 ! ,4 A 16' -0 (E)W14x68 ADD 09x15. TYP • W21 ADD C8x11.5. TYR • W16 4 TSBx4x1 /4 NOTES: 1. ACTUAL (E) JOIST CONFIGURATION TO BE FIELD VERIFIED 2 L2.2 ORIENTATION ADJUSTED AS REQUIRED. (E) JOIST 3 SIDES, TYP SHIM AS REO C • 7A -7A NOTE: GRIND FLANGE ONE SIDE 1/56.2 FOR DETAILS 4WN. 3 SIDES (E) W24 (E) 1 1/7 STL DECK W16 W/ 4 TO W24 TO W24 @ SKYLIGHT GRIND FLANGE ONE SIDE 3/4 " =1' - 0' SHORE W24 TO 4 24 R 3/8 W/ 3 BOLTS (E) W24 NOTES: 1. SEE 1/56.2 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. 2. FIELD DRILL (E) W24 FOR BOLTS. OPTIONAL TO FIELD WELD CONN O CONTRACTORS OPTION. TS8x4x1/4 7 (E)W14x68 SEE 1/52.6 FOR SKYLIGHT CURB (E)10H4 (E)10H4 / 0 W16 16' -8 (E)W14x68 BELOW (E)W14x68 BELOW MAIN MALL SKYLIGHT CURB 1 /S =1' -0 LTr2xi /4 (ONE IDE ONLY) El /4 3_ STD PIPE W/ E e1 /2x5 1/2 1 7 W/ ET JCPENNEY SKYLIGHT CURB e WI 2 1/0 L2x241/441 -0 (E)W14x22 BELOW 2 0 24' -0 W8 TO W16 & (E) W24 A (E) 1 1/2 STL DECK #12 TEK SCREWS O 6' 24' -0" (E)W14x22 BELOW (E)W12.14 (E)W12.14 - SEE 2/52.6 FOR SKYLIGHT CURB 24' -0' (E)W12114 _� (E)W12x14 _ (E)W12x14 (TYP) J OIST (E)16H5 (TYP) JOIST (E)16H5 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWI _J i\ \ J � . (/ W 1 6z26 / / / l ; // , ; %l %l i l l %/ / / / / 0 0 l /// fl %%/ '1/7Z % f MAIN MALL & JCPENNEY SKYLIGHT ROOF FRAMING PLAN N 17 IL WELD O EA END NOTE: 1. TURN FLANGES UP AT (E) W16436 • W21x68. CHANNEL TO 1 1/7 -1' -0 NO W24 TO (E)W12x14 (E)W12 14 (E)W14x22 BELOW _ (E)W14x22 BELOW A CHANNEL (E) W BY W BM 24' -0' 24' -0 (E)W12x14 (E)W12414 (E)W12.14 #12 TEK SCREW 6 OC W12 GRIND FLANGE / ONE SIDE NOTE: (E) 1. SEE 1/56.2 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. NOTE: SHORE 24' -0" 1. • INDICATES EXISTING OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS TO BE CUT OFF. (E) W12 TO W12 4.22 BELOW (E)W'4.22 BELOW (TYP) JOIST (E)IBB5 (TYP) JOIST LE SS NOTED OTHERWISE e UNLESS NOT OTHERWISE (E) 1 1/2° STL DECK (E) W12 (E)W12x14 A SEE 2/52.6 R FO SKYLIGHT CURB KEY PLAN T .- (E)W14x22 BELOW _ (E)W14x22 BELOW (TYP) J015T (E)IOH5 � �._ _ < UNLESS NOTED OT1: :11SE , ' O (E)W12x14 (E)W12x14 (E)W12x14 �. (E)W12:1.4-' T t A U TED ^AI ^'�L I ETC N iNC. rm 3F TUHWI AFPRCVTS AS N ILU DHB ACJ oW ACJ mmammw ODA TDP cAnan Om. cfo ANDERSEN EIJCRNSTAC KANE JACCBS •INC CONSULTING ENGINEERS a ^ /17/99 x...m / 11\ \ 5 \ 5/27/99 ADDENDUM ; {2 6/16/99 PERMIT /\ 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET EXP IRES " MAIN MALL & JCPENNY SKYLIGHTS 98294.00/98160.00 MEG' NI DATE 4/14/99 m. I: \98160 \cad \scros2 -6.dgn 6 6 4 co / 1 z w C J a S2.6 SET BASE !e & AB SCHEDULE COLUMN SIZE BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLT TS6x6 R 3 /4x1' -0' SO 4- 3 /4 ' DIA A307 EMBED » MIN TS8x8 R 3/4x1' -2 SO 4- 3/4 A307 EMBED 8• MIN TS74x14 R 3 /4x1' -8° 50 4- 3 /4 "DN A.307 EMBED 8" MIN W8 @ 3/4$9x1' -O 4- 3 /4 "DIA A307 EMBED Er MIN W12 R 1x12$1• -6 6'- 3 /4 - DIA A307 EMBED 1' -3 MIN TYPE SIZE REINFORCING O 2'- 0'x2'- 0 -0 DP 4 - #5 EW BOT 5 - )17 BOT /5 TOP O T- 10'x8• - 6 -6 DP LONGIT, 9 - Y5 T $ B TRANS —I TS C vv$ COL R3/8 4• - (FlEID VERIFY) O W12 TO (E) W12 1. CORE DRILL CORNERS. DO NOT OVER CUT CORNERS. 2. SEE 25/V6.8 FOR TREE PIT. SAWCUT O END OF DROP PANEL . �...IIIIIIIIII, GRADE BEAM —4 - #5 4- BOT BARS 2 U #4 STIRRO6 (E) PILECAP GRADE BEAM TO (E) PILECAP W12 COL TYP TREE GRATE OPNG @ (E) 9 1/2" CONC SLAB TOP BARS SEE FND PLAN $ FTG CHED FOR SIZE $ REIN 1 _. 111.21.11 ' 3/4 NON- SHRINK GROUT W10 OPP SIDE 14A NOT SHOWN FOR r— 3/ CLARITY (E) VALLEY BM 5/16 DETAIL 14A -14A I 14A W10 TS COL, SE 7/56.1 FOR E BASH. P $ AB Q 1. CORE DRILL CORNERS. DO NOT OVER CU f CORNERS. 2. SEE 25/A6.8 FOR TREE PIT. (0) W BM NOTE: 4 -N6 TOP BARS 4- 7 BO BARS- 4 - #5 L) 14 STIRR 0 10' 5/16 3/ A 5/16 TS OR W COs, SEE 7/56.1 FOR BASE IE$AB 3/4 UT NON- SHRINK GRO (E) SLAB DRILL $ EPDXY GROUT THREADED RODS @ 3/8 W BM GRIND FLANGE ONE SIDE 3 SIDES TREE GRATE OPNG @ GRID M EDGE OF SLAB @ @ (E) 9 1/2" CONC SLAB TREE GRATE 3/8 =I' -0' — SIWCUT 0 END OF DROP PANEL (E) PILECAP (E) PILE A 4' -0" (FlEID VERIFY) cD GRADE BEAM TO (E) PILECAP 3/4 =1' -a NOTE: 1. SEE 6/52.6 $ 7/52 DETALS NOT SHOWN. .6 FOR SHEAR @ $ BOLTS, 7. SEE 7/56.2 FOR DETAILS SEE 1/S6.2 NOT SHOWN. O W10 _ 3 , 4 . TO (E) VALLEY BEAM W ,. BEAM TO (E) W BEAM O L2x2 TO W16 & W8 14 3/4 15 _�. 16 NOTE: 1. SEE 27/56.1 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. TREE GRATE DETAIL (s� NOTES: 1. ALL BRACE CONN BOLTS SHALL BE 3/4 DIAMETER A325 -SLIP CRITICAL CLASS A. PROVIDE OVERSIZED HOLES. 2. EDGE OF @3/8 SHALL BE CLE. MINIMUM TO CO, BEAM OR BRACE. GRADE BEAM SECTION BASE PLATE & `=/ BOLT SCHEDULE ANCHOR TYP TS COL FTG 0 COL TO (E) CONC SLAB ) CONCRETE (j) 3/4' = 1 • -0' 10 1 1 FOOTING SCHEDULE SIDEWALK EXTENSION 12 O OPENING NFILL 1 • -p± 1 1/2.20 CA STEEL DECK NOTE i. SEE NOT SHOWN 17/56.1 . FOR DETAILS SPAN, TYP UON 3 X14 EA WAY 7 -(E) CONC SLAB GALV L5x3x1/4. TYP EA SIDE DRILL $ EPDXY GROUT 3/4- DA A307 THRD RODS 0 24' OC (2 MIN PER SIDE) 7 O TYP BRACE BOLTED CONN 18 TYP TS BRACES TO BM 1 1 1/7-1'-o NO SCALE CITY OF TUKWILA AVPROVED AUG 2 4 1999 AS NOTED ANDERSEN BJORNSTAD KANE J,nOBS• WASHINGTON / 7 V 5/17/99 ADDENDUM #1 'I\ 5/27/99 ADDENDUM )12 A 6/16/99 PERMIT Q A 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET CONSTRUCTION SET OHS ACJ ACJ DDA TDP FRAMING DETAILS 98294.00/98160.00 DATE 4/14/99 1: \98160 \cad \scros6 -l.dgn WO wwel moos L VENUE S6.1 ATI ©J ; SET JOIST TO BE REMOVED L4x4 BTWN JOISTS TYP BM TO GIRDER CD TYP BM TO GIRDER CONNECTION MOMENT CONNECTION O TYP GIRDER OVER COL NO SGLE L2 1/2x2 1/2 BRACE TYP 3/i/ V DETAIL 13A -13A 1 • -A EXIST JOIST TOP CHORD TO REMAIN TS20 TO COLUMN SEARS ENTRANCE (E) DECK SEE 6/56- 2, (E) W24 lJ A 3 SIDES W BM 12 1/2x2 1/2x3/16 SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION (LOCATE ADJACENT TO (E) JOIST) O SUPPORT AT ROOF EDGES L W BEAM 13 GRIDS 55 THRU 60 14 NO .ALE NO SCALE 5 1/r 16 0 2 TS20 TO COLUMN SEARS ENTRANCE TS20x12 (E) W 24 CAP 01/2 TYP ROOF BEAMS TO COL WEB N° SCALE TO (E) GIRDER 15 SKYLIGHT CURB TO (E) W GIRDER NO SCALE CAP FE 1/2 0 TYP BEAM TO TS TYP BM OVER TS COL ®S IGLE PLATE SHEAR CONN COLUMN CONNECTION L T P D ALE IE3/4 4 BOLTS TS8x3 16 SKYLIGHT CURB TO W BEAM NO SCALE E3 /R (SLOT TS COL FOR E) TOS al 11, BM TS COL TS BMS TO TS COL TS BRACE TO TS BM 21 MAIN ENTRANCE 22 MAIN ENTRANCE TS12x4 TS8x3 100% CONTACT REOD W BM NOTE: 1. AT ROOF, USE COL CAP E IN UEU OF TOP STIFF IRS 1 SKYLIGHT CURB TO (E) CONC ROOF NO SCALE (E) CONC STRUCT� 4 5/16 NO SCALE \ F SECTION 17A -17A TOS BPI BM MAIN ENTRANCE TS10x4 STIFF 03/8 ES. TYP 03/4 W/ 2 BOLTS EA BM - TS C. 3' DIA STD PIPE 3/8' C W/ 4-1/T DIA GP BOLTS (2 1/4' MIN EMBED) SEE ARCH FOR ELLv 2" DIA 550 PIPE 3/C GROUT (E) CONC UMBRELLA ROOF, EL 58.50 TS COL TO (E) CONC W COL W BM BEAM SIZES MC12, W8 TO W12 W14, W16 W21 W24 HSB REO'D SHEAR THICKNESS 3/6" 3/8' 3/6" 3/8' WELD H. SIZE SIZE & TYre 5/16' 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 3/4' 01A -A325N 3/C 01A - A325N 3/4' DIA -A325N 3/4' 01A -A3256 NOTES: 1. AT ROOF, USE COL CAP It IN UEU OF TOP STIFF ES 1. ALL H58 TO BE FULLY TIGHTENED. 2. FABRICATE SHEAR 0'S WITH HORIZ SHORT- SLOTTED HOLES AND REAMS WITH STANDARD HOLES. 3. H58 VERT SPA = 3' MIN, EDGE 01ST 1 1/2 MIN. NO SCALE PLAN STIFF E. TYP W BM SHEAR IE, TYP TYP BM TO COL FLG ® TYP BM TO COL WEB 10 1 1 TYP W COL OVER TYP BM TO COL FLG TYP BEAM TO COL WEB NO SCALE W GIRDER MOMENT CONNECTION 1 2 MOMENT CONNECTION SE DET 4/52.4 FOR BRACING CONN TS6x6 I � k 1 TYP COLUMN BASE PLATE 1 MAIN FKITRAN(E 2 1/2' ROOF DRAIN • CENTER OF COL TS6x6 A MITHUN PARTNER 5 i) 62 7 7760 FAX �tEC iv RE (20!)63 ' 7005 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 7 1 5/17/99 ADDENDUM 11 e 3/4x12x1' -(r CONSTRUCTION SEr DRILL & EPDXY GROUT 4 -3/4' DIA THREADED RODS. EMBED 6 DHB ACJ ACJ DDA TDP o z co Q L L 0 o z iJ CD FA 12 11 1 5/27/99 ADDENDUM S2 6/16/99 PERMIT 7/23/99 CONSTRUCTION SET 2- BOLTS 0 9 OC, INSTALL FINGER TIGHT, MAR THREADS 5514x14 COL 5572x4, SEE OPT 21/56.2 TOS EL 8' -9' 1 AUG 1 & 1999 1 281 MIDDLET, , INC- R 1/2x14 W/ STD HOLE 1 1/21, r !3 1/2" NEAR SIDE 3 T7 T :I 7i IT L � 1 1/2 FAR SIDE TS COL TO E CONC MAIN ENTRANCE SCALE .s J\ - (E) CONC STRUCT BENT a 3/8 EA SIDE DRILL & EPPDXY GROUT 3/4' DIA THREADED RODS 2 r OC, EMBED 6". OFFSET r FROM RODS FAR SIDE 1 /iGxr VERT SLOTTED HOLES CITY OF TUK . APPROVED 5514x14 COL NUT 2 4 129 � 7512x4 NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY AJ ii Didi W ASH 12562 FRAMING DETAILS NAL E 98294.00/98160.00 AMP AR DATE 4/14/99 I: \98760 \cad \scros6 -2.dgn S6.2 SET 0 C TS6x6 BRACE AT GRID S.5 0 TS6x6 TO (E) W6 COL O TS6x6 TO (E) W6 & L3x2 1/2 W12 COL (E) 3x2 1/2 TRUSS MEMBER (E) W12 (E) W6 SECTION A -A (E) W6 COL 1/4 TS 6x6 FRAME MAIN ENTRANCE � 4 , I, GUSSET a 3/8 RODS, EMBED Ts6x6 DRILL EPDXY GROUT 2-3 /4 Oa A307 THREADED TS6x6 TS6x6 TO W12 1 4 ROOF INFILL BY SEARS GROUT SOU° BETWEEN IE3 /8 k (E) COL SHEAR t W16 TO 3/4' =1' -0 3'. SECTION A -A =,4 _ / -ice DRILL k EPDXY GROUT 4 -3 /C DW A -307 THREADED RODS, DO NOT CUT ANY (E) REINF A (E) CONC COL R 38x15 NEAR SIDE / k FAR SIDE CONC COL A W12 TO W BM 11 INFILL ns (E) SKYLIGHT GRID 24 & 27 EL 15• -3 7/8 O TS6x6 BRACES TO O TS6x6 TO W4 POST O TS6x6 TO L3 1/2x3 1/2 ---- TS6x6 TO (E) W10 & W16 3 (E) W12 BM TRUSS MEMBER CvT 2 TO W12 3/4-=,•-T W12 NO NOTCH AROUND T SHOWN, SHEAR e e s /16 It 5/16 12' TYP 3 SIDES 5/16x4 3/4 NON - SHRINK GROUT (E) CONC `DRILL k EPDXY GROUT (2) 3/4- DIA THREADED RODS O 5 OC, EMBED S' L6x3x3/8x1• -0 DRILL EPDXY GROUT (2) 3/4 DIA THREADED RODS O 9' OC e3/8x6x0• - 7 1/2' '\ j C14 11.! 3/8 (E) CONC NOTES: 1. CENTER e3/8 ON TS6x6. 2. PROVIDE STANDARD HOLES IN e3/8 k VERT LONG SLOTTED HOLES IN L6x3. OPTIONAL TO SWITCH TYPE Of HOLES IN e3/8 k L643. 5/1 2 PAY-TS a Y M_ FINGER TICIUT, MAR THREADS ALIGN TS6x6 COL NORTH FACE W12 TO (E) CONC O TS6x6 TO (E) CONC W12 W/ CUT W12 3 MAX L3x3, COPE VERT LEG O W BM MECH FRAME CONNECTION 5/27/99 ADDENDUM 62 A 6/16/99 PERMIT 4 7/23/99 CONSTRUCDON SET .TUG 1 S 1909 I ON INC R'EID I, MITHUN PART XE R S 414 OE czGS�� ANDERSEN BJORNBTAD KANE JACOBS • INC � I CONSTRUCTION SET 068 ACJ DDA TDP I G. J c==. 0 0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPYOVEC AUG 2a 1999 FRAMING TofLD DETAILS 98294.00/98160.00 DATE 4/14/99 I: \98160 \tad \scros6 -J.dgn Fxx(206) Fla 7003 IJ B S6.3 SET CONTAINER GROUP E -TYPICAL OF 10 2-14 RAPHIS EXCELSA 3.5 HT, 2.5' SPD PLANTER BED D -TYPICAL OF 4 4-6" ROTATED SEASONALS CONTAINER GROUP B -TYPICAL OF 3 PLANTER BED A -TYPICAL OF 6 2-14" PAPHIS EXCELSA 4 HT. 3 SPD 2-2417 CONTAINERS 1-36" DOUBLE ADONIDIA - 24 IN TREE GRATE CONTAINER GROUP C -TYPICAL OF 4 I 1-4827 CONTAINER 2-301 CONTAINERS (D. 2-2417 CONTAINERS , • 4-6" ROTATED SEAONALS 1 17" HOWEA FORSTERIANA 6 HT, 3' SPD 7-10" SPATH STARLIGHT 1.5' HT, 1' SPD 2-3021 CONTAINERS 0-- — 2-14" AGLAONEMA `MARY NN' 2.5' HT, 3' SPD 0 0 , " ------ -36" DOUBLE ADONIDIA - 24 IN TREE GRATE I • r! - OPT 111 ,!: • • IL- 1 1 I 1 I L) I WILA • ■••=1,■1(IMINNIMINI XX XX ! XX KX \CD „ . „,.,_' .,‘:.: r , - DATE *--- '' I. ' E:<982944AD \ IL20 •1; A.,_,, i ...FIE INNE , _,Osai. 1,==i P:!-;- \i . ,.,., ,,,, .,,,,,,,,..:,„„..4,,..,....,_ KEY PLAN 5 . ., •' IL-2.0 ,- NOT FOR 'CONSTRUCTUNL....... 98294.00 ULII 0 0 t ; I FL Uu FOR PERMIT ONLY „. THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATION, GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES INTERIOR LANDSCAPE T-t . FLOOR PLAN SET , 2-17" RAPHIS EXCELSA 5'-6' HT, 3' SPD CONTAINER GROUP F -TYPICAL OF 2 ) 4-5" ROTATED SEASONALS 3 1-3021 CONTAINER 1-17" RAPHIS EXCELSA 5 HT, 3 SPD 2-2417 CONTAINERS A - - - °PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN @ BON MARCHE COURT CONTAINER GROUP G -TYPICAL OF 18 2-3021 CONTAINERS 1 . • • _ e r\ It t 1 : T - 4 SHIT A2.1 II 2/SHT AZ r — 0 XX N WAX' Li w Z < P RPM XX FOR PERMIT, ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED II FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SU , TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS Br, GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES INTERIOR LANDSCAPE FLOOR PLAN , D9:2-77(:)°, Amon EA9826 \ IL20 I w KEY PLAN. as •L 1 NOT FOR coNsiF)ucTH..o * t T-1 • - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - -.." - • , , - - . 2 ■ +,. I ,- , .1 'A 1 r I 8 • I FOOD COURT PLANTER BED M -TYPICAL OF-2 FOOD COURT PLANTER BED K -TYPICAL OF 8 0 PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN @ JCPE.NNEY/MERVYN'S , 5-10" SPATH SUPREME 2' HT, 2' SPD r 0 4-14" BALFOUR ARALIA VARIEGATED 3'-4' HT, 2' SPD • • .... ..:WLIE • s ly ELVA AIMIS,72 ':'8-176.111"11r1 "AC or.rOPTE .. HitialP - 6 C)PARTIA t 1 . 1 8 9 MATCH UNE ■ (;) C i ) MERVYN,'$ EXISTING pALMS 1/11 , -" ' , 0 EXISTIt G PALMS I f ( 0 1-36" DOUBLE ADONIDIA - 18 HT IN TREE GRATE .. - 1/16 • 1 —0 CONTAINER GROUP I -TYPICAL OF 1 - - -0 0 —0 —0 CONTAINER I-1 -TYPICAL OF 4 Amonas“ KEY PLAN r$ 4-6" ROTATED SEASONALS 2-3021 CONTAINERS 1-3021 CONTAINER ) 1-17" RAPHIS EXCELSA 5'-6' HT, 3' SPD CONTAINER GROUP J -TYPICAL OF 2 --- 7 --.' n 2-3021 CONTAINERS ) ) \ ,/ // \ sN --..-_____ t _,-" ' 2-14" AGLAONEMA 'MARY ANN' 2.5' HT, 3' SPD X X X X X X 2 1 9824 TIcENTER DATY n Z Z v■ 1 fl L11 \98284\CAMIL20 w 0 ee FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND LS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES INTERIOR 'LANDSCAPE I FLOOR PLAN IL22 NOT FOR CONSMUCTBON:Z.-.‘ -. ,r ■ AMP bee- 1♦I� 11111 ■r■t 1111111110111, r■ ■191113 M,.I MEd MIN oA I - ARSTORY WOOD. TYP t PtAL:s 0 Reflected Ceiling Plan of Mall Court at Lines 40 - 42 and Lines L - N Seale: 1116' = 1' Structural Plan of Mall Court at Lines 40 - 42 and Lines L - N Scale :1/16" = 1'-0' Existing beam above; verify beam elevation and beam and flange dimensions 3/8' x 6" wide flat steel bar bent as shown New SKILL NT SEE J 1 f4 Irtll II114 API,/ 52671 N A "A N LLLLLL g � '' -- All wdd'u to be done b W.AB.O. Stater certified welders Seismic Sway Joint Detail Scale : 3" = u New location f Fad Court Directional Sign • Suspend Food Court Directional Sign from Existing Beam Above New location of Food Court Directional Sign Suspend food Court Directional Sign from Exi.ng Beam Above 3/8" x 25" +/- x 6" plate I /2" e x 2" plated m.bdts; weld to upper plate, qty: 2 ® each plate /pipe 1 /T nut @ lode washer, qty: 2 .each plate /pipe 2-3/0 c.d. steel pipes, 0.154 wall, 3.65 a /B; solid -weld to 3/8" bent plate, gty:2 3/8" x 2 -3/0 z 5" splice plates slot pipe 2" to reatve plate; solid -weld at all contact surfaces; identical assembly at lower 1/2 of Wink offset splice plates about centerline of pipes to maintain loading on centerline 1' x 2 -1/2" plated m.bolt with double nuts tightened against each other 2-3/0 o.d. pipe 3/0 x 2 -3/8' x 5" splice plate e Enlarged Sign Location Plan of Family and Men's Restrooms Scale : 1/0 = 1• -0" Incoming mld.Wr Scale : 3/4" = 1 p4 Sign Type R: Restroom Faucet Dent Sign Type L at Centerline elf Exll Faucet Family Restroorn Sign Type M: Ctuld Restroom Existing beam above; verify beam elevation and beam and flange dimensions 6' -6 7/6' Verify approximate lire of existing or renrodeled ceiling FAMILY RESTROOM Kw I 1/2" seal -tits conduit —� through joint area See Seismic Sway joint Detail 2 3/8" od steel suspension pipes, 0.154" wall, 3.65 a /B. 60.625' center to center Steel coupling Existing double -faced internally illuminated Food Court Directional Sign W be relocated and modified Face A Elevation of Food Court Directional Sign I ) 2•-5 1/2' Add two exposed surfammounted arrows of high-output bright magenta neon tubing, one arrow stood off each opposite face of the sign approximately 2', with all electrodes, mnnedions and tube returns concealed or painted 00 to the greatest extent possible. I1i1lrl 3 /8"x23 " + /- xis "piste 3/8" x 6" wide flat steel bar bed to wrap beam flange Elevation of Structural Suspension of Food Court Directional Sign 5,ale : 3/4" = 1' -0° Neon Tube Pattern Scale:3/4" =1'-0" Remove existing 'RAINIER" pan channel Otters and neon from each face of existing sign, and replace with new 'To FOOD" IT pan channel letters in the same typeface feat style, painted PMS 8326 Gloss Teal, with single-tube turgnrohe neon behind. Bottom M Food Court Directional Sign at 14'-0 above mall finish floor O c7 Sign Type R: Restroom Faucet Dent at Centerline of Each Faucet arti M,.T's Restrooms Key Plan W Sisk Section through Food Court Directional Sign Scale : 3/4" = Si T A Men Resiroom EXISTING JANITOR CLOSET Furnish and Wstall new Sign Type F1 on fascia over entrance to Public Corral, from Mall - -y- Women, Restroom 6 VT • Furnish and install new Sign Type F2 on fascia over entrance to Public Corridor from Mall MEN'S & FAMILY; RESTROOMS TELEPHONES • LOCKERS Sign Type Fl: Public Corridor Sign Scale :1" =1'-0" Sign Type F2: Public Corridor Sign Scale: l "= 1'-0" Sign Type R; Restroom Faucet Decal at Centerline of Each Faucet Sign Type B: Women's Restroom WOMEN'S RESTROOM I 103 I >D g-- Z(� WOMEN'S RESTROOM 25" rz ® 0 G oG oG ��- Q O 0 r\ Enlarged Sign Location Plan of Women's Restroom Scale : 1/4" = 1•-0' Center Sign on Fascia Sign Type Fl: Public Corridor Sign shall be individual dimensional letters and symbols of mho. 1 /2" thick acrylic, face - panted to match Merw.- Williams #SW- 1063Capncdno and edge painted to match the color of the smface to which they are app lied. Surface- mount letters and symbols to the appropriate drywall fascia, secured by appropriate adhesive or mechanical fasteners, sized and rranged approx.. drown. Verify copy and symbols with ZZ 0nign Inc. prior to fabrication. Provide signs where designated by "F1" on Sign location Plan drawing(s). See ot o demih and notes re sign a not.,.ction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work. Quantityof signs required on this project 1 Center Sign on Fascia Sign Type Fr Public Corridor Sign shall be ind'niduaf dimesional letters and symbols of min. 1/T thick acrylic, face-painted to match She min- Wilhsms NSW -1063 Capuccino and edge paWted to match the color of the surface to which they arespplied. Sudace- 00771 It/Ors and symbols to the appropriate drywall fascia, secured by appropriate adhesive or mechanical fasteners, sized and armngeu .: rx. a" shown. Verify copy and symbols with ZZ Design Inc. prior to fabrication Pnm,de signs where designated by 'F2' on Fizi, 1 .ration Pfau drawing(s). See other details od,i nters re sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work Quantity of signs required on this pr-ject I RECEIVED cm or Tuxwlla JUN 21 1999 nEflMIT CENT. ere • owar XX aAtit XX II DESIGN INC, 08204.00 4/15/99, alirValar WM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 4115/99 BID/PERMt'SET" FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS Decameter HAS Been PREPARED POR PERMIT APPLICATION AND I5 SUBJECT TO REVIEW IIRTs. AND MODIFICATION$ ST es SIGN LOCATION PLANS & FOOD COURT DIRECTIONAL SIGN ua"Fm D;rertionel wornr, 1711 ;AV 2r• -G' Sign ( ♦ d . •' r Y 0 li a t 9oray� 71 Face A cad � farm ,r ■ AMP bee- 1♦I� 11111 ■r■t 1111111110111, r■ ■191113 M,.I MEd MIN oA I - ARSTORY WOOD. TYP t PtAL:s 0 Reflected Ceiling Plan of Mall Court at Lines 40 - 42 and Lines L - N Seale: 1116' = 1' Structural Plan of Mall Court at Lines 40 - 42 and Lines L - N Scale :1/16" = 1'-0' Existing beam above; verify beam elevation and beam and flange dimensions 3/8' x 6" wide flat steel bar bent as shown New SKILL NT SEE J 1 f4 Irtll II114 API,/ 52671 N A "A N LLLLLL g � '' -- All wdd'u to be done b W.AB.O. Stater certified welders Seismic Sway Joint Detail Scale : 3" = u New location f Fad Court Directional Sign • Suspend Food Court Directional Sign from Existing Beam Above New location of Food Court Directional Sign Suspend food Court Directional Sign from Exi.ng Beam Above 3/8" x 25" +/- x 6" plate I /2" e x 2" plated m.bdts; weld to upper plate, qty: 2 ® each plate /pipe 1 /T nut @ lode washer, qty: 2 .each plate /pipe 2-3/0 c.d. steel pipes, 0.154 wall, 3.65 a /B; solid -weld to 3/8" bent plate, gty:2 3/8" x 2 -3/0 z 5" splice plates slot pipe 2" to reatve plate; solid -weld at all contact surfaces; identical assembly at lower 1/2 of Wink offset splice plates about centerline of pipes to maintain loading on centerline 1' x 2 -1/2" plated m.bolt with double nuts tightened against each other 2-3/0 o.d. pipe 3/0 x 2 -3/8' x 5" splice plate e Enlarged Sign Location Plan of Family and Men's Restrooms Scale : 1/0 = 1• -0" Incoming mld.Wr Scale : 3/4" = 1 p4 Sign Type R: Restroom Faucet Dent Sign Type L at Centerline elf Exll Faucet Family Restroorn Sign Type M: Ctuld Restroom Existing beam above; verify beam elevation and beam and flange dimensions 6' -6 7/6' Verify approximate lire of existing or renrodeled ceiling FAMILY RESTROOM Kw I 1/2" seal -tits conduit —� through joint area See Seismic Sway joint Detail 2 3/8" od steel suspension pipes, 0.154" wall, 3.65 a /B. 60.625' center to center Steel coupling Existing double -faced internally illuminated Food Court Directional Sign W be relocated and modified Face A Elevation of Food Court Directional Sign I ) 2•-5 1/2' Add two exposed surfammounted arrows of high-output bright magenta neon tubing, one arrow stood off each opposite face of the sign approximately 2', with all electrodes, mnnedions and tube returns concealed or painted 00 to the greatest extent possible. I1i1lrl 3 /8"x23 " + /- xis "piste 3/8" x 6" wide flat steel bar bed to wrap beam flange Elevation of Structural Suspension of Food Court Directional Sign 5,ale : 3/4" = 1' -0° Neon Tube Pattern Scale:3/4" =1'-0" Remove existing 'RAINIER" pan channel Otters and neon from each face of existing sign, and replace with new 'To FOOD" IT pan channel letters in the same typeface feat style, painted PMS 8326 Gloss Teal, with single-tube turgnrohe neon behind. Bottom M Food Court Directional Sign at 14'-0 above mall finish floor O c7 Sign Type R: Restroom Faucet Dent at Centerline of Each Faucet arti M,.T's Restrooms Key Plan W Sisk Section through Food Court Directional Sign Scale : 3/4" = Si T A Men Resiroom EXISTING JANITOR CLOSET Furnish and Wstall new Sign Type F1 on fascia over entrance to Public Corral, from Mall - -y- Women, Restroom 6 VT • Furnish and install new Sign Type F2 on fascia over entrance to Public Corridor from Mall MEN'S & FAMILY; RESTROOMS TELEPHONES • LOCKERS Sign Type Fl: Public Corridor Sign Scale :1" =1'-0" Sign Type F2: Public Corridor Sign Scale: l "= 1'-0" Sign Type R; Restroom Faucet Decal at Centerline of Each Faucet Sign Type B: Women's Restroom WOMEN'S RESTROOM I 103 I >D g-- Z(� WOMEN'S RESTROOM 25" rz ® 0 G oG oG ��- Q O 0 r\ Enlarged Sign Location Plan of Women's Restroom Scale : 1/4" = 1•-0' Center Sign on Fascia Sign Type Fl: Public Corridor Sign shall be individual dimensional letters and symbols of mho. 1 /2" thick acrylic, face - panted to match Merw.- Williams #SW- 1063Capncdno and edge painted to match the color of the smface to which they are app lied. Surface- mount letters and symbols to the appropriate drywall fascia, secured by appropriate adhesive or mechanical fasteners, sized and rranged approx.. drown. Verify copy and symbols with ZZ 0nign Inc. prior to fabrication. Provide signs where designated by "F1" on Sign location Plan drawing(s). See ot o demih and notes re sign a not.,.ction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work. Quantityof signs required on this project 1 Center Sign on Fascia Sign Type Fr Public Corridor Sign shall be ind'niduaf dimesional letters and symbols of min. 1/T thick acrylic, face-painted to match She min- Wilhsms NSW -1063 Capuccino and edge paWted to match the color of the surface to which they arespplied. Sudace- 00771 It/Ors and symbols to the appropriate drywall fascia, secured by appropriate adhesive or mechanical fasteners, sized and armngeu .: rx. a" shown. Verify copy and symbols with ZZ Design Inc. prior to fabrication Pnm,de signs where designated by 'F2' on Fizi, 1 .ration Pfau drawing(s). See other details od,i nters re sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work Quantity of signs required on this pr-ject I RECEIVED cm or Tuxwlla JUN 21 1999 nEflMIT CENT. ere • owar XX aAtit XX II DESIGN INC, 08204.00 4/15/99, alirValar WM NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 4115/99 BID/PERMt'SET" FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS Decameter HAS Been PREPARED POR PERMIT APPLICATION AND I5 SUBJECT TO REVIEW IIRTs. AND MODIFICATION$ ST es SIGN LOCATION PLANS & FOOD COURT DIRECTIONAL SIGN 24 r if MEN Sign Type A: Memo Restmm Sign shall be wall plaque sign 9' x ?' w-; 112' rad- comers, cast laminated or etched to calm g aphws. copy, Grade 2 bmillr & border i! 2 rrm. Secure sign by appropriate adhesive to wall surface adjacent to restroom accesssay or to latch side of n "root deer with sign centerline 5 0 above finish floor level Provide., where denynasal by letter on Sign location Plan drawing(s). See other details and Hots re skrn cotsutx:ion, typeface, pier grate and scope of work. Background color. Sherwin- W:lltams 45W -1OW' Capuccune. Copy colon Sherwin- Wiliians St5W -1034 PrueW'hih. Quart, of signs required m the prow t: 1 Sign Type A: Men's Restroom Sign Sde : 3^ = 1'-0^ 1 Scale :1" =1'-0" o MALL FAME ORLOGO o RECEIVING AREA X STORE ADDRESSES X000 TO X000 X000 TO X000 Sgn Type G: Ret> 1h g Area Sign stall be wall sign of min. 060' sheet ahm»num with 1/T rad. comers, finished in acrylic poiymeflane enamel or equivalent with graphics of computer-cut exterior vinyl or semen- painted acryte polyurethane. Copy shown is merely iihrstratise; verify all copy prior to fabrimtion. Secure sign by merhaniml fasteners at mares to wall surface where shown. Provide signs where dsignated by I.er'G" on Sgn LocationPlan drawing(s). See otle. details and mores re Mgn cestruction, typeface, picogamt and scope of work Backgrormd color. Sherwin- Williams 45W -1004 Pure White Copy colon Shen..- Williams a5W -1063 Capuceno Quantity of signs required in this parjat 0 Sign Type G: Receiving Area Sign �❑ FIRE VALVE E RAE EXTWGUSNER Eq 4 E94_4 W x U❑ 5 Sign Type P: Fire Equipment Cabinet Sign r Spas* IS 1S Letter =3 Braille 8 AppmxL00 4 E4 Sign Type P: Fire Equipment Cabinet Sign shall be computer -ad self - adhesive high-contrast vinyl letters replied dur_dv t the fire equipment miliker. The sign shall be si.d positioned approximated as she + -t Provide signs at every fire equipment mbtnet throupou t the project See other details and notes regarding 51, construct. , typeface, pictograms and scope of =aik for further information CaunNnTY ,~s get2 lt7 r I - ltlters 15 Lents r Letters iS T Letter t r Linea r T Lines T r` E q — Is • r M N M N T ~ IS WOMEN Letters r Sign Type B. Women's Restroom Sign shall be wall pla sign 9 ' x 9" w/ I/2' rad, comers, cast hm!natad or etched to raise graphics, copy, Grade 2 braille & bonder 1/32" min. Secure Mgrs by appropriate adhesive to wall surface adjace t to restroom accessway or to latch side of restroom door with sign centerline •above fmbh fear IeveL Provide signs where designated by letter "B" on Sign Location Plan drawing(s). See other details and notes re: sign construction, typeface, P and scoppee of work Backgo oil color. Sherwin- Willams NSW -1063 Ca p uccino. Copy color. Sherwin - Williams *SW -1004 Pure White. Quantity of signs req.. in this project 1 Sign Type B: Women's Restroom Sign Scale: 3" = 1'-0" LT 1 Minimum Sign Type H: Function Room Sign shall be wall plaque sign of height & width required to accommodate copy, with I /2" rad. comets, cast etched or laminated to raise graph., copy, Grade 2 braille and border 1/3T tram. Copy shown b 'illustrative; verify copy prior to fabrication. Secure .tenor signs by appropriate adhesive, exterior signs by mechanical fasteners at corners, to wall surface adjacent to latch side of door, with sign centerline at 5' -0" above finish Boor IeveL Provide signs where designated by the letter - Fr on the Sign location Plan drawls g(s). See other details and notes re sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work Background color. Sherwin - Williams 4SW -1063 Capuccino. Copy color. Sherwin - Williams 4SW- ION Pure Whfte. Quantity of signs required in this project: 0 Sign Type H: Function Room Sign Scale: 3" _ 1' -0" tr ROOM NAME A100 r5ymals Sign Tvpe C Tenant Rear Door Sign shall be ' U plaque by of height & width required to accommodate copy w/ 1/2' cod. comers, cast, etched or laminated to raise graphic, copy, Grade 2 braille and border 1/3r min. Copy shown is illustrathe; verity copy prior to fabrication. Secure interior siigrs by appropriate adhesive, exterior sips by mechanical fasteners at comers, to wall surface adjacent to latch side of door, with sign centerline 5' -0' above finish floor level_ Provide signs where designated by letter "C' on Sign Location Plan drawing(s). Sex other details and notes re: sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work Background cob. Sherwin- Williams 4SW -1063 Capu..on Cray mien Sherwin - Williams ;tSW- 1004 Pure White. Quantity of signs required M the project: -' Sign Type C: Tenant Rea? Door Sign Scale : 3" =1-1" AUTOMATIC Place Hands Under Faucet To Start Water Flow Sign Type 0 Restroom Faucet Decal shall be an elliptical adhesive - backed vinyl decal approx. 2 -1/2" w x 1-1/0 h, with dark brown background and bright white copy of Helvetica Narrow typeface arranged as shown, in approx. 0.44" h and 034" h letters, affixed to the restroom mirror centered immediately above ttx faucet centerline. Quantity of decals required in this project: 17 Sign Type R: Restroom Faucet Decal Actual Size rN- EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY Sign Type I: Emergency Exit Sign at Public Corridor Doors shall be door plaque sign of the approx. height & width shown with 1/4" rad. corners, cast etched or laminated to raise copy 1/32" mm. Secure sign by appropriate adhesive to Public Corridor Emergency Exit door, centered on operable door leaf with sign centerline 547' above finish Boor level. Provide signs where deignated by letter T on Sign location PhD drawing(s). See other de.. and notes re: sign, construction, typeface, prtograms and scope of work. Background color. Sherwin- Williams 1SW -1063 Cap .no. Copy color. Sherw•ireWdliams 4SWr -1004 Pure White. Quantity of signs required to this project: l (J Sign Type I: Emergency Exit Sign Scale: Ili Actual Size Scale : 1/4 Actual Size Entrance Door Decal A LONGER NAME A100 tr VERY LONG TENANT NAME A100 Welcome! \\r time Lour OA to he ac M osan s pnesNr. While nitre here, se mpredale Lair coon a, with the f ..° xt4ro•eode,. 4 Proper Mire. ffld 0b lint andshoes.ls more. at all sus SSW... no dthit Nun of unaibonzed materials Is gx4d4ted clink ..en s and the miry, it... are prohlhlled 4 em .^, or Ind dIsrm.e behavior s prohibited 4 Please follow °trued nunsolIn! reeWanrxs. Ate OUTHCENTER MALL Entrance Lb Ds al A shall be a square adhesive-backed vinyl decal, rotated 45 degrees to a diamond position. Ducal shall measure approx. 8.45' ach side, with "W' o'Welcome" set in Signet Roundhand Italictypeface; al1 other body ropy except "W" set in either ITC Fenice Bald or ITC Fenice Regular typeface, in the approx. capital letter heights of L85 ", 006 ", and 0.38 "; and "Jefferson Mall" set in Avant Garde Book Oblique typeface approx. 130" high. AU copy shall be bright white on a solid background to etch Shemin- Williams Paint color 4SW -1063 Capuccino. Decals shall be centered on deor glazing width, and centered at S' -0" aku:ve the Bon,, where designated on these drawings and Sign Location Plan.). (56 106,) 4.7/2" is - 1s Letters .7S 1b" Letters .7r LS Letters .7S 1S Letters .25" 25 Braille 173 DIAPER CHANGING STATION The Diaper Changing Station Decal stall be of durable se6- adhesive vinyl'wtth a background co o- to match Sherwin Williams Paint color 4SW -1063 Capuccino, and with copy and symbol color of ,re whir, and shall be applied to the outer surface of the appropriate handicapped toilet stall partitions, or where designated by the letter'K'on the Sign Location Plates), centered on the 0all door width and centered 5'-0" above the finish Floor elevation. The copy "Diaper Changing Station" and handicapped symbol shall be arranged and stud approximately as slaws, and all copy shall match 8w typeface style shown, Helvetica Narrow (or Condensed) hold. Quantity of decals required in this proje_t Sign Type K: Diaper Changing Station Decal Scale :12 Actual Size Scale =1 hank You! We Oppree!aW your palfutage. and hole that your visit has Ixrn an enjoyable one. Please come 41.+11 t& again 0005. SOUTHCENTER MALL Entrance Door Decal 13 shall b a square adhesive - backed vinyl decal, rotated 45 d,r s to a diamond ,ition. Decal shall measure approx. 8.45 on each side, with "T of - Thank you" set in Signet Roundhand Italic typeface; all other body copy except 'T' cut in either ITC Enrolee Bold or ITC Fon ice Regular typeface, in the approx. capital latter heights of 1.85', 096", and 0.30'; and Jefferson Mall" set in Avant Garde Book Oblique typeface approx. 1.30' high. Ail copy shall be bright white, on a solid background to match Sherwin- Williams Paint color 4SW -1061 Cap rein Decals shall be centered on door glazing width, and centered at 50" above the Uwr, where dmgnated on these drawings and Sign Lncaho, PLin(sl.(5 fa { 06) Entrance Door Decal B Scale :1/4 Actual Size Entrance Door Deal C shall assure approx. 15.75 w x 2.8.5' h, with all copy. in 1 - high let, m ffC renice Regular in bright white against a backgromd to match Sherwin- Williams 05W -1063 Capricorn°. Decal shall be centered onthe door glazing wtdtb, and ce,red at S -0" above the floor, where &signaled on these dntwmgs and Sign location Plan(s). /4 l 00 Entrance Door Decal C Sign Type U Tenant Unit Wall Sign shall be wall sign of min. 0.081" sheet aluminum with I/2" cod. comers, fulished in acrylic polyurethane enamel or equivalent, with graphics of computer-cut exterior vinyl or screen- painted acrylic polyurethane Copy shown to illustrative; verify copy prior to fabrication. Secure sign by mechanical fasteners at comers to wall surface adjacent to latch side of door, with sign centeltne at 0-0 above finch floor lereL Provide signs where designated by letter "D. on Sign Location Plan drawing(s). See other details and notes rC sign corr.., typeface, pictograms and scope of work Background color. Sherwin- Williams NSW -1063 Capuccino. Copy color. Sherwin- WBuams 4SW -1004 Pure White. Quantity of signs required on the project: Sign Type D: Tenant Unit Wall Sign Scale r =0-O' 6, Power Assisted Door FAMILY Sign Type L: Family Rstroom Sign shall be wall plaque sign 9" x 9" with I/r rad. comers, cast, etched or lamMated to raise graphics, copy, Grade 2 braille and border 1/32" min. Secure sign by appropriate adhesive to wall surface adjacent to restroom accessway or m latch side of restroom door with sign centerline 5 above finish fear level Provide sign where designated by letter "L" on Sign location Plan drawbg(s). See other details and notes re: sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work. Background color Sherwin - Williams N5W -1063 Capuccino. Copy color. Sherwin - Williams 4SW -1004 Pure White Quantity of signs required in this project I Sign Type L: Family Restroom Sign 1S Symbols Scale 1-1M = 1'-0" Scale : 3" = -Oil 1rd MalName and/or lop Reusing Map From Aires Door To Individual Tenant RearSeniae Doors Sign Type E Service Corridor Directory shall be non - illuminated interior directory of bronze- anodued aluminum with clear glass binged cover, header paneL graph¢ map and min. of 12 changeable tenant /address strips o[ min. 1/T height. Verily copy and map with ZZ Design Inc. prior to fabrication. ins&8 directory where shown, centered on corridor or other approach, with directory centerline 5 above finish floor level ProvMe directories where designated by letter "E" on Sign Location Plan drawing(s). See other details and notes re sign construction, typeface, pictograms and scope of work. Background cobs Sherwin - Williams 05W -1053 Capucerno. Copy color. Sherwin- Williams 45W -1004 Pure White Quantity of signs regMed in this project. 2 Sign Type E: Service Corridor Directory CHILD Quantity of signs required i n this project: Sign Type M: Child Restroom Sign • Apply Decal A to outer face of outermost swinging doors Apply Decal B to inner face of outermost swinging doors Apply Decal C to only the outer face of the extreme right hand leaf of interior and exterior vestibde doors, and to only the interior face of the extreme left hand kilo( interior and exterior vestibule doors, centered and 1" to 15" below other decals. Entrance Door Decal Locations, Viewed from Exterior Scale: 3/8"=1'-0" 1, ter°% WV- hLrr. 125trips TsMmiami� r5ymbob is ~ is Letters �1 Bra Be 1" Sign Type M: Child Rstroom Sign shall be wall plaque sign 9" x 9" with 1/2" rad. comers, cast etched or laminated to raise graphic, copy, Grade 2 braille and border 1 /3T min. Secure sign by appropriate adhesive to wall surface adjacent to restroom accesway or to latch side of restroom door with sign centerline 5 -0" above finish fear level Provide sign where designated by letter - hl - on Sign Location Plan drawing(s). See other details and notes re: sign costru.on, typeface, pictograms and scope of work Background color. Sherwin - Williams 4SWi -1063 Capuccino. Copy color Shemin - Williams 45W - 1004 Pure White. 1. All signs shall conform to these rotes and design drawings Refer to the appropriate Sign Location Plan drawings for sign quantities, ty,a,',tens: id mooting conitions. All sign copy and graphite shown here are examples only, verify all final sign copy arid graph. with 2Z Design Inc Prior to sign fabrimtion and installation, submit complete sign shop drawings to, and receive written approval from: • Cmter Ridge Design Services lne,PA• Attention Sr.Richard Varderburg 15425 Center-Ridge Road, Cleveland, D.o.T .5 -4122 •216/871-0800 • 2ZDesignine • Attention: Mr. Richard Tmm erman 1660 5. Belvoa Blvd, South Euclid, Ohio 44121 -3769 • 216/381-6691 Sign shop drawings shall define all materials, colors, firdshes, typefaces, methods of fabrimt.rr and installation, and shall include samples of materials, colors and finishes Prior to fabrimtion, the Sign Contractor shall obtain written approval of any cha%6 rn sign design; materials, or metlads. 2 The Sign Contractor u responsible for all sign design, fabrication and installation, including, but not necessarily limited to, all applicable ADA and code compliance, permits, fees, umspectiom, ad doling and timely completion of work, verification M sign copy and artwork, proper sign colors and finishes, resolution of field conditions and conflicts, bendl!ng and damage to sign, and damage to rented or adjoining work The 5ign Contractor is responsible for preparing foal artwork for all signs, including any pictograms or rousing caps required. Nothing in these drawings or notes relieves the Sign Contractor of the responsibility of providing complete and proper work to a timely manner. 3. All sign materials and components shall be new, and all work shall he of first quality and in accordance with accepted industry practices 4. With the exception of the Mall Name and /or Logo Typeface or other Typefaces specified, all copy on all signs Mall be Helvetica Narrow or Helvetica Condensed typeface, or other similar typeface approved M advance by 22 Design Inc, all in upper -case letters All type shown on these drawings is only m approximation of the final sizes, spacings coil appearance a approved typefaces; the S&L Cotr for shall not reproduce ten any way the type shown here to produce sign designs. My :ypdace uscd for ADA-complier. signs shag comply fully with fire Americans with Disability Ad (ADA) Guidelines, Sec. 4.302 All man, woman and handicapped symbols shall be of locally- and fides ly- accepted design. All sign copy aver graphics shown here are for example say; the Sign Cotrador shall verify all final sign copy and graphic with II Deign Inc. prior to fabrimtio. 5. The Sign Contractor shall allow within his projected work schedule sufficient time for. a) preparation of proper sign shop drawings and their submittal (usually 2 to 3 weeks); ill review and approval of those sign shop drawings (usually 2 to 3 weeks); 9) verification of all final sign copy and 3aphics (usually 2 weeks cr more); a,-xd d) refinement of sign designs, sign fabrication and installation (perhaps 4 to 6 weeks). The Sign Cor uctos may therefore have to allow 14 weeks or more between the start of prepatatioie of sign shop drawings and the projected completion of sign installations. The Owner shall not be liable for any work nmdertaken or costs incurred by the Sign Contractor without proper prior approvals. No extensions of time will be granted for the Sign Contractor's failure to understand or adhere M .- r melt' and appropriate submittal, review and approval process. 6. The Sign Cotranor shit! :2 responsible (c deterntning elechicat service availability for sign power, and shag be resporsble for the provision of any transforming of power characteristics that may be required to properly power any sign comprienb orltghtirg. 7. All interior plaque signs shall be adherd to the bacbng surface by means of both vinyl self- adhesive tape, far initial positioning and adherence during curing, and tdgh- s6ength silastic adhesive for tong-term adhesion. The Sign Contractor shall provide any additional coatings or sealants that may be required to prevent interaction between any adhesives and plaque sign finishes or substrates RSTUVWXYZ0123436789 Deco b�a6i thexsgndev, aormte3dsUhedrectedmmedatetytoMeRdmd7mm, "atu 1-0/Z60 Helvetica Narrow (Condensed) Bold Sign Typeface ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ General Sign Notes RECEIVED CI1Y OF T'.IKWILA J UN 2 l iSM PERMIT CENTER DATE 02 DESIGN INC. OVA xx D8274.00 N OT FOR , .mart NientIr FOR PERMIT ONLY fa? THIS DOCUMENT HAI 8EP14 PREPARED OR PE . TO 500 9086 RMIT 4180 400 ■ T RumorRumor ME N4_ ARMIES BY • ;: -, GOVERNMENTAL an DENTAL A6ENCIE SIGN TYPES X X SO • 1ThOEijr1Ek i D99 -0126 12 D9?- otc, '3ECERIED i 1999 !M1JNI7Y ;:LGPMENT XX XX RAE el MCW/17C1 XX r=J Q FOR PERMIT ONLY THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR PERMIT APPLICATION AND IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND MODIFICATIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES 98294.00 DATE OAR NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION =-- 0 0 61 z< 0 z 0 0 w 0 Q � U � SET